Quarterlytics / Commonwealth Bank of Australia

Commonwealth Bank of Australia

cba · ASX
Claim this profile
Ticker cba
Exchange ASX
Sector
Industry
Employees 10,000+
← All annual reports
FY2016 Annual Report · Commonwealth Bank of Australia
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
C

o

m

m

o

n

w

e

a

l

t

h

B

a

n

k

o

f

A

u

s

t

r

a

l

i

a

A

N

N

U

A

L

R

E

P

O

R

T

2

0

1

6

ANNUAL REPORT 2016

WHEN
,
WE BELIEVE
.
WE CAN

CBA1421 011016

COMMONWEALTH BANK OF AUSTRALIA   |   ACN 123 123 124  

 
 
 
 
 
Contents 

Chairman’s Statement 

Chief Executive Officer’s Statement 

Highlights 

Group Performance Analysis 

Group Operations and Business Settings 

Corporate Responsibility 

Directors’ Report 

Five Year Financial Summary 

Financial Statements 

Income Statements 

Statements of Comprehensive Income 

Balance Sheets 

Statements of Changes in Equity 

Statements of Cash Flows 

Notes to the Financial Statements 

Directors’ Declaration 

Independent Auditor’s Report 

Shareholding Information 

International Representation 

Corporate Directory 

Contact Us 

2 

6 

9 

13 

23 

33 

38 

72 

74 

75 

76 

77 

78 

80 

82 

182 

183 

185 

189 

191 

192 

Commonwealth Bank of Australia – Annual Report 2016  1 

 
 
  
Chairman’s Statement 

The past year has been dominated by political and economic 
uncertainty. In Australia and beyond we’ve seen a splintering 
of consensus around how countries and economies should be 
managed.  This  is  resulting  in  outcomes  that  diverge  from 
what  we  had  come  to  consider  the  norm,  such  as  Britain 
deciding  to  leave  the  EU,  and  central  banks  setting  interest 
rates below zero in a range of advanced economies. 

after  tax  on  a  cash  basis  was  $9,450  million,  up  3%  on  last 
year. The final dividend for the year was $2.22, taking the full 
year  dividend  to  $4.20  per  share  fully  franked.  Earnings  per 
share on a cash basis was flat on the prior year at $5.55 per 
share.  Return  on  equity  was  16.5%,  down  170  basis  points, 
due  to  the  increased  equity  base  following  the  Group’s 
$5.1 billion capital raising in the first half of the year.    

While  questions  remain  about  the  outlook  for  Australia,  we 
are  in  a  position  of  relative  strength.  The  transition  from  the 
mining  investment  boom  to  a  broader  based  economy,  plus 
the 
lower  Australian  dollar,  are  supporting 
employment  and  moderate  growth;  and  with  competitive 
advantages in industries like education, tourism, agribusiness 
and health, we should be well-positioned for the future.  

relatively 

Against this backdrop, in the Commonwealth Bank we remain 
steadfast in our vision, to excel at securing and enhancing the 
financial  wellbeing  of  people,  businesses  and  communities. 
We  employ  51,700  people,  support  nearly  16  million 
customers,  are  the  largest  taxpayer  in  Australia(1),  and  pay 
dividends  to  more  than  800,000  shareholders.  We  will 
continue to work hard to deliver security and performance for 
all our stakeholders.  

In  doing  so,  we  are  committed  to  acting  in  accordance  with 
our  values  of 
integrity,  accountability,  collaboration, 
excellence  and  service.  Over  the  last  three  years  we  have 
been  implementing  a  long-term  program  to  strengthen  these 
values  and  embed  them  in  the  culture  of  the  Group.  Most 
recently  this  has  included  providing  our  people  with  further 
guidance  on  the  behavioural  expectations  for  each  of  our 
values;  and  ensuring  our  vision  and  values  are  reflected  in 
recruitment, training and performance management practices. 
In terms of customer facing measures we have established a 
new  Customer  Advocate  function  in  the  Group,  to  drive  fair 
customer outcomes and complaint resolution, and to improve 
our  prevention  and  remediation  processes.  We  are  also 
continuing  to  evolve  our  remuneration  structures  to  ensure 
alignment with our values. 

In  the  broader  arena  there  has  been  heightened  scrutiny  of 
the financial services industry in the past year.  We welcome 
this  scrutiny  because  trust  is  critical  to  our  business.    Our 
industry is committed to a wide range of measures to address 
concerns  and  improve  practices.  This  includes  moving  to  a 
user-pays  model  whereby  the  industry  will  contribute  to 
ASIC’s funding to enhance its ability to exercise its regulatory 
powers. An independent review of product sales-commissions 
and  product  based  payments  is  already  underway,  with  a 
view to removing or changing them where they could lead to 
poor  customer  outcomes;  and  the  industry  is  working  with 
consumer  organisations 
to 
customers in the Code of Banking Practice.  

to  strengthen  commitments 

An  industry  register  is  being  established  to  help  prevent  the 
recruitment  of  individuals  who  have  breached  the  law  or  a 
code  of  conduct,  with  the  aim  of  removing  them  from  the 
industry; and protections for bank employees who speak out 
the 
  At 
against  poor  conduct  will  be  standardised. 
Commonwealth  Bank  we  have  had  a 
long-standing 
Whistleblower  Protection  Policy  and  in  2014  introduced  an 
external, 
is 
available 24/7 to any employees who wish to raise a concern. 

independently  run  SpeakUp  Hotline  which 

Operating and Financial Results 

Detailed  commentary  on  the  operating  and  financial  results 
for 2016 is included in the CEO’s statement. In summary, the 
Group  delivered  a  solid  performance  for  the  year.  Net  profit 

2 

Commonwealth Bank of Australia – Annual Report 2016 

Capital and Funding 

To reinforce our ability to support our customers for the long-
term,  we  continue  to  strengthen  our  capital  and  funding 
positions.  As  at  30  June  2016,  the  Group  had  a  Common 
Equity Tier 1 (CET1) capital ratio of 10.6% on an APRA basis, 
up  from  9.1%  at  30  June  2015.    On  an  internationally 
comparable basis our CET1 capital ratio was 14.4%, up from 
12.7%.  This  bolsters  our  position  at  the  top  end  of  the  top 
quartile  of  international  peer  bank  capital  rankings.    Our 
capital  position  has  been  strengthened  by  our  $5.1  billion 
entitlement  offer  to  all  shareholders,  and  through  sound 
organic  capital  growth.  We  are  also  one  of  a  very  small 
number  of  global  banks  with  ratings  in  the  AA  band  which 
allows us to secure lower cost funding for our customers.   

With  regulators  both  domestically  and  internationally  now 
taking  a  broader  view  of  the  necessary  foundations  for  a 
strong  and 
resilient  banking  system,  we  have  also 
strengthened our funding and liquidity positions. The Group’s 
Liquidity  Coverage  Ratio  of  120%  is significantly  higher  than 
the  APRA  requirement  of  100%,  and  our  net  stable  funding 
ratio,  on  current  calculations,  exceeds  100%.  The  regulatory 
outlook will evolve and towards the end of the 2016 calendar 
year the Basel enhancements are expected to be announced. 
We are confident that we will maintain our position of strength 
across all required metrics.  

Dividends 

The Group’s dividend policy seeks to deliver: 

 

 

 

Cash dividends at strong and sustainable levels; 

A full-year payout ratio of between 70% and 80%; and 

The  maximum  use  of  franking  by  paying  fully  franked 
dividends.  

In  keeping  with  this  policy,  the  Board  determined  a  final 
dividend  of  $2.22  per  share  for  the  second  half  year  of  the 
year,  representing  a  dividend  payout  ratio  of  82.3%.    This 
brings the total dividend for the year to $4.20, flat on the prior 
year,  and  represents  an  overall  dividend  payout  ratio  (cash 
basis)  of  76.5%.    Our  dividend  policy  has  again  been 
financial 
supported  by 
performance.  

the  Group’s  consistently  strong 

Customer satisfaction 

Over a number of years, our most important metric has been 
customer satisfaction and this remains the case. Serving our 
customers and acting in their best interests is what makes our 
business sustainable.  

Our  people  have  been  working  tremendously  hard  in  recent 
years  to  deliver  the  service,  products  and  innovation  that 
customers  expect.  A  mark  of  their  success  is  that  we  have 
held  the  top  spot  for  retail  customer  satisfaction  for  13 
consecutive  months  to  June  2016,  and  ranked  outright  or 
equal  first  for  small  business  satisfaction  for  22  consecutive 
months. We rank first or equal first for customer satisfaction in 
all  key  business  banking  segments,  mobile  and  online 
banking,  and  adviser  satisfaction  in  Wealth  Management. 
While these are all real achievements, we know that customer 

(1)  Source: Bloomberg 

 
expectations  will  continue  to  grow  and  evolve,  so  we  must 
keep  raising  our  standards  and  maintain  our  focus  on  the 
satisfaction and financial wellbeing of every customer. 

Innovation 

Another  area  where  we  continue  to  work  extremely  hard  is 
innovation.  Innovating  purposefully  and  for  the  benefit  of  our 
customers has been at the centre of our strategy for the last 
10 years.  This focus has seen Commonwealth Bank deliver 
unparalleled  digital  banking  capabilities, 
including  our 
industry-leading CommBank app which is now regularly used 
by  3.7  million  customers.  In  addition  to  providing  frequent 
improvements  for  existing  customers  such  as  new  “photo  a 
for  easy  bill  payment,  new-to-bank 
bill” 
customers  can  now  download  the  CommBank  app,  open  an 
account and start transacting immediately. 

functionality 

Business  customers  are  benefitting  from  services  like  Daily 
IQ,  our  award-winning  data  analytics  app  which  provides 
insights  about  their  business,  customers  and  market.  Our 
state-of-the-art  Innovation  Lab  network,  established  across 
Sydney,  Hong  Kong  and  London,  now  allows  us  to  partner 
with  clients,  to  workshop  bespoke  solutions  for  their  needs, 
and to work with start-up and FinTech companies to develop 
cutting-edge  products  and  services.  We  are  also  using  our 
investments and presence overseas to bring new thinking and 
ways  of  working  into  the  Group.    A  current  example  is  the 
lessons  we  are  learning  from  TYME  (Take  Your  Money 
Everywhere),  the  South  Africa  based  financial  services 
technology  company  that  we  acquired  in  2015.  TYME 
designs, builds and operates digital banking ecosystems that 
serve customers in emerging markets, and recently launched 
MoneyTransfer, a secure and low-cost remittance service that 
these 
operates 
innovations  in  support  of  financial  inclusion  will  supplement 
our strategies in India, China and Vietnam.  

supermarkets.  We  believe 

through 

We are also investing in blue-sky projects like blockchain and 
quantum computing.  We know that computing power will be 
a  limit  to  accelerated  innovation  in  the  future,  so  we  have 
committed an additional $10 million to Australian researchers 
who  are  building  the  world’s  first  silicon-based  quantum 
computer.    Mindful  not  just  of  the  opportunities,  but  also  of 
potential future threats, we are investing in cyber security and 
have  partnered  with  the  University  of  New  South  Wales  to 
develop a centre of expertise for cyber security education. 

Our people, diversity and inclusion  

We are first and foremost a people-business and  our people 
are  our  biggest  asset.  We  therefore  seek  to  create  an 
environment  in  which  everyone  can  do  their  best  work,  and 
feel motivated,  included  and  respected. In  the  past  year  this 
has  meant  having  discussions  with  our  people  across  the 
Group about the contribution they make to our vision by living 
our values.  

We  also  seek  to  create  a  workforce  that  reflects  the 
communities  in  which  we  operate.  Our  workforce  is  58 
percent  female,  and  having  achieved  our  target  to  have 
women  in  35  percent  of  Executive  Manager  and  above 
positions,  we  have  increased  the  target  to  40  percent  by 
2020.    Recently  a  sixth  woman  was  appointed  to  our  most 
senior leadership team, which will take us to gender equality 
on  the  Executive  Committee  in  the  first  half  of  the  2017 
financial  year.  Our  12  member  Board  also  now  comprises 
four women.  

Chairman’s Statement 

As  a mark  of  our  progress  we  have  again  been  awarded  an 
Employer  of  Choice  for  Gender  Equality  citation  from  the 
Workplace  Gender  Equality  Agency.  We  have  also  been 
named  the  second-most  inclusive  employer  in  the  2016 
Australian Workplace Equality Index Awards, and the Group’s 
the  2016  LGBTI 
employee  network  Unity  was  named 
Employee Network of the Year.   

Looking ahead we will be focusing on improving the Group’s 
ethnic  diversity,  so  that  we  better  represent  our  customers 
and communities.  

Environment, Social and Governance (ESG) 
priorities 

We actively consider the environmental, social and economic 
impacts  of  our  activities.    We  are  committed  to  operating 
sustainably and to making a positive contribution beyond our 
core business.  

to  acknowledge 

In  the  first  half  of  the  2016  financial  year  we  revised  our 
international 
Group  Environment  Policy 
efforts to limit global warming to two degrees Celsius, and to 
define  the  role  we  play  in  supporting  the  transition  to  a  low 
carbon  economy  and  in  tackling  climate  change.  On  the 
lending  side,  we  have  entrenched  our  ESG  Lending 
Commitments through extensive training and a new ESG risk 
management  tool  that  is  central  to  the  credit  decision 
process. We also disclose the assessed carbon emissions of 
our business lending portfolio, a first for any Australian bank.  
Our lending exposure to renewable energy generation is now 
more than five times greater than our exposure to direct coal-
fired electricity generation.  

the 

On 
investment  side,  a  new  “Wealth  Management 
Responsible  Investing  Framework”  integrates  ESG  factors 
investment  processes, 
across  our  Wealth  Management 
consistent  with 
long-term 
investment  outcomes  for  clients.  A  responsible  investing 
training  module  has  also  been  rolled  out 
to  Wealth 
Management professionals.   

the  pursuit  of  sustainable 

In  terms  of  our  own  environmental  footprint,  we  continue  to 
raise  our  targets  for  reductions  in  waste,  water  and  energy 
usage. We are the first Australian Bank to be awarded, by the 
Green  Building  Council  of  Australia,  a  5  Star  Green  Star 
rating  for  our  current  branch  design;  and  Commonwealth 
Bank Place in Sydney is the first Australian office awarded a 
6  Star  Green  Star  rating  across  all  four  aspects:  design, 
construction, interior fit-out and operational performance. 

We  have  issued  a  new  Human  Rights  Position  Statement 
which  states  our  responsibility  and  commitment  to  respect 
human  rights  across  all  of  our  operations.  The  Group  is 
committed  to  being  a  responsible  corporate  taxpayer  and  to 
acting with the highest integrity in complying with all prevailing 
tax  laws.  From  a  governance  perspective,  the  Group  is  a 
signatory to the Voluntary Tax Transparency Code. As part of 
our  compliance  with  this  code,  we  will  continue  to  provide 
transparency on our approach to tax risk, governance and tax 
paid  in  Australia.  Commonwealth  Bank  is  now  the  largest 
corporate taxpayer in Australia.  

We benchmark our progress in these areas against a number 
of  leading  global  sustainability  indices  and  surveys.  In  2016 
we  were  pleased  to  be  named  the  number  one  Australian 
company and number one bank in the world in the Global 100 
(G100)  Most  Sustainable  Corporations  Index.  We  have  also 
again  been  included  in  the  Dow  Jones  Sustainability  Index 
World 
the  CDP  ASX  200  Climate  Disclosure 
Leadership Index, and the FTSE4Good Index.   

Index, 

Commonwealth Bank of Australia – Annual Report 2016  3 

 
Chairman’s Statement 

We are not perfect but we continue to make good progress in 
this arena. 

Open Advice Review program  

In 2014 we set up the most comprehensive review of financial 
planning  advice  ever  undertaken  in  Australia  in  response  to 
concerns  raised  regarding  past  instances  of  poor  financial 
advice.  The  program  was  open  to  all  Financial  Wisdom  and 
Commonwealth  Financial  Planning  customers  who  received 
financial  advice  between  2003  and  2012.  Following  an 
extensive  advertising  campaign  and  a  mail-out  to  around 
350,000  households,  approximately  8,600  customers 
requested a review of their advice. Examining each individual 
customer’s  case  and  circumstances  has  been  a  complex 
process,  but  more  than  500  people  have  been  dedicated  to 
the  program  to  ensure  that  each  case  gets  the  attention  it 
deserves  and  that  we  can  put  things  right  where  mistakes 
were  made.  Good  progress  has  been  made,  and  as  at  the 
end of June 2016, 4,014 assessments have been issued and 
compensation totalling $7.6m has been offered in 562 cases.  
The  program,  which  is  overseen  by  a  range  of  independent 
parties,  is  on  track  to  deliver  all  assessments  by  the  end  of 
the 2016 calendar year.  

CommInsure 

We have taken the recent discovery of poor experiences for a 
number  of  our  CommInsure  insurance  customers  extremely 
seriously.  The  allegations  made  are  completely  inconsistent 
with the culture that underpins the Commonwealth Bank and 
are not a reflection of the values of our people and business.  

All five customer cases aired by the ABC have been resolved, 
with three resolved before the program went to air.  We have 
also  launched  investigations  into  the  root  causes  of  the 
concerns raised, particularly in light of allegations made in the 
program  that  these  were  widespread,  and  the  result  of 
deliberate action. 

To  date  we  have  not  found  evidence  to  substantiate  any  of 
the  claims  of  widespread  problems  and  wilful  misconduct. 
These  reviews  involve  well-regarded  independent  specialists 
and  encompass  policy  definitions,  claims  review  processes, 
and  other  factors  such  as  remuneration  and  whistleblower 
practices.  We  have  been  working  constructively  with  the 
regulators  on  the  reviews.    The  reviews  are  making  good 
progress,  though  given  the  size  of  the  business,  and  our 
determination 
remains 
ongoing.  

thoroughly,  work 

investigate 

to 

To  determine  whether  other  past  denied  claims  warrant 
further  action  we  have  appointed  Deloitte  Touche  Tohmatsu 
to review a sample of life insurance claims declined over the 
last  five  years.  Deloitte  is  further  mandated  to  provide 
recommendations  to  the  CommInsure  Board  with  regard  to 
any  improvements  that  can  be  made  to  claims  policies  and 
procedures.  We  have  also  committed  to  update  our  policy 
definitions more frequently to reflect medical advances.  

To  ensure  transparency  and  consistency  going  forward,  a 
Claims  Review  Panel  has  been  established  as  a  permanent 
and  additional  layer  of  assurance.  The  Panel  includes  four 
independent  experts,  drawn  from  the  medical,  consumer 
protection,  and 
legal  professions.  Where  CommInsure 
recommends that a complex life insurance claim be declined, 
it  will  be  referred  to  the  Panel  for  independent  review  and 
assessment  to  ensure  that  the  outcomes  are  fair,  balanced 
and consistent.  

4 

Commonwealth Bank of Australia – Annual Report 2016 

Corporate Governance and Board Appointments  

A critical goal of the Commonwealth Bank Board is to ensure 
the  Group  is  trusted  and  achieves  the  highest  ethical 
standards,  so that  we  continue to  best serve  our  customers, 
shareholders  and  the  broader  community.  As  Chairman,  I 
the  sustainable  performance  of  your 
seek  to  advance 
company  by  bringing  the  experience,  skills  and  insights  of 
Board members to bear, so that we remain Australia’s leading 
bank. 

innovation 

thought-leader  on 

This  year  I  am  pleased  to  have  been  able  to  bring  to  the 
Board the skills and experience of Catherine Livingstone and 
Mary  Padbury.  The  Group’s  ability  to  consistently  drive 
customer-focused 
is  absolutely  critical.  We 
welcome  the  depth  and  breadth  of  knowledge  Catherine 
brings  as  a 
innovation,  and  as  an 
experienced leader of several of  Australia’s most innovation-
focused  organisations.  As  an  eminent  intellectual  property 
lawyer, Mary brings both her insights on how the interplay of 
technology and regulation will shape our industry in future as 
well  as  her  management  and  broad  international  experience 
to Board deliberations. More information about both Catherine 
and Mary can be found on pages 40 and 41 of this report.   

We  will  miss  Jane  Hemstritch  who  retired  from  the  Board  in 
March after serving more than nine years as a Director. Jane 
chaired the Remuneration Committee for six years and made 
a  distinguished  contribution  through  her  judgement,  insight, 
and humour. I thank Jane for her outstanding contribution.  

On  Jane’s  departure,  Sir  David  Higgins  assumed  the  role  of 
Chairman  of  the  Remuneration  Committee.  At  the  end  of 
September  the  chairmanship  of  the  Risk  Committee  will 
transition  from  Harrison Young  to  Shirish Apte.  Harrison  has 
done  a  tremendous  job  as  Chairman,  and  will  remain  a 
member of the Risk Committee.  

In the year ahead your Board will meet both with and without 
the  Chief  Executive  Officer  to  discuss  the  Group’s  business 
and strategy and to carry out our duties in the context of the 
Audit,  Risk  and  Remuneration  Committees.    We  also  look 
forward  to  meeting  with  management,  our  people  and 
shareholders,  to  communicate  the  Board’s  priorities,  centred 
on our vision, values and culture, and to listen to feedback.   

I  am  very  grateful  to  all  my  colleagues  on  the  Board  for  the 
effort  and  hard  work  they  put  into  performing  their  duties, 
which requires extreme dedication.  

Outlook 

Turning to the outlook for the 2017 financial year, we believe 
that the Australian economy is as well-positioned as it can be. 
We have key strategic advantages, including our proximity to 
populous  growth  markets,  our  rich  natural  reserves,  and  our 
dynamic and multicultural workforce. The transitions that have 
been  taking  place  –  with  the  services  sector  taking  up  the 
slack  from  mining,  our  exports  becoming  more  diversified, 
and  SMEs  playing  a  greater  role  –  are  providing  the 
foundations we need for prosperity and success.  

The  ability  to  realise  this  potential  however,  is  greatly 
dependent on the supporting environment, both domestic and 
international.  Stable  and  well-communicated  policy  settings 
are  of  course  necessary  to  ensure  that  businesses  have  the 
confidence to invest for growth, and to give people assurance 
about  their  employment  prospects  and  costs  and  quality  of 
living.  However,  the  external  backcloth  of  political,  economic 
and  security  uncertainty  around  the  world  takes  a  toll  on 
confidence;  and  the  policy  responses  to-date,  including 

 
 
Chairman’s Statement 

quantitative  easing  and  a  creep  towards  closed  borders,  will 
inevitably present challenges. We now face the prospect that 
low or negative interest rates, low inflation and low growth are 
the new norm, and we are  yet to understand what long-term 
impacts this will have.   

That’s  why  we  invest  in  innovation,  support  new  industries 
such  as  renewable  energy,  help  traditional  sectors  like 
agriculture  adapt  and  prosper  through  new  technology,  and 
fund  education  initiatives  that  will  build  the  skills  needed  for 
the future. 

While  this  is  a  most  uncertain  global  environment,  at  the 
Commonwealth  Bank  we  are  focused  on  what  will  make 
Australia  and  of  course,  your  bank,  successful  in  the  future, 
and  how  we  can  help  achieve  that.  The  importance  of  our 
basic responsibility – to supply businesses with credit so they 
can  grow  and  employ  more  people,  and  to  provide  people 
with loans and financial products so they can buy a home and 
plan for their future – will remain our top priority. But in doing 
so,  we  seek  to  leverage  our  resources  –  our  capital,  our 
innovation and our people – to support the economic activities 
future. 
that  we  believe  are  critical 

to  our  common 

Through  these  strategies  we  will  seek  to  remain  a  highly 
successful bank for our people and our shareholders.  

I  would  like  to  thank  everyone  in  the  Group  for  their 
continuing  hard  work  and  commitment  to  our  vision  and 
values,  and  express  my  gratitude  to  our  shareholders  and 
customers for your continuing support. 

David Turner 

Chairman 

9 August 2016 

Commonwealth Bank of Australia – Annual Report 2016  5 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Chief Executive Officer’s Statement 

Continued  execution  of  our  long  term  strategy,  focused  on 
customer  satisfaction,  innovation  and  strength,  has  ensured 
that the Group performed well during the 2016 financial year.   

Guided by our vision to excel at securing and enhancing the 
financial  wellbeing  of  people,  businesses  and  communities, 
this strategy has delivered for the Group’s many stakeholders 
for more than 10 years, in a constantly changing environment. 
This  year  it  has  supported  solid  returns  for  you,  our 
shareholders,  in  the  form  of  dividend  payments  totalling  $7 
billion.  It  has  delivered  innovative  financial  products  and 
services for nearly 16 million customers.  It has provided $6.2 
billion in salaries and wages to more than 50,000 colleagues, 
and  income  of  $4.2  billion  for  5,000  SME  partners  and 
suppliers.  It  has  also  enabled  $3.6bn  in  corporate  tax 
payments, and made a significant contribution to the health of 
our economy.  

In  executing  our  strategy  we  concentrate  on  four  key 
capabilities:  people,  productivity,  technology  and  strength. 
Our  efforts  in  each  of  these  areas  are  guided  by  the  basic 
principle that we put the customer at the centre of everything 
we do.   

Leading in customer satisfaction  

Customer satisfaction is the key metric we use to benchmark 
execution of Group strategy. Satisfied customers look to us to 
meet  more  of  their  needs.  This  year  we  have  achieved  our 
best  ever  customer  satisfaction  results,  and  this  has  again 
translated into increased customer activity. 

Commonwealth  Bank  ranked  outright  number  one  for  retail 
customer  satisfaction  for  each  month  during 
the  2016 
financial  year  in  the  Roy  Morgan  Retail  MFI  Customer 
Satisfaction  survey;  and  ranked  first  or  equal  first  in  all 
segments  of  business  customer  satisfaction  at  year  end, 
according  to  the  DBM  Business  Financial  Services  Monitor.  
Our  institutional  bank  has  performed  particularly  well  on  this 
measure,  rating  outright  or  equal  first  for  57  consecutive 
months.  

Wealth  Management  regained  the  top  spot  for  adviser 
satisfaction  in  April  2016  in  the  Wealth  Insights  Platform 
Service Level Survey, and we have again been named Bank 
of the Year for Small Business and for Online Banking (for the 
seventh year in a row) by Canstar. Internationally we’ve also 
experienced  success,  with  PT  Bank  Commonwealth 
(Indonesia) awarded for service excellence in its market. 

focus  converts 

A  demonstration  of  how  customer 
into 
customer  activity  is  the  growth  we’ve  achieved  in  meeting 
more customer needs, up from 3.05 products per customer at 
the end of last financial year, to 3.15 as at 30 June 2016. We 
have maintained our position as market leader in key product 
areas  including  home  lending,  household  deposits  and  the 
FirstChoice platform.  

Our  commitment  to  putting  our  customers  first  extends  to 
making  things  right  if  we  discover  that  anything  has  gone 
wrong. As the Chairman has mentioned in his statement, we 
extended  our  Open  Advice  Review  program  to  financial 
advice  customers  spanning  a  decade.  More  than  500  staff 
have  been  dedicated  to  investigating  each  individual  case 
and  to  remediating  any  customers  who  were  adversely 
affected by the advice they received. Recent concerns about 
the  experiences  of  a  number  of  CommInsure  customers  are 
also 
including 
independent  investigations  into  the  root  causes  of  the 
concerns  raised.  To  date  no  evidence  has  been  found  that 

comprehensively 

addressed, 

being 

6 

Commonwealth Bank of Australia – Annual Report 2016 

substantiates  any  of  the  claims  of  widespread  problems  and 
wilful misconduct. 

To ensure we learn from these experiences, we are making a 
wide range of improvements to our processes and practices. 
In addition to the additional levels of independent review and 
assurance  highlighted  by  the  Chairman,  we  will  continue  to 
advocate  for  and  participate  in  industry-wide  initiatives  that 
improve  practices  and  customer  experiences  across  the 
sector.  

The strength of our people, and our culture 

The  strength  of  our  customer  satisfaction  performance  is 
entirely  a  reflection  of  the  commitment  and  dedication  our 
people  have  shown  to  their  customers,  and  to  the  values  of 
the Commonwealth Bank.  

Our  values  of 
integrity,  accountability,  collaboration, 
excellence  and  service  are  integral  to  our  culture,  and  they 
dictate how we must treat our customers and each other. We 
have  been  working  intensely  for  several  years  to  embed  a 
values-driven way of working across the Group, and this year 
are 
review, 
including mine, an assessment of how we have demonstrated 
our values and enhanced our risk culture. This aligns with our 
determination  to  be  a  financial  institution  with  the  highest 
ethical standards.  

into  everyone’s  performance 

incorporating 

Another priority is to ensure that the Group is a place where 
our  people  feel  motivated  to  give  of  their  best,  regardless  of 
gender,  ethnicity,  sexual  orientation,  age,  or  whether  they 
have a disability. The Chairman has highlighted some of our 
successes  in  this  area,  particularly  in  setting  and  achieving 
ambitious gender diversity targets.   

We  have  also  launched  a  range  of  initiatives  to  improve  the 
representation  of Indigenous Australians  in  our  workforce. In 
June  we  launched  our  fifth  Reconciliation  Action  Plan  (RAP) 
which received “Elevate” status. As part of our new RAP, we 
announced  that  we  will  increase  the  number  of  Indigenous 
the  goal  of  achieving 
Australians  we  employ,  with 
employment parity within 10 years. This builds on our existing 
Indigenous  Careers  Program  which  includes  school-based 
traineeships,  university  student  internships,  and  partnerships 
with the Australian Indigenous Education Foundation and the 
Australian Indigenous Mentoring Experience. 

The  Chairman  and  I  both  agree  however,  that  work  remains 
to  be  done  to  ensure  we  truly  reflect  the  diversity  of  the 
communities in which we live and work.  

Customer-focused innovation 

In addition to on-going investment in our people, we continue 
to prioritise investment in technology and innovation. This has 
been a core pillar of our strategy for more than a decade. The 
Group’s  investment  in  a  new  core  banking  system  is  now 
delivering  market-leading  advantages  given  the  dependence 
of digital banking and related functionality on integrated, real-
time systems. It allows us to deliver important benefits to our 
customers  –  to  businesses  who  want  their  payments  to  be 
processed  in  real-time,  and  to  retail  customers  who  value 
features like instant credit card Lock, Block  & Limit. This has 
again 
transaction 
in  above-system  growth 
accounts.  

resulted 

in 

We  are  also  using  our  investment  in  technology  to  achieve 
our  broader  vision  of  financial  wellbeing  and  to  create  value 
for the community. A recent example is the launch of Clever 
Kash, a cashless money box, by ASB in New Zealand, to help 

 
Chief Executive Officer’s Statement 

teach children the value of money. Family members or friends 
can virtually swipe money from their ASB banking app to the 
child’s  elephant  shaped  money  box,  and  the  amount  will 
appear on a screen on its tummy. By keeping money tangible, 
we  can  help  children  develop  good  money  habits  and  learn 
the importance of saving.  

Looking  ahead,  we  will  continue  to  invest  in  leading-edge 
technologies  so  that  the  Group  is  positioned  to  seize  the 
opportunities  of  the future. We  are  also  focusing  on  creating 
an  internal  culture  of  entrepreneurialism  and  opportunity  so 
that  our  people  can  anticipate  and  meet  customers’  future 
needs.  To 
‘CommBank 
this  end,  we  recently  ran  a 
Intrapreneur’  competition  to  encourage  creative  and  future-
focused  thinking  among  our  people,  and  to  provide  a  fast-
track  channel  for  their  ideas.  More  than  500  contestants 
submitted  concepts  for  new  customer-focused  products  and 
services, and we look forward to the winning ideas becoming 
a commercial reality.  

Driving productivity and efficiency 

At the heart of our approach to productivity and efficiency is a 
commitment  to  continuous  improvement  for  better  customer 
outcomes.  This means making processes simpler, easier and 
faster  –  which  is  good  for  the  customer  and  good  for  our 
shareholders.    This  way  of  thinking  extends  across  all  our 
interfaces  with  our  customers  –  from  extending  the  range  of 
functionality offered, to building better branches and providing 
more intelligent deposit machines to allow customers to save 
time and duplicated effort through efficient self-service.   

The emphasis on productivity is just as relevant in our behind-
the-scenes processes, with our people working collaboratively 
to 
fully  understand  processes  end-to-end,  and  being 
accountable  and  empowered  to  take  steps  towards  making 
improvements. This is essential in the current environment of 
enterprise mobility, rapidly changing business operations and 
heightened customer expectations.   

The success of our productivity initiatives and our productivity 
culture change are demonstrated in a continued improvement 
in our cost-to-income ratio, which was down another 40 basis 
points this year to 42.4%. 

Strengthened capital, funding and liquidity 
positions  

Our  capacity  to  support  our  customers  is  directly  related  to 
the  strength  of  our  balance  sheet.  Our  stakeholders  rely  on 
our stability, particularly when markets are volatile. During the 
financial  year,  we  responded  to  increased  regulatory  capital 
requirements,  and  raised  additional  capital 
through  an 
entitlement offer for all shareholders. As a result of the capital 
raising  and  strong  organic  capital  growth,  we  have 
substantially  boosted  our  capital  position.  We  are  now 
positioned  among 
the  most  highly  capitalised  banks 
internationally  and  are  placed  above  any  ‘unquestionably 
strong’ benchmark for Common Equity Tier 1 capital.   

Our  funding  and  liquidity  positions  are  similarly  strong. 
Thanks  to  8%  growth  in  customer  deposits  in  the  year, 
customer  deposits  now  represent  66%  of  group  funding. 
Notwithstanding  the  increased  capital  levels,  we  have  seen 
funding costs move higher recently due to global volatility and 
increased regulatory pressures.  

Contribution to our community 

In addition to fulfilling our responsibility to support individuals 
and  businesses  directly,  we  also  look  for  ways  to  make  a 
positive  contribution  beyond  our  core  business.  In  particular, 
we are committed to operating sustainably and to supporting 
the  communities  in  which  we  operate  through  a  range  of 
education and community investment focused initiatives. 

Continuing our 85 year history of providing financial education 
to  school children  through  our  School  Banking  program,  last 
year we made a 25 year pledge to invest in education, with an 
initial  commitment  of  $50  million  over  three  years.  This  has 
facilitated  the  launch  of  Evidence  for  Learning,  an  initiative 
aimed  at  evaluating  and  funding  evidence-based  education 
practices  in  schools  and  learning  centres.  This  year  we  also 
extended our Start Smart financial literacy workshops to more 
than 550,000 students.  

Given our focus on financial wellbeing we seek to help those 
excluded  from  the  financial  system  to  gain  access  to 
appropriate and affordable financial services. Earlier this year 
we signed up to the national Financial Inclusion Action Plan to 
support under-served members of the Australian community. 
We  also  run  financial  inclusion  programs  internationally  and 
intend  to  leverage  the  expertise  of  TYME  in  designing, 
building  and  operating  digital  banking  ecosystems,  to  serve 
customers in emerging markets.  

These  are  only  a  few  examples.  Such  activities,  where  we 
contribute  our  finance-specific  expertise,  are  just  part  of  our 
ongoing  community  investment  contribution  which  totalled 
more than $262 million this year.  

Financial highlights  

Cash  net  profit  after  tax  (NPAT)  was  $9,450  million  for  the 
2016 financial year, an increase of 3% on the prior year. The 
total dividend per share for the year was $4.20, equivalent to 
a  dividend  payout  ratio  (cash  basis)  of  76.5%.  Earnings  per 
share were $5.55, and return on equity was 16.5%.   

At a business division level the results were: 

 

 

 

Total  banking  income  growth  of  8%  in  Retail  Banking 
Services,  primarily  driven  by  home  lending  volume 
growth  and  improved  net  interest  margin.  The  income 
result combined with continued improvements in cost-to-
income  saw  the  division’s  NPAT  grow  11%.  Growth  in 
savings  and 
in  total 
deposit balance growth of 7%.  

transaction  accounts  resulted 

Business  and  Private  Banking  achieved  business 
lending  growth  of  6%  in  a  competitive  market,  and 
deposit  growth  of  8%.    The  credit  quality  of  the  lending 
portfolio  also  remained  strong,  with  loan  impairment 
expense to average gross loans and acceptances of 18 
basis points. 

In  Institutional  Banking  and  Markets,  lending  growth  in 
strategic  areas  of  focus,  and  strong  sales  and  trading 
performance  in  Markets,  were  offset  by  lower  lending 
impairment  expense, 
margins  and 
primarily  due  to  a  small  number  of  exposures  in  the 
portfolio.   

increased 

loan 

  Growth  in  funds  management  and  general  insurance 
for  Wealth  Management  was  offset  by  a 
lower 
under 

income 
significantly 
investment 
administration increased 3%.  

lower 
experience. 

insurance  result  and 

Average 

funds 

life 

 

Cash  earnings  from  New  Zealand  were  flat.    ASB 
delivered  a  5%  increase  in  earnings  due  to  home  and 

Commonwealth Bank of Australia – Annual Report 2016  7 

 
 
Chief Executive Officer’s Statement 

We  also  expect  continuing  scrutiny  of  the  banking  system. 
Given the importance of banks to Australia's economy, that is 
not surprising. We will continue to listen carefully to the public 
debate, and we will be prepared to emphasise the importance 
of a strong banking system, and of balancing the needs of all 
our stakeholders.  

There has been a great deal of discussion about the interests 
of people borrowing money to buy a home. Their interests are 
very important, and we will continue to do our best for them. 
Equally,  we  need  to  consider  the  interests  of  our  depositors 
and  our  shareholders.  Three  quarters  of  our  term  deposit 
holders  are  over  55.  Lower  deposit  rates  have  had  a  major 
impact  on  their  lifestyle.  More  than  800,000  Australian 
households  own  shares  directly  in  your  bank,  and  millions 
more  own  them  through  their  superannuation.  These  are 
Australians from all walks of life. As at the date of this letter, 
their  collective  investment  in  your  bank  is  worth  over  $100 
billion. For many, the dividends they receive are an important 
part  of  their  financial  wellbeing.  So  effective  balancing  of  all 
these  interests  has  been,  and  will  be,  an  important  factor  in 
our success. 

We  are  the  market  leader  in  customer  satisfaction  thanks  to 
the  dedication  of  our  people,  we  have  continued  to  grow 
market  share  in  the  right  places,  we  have  a  significant 
technology  advantage  through  ongoing  investment,  we  have 
consistently  reinforced  our  balance  sheet,  and  we  have  a 
values-based culture. Of course we need to keep raising our 
standards,  in  a  market  where  we  have  strong,  well-run 
competitors.  Building  on  these  strengths,  we  will  continue  to 
manage  for  the  long  term,  putting  customers  first  and 
investing  for  the  future,  to  ensure  your  company  is  resilient, 
strong and successful, and that we remain Australia’s leading 
bank.  

Ian Narev 

Chief Executive Officer 

9 August 2016 

increased 

business  lending  growth  but  saw  margin  compression 
and 
impairment  expense.  Higher 
investment in technology and expense growth impacted 
Sovereign’s contribution.  

loan 

 

 

Bankwest achieved core business lending growth of 6%. 
Total  transaction  deposits  grew  20%.  The  profit  result 
was  impacted  by  lower  margins  and  lower  impairment 
benefit with the slower run-off of the legacy troublesome 
and impaired book. 

International Financial Services continues to be affected 
by  the  slowdown  in  emerging  markets,  which  has 
adversely  impacted  business  volume  growth.  However, 
our 
investments  off-shore  are 
showing promising early signs of impact. 

technology-related 

Focusing on our long-term strategy 

The  current  operating  environment  has 
its  challenges. 
However,  we  remain  positive  about  the  Australian  economy. 
for  Australian  resources,  a  vibrant 
Continuing  demand 
construction  sector  in  NSW  and  Victoria,  and  growth  in  key 
services  sectors  have  supported  real  GDP  growth  and 
employment  stability.    The  economy’s  future  prospects  are 
also  underpinned  by  population  growth,  our  proximity  to 
growth  in  Asia,  and  the  attractiveness  of  Australia  as  a 
destination  and  a  trusted  source  of  a  broad  range  of  goods 
and services. 

Weakness  in  commodity  prices  has  however  suppressed 
nominal  growth  and  low  wage  inflation  has  meant  that 
households  are  not  feeling  better  off.    These  factors, 
combined  with  the  new  phenomenon  of  low  growth,  low 
inflation and low interest rates, are impacting confidence and 
rendering  businesses  and  consumers  cautious  and  more 
hesitant to respond to monetary stimulus.  

At the Commonwealth Bank our outlook is of course impacted 
by  these  macroeconomic  factors,  in  addition  to  increased 
competition  and  regulation.    In  these  circumstances,  we  will 
continue to concentrate on productivity and credit quality. But 
we remain committed to thinking long-term, through continued 
investment in our long term strategy. 

8 

Commonwealth Bank of Australia – Annual Report 2016 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Group Performance Highlights  

Highlights 

Financial Performance 

Capital 

The Group’s net profit after tax (“statutory basis”) for the year 
ended  30 June 2016  increased  2%  on  the  prior  year  to 
$9,227 million. 

Return on equity (“statutory basis”) was  16.2% and Earnings 
per  share  (“statutory  basis”)  was  542.5 cents,  a  decrease  of 
2% on the prior year. 

The  Management  Discussion  and  Analysis  discloses  the  net 
profit  after  tax  on  both  a  statutory  and  cash basis.  The 
statutory basis  is  prepared  and  audited  in  accordance  with 
the  Corporations  Act  2001  and  the  Australian  Accounting 
Standards,  which  comply  with 
International  Financial 
Reporting  Standards  (IFRS).  The  cash  basis  is  used  by 
management 
the  Group’s 
to  present  a  clear  view  of 
underlying  operating  results,  excluding  items  that  introduce 
volatility  and/or  one-off  distortions  of  the  Group’s  current 
period performance. These items, such as hedging and IFRS 
volatility,  are  calculated  consistently  with  the  prior  year  and 
prior  half  disclosures  and  do  not  discriminate  between 
positive  and  negative  adjustments.  A  list  of  items  excluded 
from statutory profit is provided in the reconciliation of the Net 
profit  after  tax  (“cash  basis”)  on  page 10  and  described  in 
greater detail on page 20. 

The Group’s vision is to excel at securing and enhancing the 
financial  wellbeing  of  people,  businesses  and  communities. 
The  long-term  strategies  that  the  Group  has  pursued  to 
achieve  this  vision  have  continued  to  deliver  high  levels  of 
customer satisfaction across all businesses and another solid 
financial result. 

Operating income growth was solid, relative to the prior year. 

Operating  expenses  increased  due  to  higher  staff  costs,  the 
impact of foreign exchange, and increased investment spend, 
partly  offset  by  the  incremental  benefit  generated  from 
productivity initiatives. 

Loan  impairment  expense  increased,  primarily  due  to  higher 
provisioning levels in Institutional Banking and Markets, New 
Zealand  and  IFS.  Provisioning  levels  remain  prudent  and 
there has been no change to the economic overlay. 

Net  profit  after  tax  (“cash  basis”)  for  the  year  ended 
30 June 2016 
to 
$9,450 million.  Cash  earnings  per  share  remained  flat  at 
555.1 cents per share. 

increased  3%  on 

the  prior  year 

the  year  ended 
Return  on  equity  (“cash  basis”) 
30 June 2016 was 16.5%, a decrease of 170 basis points on 
the prior year. 

for 

The  Group  strengthened  its  capital  position  during  the  year, 
by undertaking a $5.1 billion institutional and retail entitlement 
offer,  ahead  of  the  APRA  requirement  to  hold  additional 
capital  with  respect  to  Australian  residential  mortgages 
effective  from  1 July 2016.  The  capital  raising  places  the 
Group  in  a  strong  position  both  domestically  and  on  an 
internationally  comparable  basis.  As  at  30 June  2016,  the 
Basel  III  Common  Equity  Tier  1  (CET1)  ratio  was  14.4%  on 
an  internationally  comparable  basis  and  10.6%  on  an  APRA 
basis. 

Funding 

The Group continued to maintain conservative Balance Sheet 
settings,  with  a  considerable  portion  of  the  Group’s  lending 
growth 
in  customer  deposits,  which 
increased to $518 billion as at 30 June 2016, up $40 billion on 
the prior year. 

funded  by  growth 

Dividends 

The final dividend declared was $2.22 per share, bringing the 
total  dividend  for  the  year  ended  30 June 2016  to  $4.20 per 
share,  in  line  with  the  prior  year.  This  represents  a  dividend 
payout ratio (“cash basis”) of 76.5%. 

The  final  dividend  payment  will  be  fully  franked  and  paid  on 
29 September 2016 to owners of ordinary shares at the close 
of  business  on  18 August 2016  (record  date).  Shares  will  be 
quoted ex–dividend on 17 August 2016. 

Outlook 

Continuing  demand 
for  Australian  resources,  a  vibrant 
construction  sector  in  NSW  and  Victoria,  and  employment 
growth  in  key  services  sectors  have  underpinned  real  GDP 
growth and employment stability. 

However, on-going economic strength will require a lift in the 
low  rates  of  nominal  growth.  Income  growth  inside  and 
outside  Australia  remains  weak,  so  people  are  not  feeling 
better off. When combined with on-going global economic and 
political  uncertainty  this  makes  households  and  businesses 
cautious, and hesitant to respond to monetary stimulus. 

At CBA, we are cognisant of the combined impact of weaker 
demand, strong competition and increasing regulation. An on-
going 
focus  on  productivity  and  credit  quality  will  be 
important. But we remain positive about Australia’s economic 
prospects,  driven  by  population  growth,  our  proximity  to 
growth  in  Asia  and  the  attractiveness  of  Australia  as  a 
destination  and  a  trusted  source  of  a  broad  range  of  goods 
and  services.  So  we  will  continue  to  manage  for  the  long 
term, putting customers first and investing for the future. 

Commonwealth Bank of Australia – Annual Report 2016  9 

Jun 16 vsJun 16 vsJun 16 vs 30 Jun 16Jun 15 % 30 Jun 1630 Jun 15Jun 15 % 30 Jun 16 31 Dec 15Dec 15 %Net profit after tax ($M)9,22729,4509,13734,6464,804(3)Return on equity (%)16. 2(200)bpts16. 518. 2(170)bpts15. 617. 2(160)bptsEarnings per share - basic (cents)542. 5(2)555. 1557. 5-270. 8284. 4(5)Dividends per share (cents)420-420420-22219812Half Year Ended("statutory basis")("cash basis")("cash basis")Full Year EndedFull Year Ended 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Highlights 

(1)  Comparative information has been restated to reflect the changes in presentation disclosed in the prior half, and reclassification of fixed rate prepayment 

recoveries from Other banking income to Net interest income to align with the associated hedge costs. 

(2)  For the purposes of presentation of Net profit after tax (“cash basis”), policyholder tax expense components of corporate tax expense are shown on a net 
basis  (30 June 2016:  $101 million  and 30 June 2015:  $99 million,  and  for  the  half  years  ended  30 June 2016:  $92 million  and  31 December 2015: 
$9 million). 

(3)  Non-controlling interests include preference dividends paid to holders of preference shares in ASB Capital Limited and ASB Capital No.2 Limited. 
(4)  Refer to page 20 for details. 

Group Return on Equity 

Group Return on Assets 

10  Commonwealth Bank of Australia – Annual Report 2016 

Group Performance30 Jun 1630 Jun 15Jun 16 vs30 Jun 1631 Dec 15Jun 16 vs30 Jun 16Jun 16 vsSummary$M$MJun 15 %$M$MDec 15 %$MJun 15 %Net interest income (1)16,93515,82778,5088,427116,9357Other banking income (1)4,8604,81112,4442,41614,576(5)Total banking income21,79520,638610,95210,843121,5114Funds management income2,0161,93849841,032(5)2,0613Insurance income795792-308487(37)1,006(1)Total operating income24,60623,368512,24412,362(1)24,5784Investment experience141210(33)835843--Total income24,74723,578512,32712,420(1)24,5784Operating expenses(10,429)(9,993)4(5,213)(5,216)-(10,468)4Loan impairment expense(1,256)(988)27(692)(564)23(1,256)27Net profit before tax13,06212,59746,4226,640(3)12,8542Corporate tax expense (2)(3,592)(3,439)4(1,767)(1,825)(3)(3,607)2Non-controlling interests (3)(20)(21)(5)(9)(11)(18)(20)(5)Net profit after tax ("cash basis")9,4509,13734,6464,804(3)n/an/aHedging and IFRS volatility (4)(200)6large(49)(151)(68)n/an/aOther non-cash items (4)(23)(80)(71)12(35)largen/an/aNet profit after tax ("statutory basis")9,2279,06324,6094,618-9,2272Represented by: (1)Retail Banking Services 4,4363,994112,2212,215-Business and Private Banking 1,5671,4955764803(5)Institutional Banking and Markets 1,1641,285(9)556608(9)Wealth Management617653(6)245372(34)New Zealand877882(1)414463(11)Bankwest763795(4)367396(7)IFS and Other2633(21)79(53)largeNet profit after tax ("cash basis")9,4509,13734,6464,804(3)Investment experience after tax(100)(150)(33)(56)(44)27Net profit after tax ("underlying basis")9,3508,98744,5904,760(4)Full Year EndedHalf Year EndedFull Year Ended("statutory basis")("cash basis")("cash basis") 18.7%19.5%18.4%18.2%18.7%18.2%16.5%2010201120122013201420152016RoE - Cash (%) 646 668 719 754 791 873 933 6.16.87.07.88.79.19.51.0%1.0%0.0%0.2%0.4%0.6%0.8%1.0%1.2%02004006008001,0002010201120122013201420152016Total Assets ($bn)Cash NPAT ($bn)RoA - Cash (%) 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
Highlights 

(1)  Comparative information has been restated to reflect the changes in presentation disclosed in the prior half, and reclassification of fixed rate prepayment 

recoveries from Other banking income to Net interest income to align with the associated hedge costs.  

(2)  Key financial metrics are calculated in New Zealand dollar terms. 
(3)  Analysis aligns with the 13 July 2015 APRA study titled “International capital comparison study”. 
(4)  As the Group commenced disclosure of its leverage ratio at 30 September 2015, no full year comparatives have been presented. 
(5)  The Tier 1 Capital included in the calculation of the internationally comparable leverage ratio aligns with the 13 July 2015 APRA study titled “International 

capital comparison study”, and includes Basel III non-compliant Tier 1 instruments that are currently subject to transitional rules. 

Commonwealth Bank of Australia – Annual Report 2016  11 

Jun 16 vsJun 16 vsKey Performance Indicators  30 Jun 16 30 Jun 15Jun 15 % 30 Jun 16 31 Dec 15Dec 15 %GroupStatutory net profit after tax ($M)9,2279,06324,6094,618-Cash net profit after tax ($M)9,4509,13734,6464,804(3)Net interest margin (%) 2. 072. 09(2)bpts2. 062. 08(2)bptsNet interest margin excluding Treasury and Markets (%) 2. 062. 06-2. 052. 06(1)bptAverage interest earning assets ($M) 817,457755,8728829,127805,9163Average interest bearing liabilities ($M) 760,615713,0847758,994762,221-Funds Under Administration (FUA) - average ($M)143,312138,3584143,730143,120-Assets Under Management (AUM) - average ($M)202,000199,2641200,075203,603(2)Average inforce premiums ($M) 3,4013,25943,4173,3861Operating expenses to total operating income (%)42. 442. 8(40)bpts42. 642. 240 bptsEffective corporate tax rate ("cash basis") (%) 27. 527. 320 bpts27. 527. 5-Retail Banking ServicesCash net profit after tax ($M)4,4363,994112,2212,215-Operating expenses to total banking income (%)32. 634. 1(150)bpts32. 332. 8(50)bptsBusiness and Private BankingCash net profit after tax ($M)1,5671,4955764803(5)Operating expenses to total banking income (%)38. 138. 4(30)bpts38. 437. 860 bptsInstitutional Banking and MarketsCash net profit after tax ($M)1,1641,285(9)556608(9)Operating expenses to total banking income (%)37. 934. 6330 bpts38. 737. 1160 bptsWealth ManagementCash net profit after tax ($M)617653(6)245372(34)FUA - average ($M)132,632128,8803132,723132,721-AUM - average ($M) 197,569195,4061195,513199,294(2)Average inforce premiums ($M) 2,4742,38842,4802,470-Operating expenses to total operating income (%) 70. 073. 5(350)bpts76. 864. 3largeNew ZealandCash net profit after tax ($M)877882(1)414463(11)FUA - average ($M)10,6809,4781311,00710,3996AUM - average ($M) 4,4313,858154,5624,3096Average inforce premiums ($M)67263856826643Operating expenses to total operating income (%) (2)40. 040. 2(20)bpts40. 839. 3150 bptsBankwestCash net profit after tax ($M)763795(4)367396(7)Operating expenses to total banking income (%)41. 742. 0(30)bpts41. 941. 540 bptsCapital (Basel III)  Common Equity Tier 1 (Internationally Comparable) (%) (3)14. 412. 7170 bpts14. 414. 310 bptsCommon Equity Tier 1 (APRA) (%)10. 69. 1150 bpts10. 610. 240 bptsLeverage Ratio (Basel III) (4)Leverage Ratio (Internationally Comparable) (%) (5)5. 6n/an/a5. 65. 6-Leverage Ratio (APRA) (%)5. 0n/an/a5. 05. 0-Full Year Ended (1)Half Year Ended (1) 
 
 
 
Highlights 

(1)  Comparative information has been restated to incorporate the bonus element of the rights issue in the weighted average number of ordinary shares. 
(2) 

 Diluted EPS and weighted average number of shares are disclosed in Note 6 to the Financial Statements.  

(1)  Prior periods have been restated in line with market updates and comparatives have not been restated to include the impact of new market entrants in the 

current period. 
(2)  As at 31 May 2016. 
(3)  Other household lending market share includes personal loans, margin loans and other forms of lending to individuals. 
(4)  As at 31 March 2016. 

12  Commonwealth Bank of Australia – Annual Report 2016 

Jun 16 vsJun 16 vsShareholder Summary 30 Jun 16 30 Jun 15Jun 15 %30 Jun 16 31 Dec 15Dec 15 %Dividends per share - fully franked (cents) 420420-22219812Dividend cover - "cash basis" (times)1. 31. 3-1. 21. 4(14)Earnings Per Share (EPS) (cents) (1)Statutory basis - basic (2)542. 5553. 7(2)268. 9273. 6(2)Cash basis - basic555. 1557. 5-270. 8284. 4(5)Dividend payout ratio (%)Statutory basis78. 375. 7260 bpts82. 973. 7largeCash basis 76. 575. 1140 bpts82. 370. 8largeWeighted average no. of shares ("statutory basis") - basic (M) (1) (2)1,6921,62741,7071,6762Weighted average no. of shares ("cash basis") - basic (M) (1)1,6931,63041,7091,6782Return on equity ("statutory basis") (%) 16. 218. 2(200)bpts15. 616. 6(100)bptsReturn on equity ("cash basis") (%) 16. 518. 2(170)bpts15. 617. 2(160)bptsFull Year EndedHalf Year Ended30 Jun 1631 Dec 1530 Jun 15Jun 16 vsJun 16 vsMarket Share (1)%%%Dec 15 Jun 15Home loans 25. 325. 125. 220 bpts10 bptsCredit cards - RBA (2)24. 424. 724. 3(30)bpts10 bptsOther household lending (3)16. 816. 917. 4(10)bpts(60)bptsHousehold deposits29. 229. 329. 4(10)bpts(20)bptsBusiness lending - RBA 16. 917. 017. 0(10)bpts(10)bptsBusiness lending - APRA 18. 718. 718. 8-(10)bptsBusiness deposits - APRA 20. 220. 320. 3(10)bpts(10)bptsAsset Finance12. 813. 113. 2(30)bpts(40)bptsEquities trading 4. 75. 66. 0(90)bpts(130)bptsAustralian Retail - administrator view (4)15. 715. 615. 810 bpts(10)bptsFirstChoice Platform (4)11. 111. 011. 110 bpts-Australia life insurance (total risk) (4)11. 411. 612. 1(20)bpts(70)bptsAustralia life insurance (individual risk) (4)10. 911. 011. 6(10)bpts(70)bptsNZ home loans21. 821. 821. 7-10 bptsNZ retail deposits21. 020. 921. 410 bpts(40)bptsNZ business lending12. 411. 911. 650 bpts80 bptsNZ retail FUA (4)15. 615. 716. 2(10)bpts(60)bptsNZ annual inforce premiums (4)28. 528. 728. 8(20)bpts(30)bptsAs atCredit RatingsLong-termShort-termOutlookFitch RatingsAA- F1+ Stable Moody's Investors ServiceAa2 P-1 Stable S&P Global RatingsAA- A-1+ Negative 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
Group Performance Analysis 

Financial Performance and Business Review

Year Ended June 2016 versus June 2015 

Half Year Ended June 2016 versus December 2015 

The  Group’s  net  profit  after  tax  (“cash  basis”)  increased  3% 
on the prior year to $9,450 million. 

The Group’s net profit after tax (“cash basis”) decreased 3% 
on the prior half to $4,646 million. 

Earnings per share (“cash basis”) was flat on the prior year at 
555.1 cents  per  share  and  return  on  equity  (“cash  basis”) 
decreased 170 basis points on the prior year to 16.5%. 

Earnings per share (“cash basis”) decreased 5% on the prior 
half  to  270.8 cents  per  share,  and  return  on  equity  (“cash 
basis”) decreased 160 basis points on the prior half to 15.6%. 

The key components of the Group result were: 

  Net  interest  income  increased  7%  to  $16,935 million, 
reflecting  8%  growth  in  average  interest  earning  assets, 
partly offset by a two basis point decrease in net interest 
margin.  Net  interest  margin  excluding  Treasury  and 
Markets remained flat at 2.06%; 

  Other  banking  income  increased  1%  to  $4,860  million, 
reflecting  a  strong  sales  performance  in  Markets  and  an 
increased share of profits from associates, partly offset by 
unfavourable derivative valuation adjustments; 

  Funds  management 

income 

increased  4% 

to 
$2,016 million  including  a  3% benefit  from  the  lower 
Australian  dollar.  This  reflects  a  4%  increase  in  average 
Funds Under Administration  (FUA),  and  improved  FUA 
margins; 

 

Insurance  income  was  flat  at  $795 million  with  average 
inforce  premium  growth  of  4%  and  fewer  event  claims, 
offset by an increase in income protection claims reserves 
resulting in loss recognition; 

  Operating  expenses  increased  4%  to  $10,429 million, 
including a 1% increase from the lower Australian dollar, 
higher  staff  costs,  increased  investment  spend,  and 
the 
higher  amortisation.  This  was  partly  offset  by 
from 
realisation  of 
continued 
productivity initiatives; and 

incremental  benefits 

  Loan 

impairment  expense 

to 
$1,256 million,  due  to  higher  provisioning  primarily  in 
Institutional Banking and Markets, New Zealand and IFS. 

increased  27% 

It  should  be  noted  when  comparing  current  half  financial 
performance  to  the  prior  half  that  there  are  two  fewer 
calendar  days,  impacting  revenue  in  the  current  half.  Key 
points of note in the result included the following: 

 

Net  interest  income  increased  1%  to  $8,508 million, 
reflecting 3% growth in average interest earning assets, 
partly offset by a two basis point decrease in net interest 
margin.  Net  interest  margin  excluding  Treasury  and 
Markets decreased one basis point to 2.05%; 

  Other banking income increased 1% to $2,444 million, 
reflecting  strong  growth  in  trading  income,  partly  offset 
by lower commissions; 

 

 

income  decreased  5% 

Funds  management 
to 
$984 million  including  a  1%  decrease  from  the  higher 
Australian dollar, and a 2% decrease in average Assets 
Under Management (AUM) and lower AUM margins; 

Insurance  income  decreased  37%  to  $308 million  due 
to  higher  event  claims,  and  an  increase  in  income 
protection claims reserves resulting in loss recognition; 

  Operating  expenses  were  flat  at  $5,213 million  due  to 
higher  occupancy  costs,  offset  by 
the  continued 
realisation  of  incremental  benefits  from  productivity 
initiatives; and 

 

increased  23% 

impairment  expense 

Loan 
to 
$692 million,  primarily  due  to  higher  provisioning  in 
Retail  Banking  Services  and  New  Zealand,  partly  offset 
by  increased  write-backs  in  Institutional  Banking  and 
Markets. 

Commonwealth Bank of Australia – Annual Report 2016  13 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Group Performance Analysis  

Net Interest Income 

(1)  Comparative information has been reclassified to conform to presentation in the current period. 

NIM movement since June 2015 (1)

Group NIM 
Group NIM excluding Treasury and Markets 

Group NIM (Half Year Ended) 

(1)

Group NIM 
Group NIM excluding Treasury and Markets 

(1)  Comparative 

information  has  been 

reclassified 

to  conform 

to 

presentation in the current period. 

Year Ended June 2016 versus June 2015 

Net  interest  income  increased  7%  on  the  prior  year  to 
$16,935 million.  The  result  was  driven  by  growth  in  average 
interest  earning  assets  of  8%,  partly  offset  by  a  two basis 
point decrease in net interest margin. 

Average Interest Earning Assets 

Average  interest  earning  assets  increased  $62 billion  on  the 
prior year to $817 billion, driven by: 

 

 

 

Home  loan  average  balances  increased  $26 billion  or 
6% on the prior year to $437 billion. The growth in home 
loan  balances  was  largely  driven  by  domestic  banking 
growth. 

Average  balances  for  business  and  corporate  loans 
increased  $21 billion  or  11%  on  the  prior  year  to 
$211 billion driven by growth in institutional and business 
banking lending balances; and 

Average  non-lending  interest  earning  assets  increased 
$14 billion or 11% on the prior year to $146 billion due to 
higher cash, liquid assets and trading assets. 

Net Interest Margin 

The  Group’s  net  interest  margin  decreased  two  basis  points 
on the prior year to 2.07%. The key drivers of the movement 
were: 

Asset  pricing:  Flat  with  the  impact  of  home  loan  repricing, 
offset  by  the  impact  of  competition  on  home  and  business 
lending. 

Funding  costs:  Flat  with  the  benefit  from  lower  wholesale 
funding  costs  of  one basis  point  offset  by  a  one basis  point 
increase in deposit costs, mainly due to the lower cash rate. 

Portfolio mix: Increased margin of two basis points reflecting 
a favourable change in funding mix from proportionally higher 
levels of transactions and savings deposits, partly offset by an 
unfavourable change in lending mix. 

Capital  and  Other:  Decreased  margin  of  two basis  points. 
The  positive  impact  from  higher  capital  was  offset  by  the 
impact  of  the  falling  cash  rate  environment  on  free  equity 
funding. 

Treasury  and  Markets:  Decreased  margin  of  two  basis 
points  driven  by  increased  holdings  of  liquid  assets  and  a 
lower contribution from Treasury and Markets. 

14  Commonwealth Bank of Australia – Annual Report 2016 

30 Jun 1630 Jun 15Jun 16 vs 30 Jun 1631 Dec 15Jun 16 vs $M$MJun 15 %$M$MDec 15 %Net interest income - "cash basis"16,93515,82778,5088,4271Average interest earning assetsHome loans436,530410,3066443,497429,6393Personal loans23,72223,481123,83823,6081Business and corporate loans211,356190,53711215,027207,7264Total average lending interest earning assets671,608624,3248682,362660,9733Non-lending interest earning assets 145,849131,54811146,765144,9431Total average interest earning assets817,457755,8728829,127805,9163Net interest margin (%)2. 072. 09(2)bpts2. 062. 08(2)bptsNet interest margin excluding Treasury and Markets (%)2. 062. 06-2. 052. 06(1)bpt  Full Year Ended (1)Half Year Ended (1) --0.02%-(0.02%)(0.02%)1.00%1.20%1.40%1.60%1.80%2.00%2.20%Jun 15AssetpricingFundingcostsPortfoliomixBasisriskCapitalandOtherTreasuryandMarketsJun 162.06%2.07%Group NIM excluding Treasury and Markets was flat2.06%2.09% 1.00%1.20%1.40%1.60%1.80%2.00%2.20%Jun 14HalfDec 14HalfJun 15HalfDec 15HalfJun 16Half2.08%2.07%2.12%2.14%2.06%2.05%2.04%2.09%2.10%2.06% 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
Group Performance Analysis  

Net Interest Income (continued) 

Half Year Ended June 2016 versus December 2015 

Net  interest  income  increased  1%  on  the  prior  half,  with 
growth in average interest earning assets of  3% partly offset 
by a two basis point decrease in net interest margin to 2.06%. 

Average Interest Earning Assets 

the  bank  bill  swap  rate.  The  margin  decreased  one basis 
point  as  a  result  of  an  increase  in  the  spread  between  the 
cash rate and the bank bill swap rate during the half. 

Capital  and  Other:  Decreased  margin  of  one basis  point. 
The  positive  impact  from  higher  capital  was  offset  by  the 
impact of the falling cash rate. 

Average  interest  earning  assets  increased  $23 billion  on  the 
prior half to $829 billion, driven by: 

Treasury and Markets: Decreased margin of one basis point 
driven by a lower contribution from Treasury and Markets. 

 

 

 

Home  loan  average  balances  increased  $14 billion  or 
3%  on  the  prior  half  to  $443 billion,  primarily  driven  by 
growth in the domestic banking business; 

Average  balances  for  business  and  corporate  loans 
increased  $7 billion  or  4%  on 
to 
$215 billion,  driven  by  growth 
institutional  and 
business banking lending balances; and 

the  prior  half 

in 

Average  non-lending  interest  earning  assets  increased 
$2 billion or 1% on the prior half. 

NIM movement since December 2015 

(1)

Net Interest Margin 

The  Group’s  net  interest  margin  decreased  two basis  points 
on the prior half to 2.06%. The key drivers were: 

Asset pricing: Increased margin of one basis point, reflecting 
the impact of home loan repricing, partly offset by the impact 
of competition on home and business lending. 

Funding  costs:  Decreased  margin  of  two basis  points, 
reflecting an increase in deposit costs due to the lower cash 
rate, and an increase in wholesale funding costs. 

Portfolio mix: Increased margin of two basis points reflecting 
a favourable change in funding mix from proportionally higher 
levels of transactions and savings deposits. 

Basis  risk:  Basis  risk  arises  from  funding  assets  which  are 
priced relative to the cash rate with liabilities priced relative to 

Other Banking Income 

Group NIM 
Group NIM excluding Treasury and Markets 

(1)  Comparative 

information  has  been 

restated 

to  conform 

to 

presentation in the current period. 

(1)  Comparative information has been reclassified to conform to presentation in the current period. 

Year Ended June 2016 versus June 2015 

Other  banking  income  increased  1%  on  the  prior  year  to 
$4,860 million, driven by the following revenue items: 

Commissions  were  flat  on  the  prior  year,  with  higher 
merchant  fee  income  offset  by  lower  credit  card  income 
following a reduction in the interchange rate; 

Lending  fees  were  flat  on  the  prior  year  with  volume  driven 
increases  offset  by 
reflecting 
competitive pressures; 

Institutional 

lower 

fees 

income 

to 
increased  5%  on 
Trading 
$1,087 million.  This  was  primarily  driven  by  a  strong  sales 
performance in Markets and higher Treasury earnings, partly 
offset by unfavourable derivative valuation adjustments; and 

the  prior  year 

income  decreased  2%  on 

Other 
to 
$548 million, with a higher realised loss on the hedge of New 
Zealand earnings and lower structured  asset finance income 
partly  offset  by  a  higher  contribution  from  investments  in 
associates. 

the  prior  year 

Commonwealth Bank of Australia – Annual Report 2016  15 

 0.01%0.02%(0.02%)(0.01%)(0.01%)(0.01%)1.00%1.20%1.40%1.60%1.80%2.00%2.20%Dec 15AssetpricingFundingCostsPortfoliomixBasisriskCapitalandOtherTreasuryandMarketsJun 162.08%Group NIM excludingTreasury and Markets decreased one basis point2.06%2.05%2.06%30 Jun 1630 Jun 15Jun 16 vs 30 Jun 1631 Dec 15Jun 16 vs $M$MJun 15 %$M$MDec 15 %Commissions2,2152,209-1,0641,151(8)Lending fees1,0101,005-503507(1)Trading income1,0871,039559149619Other income548558(2)2862629Other banking income - "cash basis"4,8604,81112,4442,4161Full Year Ended (1)Half Year Ended (1) 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Group Performance Analysis  

Other Banking Income (continued) 

Net Trading Income ($M) 

Half Year Ended June 2016 versus December 2015 

Other  banking  income  increased  1%  on  the  prior  half  to 
$2,444 million, driven by the following revenue items: 

Commissions  decreased  8%  on 
to 
$1,064 million  driven  by  a  decrease  in  credit  card  income 
reflecting  the  interchange  rate  reduction,  seasonally  lower 
purchases and an increase in loyalty points issued in the half; 

the  prior  half 

Lending fees decreased 1% on the prior half to $503 million, 
with higher business lending fee income offset by a decrease 
in Institutional fees, reflecting competitive pressures;  

income 

Trading 
to 
increased  19%  on 
$591 million  due  to  a  strong  sales  performance  in  Markets, 
and less unfavourable derivative valuation adjustments, partly 
offset  by  a  reclassification  of  interest  on  collateral  to  Net-
interest income; and 

the  prior  half 

Other income increased 9% on the prior half to $286 million 
due to recognition of a new associate investment, and higher 
gains  on  sales  of 
lower 
structured asset finance income. 

investments,  partly  offset  by 

Funds Management Income 

(1)  Colonial First State incorporates the results of all Wealth Management Financial Planning businesses. 

Year Ended June 2016 versus June 2015 

Half Year Ended June 2016 versus December 2015 

Funds management income increased 4% on the prior year 
to $2,016 million, driven by: 

Funds management income decreased 5% on the prior half 
to $984 million, driven by: 

 

 

 

A  4%  increase  in  average  FUA  reflecting  positive  net 
flows  and  investment  market  returns  across  the 
Australia and New Zealand businesses; 

A  1%  increase  in  average  AUM  as  a  result  of  strong 
net  flows  in  New  Zealand  and  positive  investment 
performance  across  the  Australia  and  New  Zealand 
businesses; and 

Improved  FUA  margins  as  a  result  of  reduced 
provisioning for Advice customer remediation in CFS. 

 

 

 

A  2%  decrease  in  average  AUM  reflecting  weakness 
in global investment markets; 

A  decline  in AUM  margins  as  a  result  of  a  change  in 
asset mix in the Australia business; and 

Flat  average  FUA  due  to  subdued  industry  flows  in 
Australia and New Zealand. 

16  Commonwealth Bank of Australia – Annual Report 2016 

 32033435742617924520617230(69)(67)(7)529510496591(80)20120220320420520620Dec 14 Jun 15Dec 15 Jun 16SalesTradingCVA/FVA30 Jun 1630 Jun 15Jun 16 vs30 Jun 1631 Dec 15Jun 16 vs$M$MJun 15 %$M$MDec 15 %Colonial First State (CFS) (1)9298667462467(1)CFS Global Asset Management (CFSGAM)842847(1)405437(7)CommInsure120133(10)6060-New Zealand8071134040-Other4521large1728(39)Funds management income - "cash basis"2,0161,93849841,032(5)Half Year EndedFull Year Ended 
 
 
 
 
 
Insurance Income 

Group Performance Analysis  

Year Ended June 2016 versus June 2015 

Half Year Ended June 2016 versus December 2015 

Insurance  income  was  flat  on  the  prior  year  at  $795 million, 
driven by: 

 

 

 

 

A  4%  increase 
$3,401 million;  

in  average 

inforce  premiums 

to 

Fewer  severe  weather 
CommInsure General Insurance; and  

related  event  claims 

in 

Higher Wholesale Life income from repricing; offset by 

in 

increase 

An 
income  protection  claims  reserves 
resulting  in  loss  recognition  in  CommInsure  in  the 
current year. 

Insurance  income  decreased  37%  on  the  prior  half  to 
$308 million, driven by: 

 

 

 

Lower  CommInsure  Retail  life  income  due  to  higher 
claims,  and  an  increase  in  income  protection  claims 
reserves resulting in loss recognition;  

Higher weather related event claims in the current half in 
CommInsure; and 

Unfavourable  claims  experience  in  New  Zealand  and 
lower investment returns in the IFS business. 

Operating Expenses 

Year Ended June 2016 versus June 2015 

Half Year Ended June 2016 versus December 2015 

Operating  expenses  increased  4%  on  the  prior  year  to 
$10,429 million. The key drivers were: 

Staff  expenses  increased  6%  to  $6,164 million,  driven  by  a 
1%  impact  from  the  lower  Australian  dollar,  salary  increases 
and investment in frontline; 

Occupancy  and  equipment  expenses  increased  4%  to 
$1,134 million, primarily due to rental reviews and an increase 
in depreciation; 

Information technology services expenses increased 15% 
to  $1,485  million,  due  to  higher  software  amortisation, 
increased investment spend, and volume-driven maintenance 
and data processing costs; 

Other  expenses  decreased  9%  to  $1,646  million,  due  to 
lower professional fees, lower remediation costs and reduced 
marketing spend; and 

Group expense to income ratio improved 40 basis points on 
the  prior  year  to  42.4%,  reflecting  income  growth  and 
productivity  initiatives.  The  banking  expense  to  income  ratio 
improved 90 basis points on the prior year to 38.2%. 

Operating  expenses  were 
$5,213 million. The key drivers were: 

flat  on 

the  prior  half  at 

Staff expenses were flat at $3,079 million with benefits from 
productivity  initiatives,  offset  by  the  timing  of  provisions  for 
employee entitlements; 

Occupancy  and  equipment  expenses  increased  3%  to 
$575 million, primarily due to rental reviews and an increase 
in depreciation; 

Information  technology  services  expenses  decreased  3% 
to $733 million, driven by benefits from productivity initiatives, 
partly  offset  by  higher  software  amortisation  and  increased 
investment spend; 

Other expenses increased 1% to $826 million, due to higher 
professional  fees  and  an  increase  in  non-lending  losses, 
partly offset by reduced marketing spend; and 

Group  expense  to  income  ratio  increased  40  basis  points 
on  the  prior  half  to  42.6%  reflecting  lower  relative  income 
growth,  partly  offset  by  productivity  initiatives.  The  banking 
expense to income ratio improved 60 basis points on the prior 
half to 38.0%. 

Commonwealth Bank of Australia – Annual Report 2016  17 

30 Jun 1630 Jun 15Jun 16 vs30 Jun 1631 Dec 15Jun 16 vs$M$MJun 15 %$M$MDec 15 %CommInsure 502503-172330(48)New Zealand2422324115127(9)IFS4642102224(8)Other515(67)(1)6largeInsurance income - "cash basis"795792-308487(37)Full Year EndedHalf Year Ended30 Jun 1630 Jun 15Jun 16 vs30 Jun 1631 Dec 15Jun 16 vs$M$MJun 15 %$M$MDec 15 %Staff expenses6,1645,81663,0793,085-Occupancy and equipment expenses1,1341,08645755593Information technology services expenses1,4851,29215733752(3)Other expenses1,6461,799(9)8268201Operating expenses - "cash basis"10,4299,99345,2135,216-Operating expenses to total operating income (%)42. 442. 8(40)bpts42. 642. 240 bptsBanking expense to operating income (%)38. 239. 1(90)bpts38. 038. 6(60)bptsFull Year EndedHalf Year Ended 
 
 
 
Group Performance Analysis 

Operating Expenses (continued) 

Investment Spend 

(1) 

Included within the Operating Expenses disclosure on page 17. 

Year Ended June 2016 versus June 2015 

The  Group  continued  to  invest  strongly  to  deliver  on  the 
strategic priorities of the business with $1,373 million incurred 
in  the  full  year  to  30 June 2016,  an  increase  of  10%  on  the 
prior year. 

The  increase  is  due  to  higher  spend  on  risk  and  compliance 
and branch refurbishment. 

Significant  spend  on  risk  and  compliance  projects  continued 
as  systems  are  implemented  to  assist  in  satisfying  new 
regulatory  obligations, 
including  Anti-Money  Laundering, 
Stronger  Super  and  Future  of  Financial  Advice  (FOFA) 
reforms. 
in 
the  Group 
safeguarding 
to  mitigate  risks  and 
provide greater stability for customers. 

information  security 

In  addition, 

invested 

further 

Loan Impairment Expense 

Year Ended June 2016 versus June 2015

Loan impairment expense increased 27% on the prior year to 
$1,256 million. The increase was driven by: 

 

 

 

An  increase  in  Retail  Banking  Services  as  a  result  of 
higher  home  loan  arrears  and  losses,  predominantly 
from  deterioration  in mining  towns,  and  higher  personal 
loan arrears; 

A  lower  level  of  write-backs  in  Business  and  Private 
Banking; 

An increase in Institutional Banking and Markets due to 
a  small  number  of  large  individual  provisions,  a  lower 
level of write-backs and higher collective provisions; 

18  Commonwealth Bank of Australia – Annual Report 2016 

Spend on branch refurbishment and other costs increased on 
the  prior  year, 
increased  spend  on 
largely  driven  by 
commercial office space and the refreshing of branches. 

further  enhancements 

Spend  on  productivity  and  growth  continued  to  focus  on 
the  Group’s  sales 
delivering 
management  capabilities,  product  systems  across  retail, 
business  and  institutional  segments,  digital  channels  and 
customer data insights. 

to 

Ongoing investment in the Group’s One Commbank strategy, 
continued  to  focus  on  better  understanding  customer  needs 
and developing deeper customer relationships. 

 

 

 

Higher rural lending provisioning within the New Zealand 
dairy  sector,  and  higher  unsecured  retail  provisioning, 
partly offset by improved home loan arrears; 

Continued  albeit  slower  run-off  of  the  troublesome  and 
impaired book in Bankwest; and 

An  increase  in  IFS  as  a  result  of  provisions  in  the 
commercial lending portfolio. 

30 Jun 1630 Jun 15Jun 16 vs30 Jun 1631 Dec 15Jun 16 vs$M$MJun 15 %$M$MDec 15 %Expensed investment spend (1)604539123052992Capitalised investment spend76970793873821Investment spend1,3731,246106926812Comprising:Productivity and growth701728(4)346355(3)Risk and compliance505378342622438Branch refurbishment and other1671401984831Investment spend 1,3731,246106926812Full Year EndedHalf Year Ended30 Jun 1630 Jun 15Jun 16 vs30 Jun 1631 Dec 15Jun 16 vs$M$MJun 15 %$M$MDec 15 %Retail Banking Services660626535530516Business and Private Banking179152181087152Institutional Banking and Markets25216751112140(20)New Zealand12083458337largeBankwest(10)(50)(80)6(16)largeIFS and Other5510large28274Loan impairment expense "cash basis"1,2569882769256423Full Year EndedHalf Year Ended 
 
 
 
 
  
 
Group Performance Analysis  

Loan Impairment Expense (continued) 

Half Year Loan Impairment Expense (Annualised) as a % of 
Average Gross Loans and Acceptances (bpts) 

Half  Year  Ended  June  2016  versus  December  2015 
Loan impairment expense increased 23% on the prior half to 
$692 million mainly driven by: 

 

 

 

 

 

An increase in home loan and personal loan arrears due 
to  expected  seasonal 
in 
Western  Australia  and  Queensland,  in  Retail  Banking 
Services; 

trends  and  deterioration 

A  lower  level  of  write-backs  and  higher  collective 
provisions in Business and Private Banking; 

An  increase  in  New  Zealand  rural  lending  provisioning 
and  higher  unsecured  retail  expense  due  to  seasonal 
trends; and 

Seasonally higher consumer arrears, and slower run off 
of  the  troublesome  and  impaired  book  in  Bankwest; 
partly offset by 

Lower  collective  provision  charges  and  higher  write-
backs  in  Institutional Banking  and  Markets,  partly  offset 
by increased individual provisions. 

Taxation Expense 

Year Ended June 2016 versus June 2015 

Half Year Ended June 2016 versus December 2015 

Corporate  tax  expense  for  the  year  ended  30 June 2016 
increased 4% on the prior year representing a 27.5% effective 
tax rate. 

The  effective  tax  rate  is  below  the  Australian  company  tax 
rate  of  30%  primarily  as  a  result  of  the  profit  earned  by  the 
offshore  banking  unit  and  offshore  jurisdictions  that  have 
lower corporate tax rates. 

Corporate tax expense for the half year ended 30 June 2016 
decreased 3% on the prior half representing a 27.5% effective 
tax rate. 

The  effective  tax  rate  is  below  the  Australian  company  tax 
rate  of  30%  primarily  as  a  result  of  the  profit  earned  by  the 
offshore  banking  unit  and  offshore  jurisdictions  that  have 
lower corporate tax rates. 

Commonwealth Bank of Australia – Annual Report 2016  19 

 17161714171720Jun 13Dec 13Jun 14Dec 14Jun 15Dec 15Jun 16(1) 16basis points, including the Bell group write-back (non-cash item).(1)30 Jun 1630 Jun 15Jun 16 vs30 Jun 1631 Dec 15Jun 16 vs$M$MJun 15 %$M$MDec 15 %Corporate tax expense ($M)3,5923,43941,7671,825(3)Effective tax rate (%)27. 527. 320 bpts27. 527. 5-Full Year EndedHalf Year Ended 
 
 
 
Group Performance Analysis 

Non-Cash Items Included in Statutory Profit 

These items were not recognised in cash profit as they were 
not  representative  of  the  Group’s  expected  ongoing  financial 
performance. 

Treasury shares valuation adjustment 

in 

life 

funds  and 

the  managed 

Under IFRS, Commonwealth Bank of Australia shares held by 
the  Group 
insurance 
businesses  are  defined  as  treasury  shares  and  are  held  at 
cost.  Distributions,  realised  and  unrealised  gains  and  losses 
were  recognised  in  cash  profit  representing  the  underlying 
performance  of  the  asset  portfolio  attributable  to  the  wealth 
and life insurance businesses. These distributions, gains and 
losses are reversed as non-cash items for statutory reporting 
purposes. A $4 million after tax gain was included in statutory 
profit 
the  year  ended  30 June 2016  (30 June 2015: 
$28 million after tax loss). 

in 

Policyholder tax 

of 

expense 

30 June 2016, 

Policyholder  tax  is  included  in  the  Wealth  Management 
business results for statutory reporting purposes. In the year 
$101 million 
ended 
tax 
income 
(30 June 2015:  $99 million), 
refund  of  $8 million  (30 June 2015:  $21 million  income)  and 
insurance  income  of  $109 million (30 June 2015:  $78 million) 
were  recognised.  The  gross  up  of  these  items  is  excluded 
from  cash  profit,  as  they  do  not  reflect  the  underlying 
performance of the business, which is measured on a net of 
policyholder tax basis. 

funds  management 

Investment experience 

Investment  experience  primarily  includes  the  returns  on 
shareholder  capital  invested  in  the  wealth  management  and 
insurance  businesses,  as  well  as  the  volatility  generated 
through  the  annuity  portfolio  held  by  the  Group’s  Wealth 
Management division. This item is classified separately within 
cash profit. 

Non-cash  items  are  excluded  from  net  profit  after  tax 
(“cash basis”),  which  is  management’s  preferred  measure  of 
the  Group’s  financial  performance,  as  they  tend  to  be  non-
recurring in nature or are not considered representative of the 
Group’s  ongoing  financial  performance.  The  impact  of  these 
items  on  the  Group’s  net  profit  after  tax  (“statutory basis”)  is 
outlined below and treated consistently with prior comparative 
period and prior half disclosures.  

Hedging and IFRS volatility 

Hedging  and  IFRS  volatility  includes  unrealised  fair  value 
gains  or  losses  on  economic  hedges  that  do  not  qualify  for 
hedge accounting under IFRS, including: 

 

 

Cross  currency  interest  rate  swaps  hedging  foreign 
currency denominated debt issues; and 

Foreign  exchange  hedges  relating 
Zealand earnings. 

to 

future  New 

Hedging and IFRS volatility also includes unrealised fair value 
gains or losses on the ineffective portion of economic hedges 
that qualify for hedge accounting under IFRS. 

from  cash  profit,  since 

Fair  value  gains  or  losses  on  all  of  these  economic  hedges 
are  excluded 
the  asymmetric 
recognition of the gains or losses does not affect the Group’s 
performance  over  the  life  of  the  hedge.  A  $200 million  after 
tax loss was recognised in statutory profit for the year ended 
30 June 2016 (30 June 2015: $6 million after tax gain). 

Bankwest non-cash items 

The  acquisition  of  Bankwest  resulted  in  the  recognition  of 
assets at fair value, representing certain financial instruments, 
core  deposits,  customer  lists  and  brand  name  totalling 
$463 million. The core deposits and customer lists have been 
amortising  over  their  useful  life,  resulting  in  amortisation 
charges  of  $27 million  after 
the  year  ended 
30 June 2016  (30 June 2015:  $52 million).  The core  deposits 
have now been fully amortised. 

tax 

in 

20  Commonwealth Bank of Australia – Annual Report 2016 

30 Jun 1630 Jun 15Jun 16 vs30 Jun 1631 Dec 15Jun 16 vs$M$MJun 15 %$M$MDec 15 %Hedging and IFRS volatility(200)6large(49)(151)(68)Bankwest non-cash items(27)(52)(48)(1)(26)(96)Treasury shares valuation adjustment4(28)large13(9)largeOther non-cash items(23)(80)(71)12(35)largeTotal non-cash items (after tax)(223)(74)large(37)(186)(80)Full Year EndedHalf Year Ended 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Review of Group Assets and Liabilities 

Group Performance Analysis  

(1)  Loans, bills discounted and other receivables exclude provisions for impairment which are included in Other assets.  
(2)  Comparative information has been restated to conform to presentation in the current period. 
(3)  During  the  period,  following  a  change  in  terms,  Interest  bearing  transaction  deposits  of  $18,314  million  became  Non-interest  bearing  and  have  been 

disclosed accordingly.  

Year Ended June 2016 versus June 2015 

Asset growth of $60 billion or 7% on the prior year was driven 
by  increased  home  lending  and  business  and  corporate 
lending. 

The Group continued to satisfy a significant portion of lending 
growth from customer deposits. Customer deposits represent 
66% of total funding (30 June 2015: 65%). 

Home loans 

Home  loan  balances  increased  $33 billion  to  $456 billion, 
reflecting an 8% increase on the prior year, driven by growth 
in Retail Banking Services, New Zealand and Bankwest. 

Consumer finance 

Personal  loans,  including  credit  cards  and  margin  lending 
increased 2% on the prior year to $24 billion, reflecting growth 
in credit cards within a competitive market environment. 

Business and corporate loans 

increased  $22 billion 

Business  and  corporate 
to 
loans 
$221 billion,  an  11%  increase  on  the  prior  year.  This  was 
driven by strong growth in institutional lending, particularly in 
the  strategic  focus  industries  of  Financial  Institutions  and 
Infrastructure,  and  business  lending  in  Business  and  Private 
Banking and New Zealand. 

Non-lending interest earning assets 

Non-lending  interest  earning  assets  were  flat  on  the  prior 
year. 

Other assets 

Other  assets,  including  derivative  assets,  insurance  assets 
and  intangibles,  increased  $4 billion  to  $95 billion,  a  5% 
increase  on  the  prior  year,  reflecting  higher  trading  and 
derivative asset balances. 

Interest bearing deposits 

Interest bearing deposits increased $21 billion to $549 billion, 
a  4%  increase  on  the  prior  year.  This  was  driven  by  strong 
growth  of  $15 billion  in  savings  deposits  and  a  $4 billion 
increase in other demand deposits. 

Debt issues 

Debt issues increased $6 billion to $163 billion, a 4% increase 
on the prior year. While deposits satisfied the majority of the 
Group’s funding requirements, strong access was maintained 
to both domestic and international wholesale debt markets. 

Refer to page 32 for further information on debt programs and 
issuance for the year ended 30 June 2016. 

Other interest bearing liabilities 

interest  bearing 

Other 
loan  capital, 
liabilities, 
liabilities at fair value through income statement and amounts 
due  to  other  financial  institutions,  decreased  $3 billion  to 
$54 billion, a 6% decrease on the prior year. 

including 

Non-interest bearing transaction deposits 

Non-interest bearing transaction deposits, including business 
and  personal  transaction  accounts,  increased  $23 billion  to 
$37 billion.  This  includes  an  $18 billion  increase  in  non-
interest  bearing  transaction  deposits  following  a  change  in 
terms, with underlying growth remaining strong. 

Other non-interest bearing liabilities 

Other  non-interest  bearing  liabilities,  including  derivative 
liabilities  and  insurance  policy  liabilities,  increased  $5 billion 
to  $69 billion,  a  7%  increase  on  the  prior  year,  reflecting 
higher derivative liability balances driven by foreign exchange 
volatility. 

Commonwealth Bank of Australia – Annual Report 2016  21 

30 Jun 1631 Dec 1530 Jun 15Jun 16 vsJun 16 vsTotal Group Assets and Liabilities$M$M$MDec 15 %Jun 15 %Interest earning assetsHome loans456,074437,176422,85148Consumer finance23,86224,01223,497(1)2Business and corporate loans220,611213,278198,476311Loans, bills discounted and other receivables (1)700,547674,466644,82449Non-lending interest earning assets (2)137,838138,499138,166--Total interest earning assets838,385812,965782,99037Other assets (1) (2)94,69390,11090,45655Total assets933,078903,075873,44637Interest bearing liabilitiesTransaction deposits (2) (3)89,78097,32789,360(8)-Savings deposits 191,313189,560176,49718Investment deposits  197,085195,814195,06511Other demand deposits 71,29360,86167,074176Total interest bearing deposits549,471543,562527,99614Debt issues 162,716162,438156,372-4Other interest bearing liabilities54,10158,14757,523(7)(6)Total interest bearing liabilities766,288764,147741,891-3Non-interest bearing transaction deposits (2) (3)37,00015,65214,168largelargeOther non-interest bearing liabilities69,03463,42964,39497Total liabilities872,322843,228820,45336As at 
 
 
 
Group Performance Analysis 

Review of Group Assets and Liabilities (continued) 

Interest bearing deposits 

Interest  bearing  deposits  increased  $6 billion,  a  1%  increase 
on the prior half, reflecting growth in other demand  deposits, 
partly offset by an $18 billion decrease in transaction deposits 
following a change in terms. 

Debt issues 

Debt issues were flat on the prior half. 

Refer to page 32 for further information on debt programs and 
issuance for the half year ended 30 June 2016. 

Other interest bearing liabilities 

interest  bearing 

Other 
loan  capital, 
liabilities, 
liabilities at fair value through income statement and amounts 
due  to  other  financial  institutions,  decreased  $4 billion,  a 7% 
decrease on the prior half. 

including 

Non-interest bearing transaction deposits 

Non-interest bearing transaction deposits, including business 
and  personal  transaction  accounts,  increased  $21 billion  to 
$37 billion. This was primarily due to an $18 billion increase in 
non-interest  bearing  transaction  deposits  following  a  change 
in terms, with underlying growth remaining strong. 

Other non-interest bearing liabilities 

Other  non-interest  bearing  liabilities,  including  derivative 
liabilities  and  insurance  policy  liabilities,  increased  $6 billion, 
a  9%  increase  on  the  prior  half,  reflecting  higher  derivative 
liability balances driven by foreign exchange volatility. 

Half Year Ended June 2016 versus December 2015

Asset growth of $30 billion or 3% on the prior half was driven 
by  increased  home  lending  and  business  and  corporate 
lending. 

Continued  deposit  growth  allowed  the  Group  to  continue  to 
satisfy  a  significant  portion  of  its  funding  requirements 
through customer deposits. Customer deposits made up 66% 
of total funding (31 December 2015: 66%). 

Total assets and total liabilities include a 1% decrease due to 
the higher Australian dollar. 

Home loans 

Home loan balances increased $19 billion, a 4% increase on 
the  prior  half,  reflecting  growth  in  Retail  Banking  Services, 
New Zealand and Bankwest. 

Consumer finance 

Personal  loans,  including  credit  cards  and  margin  lending 
decreased 1% on the prior half, due to seasonally lower credit 
card balances. 

Business and corporate loans 

Business  and  corporate  loans  increased  $7 billion,  a  3% 
increase on the prior half. This includes a 1% decrease due to 
the  higher  Australian  dollar,  and  solid  growth  in  commercial 
and lending balances. 

Non-lending interest earning assets 

Non-lending interest earning assets were flat on the prior half. 

Other assets 

Other  assets,  including  derivative  assets,  insurance  assets 
and  intangibles  increased  $5 billion,  a  5%  increase  on  the 
prior  half,  reflecting  higher  trading  and  derivative  asset 
balances. 

22  Commonwealth Bank of Australia – Annual Report 2016 

 
 
 
 
Group Operations and Business Settings 

Loan Impairment Provisions and Credit Quality 

Provisions for Impairment 

Year Ended June 2016 versus June 2015 

Half Year Ended June 2016 versus December 2015 

Total  provisions  for  impairment  losses  increased  3%  on  the 
prior  year  to  $3,762 million.  The  movement  in  the  level  of 
provisioning reflects: 

Total  provisions  for  impairment  losses  increased  1%  on  the 
prior half. The movement in the level of provisioning reflects: 

  An  increase  in  consumer  collective  provisions  in  home 

 

 

 

 

 

A small number of large individually assessed provisions   
in Institutional Banking and Markets; 

An increase in commercial collective provisions from the 
annual review of provisioning factors and an increase in 
Institutional  Banking  and  Markets  collective  provisions; 
and 

An  increase  in  consumer  collective  provisioning,  mainly 
due  to  higher  home  loan  and  personal  loan  arrears; 
partly offset by 

A  reduction  in  Bankwest  collective  and  individually 
assessed provisions from run-off of the troublesome and 
impaired book; and 

Reduced  management  overlays,  mainly  due  to  model 
factor  updates.  Economic  overlays  remain  unchanged 
on the prior year. 

loans and personal loans; 

  Higher commercial collective provisions, mainly due to the 

annual review of provisioning factors; and 

  An increase in consumer individually assessed provisions 
due  to  home  loan  impairments  in  Western  Australia  and 
Queensland; partly offset by 

  A reduction in Bankwest collective provisions from run-off 
of  the  troublesome  book  and  stabilising  credit  quality  in 
the business portfolio; and 

  Reduction in management overlays, mainly due to model 
factor  updates.  Economic  overlays  remain  unchanged.

Collective Provisions ($M) 

Individually Assessed Provisions ($M) 

Commonwealth Bank of Australia – Annual Report 2016  23 

30 Jun 1631 Dec 1530 Jun 15  Jun 16 vsJun 16 vs$M$M$MDec 15 %Jun 15 %Provisions for impairment lossesCollective provision2,8182,8012,76212Individually assessed provisions94490988746Total provisions for impairment losses3,7623,7103,64913Less: Provision for Off Balance Sheet exposures(44)(47)(31)(6)42Total provisions for loan impairment 3,7183,6633,61823As at 762812 859 981983 1,077 264232 187 755774 695 Jun 15Dec 15Jun 162,8012,818492558 566 128132 169 267219 209 Jun 15Dec 15Jun 16909944OverlayBankwestConsumerCommercial2,762887 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Group Operations and Business Settings 

Loan Impairment Provisions and Credit Quality (continued) 

Credit Quality 

90+ Days Arrears Ratios (%)

 (1) 

Troublesome and Impaired Assets 

Commercial  troublesome  assets  increased  14%  during  the 
year to $3,476 million. 

Gross  impaired  assets  increased  9%  on  the  prior  year  to 
$3,116 million.  Gross  impaired  assets  as  a  proportion  of 
GLAAs of 0.44% was unchanged on the prior year. 

Troublesome and Impaired Assets ($B) 

Provision Ratios 

Provision coverage ratios remain prudent. The impaired asset 
portfolio  remains  well  provisioned  with  provision  coverage  of 
36.17%. 

Asset Quality 

Troublesome  and  impaired  assets  have  increased  over  the 
year  reflecting  increased  stress  in  the  commodity  and 
commodity related sectors. The arrears for the home loan and 
credit card portfolios are relatively low, however personal loan 
arrears  continues  to  be  elevated,  primarily  in  Western 
Australia and Queensland. 

Retail Portfolios – Arrears Rates 

from  0.52% 

Home  loan  arrears  were  mixed  over  the  year,  with  30+ day 
arrears decreasing from 1.25% to 1.21% and 90+ day arrears 
increasing 
to  0.54%.  Credit  card  arrears 
improved  over  the  year  with  30+ day  arrears  falling  from 
2.66% to 2.41% and 90+ day arrears reducing from 1.05% to 
0.99%.  Personal  loan  arrears  deteriorated  with  30+ day 
arrears increasing from 3.28% to 3.46%, and 90+ day arrears 
increasing from 1.34% to 1.46%. 

30+ Days Arrears Ratios (%)

 (1) 

(1) 

Includes  retail  portfolios  of  Retail  Banking  Services,  Bankwest  and 
New Zealand.  

24  Commonwealth Bank of Australia – Annual Report 2016 

Jun 16 vsJun 16 vsCredit Quality Metrics30 Jun 1630 Jun 15Jun 15 %30 Jun 1631 Dec 15Dec 15 %Gross loans and acceptances (GLAA) ($M)701,730646,1729701,730675,7284Risk weighted assets (RWA) ($M) - Basel III 394,667368,7217394,667392,6621Credit RWA ($M) - Basel III 344,030319,1748344,030334,9573Gross impaired assets ($M) 3,1162,85593,1162,78812Net impaired assets ($M) 1,9891,82991,9891,75613Provision RatiosCollective provision as a % of credit RWA - Basel III0. 820. 87(5)bpts0. 820. 84(2)bptsTotal provisions as a % of credit RWA - Basel III1. 091. 14(5)bpts1. 091. 11(2)bptsTotal provisions for impaired assets as a % of gross impaired assets36. 1735. 9423 bpts36. 1737. 02(85)bptsTotal provisions for impairment losses as a % of GLAAs0. 540. 56(2)bpts0. 540. 55(1)bpt  Asset Quality RatiosGross impaired assets as a % of GLAAs0. 440. 44-0. 440. 413 bptsLoans 90+ days past due but not impaired as a % of GLAAs 0. 330. 36(3)bpts0. 330. 303 bptsLoan impairment expense ("cash basis") annualised as a % of average GLAAs0. 190. 163 bpts0. 200. 173 bptsFull Year EndedHalf Year Ended 1.0%2.0%3.0%4.0%Jun 14Dec 14Jun 15Dec 15Jun 16Personal LoansHome LoansCreditCards 0.0%1.0%2.0%Jun 14Dec 14Jun 15Dec 15Jun 16Home LoansPersonal LoansCreditCards 5.2 4.33.63.13.13.13.54.3 3.93.43.42.92.83.1Jun 13Dec 13Jun 14Dec 14Jun 15Dec 15Jun 16Commercial TroublesomeGross Impaired6.09.58.27.06.55.96.6 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Group Operations and Business Settings 

Capital 

Basel Regulatory Framework 

Background 

The  Basel  Committee  on  Banking  Supervision  (BCBS)  has 
implemented  a  set  of  capital,  liquidity  and  funding  reforms 
known  as  “Basel  III”.  The  objectives  of  the  reforms  are  to 
increase the quality, consistency and transparency of capital, 
to  enhance  the  risk  coverage  framework,  and  to  reduce 
systemic  and  pro-cyclical  risk.  The  major  reforms  are  being 
implemented on a phased approach to 1 January 2019. 

were 

reforms 

implemented 

The 
Australia 
on 1 January 2013.  APRA  has  adopted  a  more  conservative 
approach  than  the  minimum  standards  published  by  the 
for 
BCBS  and  also  adopted  an  accelerated 
implementation. 

timetable 

in 

The  APRA  prudential  standards  require  a  minimum  CET1 
ratio  of  4.5%  effective  from  1 January 2013.  An  additional 
CET1  capital  conservation  buffer  of  3.5%,  inclusive  of  a 
Domestic Systemically Important Bank (DSIB) requirement of 
1% and a countercyclical capital buffer (CCyB)(1) of 0%, was 
effective from 1 January 2016, bringing the CET1 requirement 
to at least 8%. 

Financial System Inquiry 

In December 2014, the Government released the final report 
of the Financial System Inquiry (FSI). 

In  July  2015,  in  connection  with  the  FSI  recommendations, 
APRA released the following: 

 

 

(APRA  study),  which  endorsed 

Information  paper:  “International  capital  comparison 
study” 
the  FSI 
recommendation  that  the  capital  of  Australian  ADIs 
should be unquestionably strong; and 

An  announcement  in  relation  to  increases  in  the capital 
requirements  under  the  IRB  approach  for  Australian 
residential  mortgages,  effective  from  1  July  2016,  with 
the  change  aimed  at  increasing  mortgage  competition 
between the major banks and non-major banks. 

In  September  2015,  the  Group  completed  a  $5.1  billion 
institutional  and  retail  entitlement  offer,  ahead  of 
the 
implementation  of  the  increased  capital  requirements  for 
Australian residential mortgages. 

APRA  is  expected  to consult further  with  the  industry  on  the 
FSI recommendations during 2017.  

Internationally Comparable Capital Position 

The  Group’s  CET1  as  measured  on  an  internationally 
comparable  basis  was  14.4%  as at  30  June  2016,  placing  it 
amongst the top quartile of international peer banks. 

In July 2016, APRA updated their analysis of the international 
capital  comparison  and  confirmed  that  the  major  Australian 
banks  all  hold  capital  at  levels  which  place  them  in  the  top 
quartile of international peer banks. 

(1) 

In  December  2015,  APRA  announced  that  the  CCyB  for  Australian 
exposures has been set at 0%, and the Group has limited exposures 
to  those  offshore  jurisdictions  in  which  a  CCyB  in  excess  of  0%  has 
been imposed.    

International Peer Basel III CET1 

Source: Morgan Stanley and CBA. Based on last reported CET1 ratios up to 5 August 2016 assuming Basel III capital reforms fully implemented. 
Peer  group  comprises  listed  commercial banks  with  total  assets  in  excess  of  AUD750 billion  and  which  have  disclosed  fully  implemented  Basel  III  ratios  or 
provided sufficient disclosure for a Morgan Stanley estimate. 
(1)  APRA Insight Issue Two “International capital comparison update” (4 July 2016). 
(2)  Domestic peer figures as at 31 March 2016.  NAB included in peer bank top quartile in accordance with APRA update (see 1 above). 
(3)  Deduction for accrued expected future dividends added back for comparability. 

Commonwealth Bank of Australia – Annual Report 2016  25 

17.7 14.9 14.7 14.5 14.4 14.0 13.9 13.5 13.5 13.5 13.2 13.0 12.9 12.5 12.4 12.1 12.1 11.9 11.8 11.6 11.6 11.4 11.4 11.4 11.3 11.3 11.1 10.8 10.8 10.7 10.6 10.6 10.5 10.3 10.3 10.2 10.1 10.1 NordeaUBSWBCRBSCBAANZINGLloydsIntesa SanpaoloChina Construct. BankStandard CharteredNABICBCCitiHSBCSumitomo MitsuiChina Merchants BankJP MorganCredit SuisseBarclaysCommerzbankCredit Agricole SAMitsubishi UFJBNP ParibasSocGenBank of ChinaBank of CommBBVADeutscheMizuhoWells FargoSantanderBank of AmericaUniCreditRBCAgri. Bank of ChinaScotiabankToronto Dominion32223333%APRA top quartile (1)3333333333 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Group Operations and Business Settings 

Other Regulatory Changes 

Basel Committee on Banking Supervision 

The BCBS has issued a number of consultation documents, 
associated with: 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Design of a framework for the application of capital floors 
based on standardised approaches; 

Revisions to the standardised approach for credit risk; 

Implementation  of  constraints  on  the  use  of  internal 
credit risk models; 

Fundamental review of the trading book;  

Revisions to operational risk; and 

Interest rate risk in the banking book. 

Finalisation  of  the  review  of  the  trading  book  requirements 
was  completed 
in  January  2016  with  an  effective 
implementation date of 1 January 2019. The review of IRRBB 
was  completed  in  April  2016  with  the  BCBS  concluding  that 
there will be no requirement to include this risk in the capital 
ratio  calculation.  However  additional  disclosure  requirements 
will be implemented from 1 January 2018. 

Finalisation  with  respect  to  the  remaining  proposals  is 
expected  to  be completed  by  the  BCBS  by the  end  of  2016. 
APRA  is  expected  to  consult  on  the  domestic  application  of 
the above changes in 2017.  

Composition of Level 2 ADI Groups 

In May 2014, APRA provided more clarity on the definition of 
the  Level  2  Banking  Group.  Subsidiary  intermediate  holding 
companies  are  considered  part  of  the  Level  2  Group, 
regardless  of  the  nature  of  any  activity  undertaken  by  their 
operating  subsidiaries.  As  a  result,  capital  benefits  arising 
from the debt issued by the Colonial Group are being phased 
out.  APRA  granted 
these 
changes, in line with the maturity profile of the debt. 

transition  arrangements  on 

Conglomerate Groups 

APRA  is  extending  its  prudential  supervision  framework  to 
Conglomerate  Groups  that  have  material  operations  in more 
than  one  APRA  regulated  industry  and/or  have  one  or  more 
material  unregulated  entities.  In  March  2016  APRA  advised 
that  it  was  deferring  finalisation  of  the  capital  requirements 
with  respect  to  conglomerates  until  after  the  completion  of 
other domestic and international policy initiatives. APRA does 
not  anticipate  that  consultation  on  the  capital  requirements 
will commence earlier than mid-2017 and implementation will 
be  no  earlier  than  2019.  Non  capital  related  requirements, 
which include such items as governance, risk exposures and 
intra group exposures, will become effective on 1 July 2017. 

Capital (continued) 

Capital Position 

The  Group  strengthened  its  capital  position  during  the  year 
with its CET1 ratio as measured on an APRA basis of 10.6% 
at 30 June 2016, compared with 10.2% at 31 December 2015 
and  9.1%  at  30 June 2015.  The  capital 
ratios  were 
maintained  well  in  excess  of  regulatory  minimum  capital 
adequacy requirements at all times throughout the year. 

(1) 

(1)  Analysis  aligns  with  the  13  July  2015  APRA  study  titled  “International 

capital comparison study”. 

The increase in the Group’s CET1 ratio across the June 2016 
half  year  reflects  the  impact  of  the  capital  generated  from 
earnings, partly offset by the December 2015 interim dividend 
(net  of  issuance  of  shares  in  respect  of  the  impact  of  the 
Dividend Reinvestment Plan (DRP)). The movement in Total 
Risk Weighted Assets (RWA) over the half year was minimal 
with growth in credit, operational and market RWA, offset by a 
decrease  in  interest  rate  risk  in  the  banking  book  (IRRBB) 
RWA.  

The increase in the Group’s CET1 ratio across the June 2016 
full year incorporates the benefit of the issuance of shares as 
part of the entitlement offer completed in September 2015. 

Capital Initiatives 

following  significant  CET1  capital 

The 
undertaken during the year: 

initiatives  were 

 

 

 

$5.1 billion institutional and retail entitlement offer; 

The  DRP  in  respect  of  the  2015  final  dividend  was 
satisfied  by  the  issuance  of  $657  million  of  ordinary 
shares, representing a participation rate of 18.1%; and 

The  DRP  in  respect  of  the  2016  interim  dividend  was 
satisfied  by  the  issuance  of  $552  million  of  ordinary 
shares, representing a participation rate of 16.3%. 

Pillar 3 Disclosures 

Details on the market disclosures required under Pillar 3, per 
prudential  standard  APS 330 
“Public  Disclosure”,  are 
provided on the Group’s website at: 

 www.commbank.com.au/about-us/investors/shareholders. 

26  Commonwealth Bank of Australia – Annual Report 2016 

 9.1%10.2%10.6%14.4%Jun 15Basel IIIDec 15Basel IIIJun 16Basel IIIJun 16Basel IIICET1 Ratio (Internationally Comparable)CET1 Ratio (APRA) 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Group Operations and Business Settings 

Capital (continued) 

The tables below show the APRA Basel III capital adequacy calculation at 30 June 2016 together with prior period comparatives. 

(1)  Represents shares held by the Group's life insurance operations ($104 million) and employee share scheme trusts ($180 million). 
(2)  Represents foreign currency translation reserve and available-for-sale investments reserve balances associated with the insurance and funds 
management entities and those entities through which securitisation of the Group's assets are conducted. These entities are classified as non-
consolidated subsidiaries by APRA and are excluded from the Level 2 Regulatory Consolidated Banking Group.  

(3)  Cumulative current period profit and retained earnings adjustments for subsidiaries not consolidated for regulatory purposes. 
(4)  Non-controlling interests predominantly comprise ASB Perpetual Preference Shares of NZD550 million issued by a New Zealand subsidiary entity. These 

are non-redeemable and carry limited voting rights. These are classified as additional Tier 1 Capital. 

Commonwealth Bank of Australia – Annual Report 2016  27 

30 Jun 1631 Dec 1530 Jun 15Risk Weighted Capital Ratios%%%Common Equity Tier 110. 610. 29. 1Tier 112. 312. 211. 2Tier 22. 01. 91. 5Total Capital14. 314. 112. 730 Jun 1631 Dec 1530 Jun 15$M$M$MOrdinary Share Capital and Treasury SharesOrdinary Share Capital33,84533,25227,619Treasury Shares (1)284325279Ordinary Share Capital and Treasury Shares34,12933,57727,898ReservesReserves2,7342,5542,345Reserves related to non-consolidated subsidiaries (2)(143)(181)(93)Total Reserves2,5912,3732,252Retained Earnings and Current Period ProfitsRetained earnings and current period profits23,62722,54821,528Retained earnings adjustment from non-consolidated subsidiaries (3)(451)(481)(529)Net Retained Earnings23,17622,06720,999Non-controlling interestNon-controlling interest (4)550554562Less ASB perpetual preference shares(505)(505)(505)Less other non-controlling interests not eligible for inclusion in regulatory capital(45)(49)(57)Minority Interest---Common Equity Tier 1 Capital before regulatory adjustments59,89658,01751,149 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Group Operations and Business Settings 

Capital (continued) 

(1)  Goodwill excludes $322 million which is included in equity investments in non-controlled subsidiaries. 
(2)  Other intangibles (including capitalised software costs), net of any associated deferred tax liability. 
(3) 

In accordance with APRA regulations, the surplus in the Group’s defined benefit superannuation fund, net of any deferred tax liability, must be deducted 
from Common Equity Tier 1. 

(4)  Adjustment  to  ensure  the  Group  has  sufficient  provisions  and  capital  to  cover  credit losses  estimated  to  arise  over  the  full life  of individual  facilities,  as 

required by APRA Prudential Standard APS 220. 

(5)  Represents the Group’s non-controlling interest in other entities. 
(6)  Non-consolidated subsidiaries primarily represents the insurance and funds management companies operating within the Colonial Group. The adjustment 
at 30 June 2016 is net of $900 million in non-recourse debt (31 December 2015: $900 million, 30 June 2015: $900 million) and $1,000 million in Colonial 
Group Subordinated Notes (31 December 2015: $1,000 million, 30 June 2015: $1,000 million). The Group’s insurance and fund management companies 
held $1,215 million of capital in excess of minimum regulatory capital requirements at 30 June 2016. 

(7)  Regulatory Expected Loss (pre-tax) using stressed loss given default assumptions associated with the loan portfolio in excess of eligible credit provisions 

(pre-tax). 

(8)  As  at  30  June 2016,  comprises  PERLS  VIII  $1,450  million  issued  in  March  2016,  PERLS  VII  $3,000 million  issued  in  October 2014  and  PERLS  VI 

$2,000 million issued in October 2012. 

(9)  Represents APRA Basel III non-compliant Additional Tier 1 Capital Instruments that are eligible for Basel III transitional relief. In the June 2016 half year 

the Group redeemed USD700 million in Trust Preferred Securities 2006 and bought back and cancelled AUD1,166 million of PERLS III.  

(10)  Represents holdings of Additional Tier 1 capital instruments issued by the Colonial Mutual Life Assurance Society Limited. 
(11)  In  the  June  half  year,  the  Group  issued  AUD750  million  Tier  2  subordinated  notes  (December  half  year  issued  USD1,250  million  Tier  2  subordinated 

notes).  

(12)  Includes both perpetual and term instruments subordinated to depositors and general creditors, having an  original maturity of at least five years. APRA 
require these to be included as if they were unhedged. Term instruments are amortised 20% of the original amount during each of the last five years to 
maturity. These instruments are eligible for Basel III transitional relief. 

(13)  Represents the collective provision and general reserve for credit losses for exposures in the Group which are measured for capital purposes under the 

Standardised approach to credit risk. 

28  Commonwealth Bank of Australia – Annual Report 2016 

30 Jun 1631 Dec 1530 Jun 15$M$M$MCommon Equity Tier 1 regulatory adjustmentsGoodwill (1)(7,603)(7,597)(7,599)Other intangibles (including software) (2)(2,313)(2,294)(2,253)Capitalised costs and deferred fees(535)(498)(559)Defined benefit superannuation plan surplus (3)(183)(307)(193)General reserve for credit losses (4)(386)(270)(242)Deferred tax asset(1,443)(1,078)(1,164)Cash flow hedge reserve(473)(137)(263)Employee compensation reserve(132)(85)(122)Equity investments (5)(3,120)(3,263)(3,179)Equity investments in non-consolidated subsidiaries  (1) (6)(1,458)(1,688)(1,705)Shortfall of provisions to expected losses (7)(314)(245)(134)Gain due to changes in own credit risk on fair valued liabilities(161)(132)(144)Other(112)(207)(194)Common Equity Tier 1 regulatory adjustments(18,233)(17,801)(17,751)Common Equity Tier 141,66340,21633,398Additional Tier 1 CapitalBasel III complying instruments (8)6,4505,0005,000Basel III non-complying instruments net of transitional amortisation (9)6402,7562,749Holding of Additional Tier 1 Capital (10)(200)--Additional Tier 1 Capital6,8907,7567,749Tier 1 Capital48,55347,97241,147Tier 2 CapitalBasel III complying instruments (11)5,8345,0333,268Basel III non-complying instruments net of transitional amortisation (12)1,9342,1412,257Holding of Tier 2 Capital (25)(19)(20)Prudential general reserve for credit losses (13)181178156Total Tier 2 Capital7,9247,3335,661Total Capital56,47755,30546,808 
 
Group Operations and Business Settings 

Capital (continued) 

(1)  APRA requires RWA amounts that are derived from IRB risk weight functions to be multiplied by a factor of 1.06. 

Commonwealth Bank of Australia – Annual Report 2016  29 

30 Jun 1631 Dec 1530 Jun 15Risk Weighted Assets$M$M$MCredit RiskSubject to Advanced IRB approachCorporate67,62469,39260,879SME Corporate28,26125,06625,289SME Retail4,6735,3285,068SME Retail secured by residential mortgage 2,6542,6702,949Sovereign6,2476,1475,163Bank12,35712,58112,024Residential mortgage79,01775,01074,382Qualifying revolving retail 9,3379,3068,861Other retail14,24714,24913,942Impact of the regulatory scaling factor (1)13,46513,18512,513Total Risk Weighted Assets subject to Advanced IRB approach237,882232,934221,070Specialised lending exposures subject to slotting criteria56,79554,88551,081Subject to Standardised approachCorporate10,98210,28410,357SME Corporate4,1334,5715,921SME Retail6,1226,0935,843Sovereign268206209Bank224236244Residential mortgage7,4287,0446,728Other retail2,7502,7442,679Other assets5,3605,8114,982Total Risk Weighted Assets subject to Standardised approach37,26736,98936,963Securitisation1,5111,5671,653Credit valuation adjustment8,2737,6867,712Central counterparties2,302896695Total Risk Weighted Assets for Credit Risk Exposures344,030334,957319,174Traded market risk9,4397,4516,335Interest rate risk in the banking book7,44817,51110,847Operational risk33,75032,74332,365Total Risk Weighted Assets394,667392,662368,721 
 
 
Group Operations and Business Settings 

Dividends 
Final Dividend for the Year Ended 30 June 2016 

The final dividend declared was $2.22 per share, bringing the 
total  dividend  for  the  year  ended  30 June 2016  to  $4.20 per 
share, in line with the prior full year dividend. This represents 
a dividend payout ratio (“cash basis”) of 76.5%.  

The  final  dividend  will  be  fully  franked  and  will  be  paid  on 
29 September 2016 to owners of ordinary shares at the close 
of  business  on  18 August 2016  (record  date).  Shares  will  be 
quoted ex-dividend on 17 August 2016. 

Dividend Reinvestment Plan (DRP) 

The  DRP  will  continue  to  be  offered  to  shareholders  but  no 
discount will be applied to shares allocated under the plan for 
the final dividend. 

Dividend Policy 

The Group will seek to: 

 

 

Pay cash dividends at strong and sustainable levels; 

Target a full-year payout ratio of 70% to 80%; and  

  Maximise the use of its franking account by paying fully 

Full Year Dividend History (cents per share) 

franked dividends. 

80% 

Target 
Range 

70% 

_______________________________________________________________________________________________________ 

Leverage Ratio 

(1)  Total exposures is the sum of on Balance Sheet exposures, derivatives, Securities Financing Transactions (SFTs), and off Balance Sheet exposures, net of 

any Tier 1 regulatory deductions, as outlined in APS 110 “Capital Adequacy”. 

(2)  The Tier 1 Capital included in the calculation of the internationally comparable leverage ratio aligns with the 13 July 2015 APRA study titled “International 

capital comparison study”, and includes Basel III non-compliant Tier 1 instruments that are currently subject to transitional rules. 

The  Group’s  leverage  ratio,  defined  as  Tier  1  Capital  as  a 
percentage of total exposures, was 5.0% at 30 June 2016 on 
an  APRA  basis  and  5.6%  on  an  internationally  comparable 
basis. 

The BCBS has advised that the leverage ratio will migrate to 
from 
a  Pillar  1  minimum  capital  requirement  of  3% 
1 January 2018. The BCBS will confirm the final calibration in 
2017.

The ratio remained stable across the June 2016 half year with 
an increase in capital levels offset by growth in exposures. 

The  Group  commenced  disclosure  of  its  leverage  ratio  from 
30 September 2015,  thus  no  prior  year  comparatives  have 
been presented. 

30  Commonwealth Bank of Australia – Annual Report 2016 

 29032033436440142042073.9%73.2%75.8%75.9%75.1%75.1%76.5%0%20%40%60%80%100%120%140%-5050150250350450Jun 10Jun 11Jun 12Jun 13Jun 14Jun 15Jun 16DPSPayout Ratio ("cash basis")Summary Group Leverage Ratio 30 Jun 1631 Dec 15Tier 1 Capital ($M)48,55347,972Total Exposures ($M) (1)980,846952,969Leverage Ratio (APRA) (%)5. 05. 0Leverage Ratio (Internationally Comparable) (%) (2)5. 65. 6As at 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Group Operations and Business Settings 

Liquidity 

(1) 

(2) 
(3) 

Includes all repo-eligible securities with the Reserve Bank of New Zealand. The Exchange Settlement Account (ESA) cash balance is netted down by the 
Reserve Bank of Australia open-repo of internal Residential Mortgage-Backed Securities (RMBS). 
Includes all interbank deposits that are included as short-term wholesale funding on page 32. 
Includes cash inflows. 

June 2016 versus June 2015 

June 2016 versus December 2015 

The Group holds high quality,  well diversified liquid assets 
to  meet  Balance  Sheet  liquidity  needs  and  internal  and 
external regulatory requirements, such as APRA’s Liquidity 
Coverage Ratio (LCR). At 30 June 2016, the Group’s LCR 
was 120%, which remained flat on the prior year.  

High  Quality  Liquid  Assets  (HQLA)  in  the  form  of  cash, 
deposits  with  central  banks,  Australian  Commonwealth 
Government  and  Semi-Government  securities  increased 
$9 billion  to  $75  billion,  as  the  group  managed  its  liquidity 
position  ahead  of  a  reduction  in  the  RBA’s  Committed 
Liquidity Facility (CLF) effective 1 January 2016. 

At  30  June  2016, the  Group’s  LCR  was  120%,  down  from 
123%  on  the  prior  half.  LCR  liquid  assets  of  $134 billion, 
decreased  $6  billion  on  the  prior  half,  primarily  due  to  a 
decrease in the CLF.  

Projected  NCOs  decreased  $2 billion  on  the  prior  half. 
Projected  customer  deposit  cash  outflows 
increased 
$3 billion  while  wholesale  funding  projected  cash  outflows 
decreased $6 billion due to lower debt maturities in the next 
30 days. 

Liquid  assets  surplus  to  regulatory  requirements  remained 
stable  at  $22  billion,  with 
30 June 2016 of $134 billion, including the CLF. 

total 

liquid  assets  as  at                

Projected  Net  Cash  Outflows  (NCOs)  increased  $1  billion 
on the prior year to $111 billion. Projected customer deposit 
cash outflows increased $4 billion to $70 billion. Wholesale 
funding  projected  cash  outflows  decreased  $11  billion  to 
$19 billion as a result of lower debt maturities in the next 30 
days. Other projected cash outflows increased $8 billion to 
$22 billion due to an increase in collateral requirements and 
growth in credit facilities. 

For further information on the Group’s liquidity management please see Note 34 of the Annual Report. 

Commonwealth Bank of Australia – Annual Report 2016  31 

30 Jun 1631 Dec 1530 Jun 15Jun 16 vsJun 16 vsLevel 2$M$M$MDec 15 %Jun 15 %Liquidity Coverage Ratio (LCR) Liquid AssetsHigh Quality Liquid Assets (HQLA) (1)75,14773,657        65,940        214Committed Liquidity Facility (CLF)58,50066,00066,000(11)(11)Total LCR liquid assets133,647139,657131,940(4)1Net Cash Outflows (NCO)Customer deposits70,13967,13765,83247Wholesale funding (2)19,40625,31630,753(23)(37)Other net cash outflows (3)21,85420,75413,819558Total NCO111,399113,207110,404(2)1Liquidity Coverage Ratio (%)120123120(300)bpts-LCR surplus 22,24826,45021,536(16)3As at 
  
 
 
 
Group Operations and Business Settings 

Funding 

(1)  Total funding has been restated to better align with peers and international best practice. 
(2)  Shareholders’  equity  is  excluded  from  this  view  of  funding  sources,  other  than  the  USD  Trust  Preferred  Securities  (redeemed  March  2016),  which  are 

classified as other equity instruments in the statutory Balance Sheet. 

(3)  Residual maturity of long-term wholesale funding included in Debt issues, Loan capital and Share capital  – other equity instruments, is the earlier of the 

next call date or final maturity. 

(4)  Short-term collateral deposits includes net collateral received and the amount of internal RMBS pledged with the Reserve Bank to facilitate intra-day cash 

flows in the Exchange Settlement Account. 

June 2016 versus June 2015 

June 2016 versus December 2015 

Customer Deposits 

Customer Deposits 

Customer  deposits  accounted  for  66%  of  total  funding  at 
30 June 2016,  an  increase  of  1%  on  the  prior  year.  Strong 
deposit  growth  has  seen  the  Group  satisfy  a  significant 
proportion  of  its  funding  requirements  from  retail,  business 
and institutional customer deposits. 

Customer  deposits  accounted  for  66%  of  total  funding  at 
30 June 2016, in line with the prior half. Strong deposit growth 
has  seen  the  Group  satisfy  a  significant  proportion  of  its 
funding  requirements  from  retail,  business  and  institutional 
customer deposits. 

Short-Term Wholesale Funding 

Short-Term Wholesale Funding 

Short-term  wholesale  funding(1)  accounted  for  42%  of  total 
wholesale funding at 30 June 2016, a decrease of 1% on the 
prior  year.  The  increase  in  short-term  wholesale  funding  of 
$4 billion  was  driven  largely  by  the  impact  of  the  lower 
Australian dollar.  

Long-Term Wholesale Funding 

The  cost  of  new  long-term  wholesale  funding(2)  increased 
compared  to  the  prior  year.  During  the  period,  the  Group 
raised  $38 billion  of  long-term  wholesale  funding  in  multiple 
currencies including AUD, USD, EUR, and GBP.  

Most issuance was in senior unsecured format, although the 
Group used its covered bond and RMBS programs to provide 
cost, tenor and diversification benefits. The Group also issued 
Basel  III  compliant  Tier  2  capital  deals  in  the  Australian  and 
US dollar markets.  

issued 

The  Weighted  Average  Maturity  (WAM)  of  new  long-term 
wholesale  debt 
to  June 2016  was 
5.2 years. The WAM of outstanding long-term wholesale debt 
with a residual maturity greater than 12 months was 4.1 years 
at 30 June 2016.  

in  the  year 

Long-term  wholesale  funding  (including  an  adjustment  for 
IFRS  MTM  and  derivative  FX  revaluations)  accounted  for 
58% of total wholesale funding at 30 June 2016, compared to 
57% in the prior year. 

Short-Term Collateral Deposits 

Short-term  collateral  deposits  accounted  for  1%  of  total 
funding at 30 June 2016, a decrease of 1% on the prior year. 
Net  Collateral  received  decreased  $3  billion  driven  by 
restructure of swaps and lower interest yields, partly offset by 
the impact of the lower Australian dollar. 

32  Commonwealth Bank of Australia – Annual Report 2016 

Short-term  wholesale  funding  accounted  for  42%  of  total 
wholesale funding at 30 June 2016, a decrease of 1% on the 
prior half. 

Long-Term Wholesale Funding 

The  cost  of  new  long-term  wholesale  funding  increased  on 
the  prior  half  as  ongoing  macroeconomic  uncertainty, 
particularly  in  commodity  markets  and  emerging  economies, 
weighed  on  markets.  During  the  half,  the  Group  raised 
$21 billion of long-term wholesale funding. 

The  WAM  of  new  long-term  wholesale  debt  issued  in  the 
six months to June 2016 was 5.2 years. 

Long-term  funding  (including  an  adjustment  for  IFRS  MTM 
and  derivative  FX  revaluations)  accounted  for  58%  of  total 
wholesale  funding  at  30 June 2016,  compared to  57% in  the 
prior half. 

Short-Term Collateral Deposits 

Short-term  collateral  deposits  accounted  for  1%  of  total 
funding at 30 June 2016, which was in line with the prior half. 
Net  Collateral  received  decreased  $2  billion,  largely  due  to 
the impact of the higher Australian dollar. 

For  further  information  on  Funding  risk,  please  refer  to  Note 
34 to the Financial Statements. 

(1)  Short term wholesale funding includes debt with an original maturity or 
call date of less than or equal to 12 months, and consists of certificates 
of  deposit  and  bank  acceptances,  debt  issued  under  the  EMTN 
program  and  the  domestic,  Euro  and  US  commercial  paper  programs 
of  Commonwealth  Bank  of  Australia  and  ASB.  Short-term  wholesale 
funding also includes deposits from banks and central banks as well as 
net repurchase agreements. 

(2)  Long-term wholesale funding includes debt with an original maturity or 

call date of greater than 12 months. 

30 Jun 1631 Dec 1530 Jun 15Jun 16 vsJun 16 vsGroup Funding (2)$M$M$MDec 15 %Jun 15 %Customer deposits517,974500,356477,81148Short-term wholesale funding110,714108,783106,76324Long-term wholesale funding - less than or equal to one year residual maturity29,29728,07528,39243Long-term wholesale funding - more than one year residual maturity (3)118,121113,332111,42946IFRS MTM and derivative FX revaluations4,1492,4882,3466777Total wholesale funding 262,281252,678248,93045Short-term collateral deposits (4)8,3239,94211,729(16)(29)Total funding788,578762,976738,47037As at (1) 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Introduction 

Corporate  Responsibility  takes  many  forms  in  the  Group  as 
we look to deliver long-term value through our role in society, 
our  people  and  the  way  we  do  business.  Guided  by  the 
Group’s vision we actively consider the environmental, social 
and  economic  impacts  of  our  activities  and  look  for  ways  to 
make a positive contribution beyond our core business.  

Creating Long-Term Value for Stakeholders 

Examples  of  the  value  created  for  the  stakeholders  of  the 
Group during the 2016 financial year (2016) include: 
  With  more  than  51,000  people,  the  Group’s  annual 

payroll expenditure was more than $6.1 billion; 

 

 

 

 

The  Group  returned  more  than  75 per cent  of  its  profits 
to more than 800,000 Australians who hold CBA shares 
directly,  and  millions  more  who  hold  them  through 
superannuation funds; 

The  Group’s  tax  expense  was  more  than  $3.5 billion, 
making it Australia’s largest taxpayer; 

The  Group  directly  helped  229  grassroots  community 
organisations make a positive impact on the health and 
wellbeing of Australian youth; and  

The  Group  made  voluntary  community  contributions  of 
$262 million in the form of cash, time, foregone revenue 
and  program  implementation  costs.  This  represents 
more than 2.0 per cent of pre-tax profits.  

Our Approach to Corporate Responsibility 

The  Group’s  Corporate  Responsibility  2016 - 2018  Strategy 
has  two  pillars:  Our  Role  in  Society  and  The  Way  We  Do 
Business, with key priorities under each pillar to address the 
Group’s  material  Environmental,  Social  and  Governance 
(ESG) issues. It guides the Group’s approach to the effective 
management  of  those  issues  and  associated  risks  and 
opportunities  and  complies  with 
the  ASX  Corporate 
Governance Principles and Recommendations. 
In  2016  the  Group  further mapped  out  its  priorities  and  as  a 
result,  identified  the  need  to specifically  call  out  programs  of 
work 
to 
related 
communities. 

their  contribution 

its  people  and 

to 

Strengthening our Approach to Reporting 

Progress  and  performance  against  the  Group’s  Corporate 
Responsibility Strategy 2016 - 2018 is publicly available in the 
standalone  Corporate  Responsibility  Report, 
released 
alongside the Annual Report. 

The  Group’s  non-financial 
is  organised  and 
presented  in  accordance  with  the  Global  Reporting  Initiative 
(GRI) G4 Framework using the 'Core' option.  

reporting 

The  Group  is  a  signatory  to  the  United  Nations  Global 
Compact  (UNGC)  and  committed  to  working  with  local  and 
international  peers,  as  well  as 
the  United  Nations 
Environment  Programme 
for 
Finance  Initiative  (UNEPFI)  to 
establish  consistent  measures 
and  methodologies  across  the 
industry.  In  addition,  the  Group 
continues 
its 
progress  against  a  number  of 
sustainability 
global 
leading 
indices and surveys including: 

to  benchmark 

  Global  100  Index  (G100).  In  2016,  the  Group  ranked 
fourth in the world, making it the number one Australian 
company and number one bank in the world in the G100. 

Corporate Responsibility 

 

 

 

Dow  Jones  Sustainability  Indices  (DJSI).  In  2016,  the 
Group was again included in the World Index.  

CDP  (formerly  the  Carbon  Disclosure  Project).  In  2016 
and  for  the  seventh  consecutive  year,  the  Group  was 
included  in  the  CDP  ASX  200  Climate  Disclosure 
Leadership Index. 

FTSE4Good Index. The Group continues to be included 
in  the  Index,  which  measures  the  performance  of 
companies demonstrating strong ESG practices.  

Our Role in Society 

Invest in Education and Skills for the Workforce of the 
Future  
As  the  Australian  economy  transitions  to  more  knowledge-
based industries, the Group continues to focus its community 
investment to support the skills needed for a new economy. In 
2015 the Group made a $50 million investment in education, 
to be delivered over the following three years.  

Teaching Students Financial Skills to Participate in the 
Economy of the Future 

continues 

The  Group 
to 
demonstrate  its  commitment  to 
the  Start 
through 
education 
Smart  Program  with  more  than 
1.9 million  students  booked 
since  the  program  started  in 
2009  and  the  School  Banking 
than 
Program,  with  more 
330,000 students  actively participating in 2016. 

Supporting Evidence for Learning and Education 
Excellence 

As  part  of  its  commitment  to  education,  the  Group  launched 
Evidence  for  Learning,  a  new  social  enterprise  set  up  by 
Social  Ventures  Australia,  incubated  with  Commonwealth 
Bank  funding.  A  new  Learning  Impact  Fund  evaluates 
education  programs  in  Australia  to  raise  the  academic 
achievement of children and young adults. 

Develop Innovative Products and Services to Support our 
Customers in the Economy of the Future 

For the Group, innovation is about providing customers with 
technologies and services that fundamentally change the way 
they access and manage their finances, for the better.  

Drive Digital Innovation for Improved Products and 
Services 

During 2016, the Group delivered the following innovations: 

 

 

 

Instant  Banking  -  New  to  bank  customers  are  able  to 
download  the  CommBank  app  and  open  a  transaction 
account within a couple of minutes without needing to go 
into  a  branch  or  make  a  phone  call  when  required 
identification is provided.  

New  property  app  -  The  updated  CommBank  Property 
app,  available  on  Android  and  iOS  uses  multiple  data 
sources  to  provide  customers  with  informative  data, 
estimated  market  prices  and  allow  them  to  apply  for 
conditional eligibility. 

the  Hong  Kong 

Launch  of 
in 
January 2016, which enables customers, employees and 
start-up  communities  to  access  the  latest  FinTech 
developments. 

Innovation  Lab 

Commonwealth Bank of Australia - Annual Report 2016  33 

 
 
 
Corporate Responsibility 

In  addition,  the  Group  has  invested  in  cybersecurity  and 
quantum computing projects in partnership with the University 
of  New  South  Wales,  providing  $1.6  million  to  develop  a 
centre of expertise for cybersecurity education and boost the 
nation’s reserve of quality security engineering professionals. 
The Group also committed in-principle $10 million to support 
first  silicon-based  quantum 
efforts 
computer in Sydney. 

the  world’s 

to  build 

Develop Products and Services that Consider Economic, 
Environmental and Social Issues 

Internationally, the Group is investing in innovation to support 
emerging markets and provide underserved communities with 
banking  services.  For  example  in  Indonesia,  as  part  of  the 
WISE  (Women 
the  Group 
launched  a  mobile  app  built  as  a  platform  for  women  to 
receive  and  exchange  information  with  other  women,  with  a 
focus on financial education.  

Investment  Series) 

initiative 

Within  Australia,  the  Group  provides  specialised  banking 
services  to  the  not-for-profit  sector,  with  reduced  fees  and 
tailored  products.  The  Women  in  Focus  online  community 
supports  women-led  businesses,  while 
the  Group’s 
Community Business Finance team offers affordable banking 
solutions  to  groups  such  as  Indigenous  Australians,  the 
disadvantaged and migrants.  

Our People 

Treat all People with Respect and Fairness  

The Group has a range of strategies and programs to ensure 
that employees, other stakeholders and the wider community 
are valued and respected.  

Implement 2015-2017 Diversity and Inclusion Strategy 

The  2015-2017  Diversity  and  Inclusion  Strategy  provides  a 
roadmap  for  the  Group  to  enhance  its  culture  so  that  all 
people  feel  included  and connected.  The  strategy  comprises 
five  strategic  goals  –  Inclusive  Leadership;  Diversity  in 
Leadership; You Can Be You; Flexibility; and Reputation and 
Engagement.  

The Group was named the second most inclusive employer in 
the  2016  Australian  Workplace  Equality 
Index  (AWEI) 
Awards,  which  recognises  workplace  support  for  LGBTI 
people. Its employee network Unity was also named the 2016 
LGBTI Employee Network of the Year. 

In  2015  the  Group  made  a 
further  commitment  to  women 
in  senior  leadership  roles  by 
announcing a 40 per cent target 
for  women 
in  Executive 
Manager  and  above  positions 
by  2020.  Women  currently 
make  up  58 per  cent  of  the 
Group’s  workforce.  43.6  per 
cent  are 
in  management 
roles, with 35.2 per cent in Executive Manager or above roles. 
The  Group  is  a  signatory  to  the  United  Nations  Women’s 
Empowerment  Principles.  In  May  2016,  in  accordance  with 
the  requirements  of  the  Workplace  Gender  Equality  (WGE) 
Act  2012,  the  Group’s  annual  WGE  Compliance  report  was 
lodged  with  the  WGE  Agency  and  can  be  viewed  at  
www.commbank.com.au/diversitycommitment. 
Commonwealth Bank has also been awarded the Workplace 
Gender  Equity  Agency  Employer  of  Choice  for  Gender 
Equality citation. 

34  Commonwealth Bank of Australia – Annual Report 2016 

In  late  2015,  the  Group’s  Executive  Committee  and  Board 
endorsed a cultural diversity target for its Executive Manager 
and  above  positions  to  match  the  cultural  diversity  of  the 
Australian population by 2020. 

Implement Accessibility and Inclusion Programs 

In  2016,  the  Group  continued  to  roll  out  a    number  of 
initiatives  to  deliver  more  accessible  services  and  better 
employment  access  for  people  with  disability,  as  well  as 
training  and  awareness  campaigns 
to  build  disability 
confidence  in  its  leaders  and  employees.  The  Group  also 
embedded  this  into  the  Group’s  operating  systems  and 
processes  with  the  establishment  of  an  internal  Digital 
Accessibility  Guild,  to  share  better  practice  and  knowledge 
internally.  

Launch Elevate Reconciliation Action Plan including 
Commitment to Indigenous Employment Parity 

the  Group 

launched  an  Elevate 

In  June  2016 
level 
Reconciliation  Action  Plan  (RAP),  building  on  its  previous 
RAPs, and announced it would significantly raise the number 
of Indigenous Australians it employs, with an aim of achieving 
Indigenous employment parity within 10 years. 

The  parity  announcement 
in 
Commonwealth  Bank’s  Indigenous  Careers  Program,  which 
launched in 2002. Key developments in the program include: 

latest  stage 

the 

is 

 

 

 

 

Ran a school-based traineeship program for Indigenous 
teens (more than 400 trainees have progressed through 
the program since 2002). 
Established  partnerships  with  the  Australian  Indigenous 
Education Foundation (AIEF) in 2008 and the Australian 
Indigenous  Mentoring  Experience  (AIME)  in  2010  to 
support their important work providing young Indigenous 
with the right foundations for a prosperous career. 
Committed  to  provide  at  least  25  Indigenous  university 
students  with  internship  placements  each  year  until 
2025. 
three  additional 
Recruited 
graduates into the 2016 Graduate Program.  

Indigenous  university 

Contribute to Disaster Relief 

In 2016, the Group and its employees supported a number of 
communities including those affected by bushfires in Victoria, 
South Australia and Western Australia and flooding in Eastern 
New  South  Wales  through  various  grants  and  recovery 
programs.  In  addition,  the  Group  has  provided  support  to  its 
agribusiness  customers,  including a  range  of  measures  to 
help  dairy  producers  struggling  with  the  recent  fall  in  milk 
prices. 

Create Opportunities for our People to Contribute to their 
Communities  

Facilitate Employee Participation in Volunteering and 
Skilled Secondment Activities Strategy 

to 

and 

charities 

registered 

The  Group  encourages  its  employees  to  give  time  and 
expertise 
not-for-profit 
organisations.  During  2016,  more  than  5,000 employees 
volunteered  in  264  domestic  and  international community 
organisations representing more than 31,000 volunteer hours. 
Since 2011, 83 of the Group’s people have participated in the 
six-week  Jawun 
to 
Indigenous communities. 

Indigenous  Secondment  Program 

 
Support Local Communities with Targeted Activities 

The  Staff  Community  Fund  has 
been running since 1917, making 
longest-running 
it  Australia’s 
workplace-giving  program.  The 
staff 
matches 
Group 
contributions dollar for dollar and 
covers  all  administrative costs  to 
ensure  100 per cent  of 
the 
is  distributed 
raised 
money 
directly  to  not-for-profit  organisations.  The  Group  has  the 
highest participation rate of employees for an organisation its 
size, with more than 13,200 members at June 2016.  

A  total  of  $2 million  was  granted  in  2016  to  229  grassroots 
programs  focused  on  improving  the  health  and  wellbeing  of 
Australian youth.  

The Way We Do Business 

Make Transparent and Balanced Decisions 

During  2016,  the  Group  continued  to  see  an    increase  in 
engagement with ESG issues. 
The  Group  is  committed  to  maintaining  an  honest  and 
transparent  dialogue  with  all  stakeholders  including  non-
governmental organisations (NGOs). 

Support and Embed a Culture of ‘Doing the Right Thing’ 

The  values  of 
integrity,  accountability,  collaboration, 
excellence and service are integral to the Group’s culture and 
to  the  way  we  do  business.  The  Group  has  a  range  of 
policies,  frameworks,  compliance  measures  and  education 
programs 
the  highest 
professional  standards.  The  Group  is  also  committed  to 
making  things  right  for  customers  who  may  have  received 
inappropriate advice. 

its  people  maintain 

to  ensure 

The  Group  has  taken  recent  allegations  about  CommInsure 
seriously.  We  aspire  to  get  every  claim  right  the  first  time, 
however if we make mistakes we will apologise and act to fix 
things,  as  CommInsure  did  after 
learning  of  the  poor 
experience of some of its insurance customers. A number of 
additional  measures  have  been  taken  to  provide  a  greater 
level  of  assurance  for  new  claims  and  investigate  the 
concerns raised in recent media reports, including appointing 
an  independent  expert  in  May  2016  to  oversee  a  review  of 
past declined life insurance claims. 
A long-term program is underway to embed the values in the 
day  to  day  work  of  all  of  the  Group’s  people  and  further 
integrate the values in the Group’s policies and performance 
management  systems.  As  part  of  its  focus  on  values,  the 
Group  is  committed  to  having  a  culture  of  'speaking  up'.  A 
SpeakUp hotline, run by an independent provider, is available 
to  raise  a  concern 
24/7 
anonymously.  

to  all  employees  who  wish 

Along  with  other  major  banks  and  through  the  Australian 
Banking  Association,  the  Group  is  committed  to  addressing 
community  concerns  about  poor  conduct  in  the  industry,  the 
handling  of  customer  complaints, 
treatment  of 
whistleblowers and how staff are paid. Commitments include 
reviewing  product  sales  commissions,  making  it  easier  for 
customers  when  things  go  wrong,  reaffirming  support  for 
employees  who  ‘blow  the  whistle’  on  inappropriate  conduct, 
removing  individuals  from  the  industry  for  poor  conduct, 
strengthening  commitment  to  customers  in  the  Code  of 
Banking Practice and supporting ASIC in its regulatory role. 

the 

Corporate Responsibility 

Strengthen the Management of ESG impacts in our 
Lending and Investing Practices 

the  Group  has  continued 

In  2016, 
the 
management  of  ESG  in  its  lending  and  investing  practices. 
The  following  new  and  updated  policies  and  practices  were 
announced in November 2015: 

to  strengthen 

 

 

 

 

 

An  updated  Group  Environment  Policy  that  expresses 
the  Group’s  commitment  to  support  the  transition  to  a 
low carbon economy and builds on the Group’s existing 
commitments to reduce its direct environmental impacts;  
carefully  consider  its  loan  and  investment  book;  and 
actively  support  businesses  and 
that 
reduce  dependence  on  fossil  fuels  and  mitigate  the 
effects of climate change.  

technologies 

Investing 
A  new  Wealth  Management  Responsible 
Framework  to  integrate  ESG  factors  across  investment 
processes,  consistent  with  the  pursuit  of  sustainable 
long-term 
the  Group’s 
customers.  A  tailored  training  module  has  been  rolled 
out to the Group’s Wealth Management Professionals.   

investment  outcomes 

for 

A  new  Human  Rights  Position  Statement  to  publicly 
affirm  the  Group’s  responsibility  and  commitment  to 
respect  human  rights  across  all  of  its  operations.  The 
Position  Statement  complements,  guides  and  informs 
the  application  of  a  number  of  existing  policies  and 
procedures.   

A  report  on  progress  made  in  embedding  responsible 
lending  across  the  Group’s  business lending  operations 
with the development of an ESG Risk  Assessment Tool 
and 
lending 
the 
professionals. 

training  of  more 

than  1,600 

Further disclosures on the carbon emissions arising from 
the  Group’s  business  lending  portfolio  to  enhance 
existing  reporting  of  the  carbon  emissions  arising  from 
the bank’s business lending to the energy sector, its total 
credit  exposure  to  the  resources  sector,  and  its  direct 
carbon footprint.   

As part of building a balanced portfolio, the Group continues 
to strongly support the growth of the renewable energy sector 
whilst  recognising  the  importance  of  the  resources  sector  to 
the Australian economy and way of life.  

Advocate for Public Policies that Secure and Enhance the 
Financial Wellbeing of People, Businesses and 
Communities  

As  Australia’s  largest  financial  institution,  the  Group  has  a 
responsibility  to  speak  up  on  matters  of  importance  to  the 
nation,  its  people  and  its  customers.  Adding  the  Group’s 
economic  and  policy  knowledge  to  the  national  public  policy 
debate  increases  the  likelihood  of  good  policy  outcomes, 
helping  to  secure  and  enhance  the  financial  wellbeing  of 
people, businesses and communities. 
For 
joined  10  other 
the  Group  recently 
community and industry organisations in making a Statement 
of  Commitment  to  a  national  Financial  Inclusion  Action  Plan 
(FIAP).  The  FIAP  is  an  extension  of  many  initiatives  the 
Group already has in place to help more Australians become 
active participants in the financial system.  

this  reason, 

The  Group  continues  to  engage  with  Government  in  a 
financial 
constructive  dialogue  on 
services  industry  and  economic  and  social  issues  generally. 
In  October  2015  the  Federal  Government  announced  its 
response  to  the  Financial  System  Inquiry  (FSI),  accepting 
largely all of the Inquiry’s recommendations across the areas 

issues  covering 

the 

Commonwealth Bank of Australia - Annual Report 2016  35 

 
Further Information 

Visit https://www.commbank.com.au/cr-report2016  microsite 
for  more  information  on  the  Group’s  approach  to  corporate 
responsibility 
initiatives, 
achievements and independently assured metrics.  

including 

insights 

key 

on 

The  microsite  covers  the  activities  of  companies  wholly 
owned  by 
financial  year  ending 
30 June 2016.  

the  Group 

the 

for 

Corporate Responsibility 

regulatory 

resilience;  superannuation; 

innovation; 
of  strength  and 
consumer  outcomes  and 
capability.  The 
Government  found  that  Australia’s  financial  system  was 
strong, stable and well-regulated and that an efficient financial 
system  is  central  to  delivering  prosperity.  The  Government 
then initiated processes to implement the resulting reforms in 
consultation  with  industry.  The  Group  welcomed  the  strong 
focus  on  innovation  in  the  Government’s  response,  with  the 
Treasurer establishing an advisory group on developments in 
innovation  in  the  financial  sector,  to  which  CBA  Group 
Executive  Institutional  Banking  and  Markets  Kelly  Bayer 
Rosmarin was appointed. 

Improve the Environmental Efficiency of our Operations 

The  Group  has  a  longstanding  commitment  to  reducing  the 
environmental impact of its operations and is in the process of 
implementing a three year Property Sustainability Strategy. 
During  2016,  CBA  and  Bankwest  reduced  their  combined 
domestic Scope  1  and  2  carbon emissions  by  7,213  tCO2-e. 
Since  2009,  CBA  and  Bankwest  have  reduced  scope  1  and 
scope 2 carbon emissions by 42.4 per cent.  

36  Commonwealth Bank of Australia – Annual Report 2016 

 
 
Corporate Responsibility Scorecard  

Our Role in Society 

Units 

                   2016  

2015  

2014  

Corporate Responsibility 

Community and Education Investment 

School Banking Students (active) 

Start Smart Students (booked) 

Total Community Investment (1) 

Our People 

Engagement 

Employee Engagement Index  

Employee Turnover (Voluntary) (2) 

Diversity 

Women in Manager and above roles  

Women in Executive Manager and above roles (2) 

Safety and Wellbeing 

Lost Time Injury Frequency Rate (LTIFR) (2) 
Absenteeism  

Training  

Total training per employee 

The Way We Do Business 

Environmental, Social and Governance (ESG) 

              330,874 

              557,475 

310,474 

298,505 

273,034  

288,728  

$M 

                     262 

243                       - 

% 

% 

% 

% 

                       77 

                    11.3 

                    43.6 

                    35.2 

Rate 
Rate 

                      1.2 
                      6.0 

81 

10.2 

43.2 

33.9 

1.9 
6.0 

81  

10.2  

42.9  

31.8  

1.5  
6.1  

Hours 

                    36.8 

31.1 

24.6 

Employees completing ESG Training (3)  

                  1,786 

- 

- 

Customer Satisfaction 

Roy Morgan Research Main Financial Institution  

% 

                    82.8 

Rank 

DBM Business Financial Services Monitor (score out of 10)  

Rank 

Wealth Insights Platform Service Level Survey (score out of 10) 

Rank 

Supply Chain 

Operating expenses at significant locations of operation (4) 
Australia  
New Zealand 
Other Overseas 

Greenhouse Gas Emissions CBA 

Scope 1 emissions  
Scope 2 emissions  
Scope 3 emissions  
Emissions per FTE  

                       1st  

                      7.2 
            Equal 1st 

                    8.07 
                       1st  

84.2 

1st 

83.2 

1st  

7.5 
Equal 1st 

7.4 
Equal 1st 

7.75 
2nd 

7.94 
1st 

$M 
$M 
$M 

                  3,537 
                     355 
                     328 

tCO2-e 
tCO2-e 
tCO2-e 
tCO2-e 

                  6,847 
                81,307 
                33,854 
                      2.7 

3,516 
333 
269 

7,249 
86,264 
39,361 
2.9 

- 
- 
- 

7,936  
91,275  
44,826  
3.1 

(1)  As the Group began disclosing total Community Investment data in 2015, no 2014 data has been presented. 
(2)  Comparatives have been restated to conform to presentation in the current year. 
(3)  As the Group began disclosing ESG training hours in 2016, no comparatives have been presented. 
(4)  The Group began disclosing operating expenses at significant locations in 2016, 2015 balances have been included for comparative purposes only. 

For definition and notes, please see the online version of this table available in the Download section of the Corporate 
Responsibility report https://www.commbank.com.au/cr-report2016 

Commonwealth Bank of Australia - Annual Report 2016  37 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Directors’ Report  

The Directors of the Commonwealth Bank of Australia submit their report, together with the financial report of the Commonwealth 
Bank of Australia (the Bank) and of the Group, being the Bank and its controlled entities, for the year ended 30 June 2016. 

The  names  of  the  Directors  holding  office  during  the  financial  year  are  set  out  below,  together  with  details  of  Directors’ 
experience, qualifications and special responsibilities. 

David Turner, Chairman 

Director of the Bank since August 2006. 

  Other Directorships and Interests: Ashurst, O’Connell Street 

Associates Pty Ltd and Great Barrier Reef Foundation. 

Qualifications:  Fellow  of  the  Australian  Institute  of  Company 
Directors  and  Fellow  of  the Institute  of  Chartered  Accountants 
in England and Wales. 

Mr Turner is a resident of New South Wales. Age 71. 

David  Turner  was  appointed  Chairman  of  the  Bank  in 
February 2010. 

He  is  Chairman  of  the  Board  Performance  and  Renewal 
Committee,  and  a  member  of  the  Risk  Committee  and  the 
Remuneration Committee. 

Mr  Turner  has  extensive  experience  in  finance,  international 
business and governance. 

He  was  Chairman  of  Cobham  plc  from  May 2008  until 
May 2010.  He  has  held  a  number  of  directorships  including 
Whitbread plc and the Iron Trades Insurance Group and has 
been  a  member  of  the  Quotations  Committee  of  the  London 
Stock Exchange. 

He  was  Chief  Executive  Officer  of  Brambles  Limited  from 
October 2003  until  his  retirement  in  June 2007,  and  formerly   
Chief  Financial  Officer  from  2001  until  2003.  He  was  also 
Finance Director of GKN plc and Finance Director of Booker 
plc, and spent six years with Mobil Oil. 

Ian Narev, Managing Director and Chief Executive Officer 

Director of the Bank since December 2011. 

Ian  Narev  was  appointed  Managing  Director  and  Chief 
Executive Officer on 1 December 2011.  

  Other Directorships and Interests: Sydney Theatre Company 
(Chairman),  Business  Council  of  Australia,  Financial  Markets 
Foundation for Children and Institute of International Finance. 

Qualifications: BA LLB (Hons) (Auckland), LLM (Cantab), LLM 
(NYU). 

Mr Narev is a resident of New South Wales. Age 49. 

Mr  Narev  joined  the  Group  in  May 2007.  From  then  until 
January 2009,  he  was  Group  Head  of  Strategy,  with 
responsibility  for  corporate  strategy  development,  mergers 
and  acquisitions  and  major  cross  business  strategic 
initiatives. 

From  January 2009  until  September 2011,  Mr  Narev  was 
Group  Executive,  Business  and  Private  Banking,  one  of  the 
Group’s six operating divisions. 

Prior  to  joining  CBA,  Mr  Narev  was  a  partner  of  McKinsey’s 
New  York,  Sydney  and  Auckland  offices  (1998  to  2007).  He 
became  a  global  partner  in  2003,  and  from  2005  until  his 
departure  in  2007  was  head  of  McKinsey’s  New  Zealand 
office.  Prior  to  joining  McKinsey,  Mr.  Narev  was  a  lawyer 
specialising in mergers and acquisitions. 

  Other  Directorships  and  Interests:  APN  News  &  Media  Ltd, 
NPT  Ltd  (Chairman),  Steel  &  Tube  Holdings  Ltd  (Chairman) 
and T&G Global Ltd (Deputy Chairman).  

Qualifications: Fellow of Chartered Accountants Australia and 
New Zealand, Fellow of the Institute of Financial Professionals 
New  Zealand,  Fellow  of  the  Institute  of  Directors  and  Life 
Member of the Australian Institute of Banking and Finance. 

Sir John is a resident of Wellington, New Zealand. Age 71. 

Sir John Anderson, KBE 

Director of the Bank since March 2007. 

Sir  John  Anderson  is  a  member  of  the  Risk  Committee,  the 
Board  Performance  and  Renewal  Committee  and  the  Audit 
Committee.  

industry, 

He  has  held  many  senior  positions  in  the  New  Zealand 
finance 
including  Chief  Executive  Officer  and 
Director  of  ANZ  National  Bank  Limited  from  2003  until  2005 
and  the  National  Bank  of  New  Zealand  Limited  from  1989 
until 2003. 

In  1994,  he  was  awarded  Knight  Commander  of  the  Civil 
Division  of  the  Order  of  the  British  Empire,  and  in  2005 
“Outstanding 
received 
Leadership  Contributions  to  New  Zealand”.  In  2012,  he  was 
awarded  an  Honorary  Doctorate  of  Commerce  by  Victoria 
University, Wellington. 

inaugural  Blake  Medal 

the 

for 

38  Commonwealth Bank of Australia – Annual Report 2016 

 
 
Directors’ Report  

Shirish Apte 

Director of the Bank since June 2014.  

Shirish Apte is a member of the Audit Committee. He is also a 
member  of  the  Risk  Committee  and  from  the  end  of 
September  2016  will  assume  the  role  of  Chairman  of  that 
Committee. 

He  was  Co-Chairman  of  Citi  Asia  Pacific  Banking  from 
January 2012  until  January 2014.  Previously  he  was  Chief 
Executive  Officer  of  Citi  Asia  Pacific  (2009  to  2011),  with 
responsibility 
including  Australia,  New 
Zealand, India and ASEAN countries. 

for  South  Asia, 

  Other  Directorships  and  Interests:  IHH  Healthcare  Bhd, 
Crompton  Greaves  Ltd,  Citibank  Japan,  AIG  Asia  Pacific  Pte 
Ltd, Clifford Capital Pte Ltd, Pierfront Capital Mezzanine Fund 
Pte  Ltd  (Chairman),  Parkway  Hospitals  Singapore,  Acibadem 
Hospital  Group,  Turkey  and  Supervisory  Board  of  Citibank 
Handlowy, Poland. 

Qualifications:  Chartered  Accountant,  Institute  of  Chartered 
Accountants in England and Wales and Bachelor of Commerce 
(Calcutta), MBA (London Business School). 

Mr Apte is a resident of Singapore. Age 63. 

He has more than 32 years’ experience with Citi, including as 
CEO of Central & Eastern Europe, Middle East & Africa and, 
before  that,  as  Country  Manager  and  Deputy  President  of 
Citibank  Handlowy,  Poland,  where  he  is  now  Vice  Chairman 
of the Supervisory Board. 

Sir David Higgins 

Director of the Bank since September 2014.  

  Other  Directorships  and  Interests:  High  Speed  Two  (HS2) 

Ltd (Chairman). 

Qualifications:  Bachelor  of  Engineering  (Civil),  USyd,  and 
Diploma, Securities Institute of Australia. 

Sir David is a resident of London, United Kingdom. Age 61. 

Sir  David  Higgins  is  the  Chairman  of  the  Remuneration 
Committee and a member of the Risk Committee. 

Sir David is the Chairman of High Speed Two (HS2) Ltd, the 
company responsible for developing and promoting the UK’s 
new high speed rail network. He is a senior advisor to Global 
Infrastructure Partners (US) and to Lone Star Funds. Prior to 
that,  he  was  Chief  Executive  Officer  of  Network  Rail 
Infrastructure  Ltd  which  is  involved  in  the  maintenance  and 
development of railway infrastructure throughout the UK. 

From  2006  until  2011,  he  was  Chief  Executive  Officer  of  the 
Olympic Delivery Authority where he oversaw the creation of 
the  London  2012  Olympic  Games  venues,  the  Olympic 
Village and transport projects. 

For  the  three  years  prior  to  2005,  he  was  Chief  Executive 
Officer of English Partnerships, the UK Government’s national 
housing  and  regeneration  agency.  In  1985,  he  joined  Lend 
Lease,  and  was  Managing  Director  and  Chief  Executive 
Officer of Lend Lease from 1995 until 2002. 

Launa Inman 

Director of the Bank since March 2011. 

Launa  Inman  is  a  member  of  the  Audit  Committee  and  the 
Remuneration Committee.  

International  Limited 

She  was  Managing  Director  and  Chief  Executive  Officer  of 
from  May 2012  until 
Billabong 
August 2013.  Prior  to  this,  she  was  Managing  Director  of 
Target  Australia  Pty  Limited  (2005  to  2011),  and  Managing 
Director of Officeworks (2004 to 2005). 

She has significant international and Australian experience in 
retailing,  wholesale, property  and 
logistics,  as  well  as 
extensive  marketing  experience  in  traditional,  digital  and 
social media channels. 

  Other  Directorships  and  Interests:  Bellamy’s  Australia  Ltd, 
Super Retail Group Ltd, Precinct Properties New Zealand Ltd, 
Virgin  Australia  Melbourne  Fashion  Festival  and  The  Alannah 
and Madeline Foundation.  

Qualifications:  MCom,  University  of  South  Africa  (UNISA), 
BCom  (Hons)  (UNISA),  BCom  (Economics  and  Accounting) 
(UNISA)  and  Australian 
Institute  of  Company  Directors 
(Member). 

Ms Inman is a resident of Victoria. Age 60. 

Commonwealth Bank of Australia - Annual Report 2016  39 

 
 
 
 
Directors’ Report  

Catherine Livingstone (Appointed 1 March 2016) 

Director of the Bank since March 2016. 

Catherine Livingstone is a member of the Audit Committee. 

Ms  Livingstone  is  a  highly  respected  company  director  with 
extensive  business  and  finance  experience  across  a  broad 
range of industries and organisations. She is also a Chartered 
Accountant. 

Her  executive  career  spanned  more  than  22  years  in  which 
she  held  general  management  and  finance  leadership  roles, 
primarily in the medical devices sector and including six years 
as the Chief Executive Officer of Cochlear Limited. 

the 

Ms  Livingstone  was 
former  Chairman  of  Telstra 
Corporation Limited and of the CSIRO. She has served on the 
Boards  of  Macquarie  Group  Limited,  Goodman  Fielder 
Limited  and  Rural  Press  Limited  and  has  contributed  to  the 
work  of  the  Innovation  and  Productivity  Council  for  the  New 
South  Wales  Government.  In  2008,  Catherine  was  awarded 
Officer of the Order of Australia. 

  Other  Directorships  and  Interests:  WorleyParsons  Ltd,  The 
George  Institute  for  Global  Health,  Saluda  Medical  Pty  Ltd, 
Business  Council  of  Australia  (President)  and  Australian 
Museum Trust (President). 

Qualifications:  BA  (Accounting)  (Hons),  Fellow  of  Chartered 
Accountants  Australia  and  New  Zealand,  Fellow  of  Australian 
Academy  of  Technological  Sciences  and  Engineering,  Fellow 
of  the Australian  Institute  of  Company  Directors  and  Fellow  of 
the Australian Academy of Science. 

Ms Livingstone is a resident of New South Wales. Age 60. 

  Other  Directorships  and 

Interests:  Brambles  Ltd,  Ten 
Network  Holdings  Limited  (Ceased  25  July  2016),  Cantarella 
Bros Pty Ltd and a Member of the Council of the University of 
NSW.  

Qualifications: Fellow of Chartered Accountants Australia and 
New Zealand. 

Mr Long is a resident of New South Wales. Age 70. 

Brian Long 

Director of the Bank since September 2010.  

Brian Long is Chairman of the Audit Committee, a member of 
the Risk Committee and the Board Performance and Renewal 
Committee.  

He retired as a partner of EY in 30 June 2010. Until that time 
he was the Chairman of both the EY Global Advisory Council 
and  the  Oceania  Area  Advisory  Council.  He  was  one  of  the 
firm’s  most  experienced  audit  partners  with  over  30  years’ 
experience  in  serving  as  audit  signing  partner  on  major 
Australian  public  companies  including  those  in  the  financial 
services, property, insurance and media sectors. 

is  currently  a  member  of 

Mr  Long 
the  NSW  Court 
Consultation Committee as an appointee of the NSW Attorney 
General. 

Andrew Mohl 

Director of the Bank since July 2008.  

  Other Directorships and Interests: Nil. 

Qualifications: BEc (Hons), Monash. 

Mr Mohl is a resident of New South Wales. Age 60. 

Andrew  Mohl  is  a  member  of  the  Risk  Committee  and  the 
Remuneration Committee.  

He has over 35 years’ financial services experience. He was 
Managing  Director  and  Chief  Executive  Officer  of  AMP 
Limited from October 2002 until December 2007.  

His previous roles at AMP included Managing Director, AMP 
Financial  Services  and  Managing  Director  and  Chief 
Investment Officer, AMP Asset Management. 

He  was  a  former  Group  Chief  Economist,  Chief  Manager, 
Retail  Banking  and  Managing  Director,  ANZ  Funds 
Management  at  ANZ  Banking  Group.  Mr.  Mohl  commenced 
his  career  at  the  Reserve  Bank  of  Australia  where  his  roles 
included Senior Economist and Deputy Head of Research. 

40  Commonwealth Bank of Australia – Annual Report 2016 

 
Directors’ Report  

Mary Padbury (Appointed 14 June 2016) 

Director of the Bank since June 2016.   

Mary Padbury is a member of the Remuneration Committee. 

Ms Padbury is a pre-eminent intellectual property lawyer with 
an Australian and international legal career spanning over 30 
years.  She  is  a  partner  and  the  Vice  Chairman  of  Ashurst, 
having been the Chairman of Ashurst Australia for eight years 
prior  to  the  firm's  full  merger  with  Ashurst  LLP  into  an 
integrated global firm in 2013.  

Earlier in her career, Ms Padbury spent a number of years in 
the  United  Kingdom  with  boutique  firm,  Bristows,  and  as 
resident  partner  of  Ashurst  Australia.  She  has  undertaken 
intellectual  property  work  for  Australian  and  multinational 
corporations  in  a  range  of  technology  areas  and  has 
extensive international, legal and governance experience. 

  Other Directorships and Interests: Ashurst (Vice Chairman), 
the  Macfarlane  Burnet  Institute  for  Medical  Research  and 
Public  Health  Ltd,  Australasian  Gastro-Intestinal  Trials  Group, 
Chief  Executive  Women,  Melbourne  University  Law  School 
Foundation,  Professional  Standards  Board  for  Patent  and 
Trade Marks Attorneys and Victorian Legal Admissions Board. 

Qualifications: Bachelor of Laws (Hons) and Bachelor of Arts, 
University of Melbourne. 

Ms Padbury is a resident of Victoria. Age 57. 

  Other  Directorships  and  Interests:  Board  Member  of  Fitted 
For Work  Ltd,  Council  Member  of  the  University  of  Melbourne 
and  Member  of  Chief  Executive  Women,  serving  on  the 
Scholarships and Marketing & Communications Committees. 

Qualifications:  Bachelor  of  Applied  Science  (Information 
Technology)  and  Graduate  Member  of  the  Australian  Institute 
of Company Directors. 

Ms Stops is a resident of Victoria. Age 55. 

Wendy Stops 

Director of the Bank since March 2015. 

Wendy Stops is a member of the Remuneration Committee. 

Ms  Stops  was  Senior  Managing Director,  Technology  –  Asia 
Pacific for Accenture Limited from 2012 until her retirement in 
June 2014.  In this role she had responsibility for over 11,000 
professional  personnel  spanning  all  industry  groups  and 
technology disciplines across 13 countries in Asia Pacific. 

Other  most  recent  senior  leadership  positions  held  prior  to 
this  time  included  Global  Managing  Director,  Technology 
Quality & Risk Management (2009 to 2012), Global Managing 
Director,  Outsourcing  Quality  &  Risk  Management  (2008  to 
2009) and Director of Operations, Asia Pacific (2006 to 2008).  

She  also  served  on  Accenture’s  Global  Leadership  Council 
from 2008 until her retirement.  Ms Stops career at Accenture 
spanned some 32 years. 

Harrison Young 

Director of the Bank since February 2007.  

  Other Directorships and Interests: Nil. 

Qualifications:  A.B  (Cum  Laude),  Harvard  and  LLD  (Honoris 
Causa), Monash. 

Mr Young is a resident of Victoria. Age 71. 

Harrison  Young  is  Chairman  of  the  Risk  Committee  and  a 
member of the Audit Committee and the Board Performance 
and  Renewal  Committee.  At  the  end  of  September  the 
Chairmanship  of  the  Risk  Committee  will  transition  from 
Harrison  Young  to  Shirish  Apte.  Mr  Young  will  remain  a 
member of the Risk Committee. 

He  was  Chairman  of  NBN  Co  Limited  from  March 2010  until 
March 2013. Previously he was a Director and Member of the 
Financial Stability Committee of the Bank of England (2009 to 
2012), Chairman of Morgan Stanley Australia (2003 to 2007) 
and Vice Chairman of Morgan Stanley Asia (1998 to 2003).  

Prior  to  that,  Mr  Young  spent  two  years  in  Beijing  as  Chief 
Executive  Officer  of  China  International  Capital  Corporation. 
From 1991 until 1994, he was a senior officer of the Federal 
Deposit Insurance Corporation in Washington. 

Commonwealth Bank of Australia - Annual Report 2016  41 

 
 
Directors’ Report  

Jane Hemstritch (Retired 31 March 2016) 

Director of the Bank from October 2006 until her retirement in 
March 2016. 

Jane  Hemstritch  was  Chairman  of 
Committee and a member of the Risk Committee. 

the  Remuneration 

She was Managing Director Asia Pacific for Accenture Limited 
from  2004  until  her  retirement  in  February 2007.  In  this  role, 
she was a member of Accenture’s global executive leadership 
team and oversaw the management of Accenture’s business 
portfolio in Asia Pacific. Ms Hemstritch had a 24 year career 
with  Accenture,  preceded  by  seven  years  in  the  accounting 
profession. 

  Other  Directorships  and  Interests:  Herbert  Smith  Freehills 
(Member  of  Global  Council),  Lend  Lease  Corporation  Ltd, 
National  Library  of  Australia  (Member  of  Council),  Tabcorp 
Holdings  Ltd,  Victorian  Opera  Company  Ltd  (Chairman)  and 
Walter and Eliza Hall Institute of Medical Research. 

the 

Qualifications:  Fellow  of 
Institute  of  Chartered 
Accountants  in  England  and  Wales,  Fellow  of  the  Institute  of 
in  Australia,  BSc  (Hons)  London 
Chartered  Accountants 
University  and  Fellow  of  the  Australian  Institute  of  Company 
Directors. 
Ms Hemstritch is a resident of Victoria. Age 61. 

She holds a Bachelor of Science Degree in Biochemistry and 
Physiology  and  has  professional  expertise  in  technology, 
communications, change management and accounting.  

She  also  has  experience  across  the  financial  services, 
telecommunications,  government,  energy  and  manufacturing 
sectors and in business expansion in Asia. 

Further to the Directors’ individual details above, the following table summarises the collective key skills and experience of the 
Board:  

Skills and Experience 

Retail and Corporate Banking/ Financial Institutions 

Financial Acumen 

New Media/Technology 

Experience as a non-executive director of at least two other listed entities  

General management exposure to international operations 

Held CEO or similar position in non-financial organisation 

Expert experience in financial regulation or legal expertise 

No. of 

Directors 

5 

12 

5 

7 

12 

7 

7 

42  Commonwealth Bank of Australia – Annual Report 2016 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Directors’ Report  

Other Directorships 

The Directors held the following directorships in other listed companies in the three years prior to the end of the 2016 financial 
year: 

Director 

Company 

Sir John Anderson 

APN News & Media Limited 

Jane Hemstritch 

Tabcorp Holdings Limited 

Date of Ceasing 

Date Appointed 

(if applicable) 

26/03/2015 

13/11/2008 

Santos Limited 

16/02/2010 

04/05/2016 

Lend Lease Corporation Limited 

01/09/2011 

Launa Inman 

Billabong International Limited 

14/05/2012 

02/08/2013 

Bellamy’s Australia Limited 

Super Retail Group Limited 

Catherine Livingstone 

WorleyParsons Limited 

Telstra Corporation Limited 

Macquarie Bank Limited 

Macquarie Group Limited 

Brian Long 

Ten Network Holdings Limited 

Brambles Limited 

Directors’ Meetings 

18/02/2015 

21/10/2015 

01/07/2007 

17/11/2000 

27/04/2016 

19/11/2003 

25/07/2013 

30/08/2007 

25/07/2013 

01/07/2010 

25/07/2016 

01/07/2014 

The  number  of  Directors’  meetings  (including  meetings  of  standing  committees  of  Directors)  and  the  number  of  meetings 
attended by each of the Directors during the financial year were: 

Director 

David Turner 

Ian Narev 

John Anderson 

Shirish Apte  

Jane Hemstritch (2) 

David Higgins  

Launa Inman 

Catherine Livingstone (3) 

Brian Long 

Andrew Mohl 

Mary Padbury (4) 

Wendy Stops 

Harrison Young 

No. of Meetings 

No. of Meetings 

Held (1) 

Attended 

11 

11 

11 

11 

9 

11 

11 

3 

11 

11 

1 

11 

11 

11 

11 

9 

11 

9 

11 

10 

2 

11 

11 

1 

11 

11 

(1)  The number of meetings held during the time the Director was a member of the Board and was eligible to attend. 
(2)  Jane Hemstritch retired effective 31 March 2016. 
(3)  Catherine Livingstone commenced effective 1 March 2016. 
(4)  Mary Padbury commenced effective 14 June 2016. 

Commonwealth Bank of Australia - Annual Report 2016  43 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Directors’ Report  

Committee Meetings 

Risk Committee 

Audit Committee 

Remuneration Committee 

Board Performance and 

Renewal Committee 

No. of 

No. of 

No. of 

No. of 

No. of 

No. of 

No. of 

No. of 

Meetings 

Meetings 

Meetings 

Meetings 

Meetings 

Meetings 

Meetings 

Meetings 

Director 

Held (1) 

Attended 

Held (1) 

Attended 

Held (1) 

Attended 

Held (1) 

Attended 

David Turner 

Ian Narev (2) 

John Anderson 

Shirish Apte 

Jane Hemstritch (3) 

David Higgins (4) 

Launa Inman 

Catherine Livingstone (5) 

Brian Long (6) 

Andrew Mohl 

Mary Padbury (7) 

Wendy Stops 

Harrison Young 

9 

- 

9 

9 

7 

2 

- 

- 

9 

9 

- 

- 

9 

9 

- 

6 

9 

7 

2 

- 

- 

9 

9 

- 

- 

9 

- 

- 

8 

8 

- 

6 

8 

2 

8 

- 

- 

- 

8 

- 

- 

5 

8 

- 

6 

8 

1 

8 

- 

- 

- 

8 

7 

- 

- 

- 

5 

7 

7 

- 

- 

7 

1 

7 

- 

7 

- 

- 

- 

5 

7 

7 

- 

- 

7 

1 

7 

- 

8 

- 

8 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

7 

- 

- 

- 

8 

8 

- 

5 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

7 

- 

- 

- 

8 

Ian Narev attends Committee Meetings in an ex-officio capacity. 

(1)  The number of meetings held during the time the Director was a member of the relevant committee. 
(2) 
(3)  Jane Hemstritch retired effective 31 March 2016. 
(4)  David  Higgins  ceased  as  a  member  of  the  Audit  Committee  effective  1  April  2016  and  commenced  as  a  member  of  the  Risk  Committee  effective 

1 April 2016. 

(5)  Catherine Livingstone commenced effective 1 March 2016. 
(6)  Brian Long commenced as a member of the Board Performance and Renewal Committee effective 12 August 2015. 
(7)  Mary Padbury commenced effective 14 June 2016. 

Principal Activities 

Dividends 

is  one  of  Australia’s 

The  Group 
leading  providers  of 
integrated  financial  services,  including  retail,  business  and 
institutional banking, funds management, superannuation, life 
insurance,  general  insurance,  broking  services  and  finance 
company activities. 

The Group conducts its operations primarily in Australia, New 
Zealand  and  the  Asia  Pacific  region.  It  also  operates  in  a 
number of other countries including the United Kingdom and 
the United States. 

There  have  been  no  significant changes  in  the  nature  of  the 
principal activities of the Group during the financial year. 

Consolidated Profit 

The  Group’s  net  profit  after  income  tax  and  non-controlling 
interests for the year ended 30 June 2016 was $9,227 million 
(2015: $9,063 million). 

The Group’s vision is to excel at securing and enhancing the 
financial  wellbeing  of  people,  businesses  and  communities. 
The  long-term  strategies  that  the  Group  has  pursued  to 
achieve  this  vision  have  continued  to  deliver  high  levels  of 
customer satisfaction across all businesses and another solid 
financial result. 

Operating income growth was solid, relative to the prior year. 

Operating  expenses  increased  due  to  higher  staff  costs,  the 
impact of foreign exchange and increased investment spend, 
partly  offset  by  the  incremental  benefit  generated  from 
productivity initiatives. 

impairment  expense 

Loan 
to  higher 
provisioning levels in Institutional Banking and Markets, New 
Zealand  and  IFS.  Provisioning  levels  remain  prudent  and 
there has been no change to the economic overlay. 

increased  due 

44  Commonwealth Bank of Australia – Annual Report 2016 

The  Directors  have  determined  a  fully  franked  (at 30%)  final 
dividend of 222 cents per share amounting to $3,808 million. 
The  dividend  will  be  payable  on  29 September 2016  to 
shareholders on the register at 5pm EST on 18 August 2016. 

Dividends paid in the year ended 30 June 2016 were as 
follows: 

 

 

In  respect  of  the  year  to  30 June 2015,  a  fully  franked 
final  dividend  of  222 cents  per  share  amounting  to 
$3,613 million  was  paid  on  1 October 2015.  The 
payment  comprised  direct  cash  disbursements.  The 
Dividend Reinvestment Plan (DRP) in respect of the final 
dividend was satisfied in full by the on market purchase 
of shares; and 

In  respect  of  the  year  to  30 June 2016,  a  fully  franked 
interim  dividend  of  198 cents  per  share  amounting  to 
$3,381 million was paid on 31 March 2016. The payment 
comprised  direct  cash  disbursements  of  $2,829 million 
reinvested  by  participants 
with  $552 million  being 
through the DRP. 

Review of Operations 

An  analysis  of  operations  for  the  financial  year  is  set  out  in 
the Highlights and Group Performance Analysis sections. 

Changes in State of Affairs 

The  Group  continues  to  make  progress  against  each  of  the 
key  strategic  priorities  in  pursuit  of  our  vision  to  secure  and 
enhance  the  financial  wellbeing  of  people,  businesses  and 
communities.  

There have been no significant changes in the state of affairs 
of the Group during the financial year. 

 
 
 
Events Subsequent to Balance Sheet Date 

The Bank expects the DRP for the final dividend for the year 
ended 30 June 2016 will be satisfied by the issue of shares of 
approximately $628 million.  

The  Directors  are  not  aware  of  any  other  matter  or 
circumstance that has occurred since the end of the financial 
year  that  has  significantly  affected  or  may significantly  affect 
the operations of the Group, the results of those operations or 
the state of affairs of the Group in subsequent financial years. 

Business Strategies and Future Developments 

The Group’s Strategy 

Anchored firmly to the Group’s vision to ‘excel at securing and 
enhancing  the  financial  wellbeing  of  people,  businesses  and 
communities’,  the  Group’s  strategy  is  focussed  on  creating 
long-term  value  for  its  customers,  shareholders  and  people.  
The Group’s overarching priority is customer focus supported 
by 
four  market-leading  capabilities:  people,  productivity, 
technology and strength. 

Since  2012,  the  Group  has  sustained  strong  performance 
across  key  metrics,  including  customer  satisfaction,  total 
shareholder  returns,  productivity  and  people  engagement. 
With  an  ongoing 
is 
appropriate  to  deliver  future  growth  for  the  Group  and  will 
continue to underpin the Group’s performance.  

focus  on  execution, 

the  strategy 

The strategy is split into three elements: 

 

 

 

Underpinning 
the  Group’s  vision,  an  overarching 
objective  of  Customer  Focus  is to  continuously  improve 
the  value  and  experiences  provided  to  customers. 
Customers remain the Group’s foremost priority with the 
goal  to  be  number  one  in  customer  satisfaction  across 
all segments; 

that 

the  Group 

Four  capabilities 
in  and 
leverages,  to  reinforce  and  enhance  its  competitive 
advantage,  namely  People,  Productivity,  Technology 
and Strength; and 

invests 

that  define 
the  Group 

the  most 
Three  growth  opportunities 
significant  opportunities 
to  create 
for 
shareholder  value,  namely  One  CommBank  where  the 
Group  aims  to  meet  more  of  its  customers’  financial 
needs;  continued  growth  in  business  and  institutional 
banking;  and  disciplined  capability-led  growth  outside 
Australia. 

There  are  a  number  of  material  business  risks  that  could 
adversely  affect  the  Group  and  the  achievement  of  the 
Group’s  performance  objectives.  Those  risks  and  how  they 
are managed are described in Notes 31 to 34 of the Financial 
Statements on pages 137 to 160. 

Environmental Reporting 

The  Group  is  subject  to  the  Federal  Government’s  National 
Greenhouse  and  Energy  Reporting  (NGER)  scheme.  The 
scheme  makes  it  mandatory  for  controlling  corporations  to 
report  annually  on  greenhouse  gas  emissions,  energy 
production  and  energy  consumption,  if  they  exceed  certain 
threshold  levels.  The  Group  has  a  long  history  in  voluntary 
environmental  reporting,  including  Corporate  Responsibility 
Reporting and CDP (formerly the Carbon Disclosure Project). 
As  a  result,  the  Group  is  well  placed  to  meet  the  NGER 
requirements. 

The Group is not subject to any other particular or significant 
environmental regulation under any law of the 
Commonwealth or of a State or Territory, but can incur 
environmental liabilities as a lender. The Group Environment 

Directors’ Report  

Policy is updated to ensure risk is managed appropriately. For 
further details, please see: 
https://www.commbank.com.au/content/dam/commbank/abou
t-us/docs/susatinability-20151103-group-environment-
policy.pdf 

Directors’ Shareholdings and Options 

Particulars  of  shares  held  by  Directors  and  the  Chief 
Executive  Officer  in  the  Commonwealth  Bank  or  in  a  related 
body  corporate  are  set  out  in  the  Remuneration  Report  that 
forms part of this report. 

No  options  have  been  granted  to  the  Directors  or  Chief 
Executive Officer during the period. 

Options and Share Rights Outstanding 

As  at the  date  of  this  Report  there  are  no  employee  options 
and  2,475,157  share  rights  outstanding 
to 
Commonwealth Bank ordinary shares. 

in  relation 

Directors’ Interests in Contracts 

A number of Directors have given written notices, stating that 
they hold office in specified companies and accordingly are to 
be regarded as having an interest in any contract or proposed 
contract  that  may  be  made  between  the  Bank  and  any  of 
those companies. 

Directors’ and Officers’ Indemnity 

The Directors, as named on pages 38 to 42 of this report, and 
the Secretaries of the Bank, being named on  page 46 of this 
the  Constitution  of 
Report,  are 
Commonwealth Bank of Australia (the Constitution), as are all 
senior managers of the Bank.  

indemnified  under 

The  indemnity  extends  to  such  other  officers,  employees, 
former  officers  or  former  employees  of  the  Bank,  or  of  its 
related  bodies  corporate,  as  the  Directors  in  each  case 
determine  (each,  including  the  Directors  and  Secretaries, 
defined as an ‘Officer’ for the purposes of this section). 

The Officers are indemnified on a full indemnity basis and to 
the  full  extent  permitted  by  law  against  all  losses,  liabilities, 
costs,  charges  and  expenses  incurred  by  the  Officer  as  an 
Officer of the Bank or of a related body corporate.  

Deeds  of  Indemnity  have  been  executed  by  the  Bank, 
consistent with the Constitution, in favour of each Director of 
the  Bank  which  includes  indemnification  in  substantially  the 
same terms to that provided in the Constitution. 

An  Indemnity  Deed  Poll  has  been  executed  by  the  Bank, 
includes 
consistent  with 
indemnification  in  substantially  the  same  terms  to  that 
provided in the Constitution, in favour of each: 

the  Constitution  which  also 

 

 

 

 

secretary and senior manager of the Bank; 

director,  secretary  or  senior  manager  of  a  related  body 
corporate of the Bank; 

person who, at the prior formal request of the Bank or a 
related  body  corporate,  acts  as  director,  secretary  or 
senior  manager  of  a  body  corporate  which  is  not  a 
related  body  corporate  of  the  Bank  (in  which  case  the 
indemnity operates only in  excess of protection provided 
by that body corporate); and 

person who, at the request of a related body corporate of 
the  compliance 
the  Bank,  acts  as  a  member  of 
committee  of  a  registered  scheme  for  which  the  related 
body corporate of the Bank is the responsible entity. 

In the case of a partly-owned subsidiary of the Bank, where a 
director,  secretary  or  senior  manager  of  that  entity  is  a 
nominee of a third party body corporate which is not a related 

Commonwealth Bank of Australia - Annual Report 2016  45 

 
Directors’ Report 

body corporate of the Bank, the Indemnity Deed Poll will not 
apply to that person unless the Bank's CEO has certified that 
the indemnity will apply to that person. 

Directors’ and Officers’ Insurance 

The  Bank  has,  during  the  financial  year,  paid  an  insurance 
premium  in  respect  of  an  insurance  policy  for  the  benefit  of 
the  Bank  and  those  named  and  referred  to  above  including 
the  directors,  secretaries,  officers  and  certain  employees  of 
the  Bank  and  related  bodies  corporate  as  defined  in  the 
insurance  policy.  The  insurance  is  appropriate  pursuant  to 
section 199B of the Corporations Act 2001 (Corporations Act 
2001). In accordance with commercial practice, the insurance 
policy prohibits disclosure of the terms of the policy, including 
the  nature  of  the  liability  insured  against  and  the  amount  of 
the premium. 

Proceedings on behalf of the Bank 

No  application  has  been  made  under  section  237  of  the 
Corporations  Act  2001  in  respect  of the Bank,  and  there  are 
no proceedings that a person has brought or intervened in on 
behalf of the Bank under that section. 

Rounding and Presentation of Amounts  

Unless  otherwise  indicated,  the  Bank  has  rounded  off 
amounts  in  this  Directors’  Report  and  the  accompanying 
financial  statements 
in 
the  nearest  million  dollars 
accordance with ASIC Corporations Instrument 2016/191.   

to 

The  financial  information  included  in  this  Annual  Report  has 
been  prepared  and  presented  in  accordance  with  Australian 
Accounting  Standards,  unless  otherwise 
indicated.  This 
ensures  compliance  with  International  Financial  Reporting 
Standards.  

The Group manages its business performance using a “cash 
basis”  profit  measure.  The  key  items  that  are  excluded  from 
statutory  profit  for  this  purpose  are  non-recurring  or  not 
considered  representative  of  the  Group’s  ongoing  financial 
performance. Profit on an “underlying basis” is used primarily 
in  the  Wealth  Management  businesses.  It  provides  a  profit 
measure that excludes both the volatility of equity markets on 
shareholder funds and the mark to market revaluations on the 
Guaranteed Annuity portfolio for a measure of core operating 
performance. 

Corporate Governance Statement 

The  Bank  is  committed  to  ensuring  that  its  policies  and 
practices  reflect  a  high  standard  of  corporate  governance.  
The  Board  has  adopted  a  comprehensive  framework  of 

Corporate  Governance  Guidelines,  designed  to  balance 
performance and conformance.  

Throughout  the  2016  financial  year,  the  Bank’s  governance 
arrangements  were 
the  Corporate 
Governance  Principles  and  Recommendations  (3rd  edition) 
published by the ASX Corporate Governance Council. 

consistent  with 

The Group’s Corporate Governance Statement can be 
viewed at: 

www.commbank.com.au/about-us/shareholders/corporate-
profile/corporate-governance. 

Company Secretaries 

Details  of  the  Bank’s  Company  Secretaries,  including  their 
experience and qualifications, are set out below. 

Taryn  Morton  was  appointed  Group  Company  Secretary  of 
the  Bank  in  October  2015.  She  has  over  17  years  of 
combined  corporate  governance,  company  secretarial  and 
legal  experience.  Prior  to  the  Bank,  she  was  with  Insurance 
Australia  Group  and  before  that  held  the  role  of  Company 
Secretary  of  Qantas Airways,  where  she  was  also  a  director 
of Qantas subsidiaries. Her earlier governance roles  were  at 
Babcock  &  Brown,  Ten  Network  Holdings  and  Ashurst.  She 
holds Bachelor degrees in Arts and Law and is a Fellow of the 
Governance Institute of Australia. 

David  Cohen  was  a  Company  Secretary  of  the  Bank  from 
February 2015 until June 2016. David joined the Bank in 2008 
and was appointed to the position of Group Chief Risk Officer 
with effect from 1 July 2016.  Prior to his current role, David 
held  the  position  of  Group  General  Counsel  and  Group 
Executive Corporate Affairs with responsibility for advising the 
CEO  and  the  Board  on  legal  matters  and  for  the  Group’s 
external  and  internal  affairs,  communications,  sustainability 
and  corporate  governance.  Previously  he  was  General 
Counsel  of  AMP  and  a  partner  with  Allens  Arthur  Robinson 
for 12 years. 

Carla  Collingwood  was  appointed  a  Company  Secretary  of 
the  Bank  in  July 2005.  From  1994  until  2005,  she  was  a 
solicitor  with 
the  Bank’s  Legal  Services,  before  being 
appointed  to  the  position  of  General  Manager,  Secretariat. 
She holds a Bachelor of Laws degree (Hons) and a Graduate 
Diploma 
the 
in  Applied  Corporate  Governance 
Governance  Institute  of  Australia.  She  is  a  Graduate  of  the 
Australian Institute of Company Directors. 

from 

46  Commonwealth Bank of Australia – Annual Report 2016 

 
 
 
Directors’ Report – Remuneration Report  

Message from the Remuneration Committee Chairman 

Dear Shareholder, 

I  am  pleased  to  present  my  first  CBA  Group  Remuneration 
Report in 2016.  

The  CBA  remuneration  framework  is  designed  to  create 
sustainable  value  for  shareholders,  customers,  our  people 
and communities.  

The  report  reflects  the  Board’s  assessment  of  the  Group’s 
performance  for  the  year  ended  30  June  2016  and  includes 
consideration of any material risk incidents and conduct. 

This  year,  the  Committee  also  looked  forward  and  made 
incentive 
changes 
arrangements 
reputational 
performance are appropriately balanced. 

to  both  short-term  and 

financial  and 

to  ensure 

long-term 

Remuneration Outcomes 

In  relation  to  the  2016  financial  year,  in  aggregate,  Group 
Executives  received  on-target  short-term  incentive  (STI) 
awards  reflecting  the  Group’s  achievement  of  solid  overall 
performance in challenging circumstances. In determining STI 
outcomes,  the  Committee  assessed  individual  performance 
and  gave  consideration  to the  impact  of  CommInsure  issues 
on  the  Group’s  performance.  As  a  result,  the  Committee 
applied  some  discretionary  reductions,  resulting 
in  STI 
outcomes overall being lower than last year.  

The Committee also commissioned an independent review of 
performance  measures  for  roles  within  CommInsure.  The 
review did not identify any issues that would drive undesirable 
outcomes 
reviews 
for  customers. There  are  separate 
underway  into  declined  claims  over  the  past  five  years  and 
the  ethical  concerns  raised  in  the  media  in  March  and  April 
2016.  The  reviews  are  ongoing,  and  to  date  we  have  not 
found  evidence 
the  claims  of 
to  substantiate  any  of 
widespread problems or willful misconduct. As with any issue, 
if any material risk items are identified over the coming year, 
the  Committee  will  again  consider  impacts  on  Executive 
remuneration outcomes as part of next year’s review. 

In section 3.4, you will note that the CEO’s total remuneration 
received during the 2016 financial year increased significantly 
from last year. This was due to equity awards granted through 
the  Group  Leadership  Reward  Plan  (GLRP)  in  2011  which 
covered  the  four  year  period  to  mid-2015.  These  awards 
vested  during  the  year  ended  30  June  2016,  reflecting  total 
returns to shareholders of 110% and top quartile performance 
by the CBA Group over the four year period. 

Next year’s report will show significantly lower GLRP vesting, 
which relates to the 2012 award. There was no vesting of the 
Total  Shareholder  Return  (TSR)  performance  component  for 
the  2012  GLRP  award,  while  Customer  Satisfaction 
performance,  which  counted  for  25%  of  the  award,  was 
strong. As a result the award vested to Executives at 20.31% 
of  the  maximum.  Consistent  with  previous  commitments,  no 
upward discretion was exercised by the Committee in relation 
to  the  outcome  of  the  2012  award.  This  award  will  be 
reflected 
total 
remuneration during the 2017 financial year. 

the  CEO’s  and  Group  Executives’ 

in 

During  the  period  Group  Executives  received  modest  fixed 
remuneration increases, less than 1% on average.  The CEO 
did  not  receive  an  increase  and  there  was  no  increase  to 
Board and Committee fees during 2016. 

Remuneration Changes 

During  the  2016  financial  year,  the  Committee  undertook  a 
review of remuneration arrangements for the CEO and Group 
Executives.  The  objective  of  the  review  was  to  ensure  our 
executive  remuneration  approach  drives  a  strong  focus  on 
achieving long-term superior performance for the Group’s key 
stakeholder  groups  being  shareholders,  customers,  our 
people and the community in line with our vision and values. 
On  the  basis  of  the  review  the  Board  has  approved  the 
following changes for the 2017 financial year:   

 

 

Executive  STI  balanced  performance scorecards,  which 
largely  determine  individual  outcomes,  will  include  an 
assessment  of  exemplary  leadership  and  exceptional 
personal  demonstration  of 
the  Group’s  vision  and 
values; and 

The  2016  GLRP  will  incorporate  a  new  focus  on  our 
people and the community, weighted at 25%, measuring 
long-term  progress  and  achievement  in  the  areas  of 
diversity  and  inclusion,  sustainability,  and  culture.  TSR 
and  customer  satisfaction  performance  components, 
weighted 50% and 25% respectively, remain to continue 
our  strong  focus  on  delivering  long-term  value  for 
shareholders  and  better  customer  outcomes.  Changes 
to the GLRP are explained in more detail in the report. 

I  invite  you  to  review  the  full  report,  and  thank  you  for  your 
interest. 

Sir David Higgins 

Committee Chairman 

9 August 2016 

Commonwealth Bank of Australia - Annual Report 2016  47 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Directors’ Report – Remuneration Report 

2016 Remuneration Report 

This Remuneration Report details the approach to remuneration frameworks, outcomes and performance, for the Commonwealth 
Bank of Australia (CBA) and its Key Management Personnel (KMP) for the year ended 30 June 2016. 

In the 2016 financial year, KMP included the Non-Executive Directors, CEO and Group Executives listed in the table below. 

(1)  David Cohen commenced in the Chief Risk Officer role from 1 July 2016. 
(2)  Alden  Toevs  ceased  as  a  KMP  on  30  June  2016.  Alden  Toevs  will  continue  to  work  with  the  Group  for  a  period  of  two  years  in  the  role  of  Chief  Risk 

Officer, Emeritus and Board Risk Adviser with a particular focus on balance sheet management and quantitative analysis.  

The report has been prepared and audited against the disclosure requirements of the Corporations Act 2001. 

48  Commonwealth Bank of Australia – Annual Report 2016 

NamePositionTerm as KMPNon-Executive DirectorsDavid TurnerChairman Full YearJohn AndersonDirectorFull YearShirish ApteDirectorFull YearDavid HigginsDirector Full YearLauna InmanDirectorFull YearCatherine LivingstoneDirector (from 1 March 2016)Part YearBrian LongDirectorFull YearAndrew MohlDirectorFull YearMary PadburyDirector (from 14 June 2016)Part YearWendy StopsDirectorFull YearHarrison YoungDirectorFull YearFormer Non-Executive DirectorJane HemstritchDirector (until 31 March 2016)Part YearManaging Director and CEOIan Narev Managing Director and CEOFull YearGroup ExecutivesKelly Bayer RosmarinGroup Executive, Institutional Banking and MarketsFull YearAdam BennettGroup Executive, Business and Private BankingFull YearDavid Cohen(1)Group General Counsel and Group Executive, Group Corporate AffairsFull YearMatthew ComynGroup Executive, Retail Banking Services Full YearDavid CraigGroup Executive, Financial Services and Chief Financial OfficerFull YearRobert JesudasonGroup Executive, International Financial ServicesFull YearMelanie LaingGroup Executive, Human ResourcesFull YearVittoria ShorttGroup Executive, Marketing and StrategyFull YearAnnabel SpringGroup Executive, Wealth ManagementFull YearAlden Toevs(2)Group Chief Risk OfficerFull YearDavid WhiteingGroup Executive, Enterprise Services and Chief Information Officer Full Year 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Directors’ Report – Remuneration Report 

1.  Remuneration Governance

1.1 Remuneration Committee 

The Remuneration Committee (the Committee) is the main 
governing  body  for  setting  remuneration  policy  across  the 
remuneration 
Group.  The  Committee  develops 
philosophy, framework and policies for Board approval. 

the 

As  at  30 June 2016,  the  Committee 
is  made  up  of 
independent  Non-Executive  Directors  and  consists  of  the 
following members: 
 

David Higgins (Chairman); 

 

 

Launa Inman; 

Andrew Mohl; 

  Mary Padbury; 

  Wendy Stops; and 

 

David Turner. 

The  responsibilities  of  the  Committee  are  outlined  in  its 
Charter,  which  is  reviewed  annually  by  the  Board.  The 
Charter 
the  Group’s  website  at 
www.commbank.com.au/about-us/shareholders/corporate-
profile/corporate-governance.html. 

is  available  on 

summary, 

In 
is 
recommending to the Board approval of: 

the  Committee 

responsible 

for 

 

 

 

 

Remuneration arrangements and all reward outcomes 
for  the  CEO,  senior  direct  reports  to  the  CEO  and 
other  individuals  whose  roles  may  affect  the  financial 
soundness of the Group; 

Remuneration  arrangements  for  finance,  risk  and 
internal control employees;  

Remuneration arrangements for employees who have 
a  significant  portion  of  their  total  remuneration  based 
on performance; and 

Significant  changes 
remuneration  policy  and 
structure,  including  superannuation  and  employee 
equity plans. 

in 

This year, the Committee’s key areas of focus were: 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

A  review  of  long-term  incentive  arrangements  for  the 
CEO and Group Executives to ensure they continue to 
deliver long-term value to shareholders, align with the 
reflect  dynamic  business 
Group’s  vision  and 
strategies; 

A  review  of  sales  incentive  plan  governance  across 
the  Group  to  ensure  the  model  is  appropriate  in  the 
future; 

The  retirement  of  Alden  Toevs  from  the  Group  Chief 
Risk Officer role, effective 30 June 2016. Alden Toevs 
will continue to work with the Group for a period of two 
years  in  the  role  of  Chief  Risk  Officer,  Emeritus  and 
Board Risk Adviser (not a KMP role), with a particular 
focus on balance sheet management and quantitative 
analysis; 

The appointment of David Cohen to the role of Group 
Chief Risk Officer, effective 1 July 2016, following the 
retirement of Alden Toevs; 

The  appointment  of  Anna  Lenahan  to  the  role  of 
Group  General  Counsel  and  Group  Executive,  Group 
Corporate Affairs. Anna will commence with the Group 
in late 2016; 

The annual review of the Group Remuneration Policy; 

An  independent  review  of  performance  measures  for 
roles  within  CommInsure  to  confirm  they  were  not 
driving poor customer outcomes; 

  Ongoing  monitoring  of  regulatory  and 

legislative 
changes,  both  locally  and  offshore,  ensuring  that  the 
Group’s policies and practices remain compliant; and 

 

focus  on  embedding  a  remuneration 
Continued 
framework that is appropriate for the Group’s different 
businesses  with 
in  design,  strong 
transparency 
governance and risk oversight. 

Independent Remuneration Consultant  

The  Committee  obtains  remuneration  information  directly 
from its external independent remuneration consultant EY. 

Throughout  the  2016  financial  year,  the  main  information 
received  from  the  Committee’s  remuneration  consultant 
related to: 

 

 

 

 

Regulatory reforms; 

Key  performance  indicators  for  individual  roles  within 
CommInsure; 

Current market practices; and 

Long-term  incentive  arrangements  for  the  CEO  and 
Group Executives. 

EY provides information to assist the Committee in making 
remuneration  decisions.  EY  has  not  made  any 
remuneration  recommendations  during  the  2016  financial 
year.  The  Committee  is  responsible  for  making  decisions 
within the terms of its Charter. 

1.2 Remuneration Philosophy 

The Group’s remuneration philosophy is the backbone of its 
remuneration 
In 
summary,  the  remuneration  philosophy  for  the  CEO  and 
Group Executives is to: 

framework,  policies  and  processes. 

 

 

 

 

 

 

target 

Provide 
is  market 
competitive,  without  putting  upward  pressure  on  the 
market;  

remuneration  which 

Align remuneration with shareholder interests and our 
business strategy;  

Articulate  clearly  to  Executives  the  link  between 
individual  and  Group  performance,  and  individual 
remuneration;  

Reward  superior  performance,  while  managing  risks 
associated  with  delivering  and  measuring 
that 
performance;  

Provide 
emerging market practice; and  

flexibility 

to  meet  changing  needs  and 

Provide appropriate benefits on termination that do not 
deliver  any  windfall  payments  not 
to 
performance. 

related 

1.3 Remuneration and Risk Management  

The Committee has a robust framework for the systematic 
review  of 
impacting 
remuneration. The Committee: 

risk  and  compliance 

issues 

 

 

Takes  note  of  any  material  risk  issues  impacting 
remuneration,  with  issues  raised  by  the  Committee 
provided to the Board’s Risk Committee for noting; 

Considers issues and recommendations raised by the 
Risk  and  Remuneration  Review  Committee,  a 
management  committee  that  monitors  material  risk 
and compliance issues throughout the year; 

Commonwealth Bank of Australia - Annual Report 2016  49 

 
 
 
Directors’ Report – Remuneration Report 

1.3 Remuneration and Risk Management (continued) 

  May impose adjustments to remuneration outcomes of 
Executives  before  or  after  awards  are  made,  subject 
to Board approval; and 

  Works  closely  with  the  Board’s  Risk  Committee  to 
ensure  that  any  risks  associated  with  remuneration 
arrangements  are  managed  within  the  Group’s  Risk 
Management Framework. 

The following diagram illustrates the Group’s remuneration 
and risk governance framework: 

holdings  below  this  threshold,  20%  of  their  after-tax  base 
fees  are  used  to  purchase  CBA  shares  until  a  holding  of 
5,000 shares has been reached. 

The  statutory  table  on  page 62  provides  the  individual 
remuneration  expense  for  each  Non-Executive  Director  in 
relation to the 2016 financial year. 

2.  Remuneration Framework 

The  remuneration  arrangements  for  the  CEO  and  Group 
fixed  and  at  risk 
Executives  are  made  up  of  both 
remuneration.  This  is  composed  of  the  following  three 
elements: 

 

 

 

Fixed remuneration; 

Short-Term Incentive (STI) at risk; and 

Long-Term Incentive (LTI) at risk. 

The at risk components are based on performance against 
key  financial  and  non-financial  measures.  More  detail  on 
executive  remuneration  and  the  link  to  performance  is 
included in section 3 of this report. 

2.1 Total Target Remuneration 

The following diagram illustrates the total target mix of the 
three remuneration elements: 

1.4 Non-Executive Directors Remuneration 

Non-Executive  Directors  receive  fees  to  recognise  their 
contribution  to  the  work  of  the  Board  and  the  associated 
committees that they serve. Non-Executive Directors do not 
receive any performance-related remuneration. 

The  Board  Performance  and  Renewal  Committee  reviews 
the  Non-Executive  Directors  fee  schedule  regularly  and 
examines fee levels against the market. 

 The  three  remuneration  elements  are  broken  down  into 
equal portions of total target remuneration.  

Non-Executive 
statutory 
superannuation  contributions  and  were  last  increased 
on 1 January 2015. 

Directors 

include 

fees 

The  following  table  outlines  the  Non-Executive  Directors 
fees  for  the  main  Board  and  the  Committees  as  at 
30 June 2016: 

  Position 

Chairman 

Non-Executive 
Director 
Chairman 

Member 

Chairman 

Member 

Chairman 

Member 

Board 

Audit Committee 

Risk Committee 

Remuneration 

Committee 

Board Performance &   Chairman 

Renewal Committee 

Member 

Fees (1) 
($) 

870,000 

242,000 

65,000 

32,500 

65,000 

32,500 

60,000 

30,000 

11,600 

11,600 

 (1)  Fees are inclusive of base fees and superannuation. The Chairman 

does not receive separate Committee fees. 

The total amount of Non-Executive Directors fees is capped 
at a maximum pool that is approved by shareholders. The 
current  fee  pool  is  $4.75 million,  which  was  approved  by 
shareholders  at  the  Annual  General  Meeting  (AGM)  on 
17 November 2015.  

Non-Executive Directors are required to hold 5,000 or more 
CBA shares. For those Non-Executive Directors who have 

50  Commonwealth Bank of Australia – Annual Report 2016 

In  setting  target  remuneration  levels  the  Group  aims  to 
remain  competitive  by  attracting  and  retaining  highly 
talented  Executives.  This  is  done  by  considering  the 
experience  of  the  Executive,  the  size  and  scope  of  role 
responsibilities, 
competitive 
remuneration  sourced  from  remuneration  market  surveys 
and disclosed data. 

level  of  market 

and 

Each  component  of  remuneration  has  a  specific  purpose 
and direct link to our business strategy as detailed below. 

2.2 Fixed Remuneration 

 

 

 

Fixed remuneration is made up of base remuneration 
and superannuation. Base remuneration includes cash 
salary and any salary sacrifice items; 

recommendations 

the 
The  Board,  with 
Committee,  determines  an  appropriate  level  of  fixed 
remuneration for the CEO and Group Executives with 
consideration  of 
role  and  market 
incumbent, 
factors; and 

from 

Fixed remuneration is reviewed annually, following the 
end  of  the  30 June performance  year.  For  the  2016 
financial year the average fixed remuneration increase 
for Executives who did not change roles was 0.9%. 

2.3 Short-Term Incentive  

 

The  CEO  and  Group  Executives  have  an  STI  target 
equal  to  100%  of  their  fixed  remuneration.  STI 
outcomes reflect the Executive’s performance against 
a balanced scorecard and CBA’s overall performance; 

Remuneration CommitteeRisk & Remuneration Review CommitteeMonitoring and reporting of Group risk & compliance issuesIndependent RemunerationConsultantCBA BoardRisk        Committee 1/31/31/350% STI paid as cash50% STI deferred for 1 yearFixed remuneration100% LTI deferred for 4 years 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Directors’ Report – Remuneration Report 

2.3 Short-Term Incentive (continued) 

 

 

 

 

 

STI outcomes for the CEO and Group Executives may 
be  awarded  between  zero  and  150%  of  their  STI 
target depending on performance; 

Executives receive 50% of their STI payment as cash 
following the Group’s year-end results. The remaining 
50% of the STI payment is deferred for one year and 
earns interest at the CBA one year term deposit rate; 

The  CEO  and  Group  Executives  will  forfeit  the 
deferred  portion  of  their  STI  if  they  resign  or  are 
dismissed  from  the  Group  before  the  end  of  the 
deferral  period,  unless 
the  Board  determines 
otherwise; 

The deferral assists in managing the risk of losing key 
Executive talent. It also allows the Board to reduce or 
cancel  the  deferred  component  of  the  STI  where 
business outcomes are materially lower than expected 
or with consideration of other circumstances; and 

STI payments are made within a funding cap which is 
determined by the Board after consideration of  Group 
performance in the year. The Board retains discretion 
to  adjust  remuneration  outcomes  up  or  down  to 
ensure  consistency  with  the  Group’s  remuneration 
philosophy  and  to  prevent  any  inappropriate  reward 
outcomes.  

See  section  3.1  for  more  detail  on  STI  outcomes  and  the 
link to performance. 

2.4 Long-Term Incentive  

 

 

 

 

 

 

The CEO and each Group Executive has an LTI target 
that  is  equal  to  100%  of  their  fixed  remuneration, 
based  on  the  expected  values  at  the  end  of  the 
performance period, in today’s dollars; 

The  LTI  award  has  a  four  year  vesting  period  and  is 
measured  against  relative  Total  Shareholder  Return 
(TSR) and relative Customer Satisfaction performance 
hurdles; 

The  performance  hurdles  are  aligned  to  our  key 
business  priorities  of  Customer  Focus  and  long-term 
shareholder value creation; 

Executives  only  receive  value  if  performance  hurdles 
are  met  at  the  end  of  the  four  years,  subject  to  final 
Board review; 

Executives 
equivalent) for each right that vests; and 

receive  one  CBA  share 

(or  cash 

No dividends are paid while LTI awards are unvested. 

See  section  3.2  for  more  detail  on  how  the  LTI  award 
operates and its direct link to performance outcomes. 

2.5 Mandatory Shareholding Policy 

The  CEO  and  each  Group  Executive  are  required  to 
accumulate CBA shares over a five year period to the value 
of  300%  of  fixed  remuneration  for  the  CEO  and  200%  of 
fixed remuneration for Group Executives. 

2.6 Sign-on and Retention Awards 

 

 

Sign-on  awards  may  be  offered to  new  Executives to 
compensate  for  existing  incentive  arrangements  that 
they will forgo due to the termination of their non-CBA 
employment before the end of the vesting period.  

Retention awards are pre-determined future payments 
that may be awarded to Executives at a defined future 
date to encourage retention. 

 

No  sign-on  or  retention  awards  were  made 
Executives during the 2016 performance year. 

to 

3.  Linking Remuneration to Performance 

The  remuneration  framework  is  designed  to  attract  and 
retain  high  calibre  Executives  by  rewarding  them  for 
achieving  goals  that  are  aligned  to  the  Group’s  business 
strategy  and  shareholder  interests.  All  our  incentives  are 
directly 
long-term 
performance goals. 

to  both  short-term  and 

linked 

3.1 Short-Term Performance 2016 

the 

Overall  Group  performance,  together  with  an  assessment 
of  individual  Executive  performance  through  a  balanced 
scorecard  approach,  determines 
individual  STI 
outcomes  of  Executives.  Financial  and  non-financial 
objectives  and  weightings  vary  by  role.  The  CEO  has  a 
40%  weighting  on 
financial  outcomes,  Executives 
managing business units typically have a 45% weighting on 
financial  outcomes  and  Executives  managing  support 
functions  have  a  typical  weighting  of  25%  on  financial 
outcomes.  

Risk  is  an  important  factor  in  accounting  for  short-term 
performance.  The  Group  uses  Profit  After  Capital  Charge 
(PACC),  a  risk-adjusted  measure,  as  one  of  our  key 
measures  of  financial  performance.  It  not  only  takes  into 
account  the  profit  achieved,  but  also  reflects  the  risk  to 
capital  that  was  taken  to  achieve  it.  Moreover,  Executives 
are  required  to  comply  with  the  Group  and  relevant 
Business  Unit  Risk  Appetite  Statements  and  provide 
leadership of strong risk culture. 

The following table provides the Board’s assessment of the 
the  year  ended 
Group’s  overall  performance 
30 June 2016 and highlights key financial and non-financial 
performance outcomes. Performance categories have been 
assessed as above, on, or below target.  

for 

Commonwealth Bank of Australia - Annual Report 2016  51 

 
Directors’ Report – Remuneration Report 

3.1 Short-Term Performance 2016 (continued) 

Strategic 
Pillar 

Strength 

2016 Performance Measures 

Outcome 

Commentary 

  Group Cash Net Profit After 
Tax (Cash NPAT) ($m) 

  Group Underlying PACC ($m) 

 

Risk 

On-Target 

 

 

 

The  Group  reported  solid  performance  with  a 
3% increase in cash NPAT to $9,450 million.  

The  Group  enhanced  the  Common  Equity  Tier 
1  capital  ratio  to  10.6%,  primarily  through  the 
$5.1bn institutional and retail entitlement offer. 

The  above  factors  contributed  to  a  solid  risk 
adjusted underlying PACC performance for the 
period in a changing regulatory environment. 

Customer  

Customer Satisfaction 

 

 

 

Retail 

Business 

Institutional 

  Wealth 

Above-Target   The Group continued its commitment to a customer 
focused  culture  and  maintained  the  number  one 
ranking  among 
for  customer 
satisfaction  across  retail  and  business  customers. 
Specifically: 

the  major  banks 

 

 

 

For  Retail  Banking,  CBA  finished  the  financial 
year  ranked  number  one  in  Main  Financial 
Institution (MFI) customer satisfaction(1). During 
this  time,  CBA  attained  the  highest  score  ever 
recorded by a major bank at 84.5%.  

In  Business  Banking,  CBA  ended  the  financial 
year  equal  first  in  MFI  customer  satisfaction(1) 
among  the  major  banks  across  most  key 
business segments. 

In 
to 
Institutional  Banking,  CBA  continues 
perform  strongly  and  ended  the  financial  year 
ranked  number  one 
customer 
satisfaction(1) among the major banks. 

in  MFI 

  Wealth  Management’s  platforms  were  ranked 
number  one for  adviser satisfaction  among  the 
four major banks and other key competitors. 

The  Group  continued  its  leadership  in  financial 
technology,  providing  market  leading  solutions  for 
our  customers  and  our  people,  while  investing  now 
for the future. 

For consumers, the Group provided: 

 

 

 

for  non-Commonwealth  Bank 
The  ability 
customers 
the 
CommBank  app  to  become  a  customer  within 
minutes; 

to  download  and  use 

Photo-a-Bill  functionality  allowing  customers  to 
automatically populate biller payment details by 
photographing their bills; and 

international  share 

New 
CommSec. 

trading 

through 

For businesses, the Group: 

 

 

 

Placed  over  37,000  additional  Albert  terminals  
(the Group’s next generation EFTPOS tablet) in 
the market place; 

Introduced  instant  credit  decisioning  for  online 
asset finance applications; and 

Provided  a  new  Simple  Business  Overdraft 
product. 

Technology 

Strategy Execution 

On-Target 

52  Commonwealth Bank of Australia – Annual Report 2016 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Directors’ Report – Remuneration Report 

 

In  addition,  the  Group  launched  and  strengthened 
multiple  research  and  development  partnerships  and 
initiatives, 
security,  blockchain 
cyber 
technology,  quantum  computing  and  farming  peer  to 
peer platforms. 

covering 

Talent & Leadership 

On-Target 

  Over  2,000 

leaders  attended 

targeted 

leadership 

People 

 

 

 

 

 

Safety 

Diversity 

Engagement 

Culture 

 

 

 

 

 

Productivity  Productivity Execution 

On-Target 

 

 

 

development programs during the 2016 financial year. 

Continual improvement of health, safety and wellbeing 
systems,  processes  and  programs,  saw  the  Group 
achieve  a  30%  reduction  in  lost  time  injury  frequency 
over the past 12 months. 

Having  achieved  the  initial  gender  diversity  target  of 
35%  women  in  senior  leadership  positions, the  Group 
set a new target of 40% women in senior leadership by 
2020 and established a target for more diverse cultural 
representation in senior leadership. 

The  Group’s  engagement  score  of  77%  indicates  that 
culture and people engagement remain strong, with an 
increase in the survey completion rate.   

Significant  investment  was  made  in  embedding  the 
Group’s  vision  and  values  across  policies  and 
processes, 
and 
performance. 

recruitment, 

including 

talent, 

Successfully  implemented  a  global  human  resource 
management system across offshore locations. 

The  Group’s  productivity  focus  remains  on  simplifying 
and  standardising  processes  to  support  the  execution 
of its process centricity and digitisation efforts.  

initiatives, 

Productivity 
including  expense  benefit 
targets, have been embedded in business and support 
unit plans, delivering significant process efficiencies. 

initiatives 

Productivity 
cost 
management  in  the  2016  financial  year,  with  the 
Group’s cost-to-income ratio improving 40 basis points 
from prior year to 42.4%.  

supported 

sound 

  Group-wide, 

there  were  demonstrated  on-going 
improvements in turnaround times, error rates and unit 
costs  of  processes.  Examples  ranged  from  a  97% 
improvement in Bankwest’s small business credit card 
turnaround  time,  to  an  85%  advancement  in  Colonial 
customer request response times.  

 

 

Productivity  savings  allow  the  Group  to  invest  for  the 
future.  More  than  $600  million  was  reinvested  in  the 
2016  financial  year  to  support  future  productivity  and 
including  growing  productivity 
growth 
capability  through  leadership  focused  courses  and 
embedded productivity resources.  

initiatives, 

Future  initiatives  will  help  to  ensure  our  continuous 
improvement  culture  is  fully  embedded  and  cascades 
from  people  leaders  to  all  employees  of  the  Group, 
with  progress 
through  accreditation  and 
benefits measurement. 

tracked 

(1)  Customer  satisfaction  is  measured  by  three  separate  surveys.  For  the  Retail  Bank,  this  is  measured  by  Roy  Morgan  Research.  Roy  Morgan  Research 
Main Financial Institution (MFI) Retail Customer Satisfaction measures percentage of the Australian population 14+, % “Very Satisfied” or “Fairly Satisfied” 
with their relationship with that MFI, based on a 6-month rolling average to June 2016. CBA excludes Bankwest. Rank refers to CBA’s outright position 
relative to NAB, ANZ and Westpac. For Business Banking and Institutional Banking, MFI customer satisfaction is measured by DBM Business Financial 
Services Monitor which takes the average satisfaction rating of business customers’ MFI, using an 11 point scale where 0 is Extremely Dissatisfied and 10 
is Extremely Satisfied based on a 6 month rolling average to June 2016. Institutional Banking includes businesses with turnover of $100 million and above. 
For  Wealth  Management,  customer  satisfaction  is  measured  by  the  Wealth  Insights  2016  Service  Level  Report,  Platforms.  This  survey  measures 
satisfaction with the service of master trusts/wraps in Australia, by financial advisers. It includes Colonial First State’s FirstChoice and FirstWrap platforms. 

Commonwealth Bank of Australia - Annual Report 2016  53 

 
 
Directors’ Report – Remuneration Report 

2016 STI outcomes 

Overall, 2016 financial and non-financial performance was solid. Against this background, the average STI payment for the CEO 
and Group Executives was 112% of their STI targets. 

3.2 Long-Term Performance 

The executive remuneration structure also focuses on driving performance and creating shareholder alignment in the longer term, 
by  providing  Executives  with  LTI  awards  in  the  form  of  Reward  Rights  with  a  four  year  vesting  period.  CEO  and  Group 
Executives’ current LTI awards are issued under the Group Leadership Reward Plan (GLRP). Vesting is subject to performance 
against relative TSR and relative Customer Satisfaction hurdles. 

2012 GLRP Award  

The  2012  GLRP  award  reached  the  end  of  its  four  year  performance  period  on  30 June 2016.  The  2012  GLRP  award  was 
weighted  against  two  performance  hurdles,  relative  TSR  (75%  of  the  award)  and  relative  Customer  Satisfaction  (25%  of  the 
award). At the end of the performance period, the results against these measures were: 

 

 

 

 

0% vesting against the TSR hurdle; 

89.5% vesting against the Customer Satisfaction hurdle; 

In line with the plan rules for this award, 20.31% of the total award vested; and 

The Board reviewed the measurement outcomes of this award and concluded that the above vesting appropriately reflects 
performance over the four year performance period. 

Overview of Unvested LTI Awards  

Equity Plan (1) 

2013 GLRP (2) 

2014 GLRP (3) 
2015 GLRP (4) 

Performance Period – 

Performance Period – 

Start Date 

End Date 

Performance Hurdles 

1 July 2013 

1 July 2014 

1 July 2015 

30 June 2017 

30 June 2018 

30 June 2019 

Each award is split and tested: 
 

75% TSR ranking relative to peer group 

 

25%  Customer  Satisfaction  average  ranking 
relative to peer group 

(1)  Naming convention updated to align with the start of the performance period. 
(2)  For Ian Narev, the grant date was 11 November 2013. For Kelly Bayer Rosmarin the grant date was 13 February 2014. For all other Executives the grant 

date was 23 September 2013.  

(3)  For Ian Narev, the grant date was 13 November 2014. For Adam Bennett the grant date was 12 February 2015. For Vittoria Shortt the grant date was 7 

May 2015. For all other Executives the grant date was 18 September 2014.  

(4)  For Ian Narev, the grant date was 17 November 2015. For all other Executives the grant date was 10 November 2015. 

2015 GLRP Award  

The  CEO  and  Group  Executives  were  granted  LTI  awards  during  the  2016  financial  year  under  the  2015  GLRP.  The  awards 
granted may deliver value to Executives at the end of the four year performance period, subject to meeting performance hurdles 
as set out in the diagram below: 

The following table provides the key features of the 2015 GLRP award: 

Feature 

Description 

Instrument 

Reward  Rights.  Each  Reward  Right  entitles the  Executive  to  receive  one  CBA  share  in the  future, subject to 
meeting the performance hurdles set out below. The number of rights that vest will not be known until the end of 
the performance period. 

Determining the 
number of 
Reward Rights 

The number of Reward Rights allocated depends on each Executive’s LTI Target (see diagram on page 50 for 
explanation of target remuneration). The number of Reward Rights allocated aligns the Executive’s LTI Target 
to the expected value at the end of the performance period, in today’s dollars. 

Performance 
Period 

The performance period commences at the beginning of the financial year in which the award is granted. For 
the GLRP award granted in the 2016 financial year, the  performance period started on 1 July 2015 and ends 
after four years on 30 June 2019.  

54  Commonwealth Bank of Australia – Annual Report 2016 

GLRP Reward Rightsgranted4 year performance periodCustomer Satisfaction hurdle = 25%Total Shareholder Return hurdle = 75% 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Directors’ Report – Remuneration Report 

Performance 
Hurdles 

 

75%  of  each  award  is  subject  to  a  performance  hurdle  that  measures  the  Group’s  TSR  performance 
relative  to  a  set  peer  group(1).This  is  made  up  of  the  20  largest  companies  on  the  Australian  Securities 
Exchange (ASX) by market capitalisation at the beginning of the performance period, excluding resources 
companies and Commonwealth Bank of Australia. The next five largest companies listed on  the ASX by 
market capitalisation will form a reserve bench of companies. A reserve bench company will be substituted 
(in order of market capitalisation as at the beginning of the performance period) into the peer group when 
a  peer  group  Company  ceases  to  be  listed  on  the  ASX  as  a  result  of  an  acquisition,  merger  or  other 
relevant corporate action or delisting; and 

 

25% of each award is subject to a performance hurdle that measures the Group’s Customer Satisfaction 
outcomes  relative  to  a  peer  group  of  Australia  &  New  Zealand  Banking  Group  Limited  (ANZ),  National 
Australia  Bank  Limited  (NAB),  Westpac  Banking  Corporation  (WBC),  and  other  key  competitors  for  the 
wealth business. 

Vesting  

TSR (75% of the award) 

Framework 

 

 

 

 

100%  vesting  is  achieved  if  the  Group’s  TSR  is  ranked  in  the  top  quarter  of  the  peer  group  (i.e.  75th 
percentile or higher)(1); 

If the Group is ranked at the median, 50% of the Reward Rights will vest; 

Vesting occurs on a sliding scale if the Group is ranked between the median and the 75th percentile; and 

No Reward Rights in this part of the award will vest if the Group’s TSR is ranked below the median of the 
peer group. 

Customer Satisfaction (25% of the award) 
 

100% vesting applies if the weighted average ranking for the Group over the performance period is 1st; 
50% will vest if the Group’s weighted average ranking is 2nd; 

 

 

 

 

 

Calculation of 
the  
Performance 
Results 

Vesting  of  between  50%  and  100%  will  occur  on  a  pro-rata  straight  line  basis  if  the  Group’s  weighted 
average ranking is between 2nd and 1st; and 

No Reward Rights in this part of the award will vest if the Group’s weighted average ranking is less than 
2nd.  

TSR is calculated independently by Orient Capital. 

Customer Satisfaction is measured with reference to the three independent surveys below: 

–  Roy Morgan Research (measuring customer satisfaction across Retail Banking); 

–  DBM,  Business  Financial  Services  Monitor  (measuring  customer  satisfaction  across  Business 

Banking); and 

–  Wealth  Insights  Service  Level  Report,  Platforms  (measuring  customer  satisfaction  across  Wealth 

Management). 

Board 
Discretion 

The award is subject to a risk and compliance review.  The Board also retains sole discretion to determine the 
amount and form of any award that may vest (if any) to prevent any unintended outcomes, or in the event of a 
corporate restructuring or capital event. 

Expiry 

At the end of the applicable performance period, any Reward Rights that have not vested will expire. 

(1)  The peer group (at the beginning of the performance period) for the TSR performance hurdle (at the time of grant) comprised Amcor Limited, AMP Limited, 
Australia and New Zealand Banking Group Limited, Brambles Limited, CSL Limited, Insurance Australia Group Limited, Macquarie Group Limited, National 
Australia  Bank  Limited,  QBE  Insurance  Group  Limited,  Ramsey  Health  Care  Limited,  Scentre  Group,  Suncorp  Group  Limited,  Sydney  Airport,  Telstra 
Corporation  Limited,  Transurban  Group,  Vicinity  Centres,  Wesfarmers  Limited,  Westfield  Corporation,  Westpac  Banking  Corporation  and  Woolworths 
Limited. The reserve bench comprised AGL Energy Limited, APA Group, Aurizon Holdings Limited, Goodman Group and Stockland. 

Retail Entitlement Offer 

During  the  2016  financial  year,  additional  Reward  Rights  were  granted  to  all  existing  rights  holders  as  part  of  the  Retail 
Entitlement  Offer, including  the  CEO  and  Group Executives.  The  grant  of  additional  Reward  Rights  for  Ian  Narev  in  respect  of 
2012, 2013 and 2014 GLRP awards was approved by shareholders at the AGM on 17 November 2015. Additional Reward Rights 
will vest only if the original performance hurdles in respect of each award are met.  

Commonwealth Bank of Australia - Annual Report 2016  55 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Directors’ Report – Remuneration Report 

3.2 Long-Term Performance (continued)  

Changes to the 2016 GLRP award 
Following a review of our LTI framework the Board has introduced changes to the GLRP award for the 2017 financial year. The 
2016 GLRP award changes reflect the Group’s unique strategy and vision, support the delivery of long-term value in a dynamic 
environment and focus on sustainable performance for the Group’s key stakeholder groups, shareholders, customers, people and 
the community. 

2016 GLRP award changes  Rationale for change 

An additional performance hurdle 
– People and Community (25% 
weighting). 

Executive performance assessed 
over a two, three and four year 
period, with vesting occurring 
after four years. 

A  third  performance  hurdle  will  be  introduced,  focused  on  People  and  Community, 
measuring long-term progress in the areas of diversity and inclusion,  sustainability and 
culture.  This new hurdle aims to strengthen the Group’s culture by further aligning the 
executive reward framework with the Group’s vision and values.  

The TSR and Customer Satisfaction performance components, weighted 50% and 25% 
respectively,  remain  to  continue  to  support  a  focus  on  long-term  value  creation  for 
shareholders and better customer outcomes.  

The GLRP retains a four year vesting period to maintain a strong focus on sustainable 
long-term value creation. Different performance hurdles will be assessed over either two, 
three  or  four  years  to  allow  a  more  dynamic  approach  to  ensuring  hurdles  are 
meaningful  in  the  changing  environment  the  Group  operates  in,  and  aligned  to  the 
Group’s strategic time horizons. 

The  change  to  the  Customer  Satisfaction  performance  period  will  better  enable  the 
to 
focused  culture  while  providing  agility 
Group’s  commitment 
progressively build on our customer satisfaction performance as the market evolves. 

to  a  customer 

Together  with  the  three  and  four  year  TSR  performance  periods,  the  GLRP  changes 
enhance  the  focus  on  long-term  sustainable  performance  by  requiring  consistent 
performance throughout the entire period.   

The following diagram sets out the 2016 GLRP award. 

Hedging of Unvested Equity Awards 

Employees are prohibited from hedging their unvested CBA equity awards, including shares or rights. Executives controlling their 
exposure  to  risk  in  relation  to  their  unvested  awards  is  prohibited.  Executives  are  also  prohibited  from  using  instruments  or 
arrangements for margin borrowing, short selling or stock lending of any Bank securities or the securities of any other member of 
the Group. All hedging restrictions are included in CBA’s Group Securities Trading Policy. 

56  Commonwealth Bank of Australia – Annual Report 2016 

1 year additional service period4 year performance period3 year performance period4 year performance period25%Total Shareholder Return Customer Satisfaction People and Community25%2 year additional service period25%25%2 year performance periodAugust 2020Vests subject to risk review and meeting set performance hurdles30 June 201830 June 201930 June 2020 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Directors’ Report – Remuneration Report 

Long-Term Performance against Key Measures 

As detailed above, long-term incentive arrangements are designed to align Executives with the Group’s long-term strategy and 
shareholder interests. The remainder of this section illustrates performance against key related metrics over time. 

Financial Performance 

The following graphs show the Group’s  cash NPAT, cash Earnings per Share (cash EPS), share price movement and full-year 
dividend  results  over  the  past  five  financial  years  (including  2016).  The  solid  performance  has  delivered  sound  returns  to 
shareholders. 

        Cash NPAT  

   Cash EPS (1)  

(1)  Comparative  information  has  been  restated  to  incorporate  the 
bonus  element  of  the  rights  issue  in  the  weighted  number  of 
ordinary  shares  for  June  15  and  June  14  only  in  line  with 
comparatives presented in the Financial Statements. 

Share Price 

Dividends per Share 

Commonwealth Bank of Australia - Annual Report 2016  57 

7,0397,7608,6809,1379,45001,0002,0003,0004,0005,0006,0007,0008,0009,00010,000Jun 12Jun 13Jun 14Jun 15Jun 16$ Million444.7482.1532.7557.5555.10100200300400500600Jun 12Jun 13Jun 14Jun 15Jun 16Cents$0$10$20$30$40$50$60$70$80$90$100Jun 11Jun 12Jun 13Jun 14Jun 15Jun 163.343.644.014.204.20$0.00$0.50$1.00$1.50$2.00$2.50$3.00$3.50$4.00$4.50Jun 12Jun 13Jun 14Jun 15Jun 16 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Directors’ Report – Remuneration Report 

 Long-Term Performance against Key Measures (continued) 

Relative TSR Performance against the Group’s Peers 

The  graph  below  represents  CBA’s  TSR  performance  against  the  comparator  peer  group  for  the  period  1 July 2012  to 
30 June 2016. The Group was ranked at the  45th percentile of the peer group(1) at the end of the period. TSR is calculated by 
Orient Capital. 

(1)  For  the  2012  GLRP,  the  peer  group  (at  the  end  of  the  performance  period)  for  the  TSR  performance  hurdle  comprised  AGL  Energy  Limited,  Amcor 
Limited,  AMP  Limited,  Australia  and  New  Zealand  Banking  Group  Limited,  Brambles  Limited,  Coca-Cola  Amatil  Limited,  CSL  Limited,  GPT  Group, 
Insurance Australia Group Limited, Macquarie Group Limited, National Australia Bank Limited, Orica Limited, QBE Insurance Group Limited, Stockland, 
Suncorp Group Limited, Telstra Corporation Limited, Transurban Group, Wesfarmers Limited, Westpac Banking Corporation and Woolworths Limited. 

Performance against Customer Satisfaction 

The following graphs show CBA’s customer satisfaction performance across Retail, Business and Wealth Management. During 
the 2016 financial year, CBA maintained the number one ranking among the major banks in Retail MFI customer satisfaction and 
has  been  ranked  equal  or  outright  first  position  in  MFI  customer  satisfaction  among  the  major  banks  in  most  key  business 
segments. The Wealth Management  results ranked the Group first for adviser satisfaction  among the four major banks and other  
key competitors.  

(1)  Roy Morgan Research Main Financial Institution (MFI) Retail Customer Satisfaction. Australian population 14+, % “Very Satisfied” or “Fairly Satisfied” with 
relationship  with  that  MFI.  6 month  rolling  average  to  June 2016.  CBA  excludes  Bankwest.  Rank  refers  to  CBA’s  position  relative  to  NAB,  ANZ  and 
Westpac.

58  Commonwealth Bank of Australia – Annual Report 2016 

-60%-30%0%30%60%90%120%150%180%210%240%Total Shareholder Return 2016 (4 Years)Comparator Peer Group (1)CBA70%75%80%85%90%Jun-12Aug-12Oct-12Dec-12Feb-13Apr-13Jun-13Aug-13Oct-13Dec-13Feb-14Apr-14Jun-14Aug-14Oct-14Dec-14Feb-15Apr-15Jun-15Aug-15Oct-15Dec-15Feb-16Apr-16Jun-16% Satisfied ('Very Satisfied' or 'Fairly Satisfied')Major Bank 1Major Bank 2Major Bank 3CBARetail Main Financial Institution Customer Satisfaction -Competitive ContextSource: Roy Morgan Research6 month rolling average(1) 
 
 
 
Directors’ Report – Remuneration Report 

Business Main Financial Institution Customer Satisfaction - Competitive Context (1) 

(1)  CBA  and  Major  Bank  1  and  Major  Bank  2  are  ranked  equal  1st  (DBM  Business  Financial  Services  Monitor,  June 2016)  as  the  difference  in  average 

satisfaction rating is not considered to be statistically significant. 

(2)  DBM  Business  Financial  Services  Monitor  (June 2016),  average  satisfaction  rating  of  each  financial  institution’s  MFI  business  customers  across  all 

Australian businesses, 6 month rolling average. 

Wealth Management Customer Satisfaction 

(1) 

In  the  2012  year,  the  satisfaction  score  was  calculated  on  a  straight  average  of  FirstChoice  and  FirstWrap.  Due  to  the  change  in  calculation  of  the 
satisfaction score in 2013, historical results have been restated. As a result, the score and ranking for 2012 has changed from 7.69 (2nd) to 7.86 (1st). For 
remuneration purposes the ranking of 2nd has been applied.  

(2)  For Wealth Management, customer satisfaction is measured by the Wealth Insights 2016 Service Level Report, Platforms.  

3.3 Performance Timeline of At Risk Remuneration Outcomes 

The performance management framework supports decisions in awarding appropriate annual STI outcomes for Executives. The 
balanced  scorecard  performance  objectives  are  communicated  to  Executives  at  the  beginning  of  the  financial  year.  Executive 
annual performance evaluations are conducted following the end of the financial year. For the 2016 financial year, the evaluations 
were conducted in July 2016. 

The  following  diagram  outlines  the  timing  of  the  2016  STI  award  and  the  2016  GLRP  award  made  to  the  Executives  over  the 
relevant performance periods. All awards are subject to risk and compliance reviews. 

Commonwealth Bank of Australia - Annual Report 2016  59 

678 Jun-12 Aug-12 Oct-12 Dec-12 Feb-13 Apr-13 Jun-13 Aug-13 Oct-13 Dec-13 Feb-14 Apr-14 Jun-14 Aug-14 Oct-14 Dec-14 Feb-15 Apr-15 Jun-15 Aug-15 Oct-15 Dec-15 Feb-16 Apr-16 Jun-16Satisfaction -AverageMajor Bank 1Major Bank 2Major Bank 3CBASource: DBM, Business Financial Services Monitor6 month rolling average(2)30-Jun-1630-Jun-1530-Jun-1430-Jun-1330-Jun-12 (1)Score (2)8.077.757.948.327.86CBA Rank1st2nd1st1st1stSTI Annual Performance ReviewSTI outcomes determined & approved by Board50% of STI outcome paid as cashAugust2017Following shareholder approvalLTI 2016 GLRP awards approved by BoardCEO and Group Executives grant of 2016 GLRP awardJuly 201530 June 2016July2016August2016September2016November2016August2020Vests subject to risk review and meeting set performance hurdlesBoard sets strategySTI targets are set Subject to risk & compliance reviewVests subject to risk reviewPerformance measurement period50% STI deferredfor 1 year 2016 GLRP award deferred for 4 years (1 July 2016 to 30 June 2020) 
 
 
 
 
 
Directors’ Report – Remuneration Report 

3.4 CEO and Group Executive Remuneration Received in the year ended 30 June 2016 

The  incentives  awarded  to  the  CEO  and  Group  Executives  are  linked  to  the  Group’s  and  individual  financial  and  non-financial 
performance.  

Total statutory remuneration recognised for the CEO and Group Executives for the 2016 financial year was $44.8 million and is 
the  total  of  the  values  for  each  Executive  shown  in  the  statutory  remuneration  table  on  page 63.  Statutory  remuneration 
disclosures  are  prepared  in  accordance  with  the  Corporations  Act  2001  and  Australian  Accounting  Standards.  Total  cash 
remuneration received by the CEO and Group Executives in relation to the 2016 performance year was $22.4 million. The total 
cash remuneration received is used to present a clear view of the Group’s remuneration payments made to the CEO and Group 
Executives during the performance year. 

Table (a) below shows remuneration received in relation to the 2016 financial year. The total cash payments received are made 
up of base remuneration and superannuation (fixed remuneration), and the portion of the 2016 STI award which is not deferred. 
These amounts are consistent with that disclosed in section 4.2 for the same items. This table also includes the value of previous 
years’  deferred  STI  and  LTI  awards  which  vested  during  2016.  This  differs  to  the  table  in  section  4.2,  which  presents  the 
accounting expense for both vested and unvested awards. 

(a) Remuneration in relation to the 2016 Financial Year 

(1)  Fixed Remuneration includes base remuneration and superannuation. 
(2)  This is the 50% of the 2016 STI for performance during the 12 months to 30 June 2016 (payable September 2016). The remaining 50% is deferred until 

1 July 2017. Deferred STI awards are subject to Board review at the time of payment. 

(3)  The value of all deferred cash awards that vested during the 2016 financial year plus any interest accrued during the vesting period. For Rob Jesudason, a 
portion  of  his  2015  deferred  STI  award  that  vested  during  the  2016  financial  year  was  paid  in  Australian  dollars  and  a  portion  was  paid  in  Hong  Kong 
dollars.  For  the  purpose  of  disclosure,  the  portion  paid  in  Hong  Kong  dollars  has  been  converted  to  Australian  dollars  using  the  average  year-to-date 
exchange rate as at 30 June 2016. 

(4)  The value of deferred equity awards that vested during the 2016 financial year plus any dividends accrued during the vesting period. For Ian Narev, David 
Cohen,  David  Craig,  Melanie  Laing,  Annabel  Spring  and  Alden  Toevs  this  reflects  the  portion  of  the  2011  GLRP  award  that  vested  during  the  2016 
financial year. For Kelly Bayer Rosmarin, Adam Bennett, Matthew Comyn, Robert Jesudason and Vittoria Shortt this amount reflects the 2012 deferred STI 
awarded  prior  to  their  appointment  as  Group  Executive  under  Executive  General  Manager  arrangements  that  vested  during  the  2016  financial  year.  A 
portion of Ian Narev’s deferred equity award was delivered in the form of cash, which was paid to registered charities pursuant to an option that the Board 
made available in the current year.   

(5)  The value of any deferred cash and/or equity awards that were forfeited/lapsed during the 2016 financial year. 
(6)  Group Executives as at 30 June 2016. 

60  Commonwealth Bank of Australia – Annual Report 2016 

Fixed Remuneration (1)Cash STI (2)Total cash in relation to 2016Deferred cash awards (3)Deferred equity awards (4)Total remuneration received during 2016Previous years' awards forfeited/lapsed during 2016 (5)$$$$$$$Managing Director and CEOIan Narev 2,650,000              1,431,000     4,081,000     1,625,834        6,597,473        12,304,307     (925,991)      Current Executives (6)Kelly Bayer Rosmarin1,050,600              586,235        1,636,835     626,771           466,671           2,730,277       -               Adam Bennett980,000                 554,239        1,534,239     259,295           393,185           2,186,719       -               David Cohen900,000                 529,594        1,429,594     595,883           2,178,446        4,203,923       (305,721)      Matthew Comyn1,055,750              653,193        1,708,943     632,915           549,041           2,890,899       -               David Craig1,380,000              812,044        2,192,044     871,355           3,340,159        6,403,558       (468,772)      Robert Jesudason1,193,421              712,174        1,905,595     630,361           385,378           2,921,334       -               Melanie Laing845,000                 483,499        1,328,499     506,546           1,936,282        3,771,327       (271,724)      Vittoria Shortt845,000                 501,455        1,346,455     170,430           263,529           1,780,414       -               Annabel Spring1,055,750              501,481        1,557,231     677,005           2,371,784        4,606,020       (332,868)      Alden Toevs1,430,000              752,091        2,182,091     864,542           3,461,148        6,507,781       (485,770)      David Whiteing980,000                 510,519        1,490,519     563,418           -                   2,053,937       -                        Previous years' awards that vested during 2016 
 
 
 
 
Directors’ Report – Remuneration Report 

(b) CEO Reconciliation Table of Cash Payments from Table (a) and Statutory Remuneration Table on Page 63 

(1)  Awards vest in August each year subject to Board Risk Review and meeting set performance hurdles. 
(2)  Naming convention updated to align with the start of the performance period. 
(3) 
(4) 

Includes the accounting expense for additional Reward Rights granted as part of the Retail Entitlement Offer. 
Includes true up for prior year award. 

Commonwealth Bank of Australia - Annual Report 2016  61 

2016$Year Award Vests (1)Cash remuneration received in relation to 2016 - refer to table (a) above4,081,000n/a2016 STI deferred for 12 months at risk1,431,0002017Annual leave and long service leave accruals137,247n/aOther Payments50,886n/aShare-based payments: accounting expense for 2016 for LTI awards made over the past 4 years:(2)(3)  2012 GLRP:(4)Expense for 1 award that may vest subject to customer satisfaction performance506,4012016  2012 GLRP:Expense for 1 award that may vest subject to relative TSR performance516,2512016  2013 GLRP:Expense for 1 award that may vest subject to customer satisfaction performance287,1582017  2013 GLRP:Expense for 1 award that may vest subject to relative TSR performance647,5432017  2014 GLRP:Expense for 1 award that may vest subject to customer satisfaction performance226,6312018  2014 GLRP:Expense for 1 award that may vest subject to relative TSR performance530,8312018  2015 GLRP:Expense for 1 award that may vest subject to customer satisfaction performance107,6952019  2015 GLRP:Expense for 1 award that may vest subject to relative TSR performance245,7092019Total Statutory Remuneration as per page 638,768,352 
 
 
 
  
Directors’ Report – Remuneration Report 

4.  KMP Disclosure Tables 

4.1 Non-Executive Directors Statutory Remuneration 

The  statutory  table  below  details  individual  statutory  remuneration  for  the  Non-Executive  Directors  for  the  year  ended 
30 June 2016 and the previous financial year. 

(1)  Cash includes Board and Committee fees received as cash. For Shirish Apte this also includes payments made on his behalf in relation to tax advice in the 

prior year. 

(2)  Superannuation  contributions  are  capped  at  the  superannuation  maximum  contributions  base  as  prescribed  under  the  Superannuation  Guarantee 
legislation. For Shirish Apte, superannuation is paid on the Australian portion of his fees and includes minor adjustments made in relation to the prior year. 
(3)  The  values  shown  in  the  table  represent  the  post-tax  portion  of  fees  received  as  shares.  Catherine  Livingstone  met  the  Non-Executive  Director 
shareholding requirement at the time of her appointment and is not required to purchase any additional shares. To comply with the Non-Executive Director 
shareholding requirement, post-tax deductions for Mary Padbury will commence in the 2017 financial year. 

(4)  For  2015  comparison,  David  Higgins  was  appointed  as  a  Non-Executive  Director  on  1  September  2014  and  Wendy  Stops  was  appointed  as  a  Non-

Executive Director on 9 March 2015. Their remuneration was prorated accordingly in 2015. 

(5)  Catherine Livingstone was appointed as a Non-Executive Director on 1 March 2016 and Mary Padbury was appointed as a Non-Executive Director on 14 

June 2016. Their remuneration has been prorated accordingly. 

(6)  Jane Hemstritch retired from the Group on 31 March 2016 and her remuneration has been prorated accordingly. 

62  Commonwealth Bank of Australia – Annual Report 2016 

Short-Term BenefitsPost Employment BenefitsShare-Based paymentsNon-ExecutiveTotalSuper-Directors'StatutoryCash (1)annuation (2)Share Plan (3)Remuneration$$$$ChairmanDavid Turner2016854,887                     19,308                       -874,195                     2015841,034                     18,783                       -859,817                     Non-Executive DirectorsJohn Anderson2016300,768                     19,308                       -320,076                     2015289,173                     18,783                       -307,956                     Shirish Apte2016299,140                     7,860                         -307,000                     2015296,395                     4,753                         -301,148                     David Higgins (4)2016294,078                     19,308                       -                                 313,386                     2015217,848                     15,593                       -                                 233,441                     Launa Inman2016257,222                     19,308                       29,233                       305,763                     2015251,185                     18,783                       28,533                       298,501                     Catherine Livingstone (5)201684,890                       6,436                         -                                 91,326                       Brian Long2016332,094                     19,308                       -                                 351,402                     2015311,290                     18,783                       -                                 330,073                     Andrew Mohl2016286,599                     19,308                       -                                 305,907                     2015279,718                     18,783                       -                                 298,501                     Mary Padbury (5)201612,386                       1,177                         -                                 13,563                       Wendy Stops (4)2016253,938                     19,308                       -                                 273,246                     201579,087                       5,867                         -                                 84,954                       Harrison Young2016333,428                     19,308                       -                                 352,736                     2015322,739                     18,783                       -                                 341,522                     Former Non-Executive DirectorJane Hemstritch (6)2016238,164                     14,507                       -                                 252,671                     2015308,810                     18,783                       -                                 327,593                      
 
 
Directors’ Report – Remuneration Report 

4.2 Executive Statutory Remuneration 

The following statutory tables detail the statutory accounting expense of all remuneration related items for the CEO and all Group 
Executives. This includes remuneration costs in relation to both the 2015 and 2016 performance years. The tables are different to 
the cash table on page 60, which shows the remuneration received in the 2016 financial year rather than the accrual amounts on 
the  statutory  accounting  basis,  as  outlined  in  these  statutory  tables.  The  tables  have  been  developed  and  audited  against  the 
relevant accounting standards. Refer to the footnotes below each table for more detail on each remuneration component. 

  (1)  Fixed Remuneration comprises Base Remuneration and Superannuation (post-employment benefit). Superannuation contributions for Robert Jesudason 

are made in line with Hong Kong Mandatory Provident Fund regulations. 

(2)  Base Remuneration is the total cost of salary including cash salary, short-term compensated absences and any salary sacrificed benefits.  
(3)  Non-Monetary represents the cost of car parking (including associated fringe benefits tax). 
(4)  This is 50% of the 2016 STI for performance during the 12 months to 30 June 2016 (payable September 2016). 
(5)  Deferred STI represents 50% of the 2016 STI award that is deferred  until 1 July 2017. Deferred STI awards are subject to  Board review at the time of 

payment. 

(6)  Other short-term benefits relate to company funded benefits (including associated fringe benefits tax where applicable). This item also includes interest 
accrued  in  relation  to  the  2015  STI  deferred  award,  which  vested  on  1 July 2016,  and  the  net  change  in  accrued  annual  leave.  For  Robert  Jesudason, 
includes costs in relation to his Hong Kong assignment. 
Includes  long  service  entitlements  accrued  during  the  year  as  well  as  the  impact  of  changes  to  long  service  leave  valuation  assumptions,  which  are 
determined in line with Australian Accounting Standards. For Kelly Bayer Rosmarin, Adam Bennett, Vittoria Shortt and David Whiteing this also includes 
amounts relating to deferred STI payments awarded under Executive General Manager arrangements and/or equity sign-on awards. These equity awards 
are subject to forfeiture if the Executive ceases to be employed by the Group due to his or her resignation in any circumstances. 

(7) 

(8)  This  includes  the  2016  expense  for  the  2012,  2013,  2014  and  2015  GLRP  awards  (including  true  up  for  previous  year  award).  It  also  includes  the 

accounting expense for additional Reward Rights granted as part of the Retail Entitlement Offer. 

Commonwealth Bank of Australia - Annual Report 2016  63 

Long-Term BenefitsShare-Based PaymentsBase Remuner-ation (2)Superan-nuationNonMonetary (3)Cash STI  (at risk) (4)Deferred STI (at risk) (5)Other (6)Long- Term (7) Reward Rights (at risk) (8)Total Statutory Remuneration (9)$$$$$$$$$Managing Director and CEOIan Narev 20162,625,00025,00015,0521,431,0001,431,00035,870137,2113,068,2198,768,35220152,625,00025,00014,7561,590,0001,590,00059,021123,0402,291,4718,318,288Group ExecutivesKelly Bayer Rosmarin20161,025,60025,00015,052586,235586,2353,760279,193555,2033,076,2782015995,00025,00014,756612,957612,9575,228354,416329,3712,949,685Adam Bennett (10)2016955,00025,00015,052554,239554,2399,385234,469283,3292,630,7132015444,79411,6447,041253,580253,58033,624250,64756,5491,311,459David Cohen2016875,00025,00015,052529,594529,59460,30835,088964,2543,033,8902015875,00025,00014,756582,750582,75032,07234,785737,0412,884,154Matthew Comyn20161,030,75025,00013,846         653,193653,1936,65636,150982,7363,401,52420151,005,00025,00013,652         618,966618,96648,121132,653703,7763,166,134David Craig20161,355,00025,00015,052812,044812,04457,91660,0571,478,4284,615,54120151,355,00025,00014,756852,150852,15086,44655,6861,129,7954,370,983Robert Jesudason (11)20161,190,2373,184-712,174712,174627,30224,014853,2864,122,3712015930,55217,2156,050575,295575,295230,592164,243594,8213,094,063Melanie Laing2016820,00025,00015,052483,499483,499(4,412)17,412885,2332,725,2832015820,00025,00014,756495,382495,38250,87516,155705,3092,622,859Vittoria Shortt (10)2016820,00025,00015,052501,455501,455(19,300)151,532185,1752,180,3692015271,8358,2885,025166,674166,6748,272108,77210,885746,425Annabel Spring20161,030,75025,00013,846501,481501,48116,21543,8651,080,0903,212,72820151,005,00025,00013,652662,084662,08438,16428,352838,7303,273,066Alden Toevs20161,405,00025,00015,052752,091752,09146,67648,0741,531,9004,575,88420151,405,00025,00014,756845,488845,488(7,527)60,9891,170,6404,359,834David Whiteing(10)2016960,69219,30813,846510,519510,5198,81067,110346,1022,436,9062015898,04918,11513,167531,375531,37516,21161,424158,1312,227,847Fixed Remuneration (1)Other Short-Term Benefits 
 
Directors’ Report – Remuneration Report 

(9)  The  percentage of 2016 remuneration related to performance was: Ian Narev 68%, Kelly Bayer Rosmarin 56%, Adam  Bennett 53%, David Cohen 67%, 
Matthew  Comyn  67%,  David  Craig 67%,  Robert  Jesudason 55%,  Melanie  Laing 68%,  Vittoria  Shortt 54%,  Annabel  Spring 65%,  Alden  Toevs 66%,  and 
David Whiteing 56%. 

(10)  For 2015 comparative, David Whiteing commenced in the KMP role on 14 July 2014, Adam Bennett commenced in the KMP role on 12 January 2015 and 

Vittoria Shortt commenced in the KMP role on 2 March 2015. Their remuneration reflects time in the KMP role. 

(11)  For Robert Jesudason remuneration is paid in Hong Kong dollars and was impacted by movements in exchange rates.  

4.3 Executive STI Allocations for 2016 

(1)  The maximum STI is represented as a percentage of fixed remuneration. The minimum STI is zero. 
(2) 
(3)  This represents 50% of the STI award that is deferred until 1 July 2017. Deferred STI awards are subject to Board review at the time of payment. 

Includes 50% of the annual STI award payable as cash in recognition of performance for the year ended 30 June 2016. 

4.4 Equity Awards Received as Remuneration 

The table below details the value and number of all equity awards that were granted or forfeited/lapsed to Executives during their 
time in a KMP role in 2016. It also shows the number of previous year’s awards  that vested during the 2016 performance year 
(some of which relate to past non-KMP roles). 

(1)  Represents the maximum number of GLRP Reward Rights and Deferred Rights that may vest to each Executive. For GLRP Reward Rights the value 
represents the fair value at grant date. For Ian Narev, the grant date for his GLRP Reward Rights was 17 November 2015. For all other Executives the 
grant date for GLRP Reward Rights was 10 November 2015. The grant date for additional GLRP Reward Rights granted as part of the Retail Entitlement 
Offer was 17 November 2015. Deferred Rights represent the deferred STI awarded under Executive General Manager arrangements, sign-on and 
retention awards received as restricted rights. For Deferred Rights the value reflects the face value at grant date. The minimum potential outcome for 
GLRP Reward Rights and Deferred Rights is zero. 
Includes the following additional rights granted as part of the Retail Entitlement Offer: Ian Narev 444 rights, Kelly Bayer Rosmarin 97 rights, Adam Bennett 
39 rights, David Cohen 155 rights, Matthew Comyn 173 rights, David Craig 239 rights, Robert Jesudason 147 rights, Melanie Laing 142 rights, Vittoria 
Shortt 25 rights, Annabel Spring 173 rights, Alden Toevs 246 rights and David Whiteing 51 rights. 

(2) 

(3)  As at 1 July 2015, the maximum value of GLRP Reward Rights granted during 2016 (excluding additional rights granted as part of the Retail Entitlement 
Offer in relation to unvested 2012, 2013 and 2014 GLRP awards), based on the volume weighted average price of the Group’s ordinary shares over the 
five trading days up to and including 1 July 2015 was: Ian Narev $4,639,026, Kelly Bayer Rosmarin $1,839,251, Adam Bennett $1,715,570, David Cohen 

64  Commonwealth Bank of Australia – Annual Report 2016 

STI Target (1)Maximum STI (1)$      %%$%$Managing Director and CEOIan Narev            2,650,000 150%50%   1,431,000 50%        1,431,000 Group ExecutivesKelly Bayer Rosmarin             1,050,600 150%50%      586,235 50%           586,235 Adam Bennett               980,000 150%50%      554,239 50%           554,239 David Cohen                900,000 150%50%      529,594 50%           529,594 Matthew Comyn            1,055,750 150%50%      653,193 50%           653,193 David Craig            1,380,000 150%50%      812,044 50%           812,044 Robert Jesudason            1,193,421 150%50%      712,174 50%           712,174 Melanie Laing               845,000 150%50%      483,499 50%           483,499 Vittoria Shortt               845,000 150%50%      501,455 50%           501,455 Annabel Spring            1,055,750 150%50%      501,481 50%           501,481 Alden Toevs            1,430,000 150%50%      752,091 50%           752,091 David Whiteing               980,000 150%50%      510,519 50%           510,519 Cash STI (2)Deferred STI (3)Previous Years'Awards Vested during 2016 (4)NameClassUnits$UnitsUnits$Managing Director and CEOIan NarevGLRP Reward Rights             54,493         2,480,651                 70,398             (11,222)      (925,991)Group ExecutivesKelly Bayer RosmarinGLRP Reward Rights             21,507            921,888  -                        -                    - Deferred Rights                    19                1,359                   5,201  -  - Adam BennettGLRP Reward Rights             20,010            857,673  -                        -                    - Deferred Rights               2,073            157,101                   4,382                        -                    - David Cohen GLRP Reward Rights             18,512            794,437                 23,245               (3,705)      (305,721)Matthew ComynGLRP Reward Rights             21,707            931,534  -  -                    - Deferred Rights -  -                   6,119  -  - David Craig GLRP Reward Rights             28,385         1,218,155                 35,641               (5,681)      (468,772)Robert JesudasonGLRP Reward Rights             20,544            881,456  -                        -                    - Deferred Rights -  -                   4,295  -  - Melanie LaingGLRP Reward Rights             17,377            745,713                 20,661               (3,293)      (271,724)Vittoria ShorttGLRP Reward Rights             17,249            739,341  -                        -                    - Deferred Rights               2,264            171,609                   2,937  -  - Annabel SpringGLRP Reward Rights             21,707            931,534                 25,308               (4,034)      (332,868)Alden Toevs GLRP Reward Rights             29,413         1,262,286                 36,932               (5,887)      (485,770)David WhiteingGLRP Reward Rights             20,034            858,552  -                        -                    - Deferred Rights                      5                   358  -  -  -        Forfeited orGranted     Lapsedduring 2016 (1)(2)(3)         during 2016 (5) 
 
 
 
Directors’ Report – Remuneration Report 

$1,575,581, Matthew Comyn $1,848,263, David Craig $2,415,771, Robert Jesudason $1,750,675, Melanie Laing $1,479,280, Vittoria Shortt $1,479,280, 
Annabel Spring $1,848,263, Alden Toevs $2,503,404 and David Whiteing $1,715,570. 

(4)  Previous years' awards that vested include the 2011 GLRP award and other deferred equity awards. A portion of Ian Narev’s vested equity award was 

delivered in the form of cash, which was paid to registered charities pursuant to an option that the Board made available in the current year. 

(5)  This includes the portion of the 2011 GLRP award that vested during 2016 that did not meet the performance hurdle and was forfeited. The value of the 

lapsed award is calculated using the Volume Weighted Average Closing Price for the five days preceding the transaction date. 

4.5 Fair Value Assumptions for Unvested Equity Awards 

For the Customer Satisfaction component of all LTI awards, the fair value is the closing market price of a CBA share as at the 
grant date. For the TSR component of the LTI awards, the fair value has been calculated using a Monte Carlo simulation method 
using the below assumptions. The exercise price is nil across all GLRP awards. 

(1)  For  the  TSR  component  of  the  GLRP  awards,  a  zero  dividend  yield  has  been  assumed  given  that  dividends  are  incorporated  into  the  fair  value  of  the 

rights. 

(2)  The performance hurdle for this portion of the GLRP award is TSR relative to the Group’s peers. 
(3)  The performance hurdle for this portion of the GLRP award is Customer Satisfaction relative to the Group’s peers. 
(4)  Additional Reward Rights granted as part of the Retail Entitlement Offer as outlined in section 3.2. 

4.6 Termination Arrangements 

The table below provides the termination arrangements included in all Executive contracts for current KMP. 

 (1)  Permanent contracts are ongoing until notice is given by either party. 
(2)  Severance applies where the termination is initiated by the Group, other than for misconduct or unsatisfactory performance. 

The  termination  entitlements  are  appropriate  and  do  not  deliver  windfall  payments  on  termination  that  are  not  related  to 
performance.  As  part  of  these  arrangements,  Executives  who  resign  or  are  dismissed  will  forfeit  all  their  unvested  deferred 
awards  (including cash  and  equity  awards),  unless  the Board  determines  otherwise,  and  will  generally  not  be  entitled  to  a STI 
payment for  that  year.  At  the  Board’s  discretion,  where  an  Executive’s  exit  is  related  to  retrenchment,  retirement  or  death,  the 
Executive may be entitled to an STI payment and any outstanding LTI awards continue unchanged with performance measured 
at the end of the performance period related to each award. The Board has ultimate discretion over the amount of awards that 
may vest. 

Commonwealth Bank of Australia - Annual Report 2016  65 

FairPerformanceExpectedExpectedRisk FreeGrantValuePeriodLifeVolatilityRateEquity PlanDate$End(Years)%%2015 GLRP Reward Rights (2)17/11/201535.15       30/06/20193.62202.352015 GLRP Reward Rights (3)17/11/201577.07       30/06/2019n/an/an/a2015 GLRP Reward Rights (2)10/11/201532.41       30/06/20193.64202.292015 GLRP Reward Rights (3)10/11/201574.76       30/06/2019n/an/an/a2015 GLRP Reward Rights (2)(4)17/11/201535.15       30/06/20193.62202.352015 GLRP Reward Rights (3)(4)17/11/201577.07       30/06/2019n/an/an/a2014 GLRP Reward Rights (2)(4)17/11/201523.17       30/06/20182.62202.182014 GLRP Reward Rights (3)(4)17/11/201577.07       30/06/2018n/an/an/a2013 GLRP Reward Rights (2)(4)17/11/201542.59       30/06/20171.62202.142013 GLRP Reward Rights (3)(4)17/11/201577.07       30/06/2017n/an/an/a2012 GLRP Reward Rights (2)(4)17/11/201548.96       30/06/20160.62202.142012 GLRP Reward Rights (3)(4)17/11/201577.07       30/06/2016n/an/an/aAssumptions (1)Contract Type (1)NoticeSeverance (2)Managing Director & CEOIan NarevPermanent12 monthsn/aGroup ExecutivesKelly Bayer RosmarinPermanent6 months6 monthsAdam BennettPermanent6 months6 monthsDavid CohenPermanent6 months6 monthsMatthew ComynPermanent6 months6 monthsDavid CraigPermanent6 months6 monthsRobert JesudasonPermanent6 months6 monthsMelanie LaingPermanent6 months6 monthsVittoria ShorttPermanent6 months6 monthsAnnabel SpringPermanent6 months6 monthsAlden ToevsPermanent6 monthsn/aDavid WhiteingPermanent6 months6 months 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Directors’ Report – Remuneration Report 

4.7 Security Holdings of KMP 

Details of the shareholdings and other securities held by KMP (or close family members or entities controlled, jointly controlled, or 
significantly  influenced  by  them,  or  any  entity  over  which  any  of  the  aforementioned  hold  significant  voting  power)  are  set  out 
below. For details of Director and Executive equity plans refer to the Financial Statements Note 24 Share-Based Payments. 

(a) Shares and other securities held by Directors 

All shares were acquired by Directors on normal terms and conditions or through the Non-Executive Director’s Share Plan. Other 
securities acquired by Directors were on normal terms and conditions.  

(1) 

Incorporates shares and other securities purchased during the year. Non-Executive Directors who hold less than 5,000 Commonwealth Bank shares are 
required to receive 20% of their total post-tax annual fees as Commonwealth Bank shares.  These shares are subject to a 10 year trading restriction (the 
shares will be released earlier if the director leaves the Board).  

(2)  Net Change Other incorporates changes resulting from sales of securities and appointment of Non-Executive Directors during the year. 
(3)  Catherine  Livingstone  was  appointed  as  a  Non-Executive  Director  on  1 March 2016  and  Mary  Padbury  was  appointed  as  a  Non-Executive  Director  on 

14 June 2016. Their shareholdings have not been included in the opening balance as at 1 July 2015. 

(4)  Jane Hemstritch retired from the Group on 31 March 2016 and her shareholdings are not included in the balance as at 30 June 2016. 
(5) 
(6)  As at 31 March 2016 Jane Hemstritch held Colonial Sub notes (2015: Colonial Sub notes). 

Includes cumulative holdings of all PERLS securities issued by the Group. 

66  Commonwealth Bank of Australia – Annual Report 2016 

BalanceNet ChangeBalanceDirectorsClass1 July 2015Acquired (1)Other (2)30 June 2016Non-Executive DirectorsDavid TurnerOrdinary11,840428-12,268PERLS (5)3801,000-1,380John AndersonOrdinary18,186792-18,978Shirish ApteOrdinary7,500--7,500David HigginsOrdinary5,0235,323-10,346Launa InmanOrdinary3,580641-4,221Catherine Livingstone (3)Ordinaryn/a-5,1465,146Brian LongOrdinary12,4702,184-14,654PERLS (5)8006,050-6,850Andrew MohlOrdinary67,23020,316(5,312)82,234Mary Padbury (3)PERLS (5)n/a-1,6001,600Wendy StopsOrdinary13,0002,218-15,218Harrison Young Ordinary26,7643,236-30,000Former Non-Executive DirectorJane Hemstritch (4)Ordinary25,7751,122-n/aPERLS (5)11,8002,500(2,500)n/aOther securities (6)5,000--n/a 
 
 
 
 
Directors’ Report – Remuneration Report 

(b) Shares held by the CEO and Group Executives 

(1)  Reward Rights represent rights granted under the GLRP which are subject to performance hurdles. Deferred Rights represent the deferred STI awarded 

(2) 

under Executive General Manager arrangements, sign-on and retention awards received as restricted rights. 
Includes the following additional rights granted as part of the Retail Entitlement Offer: Ian Narev 444 rights, Kelly Bayer Rosmarin 97 rights, Adam Bennett 
39 rights, David Cohen 155 rights, Matthew Comyn 173 rights, David Craig 239 rights, Robert Jesudason 147 rights, Melanie Laing 142 rights, Vittoria 
Shortt 25 rights, Annabel Spring 173 rights, Alden Toevs 246 rights and David Whiteing 51 rights. 

(3)  GLRP Reward Rights and Deferred Rights become ordinary shares upon vesting. A portion of Ian Narev’s vested equity award was delivered in the form of 

cash, which was paid to registered charities pursuant to an option that the Board made available in the current year. 

(4)  Net Change Other incorporates changes resulting from purchases, sales, forfeitures and appointment or departure of Executives during the year. 
(5)  David Craig holds 20,600 PERLS and 7,550 Colonial Sub Notes. 

Commonwealth Bank of Australia - Annual Report 2016  67 

Acquired/Previous Years'BalanceGranted asAwards VestedNet ChangeBalanceClass (1)1 July 2015Remuneration (2)during 2016 (3)Other (4)30 June 2016Managing Director and CEOIan NarevOrdinary93,721 -  - 36,248129,969GLRP Reward Rights281,398                  54,493 (70,398)(11,222)254,271Group ExecutivesKelly Bayer RosmarinOrdinary14,018 -  - 1,22415,242GLRP Reward Rights35,311                  21,507  - -56,818Deferred Rights13,534                         19 (5,201)-8,352Adam BennettOrdinary8,303 -  - 4,38212,685GLRP Reward Rights10,013                  20,010  - -30,023Deferred Rights11,505                    2,073 (4,382)-9,196David Cohen Ordinary26,137 -  - 24,99351,130GLRP Reward Rights97,029                  18,512 (23,245)(3,705)88,591Matthew ComynOrdinary23,380 -  - 7,13630,516GLRP Reward Rights77,892                  21,707  - -99,599Deferred Rights6,119 - (6,119)--David Craig (5)Ordinary134,621 -  - 36,179170,800GLRP Reward Rights148,772                  28,385 (35,641)(5,681)135,835Robert JesudasonOrdinary23,323 -  - 4,29527,618GLRP Reward Rights66,146                  20,544  - -86,690Deferred Rights4,295 - (4,295)--Melanie LaingOrdinary11,936 -  - 21,53133,467GLRP Reward Rights87,845                  17,377 (20,661)(3,293)81,268Vittoria ShorttOrdinary3,561 -  - 2,9376,498GLRP Reward Rights6,146                  17,249  - -23,395Deferred Rights7,812                    2,264 (2,937)-7,139Annabel SpringOrdinary15,506 -  - 12,38527,891GLRP Reward Rights107,234                  21,707 (25,308)(4,034)99,599Alden Toevs Ordinary88,012 -  - 36,932124,944GLRP Reward Rights154,161                  29,413 (36,932)(5,887)140,755David WhiteingOrdinary- -  - --GLRP Reward Rights20,840                  20,034 --40,874Deferred Rights1,941                           5 --1,946 
 
 
Directors’ Report – Remuneration Report 

4.8 Loans to KMP 

All loans to KMP (including close family members or entities controlled, jointly controlled, or significantly influenced by them, or 
any entity over which any of the aforementioned held significant voting power) have been made in the ordinary course of business 
on normal commercial terms and conditions no more favourable than those given to other employees and customers,  including 
the term of the loan, security required and the interest rate (which may be fixed or variable). There has been no write down  of 
loans during the period. 

4.9 Total Loans to KMP 

 4.10 Loans to KMP Exceeding $100,000 in Aggregate 

(1)  Represents the highest balance per individual of loans outstanding at any point during the year ended 30 June 2016. 
(2)  Mary Padbury was appointed as a Director on 14 June 2016. As interest is paid in arrears no interest was disclosed for the year ended 30 June 2016.  

4.11 Other Transactions of KMP 

Financial Instrument Transactions 

Financial instrument transactions (other than loans and shares disclosed within this report) of KMP occur in the ordinary course of 
business on normal commercial terms and conditions no more favourable than those given to other employees and customers. 

Disclosure of financial instrument transactions regularly made as part of normal banking operations is limited to disclosure of such 
transactions with KMP and entities controlled or significantly influenced by them. 

All such financial instrument transactions that have occurred between entities within the Group and their KMP were in the nature 
of normal personal banking and deposit transactions. 

Transactions other than Financial Instrument Transactions of Banks 

All  other  transactions  with  KMP  and  their  related  entities  and  other  related  parties  are  conducted  in  the  ordinary  course  of 
business on normal commercial terms and conditions no more favourable than those given to other employees and customers. 
These transactions principally involve the provision of financial and investment services by entities not controlled by the Group. A 
related party of an Executive is also employed by the Group, and is remunerated in a manner consistent with normal employee 
relationships. 

68  Commonwealth Bank of Australia – Annual Report 2016 

2016$Opening Balance10,130,233Closing Balance11,354,745Interest Charged456,842            HighestBalanceInterestInterest NotBalanceBalance1 July 2015ChargedChargedWrite-off30 June 2016in Period (1)$$$$$$Kelly Bayer Rosmarin2,744,78480,923--2,196,6632,744,784David Cohen522,50524,501--509,980544,940Matthew Comyn2,131,21293,390--2,324,8542,604,951Melanie Laing429,06110,897--279,955573,780Mary Padbury (2)N/A1,162--786,881792,512Vittoria Shortt2,261,178161,604--3,668,4553,904,563Annabel Spring8,3247,078--3,9119,533,534David Whiteing1,917,95977,265--1,425,7311,956,882Total    10,015,023456,820--11,196,43022,655,946 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Directors’ Report – Remuneration Report 

Glossary of Key Terms 

To assist readers, key terms and abbreviations used in the remuneration report as they apply to the Group are set out below. 

Term 

Definition 

Base Remuneration 

Board 

Deferred Rights 

Cash and non-cash remuneration, including any salary sacrifice items, paid regularly with no 
performance conditions. 

The Board of Directors of the Group. 

Rights  subject  to  forfeiture  on  resignation.  These  are  used  for  deferred  STI  awarded  under 
Executive General Manager arrangements, sign-on and retention awards. 

Executives 

The CEO and Group Executives are collectively referenced as ‘Executives’. 

Fixed Remuneration 

Consists of Base Remuneration plus employer contributions to superannuation.  

Group 

Commonwealth Bank of Australia and its subsidiaries. 

Group Executive 

Key Management Personnel who are also members of the Group’s Executive Committee. 

Group Leadership Reward  

The Group’s long-term incentive plan for the CEO and Group Executives.  

Plan (GLRP) 

Key Management Personnel 
(KMP) 

Long-Term Incentive (LTI) 

Persons having authority and responsibility for planning, directing and controlling the activities 
of an entity, directly or indirectly, including any Director (whether  Executive or  otherwise) of 
that entity. 

A remuneration arrangement which grants benefits to participating Executives that may vest 
over  a  period  of  four  years  if,  and  to  the  extent  that,  performance  hurdles  are  met.  The 
Group’s long-term incentive plan is the GLRP. 

NPAT 

Net profit after tax. 

Remuneration Received  

Retail Entitlement Offer 

Reward Rights 

Salary Sacrifice 

Represents all forms of consideration paid by the Group or on behalf of the Group during the 
current performance year ending 30 June 2016, in exchange for services previously rendered 
to the Group. 

During  the  period  the  Group  undertook  a  capital  raising  through  a  rights  issue  to  all  share 
holders.  An  accelerated  institutional  offer  closed  on  13  August  2015,  while  the  retail 
entitlement offer closed on 8 September 2015.  

Rights  to  ordinary  shares  in  CBA  granted  under  the  GLRP  and  subject  to  performance 
hurdles. 

An  arrangement  where  an  employee  agrees  to  forgo  part  of  his  or  her  cash  component  of 
Base Remuneration in return for non-cash benefits of a similar value. 

Short-Term Incentive (STI) 

Remuneration paid with direct reference to the Group’s and the individual’s performance over 
one financial year. 

Statutory Remuneration 

All forms of consideration paid, payable or provided by the Group, or on behalf of the Group, 
in  exchange  for  services  rendered  to  the  Group.  In  reading  this  report,  the  term 
“remuneration”  means  the  same  as  the  term  “compensation”  for  the  purposes  of  the 
Corporations Act 2001 and the accounting standard AASB124. 

Total Shareholder Return  

(TSR) 

TSR measures a company’s share price movement, dividend yield  and any return of capital 
over a specific period. 

Commonwealth Bank of Australia - Annual Report 2016  69 

 
Directors’ Report  

Non-Audit Services 

Amounts  paid  or  payable  to  PricewaterhouseCoopers  (PwC) 
for audit and non-audit services provided during the year, as 
set out in Note 28 to the Financial Statements are as follows: 

Project assurance services 

Taxation services 

Risk  management,  compliance  and  controls 
related work 

Other 

Total non-audit services (1) 

Total audit and related services 

2016  

$’000  

131 

2,680 

3,708 

1,025 

7,544 

32,725 

(1)  An  additional  amount  of  $2,150,171  was  paid  to  PwC  for  non-audit 
services  provided  to  entities  not  consolidated  into  the  Financial 
Statements. 

Auditor’s Independence Declaration 

The  Audit  Committee  advised  the  Board  accordingly  and, 
after  considering  the  Committee’s  advice,  the  Board  of 
Directors agreed that it was satisfied that the provision of the 
non-audit  services  by  PwC  during  the  year  was  compatible 
with  the  general  standard  of  independence  imposed  by  the 
Corporations Act 2001.  

The Directors are satisfied that the provision of the non-audit 
services  during  the  year  did  not  compromise  the  auditor 
independence  requirements  of  the  Corporations  Act  2001. 
The reasons for this are as follows: 

 

 

The  operation  of  the  Independent  Auditor  Services 
Policy during the year to restrict the nature of non-audit 
service engagements, to prohibit certain services and to 
for  all  such 
require  Audit  Committee  pre-approval 
engagements; and  

The relative quantum of fees paid for non-audit services 
compared  to  the  quantum  for  audit  and  audit  related 
services. 

We  have  obtained  an  independence  declaration  from  our 
external auditor as presented on the following page. 

The  above  Directors’  statements  are  in  accordance  with  the 
advice received from the Audit Committee. 

Auditor Independence 

Incorporation of Additional Material 

The  Bank  has  in  place  an  Independent  Auditor  Services 
Policy,  details  of  which  are  set  out  in  the  Corporate 
Governance  Statement 
at 
that 
www.commbank.com.au/about-us/shareholders/corporate-
profile/corporate-governance, 
independence of the Group’s external auditor. 

in  ensuring 

to  assist 

viewed 

can 

the 

be 

This Report incorporates the Chairman’s and Chief Executive 
Officer’s  Statements  (pages  2  to  8),  Highlights  (pages  9  to 
12),  Group  Performance  Analysis  (pages  13  to  22),  Group 
Operations  and  Business  Settings  (pages  23  to  32)  and 
Shareholding Information (pages 185 to 188) sections of this 
Annual Report. 

The Audit Committee has considered the provision, during the 
year,  of  non-audit  services  by  PwC  and  has  concluded  that 
the  provision  of  those  services  did  not  compromise  the 
auditor  independence  requirements  of  the  Corporations  Act 
2001. 

Signed in accordance with a resolution of the Directors. 

David Turner 

Chairman 

9 August 2016 

Ian Narev 

Managing Director and Chief Executive Officer 

9 August 2016 

70  Commonwealth Bank of Australia – Annual Report 2016 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Auditor’s Independence Declaration 

As lead auditor for the audit of Commonwealth Bank of Australia for the year ended 30 June 2016, I declare that to 
the best of my knowledge and belief, there have been: 

a)  no  contraventions  of  the  auditor  independence  requirements  of  the  Corporations  Act  2001  in  relation  to  the 

audit; and 

b)  no contraventions of any applicable code of professional conduct in relation to the audit. 

This declaration is in respect of Commonwealth Bank of Australia and the entities it controlled during the period. 

Marcus Laithwaite 

Partner 

PricewaterhouseCoopers 

Sydney 

9 August 2016 

PricewaterhouseCoopers, ABN 52 780 433 757  

Darling Park Tower 2, 201 Sussex Street, GPO BOX 2650, SYDNEY NSW 1171 

T: +61 2 8266 0000, F: +61 2 8266 9999, www.pwc.com.au 

Liability limited by a scheme approved under Professional Standards Legislation. 

Commonwealth Bank of Australia - Annual Report 2016  71 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Five Year Financial Summary 

(1)  Comparative information has been restated to reflect the changes in presentation disclosed in the prior half, and reclassification of fixed rate prepayment 

recoveries from Other banking income to Net interest income to align with the associated hedge costs. 
Includes investment experience. 

(2) 

72  Commonwealth Bank of Australia – Annual Report 2016 

20162015 (1)2014 (1)20132012$M$M$M$M$MNet interest income16,93515,82715,13113,94413,157Other operating income (2)7,8127,7517,2706,8776,319Total operating income24,74723,57822,40120,82119,476Operating expenses(10,429)(9,993)(9,499)(9,010)(8,627)Impairment expense(1,256)(988)(953)(1,082)(1,089)Net profit before tax13,06212,59711,94910,7299,760Corporate tax expense(3,592)(3,439)(3,250)(2,953)(2,705)Non-controlling interests(20)(21)(19)(16)(16)Net profit after tax "cash basis"9,4509,1378,6807,7607,039Treasury shares valuation adjustment4(28)(41)(53)(15)Hedging and IFRS volatility(200)6627124Gain/(loss) on disposal of controlled entities/investments--17--Bankwest non-cash items(27)(52)(56)(71)(89)Count Financial acquisition costs----(43)Bell Group litigation--25(45)-Net profit after income tax attributable to Equity holders of the Bank "statutory basis"9,2279,0638,6317,6187,016Contributions to profit (after tax)Retail Banking Services4,4363,9943,6783,0892,703Business and Private Banking1,5671,4951,3211,4741,513Institutional Banking and Markets1,1641,2851,2521,1951,098Wealth Management617653789679629New Zealand877882742621541Bankwest763795675561527IFS and Other263322314128Net profit after tax "cash basis"9,4509,1378,6807,7607,039Investment experience after tax(100)(150)(197)(105)(89)Net profit after tax "underlying basis"9,3508,9878,4837,6556,950Balance SheetLoans, bills discounted and other receivables695,398639,262597,781556,648525,682Total assets933,078873,446791,451753,857718,839Deposits and other public borrowings588,045543,231498,352459,429437,655Total liabilities 872,322820,453742,103708,320677,219Shareholders' Equity60,75652,99349,34845,53741,620Net tangible assets49,82241,52238,08033,63829,869Risk weighted assets - Basel III (APRA)394,667368,721337,715329,158n/aRisk weighted assets - Basel II (APRA)n/an/an/an/a302,787Average interest earning assets817,457755,872705,862653,637629,685Average interest bearing liabilities760,615713,084660,847609,557590,654Assets (on Balance Sheet) - Australia783,170741,249669,293644,043621,965Assets (on Balance Sheet) - New Zealand83,83272,29969,11061,57855,499Assets (on Balance Sheet) - Other66,07659,89853,04848,23641,375 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Five Year Financial Summary 

(1)  Comparative information has been restated to incorporate the bonus element of the rights issue in the weighted average number of ordinary shares. 
(2)  As the Group commenced disclosure of its leverage ratio at 30 September 2015, no comparatives have been presented.   
(3)  Comparative information has been restated for 2015 and 2014 to align to presentation in the current period.  
(4)  The productivity metrics have been calculated on a cash basis.   

Commonwealth Bank of Australia - Annual Report 2016  73 

201620152014 20132012Shareholder summaryDividends per share - fully franked (cents)420420401364334Dividend cover - statutory (times)1. 31. 31. 31. 31. 3Dividend cover - cash (times)1. 31. 31. 31. 31. 3Earnings per share (cents) (1)BasicStatutory542. 5553. 7530. 6474. 2444. 2Cash basis555. 1557. 5532. 7482. 1444. 7Fully dilutedStatutory529. 5539. 6518. 9461. 0428. 5Cash basis541. 5543. 2521. 0468. 6429. 0Dividend payout ratio (%)Statutory78. 375.775.577.476.0Cash basis76. 575.175.175.975.8Net tangible assets per share ($)29. 125. 523. 520. 918. 8Weighted average number of shares (statutory basic) (M) (1)1,6921,6271,6181,5981,570Weighted average number of shares (statutory fully diluted) (M) (1)1,7711,7111,6911,6861,674Weighted average number of shares (cash basic) (M) (1)1,6931,6301,6211,6011,573Weighted average number of shares (cash fully diluted) (M) (1)1,7721,7141,6941,6891,677Number of shareholders820,968787,969791,564786,437792,906Share prices for the year ($)Trading high88. 8896. 6982. 6874. 1853. 80Trading low69. 7973. 5767. 4953. 1842. 30End (closing price)74. 3785. 1380. 8869. 1853. 10Performance ratios (%)Return on average Shareholders' equityStatutory16. 218. 218. 718. 018. 5Cash basis16. 518. 218. 718. 218. 4Return on average total assetsStatutory1. 01. 11. 11. 01. 0Cash basis1. 01. 11. 11. 11. 0Capital adequacy - Common Equity Tier 1 - Basel III (APRA)10. 69. 19. 38. 2n/aCapital adequacy - Tier 1 - Basel III (APRA)12. 311. 211. 110. 3n/aCapital adequacy - Tier 2 - Basel III (APRA)2. 01. 50. 90. 9n/aCapital adequacy - Total - Basel III (APRA)14. 312. 712. 011. 2n/aCapital adequacy - Tier One - Basel IIn/an/an/an/a10. 0Capital adequacy - Tier Two - Basel IIn/an/an/an/a1. 0Capital adequacy - Total - Basel IIn/an/an/an/a11. 0Leverage Ratio Basel III (APRA) (%) (2)5. 0n/an/an/an/aLiquidity Coverage Ratio (%)120. 0120. 0n/an/an/aNet interest margin (3)2. 072. 092. 142. 132. 09Other information (numbers)Full-time equivalent employees45,12945,94844,32944,96944,844Branches/services centres (Australia)1,1311,1471,1501,1661,167Agencies (Australia)3,6543,6703,7173,7643,818ATMs4,3814,4404,3404,3044,213EFTPOS terminals (active)217,981208,202200,733181,227175,436Productivity (4)Total operating income per full-time (equivalent) employee ($)545,237508,578500,034459,583430,983Employee expense/Total operating income (%)25. 124. 925. 025. 326. 1Total operating expenses/Total income (%)42. 442. 842. 943. 644. 6 
  
 
 
 
 
Financial Statements 

Income Statements 

Statements of Comprehensive Income 

Balance Sheets 

Statements of Changes in Equity 

Statements of Cash Flows 

Note 1 

Note 2 

Note 3 

Note 4 

Note 5 

Note 6 

Note 7 

Note 8 

Note 9 

Note 10 

Note 11 

Note 12 

Note 13 

Note 14 

Note 15 

Note 16 

Note 17 

Note 18 

Note 19 

Note 20 

Note 21 

Note 22 

Note 23 

Note 24 

Note 25 

Note 26 

Note 27 

Note 28 

Note 29 

Note 30 

Note 31 

Note 32 

Note 33 

Note 34 

Note 35 

Note 36 

Note 37 

Note 38 

Note 39 

Note 40 

Note 41 

Note 42 

Note 43 

Note 44 

Accounting Policies 

Profit 

Average Balances and Related Interest 

Income Tax 

Dividends 

Earnings Per Share 

Cash and Liquid Assets 

Receivables Due from Other Financial Institutions 

Assets at Fair Value through Income Statement 

Derivative Financial Instruments 

Available-for-Sale Investments 

Loans, Bills Discounted and Other Receivables 

Provisions for Impairment 

Property, Plant and Equipment 

Intangible Assets 

Other Assets 

Deposits and Other Public Borrowings 

Liabilities at Fair Value through Income Statement 

Other Provisions 

Debt Issues 

Bills Payable and Other Liabilities 

Loan Capital 

Shareholders’ Equity 

Share-Based Payments 

Capital Adequacy 

Financial Reporting by Segments 

Life Insurance 

Remuneration of Auditors 

Lease Commitments 

Contingent Liabilities, Contingent Assets and Commitments 

Risk Management 

Credit Risk 

Market Risk 

Liquidity and Funding Risk 

Retirement Benefit Obligations 

Investments in Subsidiaries and Other Entities 

Key Management Personnel 

Related Party Disclosures 

Notes to the Statements of Cash Flows 

Disclosures about Fair Values 

Securitisation, Covered Bonds and Transferred Assets 

Collateral Arrangements 

Offsetting Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities 

Subsequent Events 

74  Commonwealth Bank of Australia – Annual Report 2016 

75 

76 

77 

78 

80 

82 

93 

95 

98 

101 

102 

102 

102 

103 

103 

107 

108 

111 

113 

115 

117 

117 

118 

118 

120 

121 

122 

123 

126 

128 

129 

132 

134 

134 

135 

137 

141 

            155 

157 

160 

163 

168 

169 

170 

171 

177 

178 

179 

181 

 
 
 
  
 
Income Statements 

For the year ended 30 June 2016 

Financial Statements 

The above Income Statements should be read in conjunction with the accompanying notes. 

(1)  Comparative information has been reclassified to conform to presentation in the current year. 
(2)  Comparative information has been restated to incorporate the bonus element of the rights issue in the weighted average number of ordinary shares. 

Commonwealth Bank of Australia – Annual Report 2016 

    75 

Group (1)Bank (1)20162015201420162015Note$M$M$M$M$MInterest income233,81734,14533,69134,66034,975Interest expense2(16,882)(18,322)(18,550)(19,545)(20,988)Net interest income16,93515,82315,14115,11513,987Other banking income4,5764,8284,2806,0356,791Net banking operating income21,51120,65119,42121,15020,778Funds management income2,3152,3962,356--Investment revenue283618840--Claims, policyholder liability and commission expense(537)(1,011)(1,162)--Net funds management operating income22,0612,0032,034--Premiums from insurance contracts2,9212,7972,604--Investment revenue467543547--Claims, policyholder liability and commission expense from insurance contracts(2,382)(2,326)(2,118)--Net insurance operating income21,0061,0141,033--Total net operating income before impairment and operating expenses224,57823,66822,48821,15020,778Loan impairment expense2,13(1,256)(988)(918)(1,153)(837)Operating expenses2(10,468)(10,068)(9,573)(8,538)(8,271)Net profit before income tax212,85412,61211,99711,45911,670Corporate income tax expense4(3,506)(3,429)(3,221)(2,820)(2,694)Policyholder tax expense4(101)(99)(126)--Net profit after income tax9,2479,0848,6508,6398,976Non-controlling interests(20)(21)(19)--Net profit attributable to Equity holders of the Bank9,2279,0638,6318,6398,976Group (2) 20162015 2014NoteEarnings per share:    Basic6542.5553.7530.6    Fully diluted 6529.5539.6518.9Cents per share 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
Financial Statements 

Statements of Comprehensive Income 

For the year ended 30 June 2016 

The above Statements of Comprehensive Income should be read in conjunction with the accompanying notes. 

76  Commonwealth Bank of Australia – Annual Report 2016 

Group Bank 20162015201420162015$M$M$M$M$MNet profit after income tax for the financial year9,2479,0848,6508,6398,976Other comprehensive income/(expense):Items that may be reclassified subsequently to profit/(loss):Foreign currency translation reserve net of tax38339838553171Gains and (losses) on cash flow hedging instruments net of tax21039(144)202106Gains and (losses) on available-for-sale investments net of tax(316)(45)338(331)(84)Total of items that may be reclassified277392579(76)193Items that will not be reclassified to profit/(loss):Actuarial gains and (losses) from defined benefit superannuation plans net of tax103114210311Gains and (losses) on liabilities at fair value due to changes in own credit risk net of tax(1)(3)6(1)(3)Revaluation of properties net of tax11526111Total of items that will not be reclassified103237410319Other comprehensive income/(expense) net of income tax287715653(66)512Total comprehensive income for the financial year9,5349,7999,3038,5739,488Total comprehensive income for the financial year is attributable to:Equity holders of the Bank9,5149,7789,2848,5739,488Non-controlling interests202119--Total comprehensive income net of income tax9,5349,7999,3038,5739,488Group 201620152014NoteDividends per share attributable to shareholders of the Bank:Ordinary shares5420420401Trust preferred securities7,9947,3876,498Cents per share 
 
 
 
 
  
Balance Sheets 

As at 30 June 2016 

Financial Statements 

(1)  Comparative information has been reclassified to conform to presentation in the current year. 

The above Balance Sheets should be read in conjunction with the accompanying notes. 

Commonwealth Bank of Australia – Annual Report 2016 

    77 

Group Bank 2016201520162015Note$M $M $M $M AssetsCash and liquid assets723,37233,11621,58231,683Receivables due from other financial institutions (1)811,59113,06310,18211,204Assets at fair value through Income Statement:9Trading34,06726,42432,98525,135Insurance13,54714,088--Other1,4801,2781,187989Derivative assets1046,56746,15446,52545,607Available-for-sale investments1180,89874,68476,36172,304Loans, bills discounted and other receivables12695,398639,262617,919573,435Bank acceptances of customers1,4311,9441,4131,908Shares in and loans to controlled entities38--145,953143,756Property, plant and equipment143,9402,8331,5031,509Investment in associates and joint ventures362,7762,6371,2311,245Intangible assets1510,3849,9704,7784,700Deferred tax assets 4345455793771Other assets (1)167,2827,5385,9975,921Total assets933,078873,446968,409920,167LiabilitiesDeposits and other public borrowings17588,045543,231536,086497,625Payables due to other financial institutions28,77136,41628,32835,516Liabilities at fair value through Income Statement1810,2928,4937,4417,323Derivative liabilities 1039,92135,21343,88439,636Bank acceptances1,4311,9441,4131,908Due to controlled entities--130,046126,496Current tax liabilities1,022661892578Deferred tax liabilities4340351--Other provisions 191,6561,7261,2491,254Insurance policy liabilities2712,63612,911--Debt issues20161,284154,429134,214130,359Managed funds units on issue1,6061,149--Bills payable and other liabilities219,77411,10511,64214,361856,778807,629895,195855,056Loan capital2215,54412,82415,13813,364Total liabilities872,322820,453910,333868,420Net assets60,75652,99358,07651,747Shareholders' EquityShare capital:Ordinary share capital2333,84527,61934,12527,894Other equity instruments23-9394061,895Reserves232,7342,3453,1153,195Retained profits2323,62721,52820,43018,763Shareholders' Equity attributable to Equity holders of the Bank60,20652,43158,07651,747Non-controlling interests36550562--Total Shareholders' Equity60,75652,99358,07651,747 
 
 
 
Financial Statements 

Statements of Changes in Equity 

For the year ended 30 June 2016 

The above Statements of Changes in Equity should be read in conjunction with the accompanying notes. 

78  Commonwealth Bank of Australia – Annual Report 2016 

GroupShareholders'EquityattributableOrdinaryOtherto EquityNon-Total shareequityRetainedholderscontrollingShareholders'capitalinstrumentsReservesprofitsof the Bank interests  Equity$M$M$M$M$M$M$MAs at 30 June 201427,0369392,00918,82748,81153749,348Net profit after income tax ---9,0639,063219,084Net other comprehensive income--407308715-715Total comprehensive income for the financial year--4079,3719,778219,799Transactions with Equity holders in their capacity as Equity holders:Dividends paid on ordinary shares---(6,744)(6,744)-(6,744)Dividends paid on other equity instruments---(36)(36)-(36)Dividend reinvestment plan (net of issue costs)571---571-571Issue of shares (net of issue costs)-------Share-based payments--(3)-(3)-(3)Purchase of treasury shares(790)---(790)-(790)Sale and vesting of treasury shares802---802-802Redemptions-------Other changes--(68)11042446As at 30 June 201527,6199392,34521,52852,43156252,993Net profit after income tax---9,2279,227209,247Net other comprehensive income--2789287-287Total comprehensive income for the financial year--2789,2369,514209,534Transactions with Equity holders in their capacity as Equity holders:Dividends paid on ordinary shares---(6,994)(6,994)-(6,994)Dividends paid on other equity instruments---(50)(50)-(50)Dividend reinvestment plan (net of issue costs)1,209---1,209-1,209Issue of shares (net of issue costs)5,022---5,022-5,022Share-based payments--10-10-10Purchase of treasury shares(108)---(108)-(108)Sale and vesting of treasury shares103---103-103Redemptions-(939)--(939)-(939)Other changes--101(93)8(32)(24)As at 30 June 201633,845-2,73423,62760,20655060,756 
 
 
Statements of Changes in Equity (continued) 

For the year ended 30 June 2016 

Financial Statements 

The above Statements of Changes in Equity should be read in conjunction with the accompanying notes. 

Commonwealth Bank of Australia – Annual Report 2016 

    79 

BankShareholders'EquityattributableOrdinaryOtherto Equity shareequityRetainedholderscapitalinstrumentsReservesprofitsof the Bank$M$M$M$M$MAs at 30 June 201427,3231,8953,01116,20648,435Net profit after income tax---8,9768,976Net other comprehensive income --204308512Total comprehensive income for the financial year--2049,2849,488Transactions with equity holders in their capacity as equity holders:Dividends paid on ordinary shares---(6,744)(6,744)Dividend reinvestment plan (net of issue costs)571---571Issue of shares (net of issue costs)----Share-based payments--(3)-(3)Redemptions-----Other changes--(17)17-As at 30 June 201527,8941,8953,19518,76351,747Net profit after income tax---8,6398,639Net other comprehensive income--(75)9(66)Total comprehensive income for the financial year--(75)8,6488,573Transactions with Equity holders in their capacity as Equity holders:Dividends paid on ordinary shares---(6,994)(6,994)Dividend reinvestment plan (net of issue costs)1,209---1,209Issue of shares (net of issue costs)5,022---5,022Share-based payments--10-10Redemptions-(1,489)--(1,489)Other changes--(15)13(2)As at 30 June 201634,1254063,11520,43058,076 
 
 
Financial Statements 

Statements of Cash Flows (1) 

For the year ended 30 June 2016 

It should be noted that the Group does not use these accounting Statements of Cash Flows in the internal management of its liquidity positions. 

(1) 
(2)  Comparative information has been reclassified to conform to presentation in the current year. 
(3)  Represents gross premiums and policy payments before splitting between policyholders and shareholders. 
(4)  Amounts received from and paid to controlled entities are presented in line with how they are managed and settled. 

80  Commonwealth Bank of Australia – Annual Report 2016 

GroupBank20162015201420162015Note$M$M$M$M$MCash flows from operating activitiesInterest received (2)34,04734,11233,66934,90834,706Interest paid (2)(16,285)(17,442)(18,166)(18,935)(20,197)Other operating income received (2)5,6885,4395,0983,6743,659Expenses paid (9,981)(8,740)(8,377)(7,961)(7,368)Income taxes paid(3,071)(3,444)(3,763)(2,661)(3,093)Net (outflows)/inflows from assets at fair value through Income Statement (excluding life insurance)(2,642)1,4575,188(3,367)4,494Net inflows/(outflows) from liabilities at fair value through Income Statement:Insurance:Investment income(362)118394--Premiums received (3)3,1142,9102,899--Policy payments and commission expense (3)(3,301)(3,307)(3,080)--Other liabilities at fair value through Income Statement1,872738(1,619)2461,969Cash flows from operating activities beforechanges in operating assets and liabilities9,07911,84112,2435,90414,170Changes in operating assets and liabilities arising from cash flow movementsMovement in available-for-sale investments:Purchases(50,233)(60,967)(49,468)(48,759)(67,619)Proceeds46,15053,56944,13046,54153,052Net increase in loans, bills discounted and other receivables(52,825)(41,768)(36,795)(45,917)(35,870)Net decrease/(increase) in receivables due from other financial institutions and regulatory authorities (2)803(3,799)(207)238(2,684)Net decrease/(increase) in securities purchased under agreements to resell4,574(6,174)1,1194,467(6,483)Insurance business:Purchase of insurance assets at fair value through Income Statement(2,020)(2,741)(3,156)--Proceeds from sale/maturity of insurance assets at fair value through Income Statement4,2764,7893,804--Net (increase)/decrease in other assets (2)(108)39260(157)35Net increase in deposits and other public borrowings37,78341,22929,41935,05434,258Net (decrease)/increase in payables due to other financial institutions(6,323)8,598(1,812)(5,511)8,147Net increase in securities sold underagreements to repurchase4,1483,0154,3894,2573,090Net increase/(decrease) in other liabilities135(448)37(1,580)3,108Changes in operating assets and liabilities arising from cash flow movements(13,640)(4,658)(8,280)(11,367)(10,966)Net cash (used in)/provided by operating activities39 (a)(4,561)7,1833,963(5,463)3,204Cash flows from investing activitiesNet proceeds from disposal of controlled entities39 (d)--531--Payments for acquisition of controlled entities39 (e)(857)(29)--(29)Net proceeds from disposal of entities and businesses (net of cash disposals)11072481110-Dividends received7871701,4621,972Net amounts received from controlled entities (4)---1,3072,564Proceeds from sale of property, plant and equipment405696812267Purchases of property, plant and equipment(1,259)(578)(513)(426)(380)Payments for acquisitions of investments in associates/joint ventures-(270)(36)-(220)Net purchase of intangible assets(509)(550)(400)(450)(494)Net cash (used in)/provided by investing activities(2,032)(1,215)2012,1253,480 
 
 
Statements of Cash Flows (1) (continued) 

For the year ended 30 June 2016 

Financial Statements 

(1) 

It should be noted that the Group does not use these accounting Statements of Cash Flows in the internal management of its liquidity positions. 

The above Statements of Cash Flows should be read in conjunction with the accompanying notes. 

Commonwealth Bank of Australia – Annual Report 2016 

    81 

GroupBank20162015201420162015Note$M$M$M$M$MCash flows from financing activitiesDividends paid (excluding Dividend Reinvestment Plan)(5,827)(6,200)(5,491)(5,777)(6,164)Redemption of other equity instruments (net of costs) (939)--(1,483)-Proceeds from issuance of debt securities98,95868,65587,55488,92061,142Redemption of issued debt securities(97,740)(73,377)(79,776)(90,149)(66,424)Purchase of treasury shares(108)(790)(813)--Sale of treasury shares50744760--Issue of loan capital3,9496,1843583,9436,164Redemption of loan capital(1,678)(2,971)(500)(2,645)(2,899)Proceeds from issuance of shares (net of issue costs)5,022--5,022-Other(67)(120)(157)179176Net cash provided by/(used in) financing activities1,620(7,875)1,935(1,990)(8,005)Net (decrease)/increase in cash and cash equivalents(4,973)(1,907)6,099(5,328)(1,321)Effect of foreign exchange rates on cash and cash equivalents 1502,049411722,008Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year19,27019,12812,61818,16517,478Cash and cash equivalents at end of year39 (b)14,44719,27019,12812,90918,165 
 
 
 
Notes to the Financial Statements 

Note 1 Accounting Policies

The  Financial  Statements  of  the  Commonwealth  Bank  of 
Australia  (the  Bank)  and  the  Bank  and  its  subsidiaries  (the 
Group) for the year ended 30 June 2016, were approved and 
the  Board  of  Directors  on 
authorised 
9 August 2016.  The  Directors  have  the  power  to  amend  and 
reissue the Financial Statements. 

issue  by 

for 

The  Bank  is  a  for-profit  entity  incorporated  and  domiciled  in 
Australia.  It  is  a  company  limited  by  shares  that  are  publicly 
traded on the Australian Securities Exchange. The registered 
office is Ground Floor, Tower 1, 201 Sussex Street, Sydney, 
NSW 2000, Australia. 

The  principal  accounting  policies  adopted  in  the  preparation 
of this financial report are set out below. These policies have 
been consistently applied to all the periods presented, unless 
otherwise  stated.  The 
in 
Australian  dollars.  The  assets and liabilities are presented in 
order of liquidity on the Balance Sheet. 

financial  report 

is  presented 

Basis of Preparation 

(a) Basis of Accounting 

This General Purpose Financial Report has been prepared in 
(the 
accordance  with  Australian  Accounting  Standards 
standards),  Australian  Interpretations,  and  the  Corporations 
Act 2001. 

The Financial Statements comply with International Financial 
Reporting Standards (IFRS) and Interpretations as issued by 
the  International  Accounting  Standards  Board  (IASB)  and 
IFRS Interpretations Committee (IFRIC) respectively. 

(b) Historical Cost Convention 

This  financial  report  has  been  prepared  under  the  historical 
cost  convention,  except  for  certain  assets  and  liabilities 
(including derivative instruments) measured at fair value.  

 (c) Rounding of Amounts 

The  amounts  in  this  financial  report  have  been  rounded  in 
accordance  with  ASIC  Corporations  Instrument  2016/191  to 
the nearest million dollars, unless otherwise indicated.  

 (d) Segment Reporting 

and  management 

Operating  segments  are  reported  based  on  the  Group’s 
organisational 
structures.  Senior 
management  review  the  Group’s  internal  reporting  based 
around these segments, in order to assess performance and 
allocate resources.  

All  transactions  between  segments  are  conducted  on  an 
arm’s  length  basis,  with  inter-segment  revenue  and  costs 
being eliminated in “Other”. 

(e) Changes in Accounting Policies 

The accounting policies adopted are consistent with those of 
the previous financial year. 

Comparatives 

Where necessary, comparative information has been restated 
to conform to changes in presentation in the current year. All 
comparative  changes  made  have  been  footnoted  throughout 
the 
the 
presentation of segment information, as disclosed in Note 26, 
the restatements are not considered to have a material impact 
on the financial statements. 

financial  statements.  Other 

than  changes 

to 

82  Commonwealth Bank of Australia – Annual Report 2016 

(f) Principles of Consolidation 

Subsidiaries 

The  consolidated  financial  report  comprises  the  financial 
report  of  the  Bank  and  its  subsidiaries.  Subsidiaries  are 
entities (including structured entities) over which the Bank has 
control. The Bank controls another entity when it has: 

 

 

 

power  over  the  relevant  activities  of  the  entity,  for 
example through voting or other rights;  

exposure to, or rights to, variable returns from the Bank’s 
involvement with the entity; and  

the  ability  to  use  its  power  over  the  entity  to  affect  the 
Bank’s returns from the entity.  

Transactions  between  subsidiaries 
the  Group  are 
eliminated. Non-controlling interests  in the results and equity 
of  subsidiaries  are  shown  separately  in  the  consolidated 
Income  Statement,  Statement  of  Comprehensive  Income, 
Statement of Changes in Equity, and Balance Sheet. 

in 

Subsidiaries are consolidated from the date on which control 
is transferred to the Group and de-consolidated when control 
ceases. 

Subsidiaries  are  accounted  for  at  cost  less  accumulated 
impairments at the Bank level. 

Business Combinations 

Business  combinations  are  accounted 
the 
acquisition method. Cost is measured as the aggregate of the 
fair  values  of  assets  given,  equity  instruments  issued,  or 
liabilities incurred or assumed at the date of exchange. 

for  using 

Identifiable  assets  acquired  and  liabilities  and  contingent 
liabilities assumed in a business combination are measured at 
fair value on the acquisition date. Goodwill is recorded as the 
excess  of  the  total  consideration  transferred,  the  carrying 
amount of any non-controlling interest in the acquiree and the 
acquisition  date  fair  value  of  any  previous  equity  interest  in 
the acquiree over the net identifiable assets acquired. If there 
is a deficit instead, this discount on acquisition is recognised 
directly in the consolidated Income Statement, but only after a 
reassessment  of  the  identification  and  measurement  of  the 
net assets acquired. 

Investment in Associates and Joint Ventures 

financial 

the  consolidated 

Associates  and  joint  ventures  are  entities  over  which  the 
Group has significant influence or joint control, but not control. 
they  are  equity 
In 
accounted. They are initially recorded at cost and adjusted for 
the Group’s share of the associates’ and joint ventures’ post-
acquisition profits or losses and other comprehensive income 
(OCI), less any dividends received. At the Bank level, they are 
accounted for at cost less accumulated impairments. 

report, 

The  Group  assesses,  at  each  Balance  Sheet  date,  whether 
there  is  any  objective  evidence  of  impairment.  The  main 
indicators of impairment are as for equity securities classified 
as  available-for-sale  (Note 1(t)).  If  there  is  an  indication  that 
an  investment  may  be  impaired,  then  the  entire  carrying 
amount  of  the  investment  in  associate  or  joint  venture  is 
tested  for  impairment  by  comparing  the  recoverable  amount 
(higher of value in use and fair value less disposal costs) with 
its  carrying  amount.  Impairment  losses  recognised  in  the 
Income  Statement  are  subsequently  reversed  through  the 
Income  Statement  if  there  has  been  a  change  in  the 
estimates  used  to  determine  recoverable  amount  since  the 
impairment loss was recognised. 

 
Notes to the Financial Statements 

Note 1 Accounting Policies (continued)

(g) Foreign Currency Translation 

Functional and Presentation Currency 

The  consolidated  financial  statements  are  presented  in 
Australian  dollars,  which 
functional  and 
is 
presentation currency. The functional currency of the Group’s 
foreign  operations 
subsidiaries,  branches, 
associates,  and  joint  ventures)  will  vary  based  on  the 
currency of the main economy to which it is exposed. 

the  Bank’s 

(including 

Foreign Currency Transactions 

Foreign  currency 
the 
functional currency, using the exchange rates prevailing at the 
date of each transaction. 

transactions  are 

translated 

into 

Monetary assets and liabilities resulting from foreign currency 
transactions  are  subsequently  translated  at  the  spot  rate  at 
reporting  date.  Exchange  differences  arising  upon  settling  or 
translating monetary items at different rates to those at which 
they  were  initially  recognised  or  previously  reported,  are 
recognised in the Income Statement. 

Foreign Operations 

Where  the  Group’s  foreign  operations  do  not  have  an 
Australian dollar functional currency: 

 

 

 

assets  and  liabilities  are  translated  at  the  prevailing 
exchange rate at Balance Sheet date; 

revenue  and  expenses  are  translated  at  the  average 
exchange rate for the period (or the prevailing rate at the 
transaction date where the average is not a reasonable 
approximation); and 

all  resulting  exchange  differences  are  recognised in  the 
foreign currency translation reserve. 

foreign  operation 

When  a 
is  disposed  of,  exchange 
differences are recognised in the Income Statement as part of 
the  gain  or  loss  on  disposal.  No  Group  entities  have  a 
functional currency of a hyperinflationary economy. 

(h) Offsetting 

Income and expenses are only offset in the Income Statement 
if  permitted  under 
relevant  accounting  standard. 
Examples  of  offsetting  include gains and losses from foreign 
exchange exposures and trading operations. 

the 

Financial  assets  and  liabilities  are  offset  and the  net  amount 
is  presented  in  the  Balance  Sheet  if,  and  only  if,  there  is  a 
currently  enforceable  legal  right  to  offset  the  recognised 
amounts, and there is an intention to settle on a net basis, or 
to realise the asset and settle the liability simultaneously. 

asking  price  adjustment  is  applied  only  to  the  net  open 
position as appropriate. 

Non-market  quoted  financial  instruments  are  mostly  valued 
using  valuation  techniques  based  on  observable  inputs, 
except  for  a  limited  number  of  instances  where  observable 
market  data  is  unavailable.  In  this  instance,  the  financial 
instrument  is  initially  recognised  at  the  transaction  price, 
which  is  generally  the  best  indicator  of  fair  value.  This  may 
differ  from  the  value  obtained  from  the  valuation model.  The 
timing of the recognition in the Income Statement of this initial 
difference  in  fair  value  depends  on  the  individual  facts  and 
circumstances  of  each  transaction,  but  is  never  later  than 
when  the  market  data  becomes  observable.  The  difference 
may  be  either  amortised  over  the  life  of  the  transaction, 
recognised  when  the  inputs  become  observable  or  on 
derecognition of the instrument, as appropriate. 

Income Statement 

(j) Interest Income 

Interest  income  is  brought  to  account  using  the  effective 
interest method. The effective interest method calculates the 
amortised  cost  of  a  financial  instrument  and  allocates  the 
interest income or interest expense over the relevant period. 

The effective interest rate is the rate that discounts estimated 
future cash payments or receipts through the expected life of 
the  financial  instrument  or,  when  appropriate,  a  shorter 
period,  to  the  net  carrying  amount  of  the  financial  asset  or 
liability. Fees and transaction costs associated with loans are 
capitalised  and  included  in  the  effective  interest  rate  and 
recognised in the Income Statement, over the expected life of 
the  instrument.  Interest  income  on  finance  leases  is  brought 
to account progressively over the life of the lease, consistent 
with 
income 
balance. 

investment  and  unearned 

the  outstanding 

(k) Fee and Commission Income 

Fees  and  commissions  that  relate  to  the  execution  of  a 
(for  example,  advisory  or  arrangement 
significant  act 
services,  placement 
fees)  are 
recognised when the significant act has been completed. 

fees  and  underwriting 

Fees  charged  for  providing  ongoing  services  (for  example, 
managing and administering existing facilities and funds) are 
recognised as income over the service period. 

Fees  and  commissions,  which  include  commitment  fees  to 
originate  a  loan  that  is  unlikely  to  be  drawn  down,  are 
recognised as fee income as the facility is provided. 

(i) Fair Value Measurement 

(l) Other Income 

Fair  value  is  the  amount  that  would  be  received  to  sell  an 
asset  or  paid  to  transfer  a  liability  in  an  orderly  transaction 
between  market  participants  at  the  measurement  date. 
Financial  assets  and  liabilities  at  fair  value  through  Income 
Statement,  available-for-sale  investments  and  all  derivative 
recognised  and  subsequently 
instruments  are 
measured at fair value. 

initially 

The  fair  value  for  financial  instruments  traded  in  active 
markets at the reporting date is based on their quoted market 
price  or  dealer  price  quotations,  without  any  deduction  for 
transaction costs. Assets and long positions are measured at 
a quoted bid price; liabilities and short positions are measured 
at a quoted asking price. Where the Group has positions with 
to 
offsetting  market  risks,  mid-market  prices  are  used 
measure  the  offsetting  risk  positions  and  a  quoted  bid  or 

Trading income represents both realised and unrealised gains 
and  losses  from  changes  in  the  fair  value  of  trading  assets, 
liabilities and derivatives.  

Translation  differences  on  non-monetary  items,  such  as 
derivatives  measured  at  fair  value  through  the  Income 
Statement, are reported as part of the fair value gain or loss 
on  these  items.  Translation  differences  on  non-monetary 
items measured at fair value through equity, such as equities 
classified  as  available-for-sale 
financial  assets,  are 
recognised in equity through OCI.  

Insurance income recognition is outlined in Note 1(dd). 

Commonwealth Bank of Australia – Annual Report 2016 

    83 

 
 
Notes to the Financial Statements 

Note 1 Accounting Policies (continued) 
(m) Interest Expense 

Interest expense on financial liabilities measured at amortised 
cost is recognised in the Income Statement using the effective 
interest method. 

includes 

that  are 

issue  costs 

Interest  expense 
initially 
recognised  as  part  of  the  carrying  value  of  the  liability  and 
amortised  over  the  expected  life  using  the  effective  interest 
method.  These  include  fees  and  commissions  payable  to 
advisers  and  other  expenses  such  as  external  legal  costs, 
provided these are incremental costs that are directly related 
to  the  issue  of  a  financial  liability.  It  also  includes  payments 
made  under  a  liquidity  facility  arrangement  with  the  Reserve 
Bank of Australia and other financing charges. 

(n) Operating Expenses  

Operating expenses are recognised as the relevant service is 
rendered or once a liability is incurred. 

Staff expenses are recognised over the period the employee 
renders the service to receive the benefit. 

increase 

Staff expenses include share based payments which may be 
cash  or  equity  settled.  The  fair  value  of  equity  settled 
remuneration is calculated at grant date and amortised to the 
the  vesting  period,  with  a 
Income  Statement  over 
corresponding 
the  employee  compensation 
reserve.  Market  vesting  conditions,  such  as  share  price 
into  account  when 
performance  conditions,  are 
estimating the fair value. Non–market vesting conditions, such 
as service conditions, are taken into account by adjusting the 
number  of 
the 
measurement of the expense.  

the  equity 

instruments 

included 

taken 

in 

in 

Cash  settled  share-based  remuneration  is  recognised  as  a 
liability  and  remeasured  to  fair  value  until  settled,  with 
changes in the fair value recognised as an expense. 

Occupancy and equipment expenses include the depreciation 
and lease rentals that are outlined in Note 1(w) and Note 1(u) 
respectively. 

IT  expenses  are  recognised  as  incurred  unless  they  qualify 
for  capitalisation  as  an  asset  due  to  the  related  service 
generating  probable  future  economic  benefits.  If  capitalised 
the asset is subsequently amortised per Note 1(x). 

Taxation 

(o) Income Tax Expense 

Income tax is recognised in the Income Statement, except to 
the extent that it relates to items recognised directly in OCI, in 
which  case 
the  Statement  of 
Comprehensive  Income.  Income  tax  on  the  profit  or  loss  for 
the period comprises current and deferred tax. 

recognised 

in 

is 

it 

(p) Current Tax 

Current tax is the expected tax payable on the taxable income 
for  the  year,  using  tax  rates  enacted  at  the  Balance  Sheet 
date,  and  any  adjustment  to  tax  payable  in  respect  of 
previous years. 

(q) Deferred Tax 

Deferred  tax  is  calculated  using  the  Balance  Sheet  method 
where temporary differences between the carrying amounts of 
assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and their 
tax base are recognised. 

The  amount  of  deferred  tax  provided  is  based  on  the 
expected  manner  of  realisation  or  settlement  of  the  carrying 

84  Commonwealth Bank of Australia – Annual Report 2016 

amount  of  assets  and  liabilities  (i.e.  through  use  or  through 
sale),  using  tax  rates  which  are  expected  to  apply  when  the 
deferred  tax  asset  is  realised  or  the  deferred  tax  liability  is 
settled. 

A deferred tax asset is only recognised to the extent that it is 
probable that future taxable profits will be available for it to be 
used  against.  Deferred  tax  assets  and  liabilities  are  set  off 
where  they  relate  to  income  tax  levied  by  the  same  taxation 
authority on either the same taxable entity or different taxable 
entities within the same taxable group. 

(r) The Tax Consolidated Group 

Tax  consolidation 
legislation  allows  Australian  resident 
entities  to  elect  to  consolidate  and  be  treated  as  a  single 
entity  for  Australian  tax  purposes.  The  Bank,  as  the  head  of 
the  tax  consolidated  group,  and  its  wholly-owned  Australian 
subsidiaries, elected to be taxed as a single entity under this 
regime with effect from 1 July 2002. 

The members of the tax consolidated group have entered into 
tax  funding  and  tax  sharing  agreements,  which  set  out  the 
funding obligations of members of the tax consolidated group 
in respect of tax amounts. 

from  unused 

Any  current  tax  liabilities/assets  and  deferred  tax  assets 
arising 
from  subsidiaries  are 
recognised  in  conjunction  with  any  tax  funding  arrangement 
amounts  by  the  Bank  legal  entity  (as  the  head  of  the  tax 
consolidated group).  

losses 

tax 

The measurement and disclosure of deferred tax assets and 
liabilities  have  been  performed  in  accordance  with  the 
principles  in  AASB  112  ‘Income  Taxes’,  and  on  a  modified 
‘Tax  Consolidation 
standalone  basis  under  UIG  1052 
Accounting’. 

Assets 

(s) Cash and Liquid Assets 

Cash  and  liquid  assets  include  cash  at  branches,  cash  at 
banks,  nostro  balances,  money  at  short  call  with  an  original 
maturity  of  three  months  or  less  and  securities  held  under 
reverse  repurchase  agreements. They  are  measured  at face 
value, or the gross value of the outstanding balance. Interest 
is  recognised  in  the  Income  Statement  using  the  effective 
interest method.  

For the purposes of the Statements of Cash Flows, cash and 
cash equivalents include cash and money at short call. 

(t) Financial Assets 

The  Group  classifies  its  financial  assets  in  the  following 
categories:  

 

 

 

 

financial  assets  at 
Statement; 

derivative assets; 

fair  value 

through 

the 

Income 

loans and receivables; and  

available-for-sale investments. 

The classification of financial instruments at initial recognition 
depends on their purpose, characteristics and management’s 
intention when acquiring them.  

Financial  instruments,  except  for  loans  and  receivables,  are 
initially  recognised  by  the  Group  on  the  trade  date,  i.e.  the 
date  that  the  Group  becomes  a  party  to  the  contractual 
provisions of the instruments. 

 
  
Notes to the Financial Statements 

Note 1 Accounting Policies (continued)

This  applies  to  trades  transacted  in  a  regular  way,  i.e. 
purchases or sales of financial assets that require delivery of 
assets  within 
frame  generally  established  by 
regulation  or  convention  in  the  market  place.  Loans  and 
receivables are recognised on settlement date, when funding 
is advanced to the borrowers.  

time 

the 

Financial assets are initially recognised at their fair value plus 
directly  attributable  transaction  costs,  except  in  the  case  of 
financial  assets  recorded  at  fair  value  through  Income 
Statement.  Directly  attributable  transaction  costs  on  these 
assets are expensed on subsequent fair value measurement. 

The  Group  has  not  classified  any  of  its  financial  assets  as 
held to maturity investments. 

Financial Assets at Fair Value through the Income 
Statement 

Assets classified  at fair  value  through  the  Income Statement 
are  further  classified  into  three  sub-categories:  trading, 
insurance and other. 

Trading  assets  are  those  acquired  or  incurred  principally  for 
the  purpose  of selling  or  repurchasing  in  the  near  term,  or  if 
they are a part of a portfolio of identified financial instruments 
that are managed together and for which there is evidence of 
a recent actual pattern of short-term profit-taking. Discounted 
bills that the Group intends to sell into the market immediately 
or in the near term also meet the definition of assets held for 
trading. Due to their nature, such assets are included in loans, 
bills  discounted  and  other  receivables  in  the  Balance  Sheet, 
while being measured at fair value. 

Insurance  assets  are  investments  that  back  life  insurance 
contracts and life investment contracts. Refer to Note 1(ff). 

Other  investments  include  financial  assets,  which  the  Group 
has  designated  at  fair  value  through  Income  Statement  at 
inception  to:  eliminate  an  accounting  mismatch;  reflect  they 
are  managed  on  a  fair  value  basis;  or  where  the  asset  is  a 
contract which contains an embedded derivative. 

to 

initial 

Subsequent 
financial  assets  are 
recognition, 
measured at fair value with changes in fair value recognised 
in other operating income. Dividends earned are recorded in 
other operating income. Interest earned is recorded within net 
interest income using the effective interest method. 

(i) Fair Value Hedges 

Changes  in  fair  value  of  derivatives  that  qualify  and  are 
designated  as  fair  value  hedges  are  recorded  in  the  Income 
Statement,  together  with  changes  in  the  fair  value  of  the 
hedged  asset  or  liability  that  are  attributable  to  the  hedged 
risk.  The  changes  in  the  fair  value  of  the  hedged  asset  or 
liability shall be adjusted against their carrying value. 

If  the  hedge  relationship  no  longer  meets  the  criteria  for 
hedge accounting, it is discontinued. For fair value hedges of 
interest rate risk, the fair value adjustment to the hedged item 
is  amortised  to  the  Income  Statement  over  the  period  to 
maturity of the previously designated hedge relationship using 
the  effective  interest  method.  If  the  hedged  item  is  sold  or 
repaid,  the  unamortised  fair  value  adjustment  is  recognised 
immediately in the Income Statement. 

(ii) Cash Flow Hedges 

Changes in fair value associated with the effective portion of a 
derivative  designated  as  a  cash  flow  hedge  are  recognised 
through  OCI  in  the  Cash Flow  Hedge  Reserve  within  equity. 
Ineffective portions are recognised immediately in the Income 
Statement. Amounts deferred in equity are transferred to the 
Income Statement in the period in which the hedged forecast 
transaction takes place. 

When  a  hedging  instrument  expires  or  is sold, terminated  or 
exercised, or when the hedge no longer meets the criteria for 
hedge  accounting,  any  cumulative  gain  or  loss  existing  in 
equity  at  that  time  remains  in  equity  and  is  reclassified  to 
profit  or  loss  in  the  period  in  which  the  hedged  item  affects 
profit  or  loss.  When  a  forecast  transaction  is  no  longer 
expected  to  occur,  the  cumulative  gain  or  loss  that  was 
reported  in  equity  is  recycled  immediately  to  the  Income 
Statement. 
(iii) Net Investment Hedges 

Gains  and  losses  on  derivative  contracts  relating  to  the 
effective  portion  of the  net  investment  hedge  are  recognised 
in the foreign currency translation reserve in equity. 

Ineffective portions are recognised immediately in the Income 
Statement.  Gains  and  losses  accumulated  in  equity  are 
included in the Income Statement when the foreign subsidiary 
or branch is disposed of. 

Derivative Financial Instruments 

(iv) Embedded Derivatives 

Derivative financial instruments are contracts whose value is 
derived  from  one  or  more  underlying  price,  index  or  other 
variable.  They  include  forward  rate  agreements,  futures, 
options  and  interest  rate,  currency,  equity  and  credit  swaps. 
Derivatives are entered into for trading or hedging purposes.  

to 

initial  recognition,  gains  or 

losses  on 
Subsequent 
derivatives  are  recognised  in  the  Income  Statement,  unless 
they  are  entered  into  for  hedging  purposes  and  designated 
into a cash flow hedge. 

The Group uses derivatives to manage exposures to interest 
rate,  foreign  currency  and  credit  risks,  including  exposures 
arising from forecast transactions. 

Where  derivatives  are  held  for  risk  management  purposes 
and  when  transactions  meet  the  required  criteria,  the  Group 
applies  one  of  three  hedge  accounting  models;  fair  value 
hedge accounting, cash flow hedge accounting, or hedging of 
a net investment in a foreign operation as appropriate to the 
risks being hedged. 

In certain  instances,  a  derivative may  be  embedded  within  a 
host contract. It is accounted for separately as a stand-alone 
derivative at fair value, where: 

 

 

the host contract is not carried at fair value through  the 
Income Statement; and  

the economic characteristics and risks of the embedded 
derivative are not closely related to the host contract. 

Available-for-Sale Investments 

(AFS) 

Available-for-sale 
investments  are  non-derivative 
financial assets that are not classified at fair value through the 
Income Statement or as loans and receivables. They primarily 
include  public  debt  securities  held  as  part  of  the  Group’s 
liquidity holdings.  

to 

Subsequent 
investments  are 
initial  recognition,  AFS 
measured  at  fair  value  with  unrealised  gains  and  losses 
arising  from  changes  in  fair  value  recognised  in  the  AFS 
investment  reserve  within  equity,  net  of  applicable  income     
taxes  until  such  investments  are  sold,  collected,  otherwise 
disposed of, or become impaired.  

Commonwealth Bank of Australia – Annual Report 2016 

    85 

 
 
Notes to the Financial Statements 

provisions  are  made  against 
individually  significant,  or  which  have  been 
assessed as impaired. 

financial  assets 

that  are 
individually 

Individual provisions for impairment are recognised to reduce 
the carrying amount of non-performing facilities to the present 
value  of 
Individually 
significant  provisions  are  calculated  based  on  discounted 
cash flows. 

their  expected 

future  cash 

flows. 

The  unwinding  of  the  discount,  from  initial  recognition  of 
impairment through to recovery of the written down amount, is 
recognised as interest income. 

In  subsequent  periods,  interest  in  arrears/due  on  non-
performing  facilities  is  recognised  in  the  Income  Statement 
using the original effective interest rate. 

All  loans  and  other  receivables  that  do  not  have  an 
individually  assessed  provision  are  assessed  collectively  for 
impairment.  Collective  provisions  are  maintained  to  reduce 
the  carrying  amount  of  portfolios  of  similar  loans  and 
advances  to  the  present  value  of  their  expected  future  cash 
flows at the Balance Sheet date. 

The  expected  future  cash  flows  for  portfolios  of  assets  with 
similar credit risk characteristics are estimated on the basis of 
historical loss experience. Loss experience is adjusted on the 
basis  of  current  observable  data  to  reflect  the  effects  of 
current conditions that did not affect the period on which the 
loss  experience  is  based  and  to  remove  the  effects  of 
conditions in the period that do not currently exist. Increases 
or  decreases  in  the  provision  amount  are  recognised  in  the 
Income Statement. 

Derecognition of Financial Assets and Financial 
Liabilities 

The  Group  derecognises  financial  assets  when  the  rights  to 
receive  cash  flows  from  the  asset  have  expired  or  when  the 
Group transfers its rights to receive cash flows from the asset 
together  with  substantially  all  the  risks  and  rewards  of  the 
asset.  The  Group  enters  into  certain  transactions  where  it 
transfers financial assets recognised on its Balance Sheet but 
retains either all or a majority of the risks and rewards of the 
transferred financial assets. If all or substantially all risks and 
rewards are retained, the transferred financial assets are not 
derecognised  from  the  Balance  Sheet.  Transactions  where 
transfers of financial assets result in the Group retaining all or 
substantially all risks and rewards include reverse repurchase 
transactions,  and  some  of  the  Group’s  securitisation  and 
covered bonds programs.  

A financial liability is derecognised when the obligation under 
the  liability  is  discharged,  cancelled  or  expires.  Where  an 
existing financial liability is replaced by another from the same 
lender  on  substantially  different  terms,  or  the  terms  of  an 
existing liability are substantially modified, such an exchange 
or  modification  is  treated  as  a  derecognition  of  the  original 
liability and the recognition of a new liability. The difference in 
the  respective carrying  amounts  is  recognised in the  Income 
Statement.   

Note 1 Accounting Policies (continued)

Interest,  premiums  and  dividends  are  recognised  in  the 
Income Statement when earned. Foreign exchange gains and 
losses  on  AFS  equity  instruments  are  recognised  directly  in 
equity. 

The  Group  assesses  at  each  Balance  Sheet  date,  whether 
there  is  any  objective  evidence  of  impairment  as  a  result  of 
one  or  more  events  which  have  an  impact  on  the  estimated 
future cash flows of the AFS investments that can be reliably 
estimated.  For  equity  securities  classified  as  an  AFS 
investment,  the  main  indicators  of  impairment  are  significant 
changes in the market, economic or legal environment and a 
significant or prolonged decline in fair value below cost. 

If  any  such  evidence  exists for  AFS  investments,  cumulative 
losses are removed from equity and recognised in the Income 
Statement. If, in a subsequent period, the fair value of an AFS 
debt  security  increases  and  the  increase  can  be  linked 
objectively  to  an  event  occurring  after  the  impairment  event, 
the  impairment  is  reversed  through  the  Income  Statement. 
Impairment losses on AFS equity securities are not reversed. 

Upon  disposal,  the  accumulated  change  in  fair  value  within 
the  AFS  investments  reserve  is  transferred  to  the  Income 
Statement and reported within other operating income. 

Financial assets initially designated as AFS investments, that 
would  have  otherwise  met  the  definition  of  loans  and  other 
receivables, can be reclassified if the Group has the intention 
and  ability  to  hold  these  financial  assets  for  the  foreseeable 
future or until maturity at the date of reclassification.  

Reclassifications  are  made  at  fair  value  as  at  the  date  of 
reclassification.  Fair  value  becomes  the  new  amortised  cost 
and no reversals of fair value gains or losses recorded before 
reclassification date are subsequently made.  

Loans, Bills Discounted and Other Receivables 

Loans,  bills  discounted  and  other  receivables  are  non-
derivative 
fixed  and  determinable 
payments that are not quoted in an active market.  

financial  assets,  with 

receivables 

Loans,  bills  discounted  and  other 
include 
overdrafts,  home  loans,  credit  card  and  other  personal 
lending,  term  loans,  bill  financing,  redeemable  preference 
shares,  securities,  finance  leases,  and  receivables  due  from 
other  financial  institutions  (including  loans,  deposits  with 
regulatory  authorities  and  settlement  account  balances  due 
from other banks). Subsequent to initial recognition, loans and 
receivables  are  measured  at  amortised  cost  using  the 
effective interest method and are presented net of provisions 
for impairment.  

Discounted  bills  included  in  this  category  due  to  their  nature 
meet the definition of trading asset. They are measured at fair 
value  through  Income  Statement  in  line  with  the  accounting 
policy for assets held for trading. 

The  Group  assesses  at  each  Balance  Sheet  date  whether 
there  is  any  objective  evidence  of  impairment.  If  there  is 
objective evidence that an impairment loss on loans and other 
receivables  has  been  incurred,  the  amount  of  the  loss  is 
measured  as  the  difference  between  the  asset's  carrying 
amount  and  the  present  value  of  the  estimated  future  cash 
flows  (excluding  future  credit  losses  that  have  not  been 
incurred), discounted at the financial asset's original effective 
interest rate. Short-term balances are not discounted.  

Loans  and  other  receivables  are presented  net  of  provisions 
for 
individually  and 
Individually  assessed 
collectively  assessed  provisions. 

impairment.  The  Group  has 

loan 

86  Commonwealth Bank of Australia – Annual Report 2016 

 
Notes to the Financial Statements 

Note 1 Accounting Policies (continued)

Repurchase and Reverse Repurchase Agreements 

Securities sold under repurchase agreements are retained in 
the  financial statements  where  substantially  all  the  risks  and 
rewards of ownership remain with the Group.  

A  counterparty  liability  is  recognised  within  deposits  and 
public borrowings. The difference between the sale price and 
the repurchase price is accrued over the life of the repurchase 
agreement  and  charged  to  interest  expense  in  the  Income 
Statement. 

Securities  purchased  under  agreements  to  resell,  where  the 
Group  does  not  acquire  the  risks  and  rewards  of  ownership, 
are  recorded  as  receivables  in  cash  and  liquid  assets.  The 
security is not included in the Balance Sheet as the Group is 
not exposed to substantially all its risks and rewards. Interest 
income is accrued on the underlying receivable amount. 

Provision for Off Balance Sheet Items 

Guarantees and other contingent liabilities are accounted for 
as off Balance Sheet items. Provisioning for these exposures 
is  calculated  under  AASB  137 
‘Provisions,  Contingent 
Liabilities and Contingent Assets’. 

Loan  assets  under  committed  lending  facilities  are  not 
recognised until the facilities are drawn upon. 

The  Group  has  determined  that  it  is  appropriate  to  establish 
provisions in relation to such facilities where a customer has 
been  downgraded.  These  provisions  are  disclosed  as  other 
liabilities in the Balance Sheet. 

(u) Lease Receivables 

Leases  are  classified  as  either  finance  or  operating  leases. 
Under a finance lease, substantially all the risks and rewards 
incidental  to  legal  ownership  are  transferred  to  the  lessee. 
Under an operating lease, these risks remain with the lessor. 

As  a  lessor,  the  assets  the  Group  has  leased  out  under 
finance  leases  are  recognised  as  lease  receivables  on  the 
Balance  Sheet  at  an  amount  equal  to  the  net  investment  in 
the  lease.  Finance  lease  income reflects  a  constant  periodic 
return on this net investment and is recognised within interest 
income in the Income Statement.  

The assets the Group has leased out under operating leases 
continue to be recognised on the Balance Sheet as property, 
plant  and  equipment  and  are  depreciated  accordingly. 
Operating 
Income 
Statement on a straight line basis over the lease term. 

lease  revenue 

is  recognised 

the 

in 

As  a  lessee,  rental  expense  is  recognised  on  a  straight  line 
basis over the lease term. 

(v) Shares in and Loans to Controlled Entities 

Investments in controlled entities are initially recorded at cost 
and  subsequently  held  at  the  lower  of  cost  and  recoverable 
amount.  Loans 
to  controlled  entities  are  subsequently 
recorded at amortised cost less impairment. 

(w) Property, Plant and Equipment 

accumulated  depreciation  and 
required. 
Subsequent  costs  are  capitalised  where  it  enhances  the 
asset.  Depreciation  is  calculated  using  the  straight  line 
method over the asset’s estimated useful economic life. 

impairment 

if 

The useful lives of major depreciable asset categories are as 
follows: 

Land 

Buildings 

Equipment 

Leasehold improvements 

Assets under lease 

 

 

 

Aircraft 

Rail 

Ships 

Indefinite (not 
depreciated) 

Up to 30 years 

3 – 8 years 

Lesser of unexpired 
lease term or lives 
as above 

25 years 

35 – 40 years 

25 – 40 years 

Other property, plant and equipment 

 

Infrastructure assets 

50 – 100 years 

The Group assesses at each Balance Sheet date useful lives 
and  residual  values  and  whether  there  is  any  objective 
evidence of impairment. If an asset’s carrying value is greater 
than  its  recoverable  amount,  the  carrying  amount  is  written 
down immediately to its recoverable amount. 

(x) Intangible Assets 

Intangible assets are identifiable non-monetary assets without 
physical substance. They are recognised only if it is probable 
the  asset  will  generate  future  benefits  for  the  Group.  Those 
assets  with  an  indefinite  useful  life  are  tested for  impairment 
annually.  All  intangible  assets must  be  tested  for  impairment 
when  there  is  an  indication  that  its  carrying  amount  may  be 
greater than its recoverable amount. 

Goodwill 

Goodwill  arising  from  business  combinations  is  included  in 
intangible assets on the Balance Sheet and has an indefinite 
useful life. Goodwill is tested for impairment annually through 
allocation to  a  group  of  Cash  Generating  Units  (CGUs).  The 
CGUs’  recoverable  amount  is  then  compared  to  its  carrying 
amount  and  an  impairment  is  recognised  for  any  excess 
carrying value. The CGUs and how their recoverable amount 
is calculated are listed in Note 15. 

Computer Software Costs 

Certain  internal  and  external  costs  directly 
in 
acquiring  and  developing  software,  net  of  specific  project 
related  grants,  are  capitalised  and  amortised  over  the 
estimated  useful  life.  The  majority  of  software  projects  are 
amortised  over 
five  years.  The  Core  Banking 
Modernisation software project is amortised over ten years.  

incurred 

two 

to 

Software maintenance is expensed as incurred.  

The Group measures its property assets (land and buildings) 
at fair value, based on annual independent market valuations.  

Core Deposits 

Revaluation adjustments are reflected in the asset revaluation 
reserve,  except  to  the  extent  they  reverse  a  revaluation 
decrease  of  the  same  asset  previously  recognised  in  the 
Income  Statement.  Upon  disposal,  realised  amounts  in  the 
asset revaluation reserve are transferred to retained profits. 

Other property, plant and equipment assets are stated at cost, 
less 
including  direct  and 

incremental  acquisition  costs 

Core deposits were initially recognised at fair value following 
the  acquisition  of  Bankwest  and  represent  the  value  of  the 
deposit base acquired. Core deposits are amortised over their 
estimated useful life of seven years. 

Commonwealth Bank of Australia – Annual Report 2016 

    87 

 
 
 
 
Notes to the Financial Statements 

Note 1 Accounting Policies (continued)

Brand Names 

Brand  names  are  initially  recognised  at  fair  value  when 
acquired  in  a  business  combination.  Brand  names  are 
amortised  over  their  useful  life,  which  is  considered  to  be 
similar to the period of the brand name’s existence at the time 
of purchase. Where the brand name is assessed to have an 
indefinite  useful  life,  it  is  carried  at  cost  less  accumulated 
impairment. An indefinite useful life is considered appropriate 
when there is no foreseeable limit to the period over which the 
brand name is expected to generate cash flows. 

Other Intangibles 

Other  intangibles  predominantly  comprise  customer  lists. 
Customer  relationships  acquired  as  part  of  a  business 
combination  are  initially  measured  at  fair  value.  They  are 
subsequently  measured  at 
less  accumulated 
amortisation  and  any  impairment  losses.  Amortisation  is 
calculated based on the timing of projected cash flows of the 
relationships over their estimated useful lives. 

cost 

Liabilities 

(y) Financial Liabilities 

The  Group  classifies  its  financial  liabilities  in  the  following 
categories:  

 

 

 

liabilities at fair value through Income Statement; 

liabilities at amortised cost; and 

derivative liabilities (refer to Note 1(t)). 

Financial  liabilities  are  initially  recognised  at  their  fair  value 
less directly attributable transaction costs, except in the case 
of  financial  liabilities  recorded  at  fair  value  through  Income 
Statement.  Directly  attributable  transaction  costs  on  these 
liabilities  are  expensed  on 
value 
measurement. 

subsequent 

fair 

Liabilities at Fair Value through Income Statement 

The  Group  designates  certain  liabilities  at  fair  value  through 
Income  Statement  on  origination  where  those  liabilities  are 
managed on a fair value basis, where the liabilities eliminate 
an  accounting  mismatch,  or  where  they  contain  embedded 
derivatives. 

to 

initial 

these 

Subsequent 
liabilities  are 
recognition, 
measured  at  fair  value.  Changes  in  fair  value  relating  to  the 
in  other 
risk  are 
Group’s  own  credit 
fair  value 
comprehensive 
movement  recognised  in  other  operating  income.  Interest 
incurred  is  recorded  within  net  interest  income  using  the 
effective interest method. 

recognised 
remaining 

income,  with 

the 

Liabilities at Amortised Cost 

(i) Deposits From Customers  

Deposits from customers include certificates of deposit, term 
deposits,  savings  deposits,  other  demand  deposits  and 
they  are 
debentures.  Subsequent 
measured  at  amortised  cost.  Interest  and  yield  related  fees 
are recognised on an effective interest basis.  

initial  recognition, 

to 

(ii) Payables Due to Other Financial Institutions 

Payables  due  to  other  financial  institutions  include  deposits, 
vostro  balances  and  settlement  account  balances  due  to 
other  banks.  Subsequent  to  initial  recognition,  they  are 
measured  at  amortised  cost.  Interest  and  yield  related  fees 
are recognised using the effective interest method. 

88  Commonwealth Bank of Australia – Annual Report 2016 

(iii) Debt Issues 

Debt issues are short and long-term debt issues of the Group, 
including  commercial  paper,  notes,  term  loans  and  medium 
term  notes.  Commercial  paper,  floating,  fixed  and  structured 
debt issues are recorded at amortised cost using the effective 
interest method.  

Premiums,  discounts  and  associated  issue  expenses  are 
recognised  in  the  Income  Statement  using  the  effective 
interest  method  from  the  date  of  issue,  to  ensure  that 
securities attain their redemption values by maturity date. 

Interest  is  recognised  in  the  Income  Statement  using  the 
effective  interest  method.  Any  profits  or  losses  arising  from 
redemption  prior 
Income 
Statement in the period in which they are realised. 

to  maturity  are 

taken  to  the 

The  Group  hedges interest  rate  and  foreign currency  risk  on 
certain  debt  issues.  When  fair  value  hedge  accounting  is 
applied  to  fixed  rate  debt  issues,  the  carrying  values  are 
adjusted for changes in fair value related to the hedged risks, 
rather than carried at amortised cost.  

(iv) Loan Capital 

Loan  capital  is  debt  issued  by  the  Group  with  terms  and 
conditions  that  qualify  for  inclusion  as  capital,  under  APRA 
Prudential Standards. It is initially recorded at fair value, plus 
thereafter  at 
directly  attributable 
amortised cost using the effective interest method. 

transaction  costs  and 

(v) Bank Acceptances of Customers - Liability 

These are bills of exchange initially accepted and discounted 
by the Group and subsequently sold into the market. They are 
recognised  at  amortised  cost.  The  market  exposure  is 
recognised as a liability. An asset of equal value is recognised 
to reflect the offsetting claim against the drawer of the bill.  

Bank  acceptances  generate  interest  and  fee  income  that  is 
recognised in the Income Statement when earned. 

(vi) Financial Guarantees and Credit Commitments  

In the ordinary course of business, the Group gives financial 
guarantees  consisting  of  letters  of  credit,  guarantees  and 
acceptances.  Financial  guarantees  are  recognised  within 
other  liabilities  initially  at  fair  value,  being  the  premium 
received.  Subsequent  to  initial  recognition,  the  Group’s 
liability under each guarantee is measured at the higher of the 
less  cumulative  amortisation 
amount 
recognised in the Income Statement, and the best estimate of 
expenditure  required  to  settle  any  financial  obligation  arising 
as  a  result  of  the  guarantee.  Any  increase  in  the  liability 
relating  to  financial  guarantees  is  recorded  in  the  Income 
Statement.  The  premium  received  is  recognised  in  the 
Income Statement in other operating income on a straight line 
basis over the life of the guarantee. 

initially  recognised 

Loan  commitments  are  defined  amounts  (unutilised  credit 
lines or undrawn portions of credit lines) against which clients 
can borrow money under defined terms and conditions. Loan 
commitments  that  are  cancellable  by  the  Group  are  not 
recognised on the Balance Sheet. Upon a loan drawdown by 
the  counterparty,  the  amount  of  the  loan  is  accounted  for  in 
loans  and 
accordance  with  accounting  policies 
receivables.  Irrevocable  loan  commitments  are  not  recorded 
in  the  Balance  Sheet,  but  a  provision  is  recognised  if  it  is 
probable that a loss has been incurred and a reliable estimate 
of the amount can be made. 

for 

 
 
 
Notes to the Financial Statements 

Note 1 Accounting Policies (continued)

(z) Employee Benefits 

Annual Leave 

for  annual 

The  provision 
liability 
outstanding 
entitlements at Balance Sheet date. 

to  employees 

leave  represents 

the  current 
leave 

for  annual 

Long Service Leave 

The provision for long service leave is discounted to present 
value  and  is  set  based  on  actuarial  assumptions.  The 
assumptions  and  provision  balance  are  subject  to  periodic 
review. 

Other Employee Benefits 

Other  employee  entitlements  comprises 
to  a 
registered health fund for subsidies with respect to retired and 
current employees, and employee incentives under employee 
share plans and bonus schemes. 

liabilities 

Defined Benefit Superannuation Plans 

The  Group  currently  sponsors 
superannuation plans for its employees. 

two  defined  benefit 

The  net  defined  benefit  liability  or  asset  recognised  in  the 
Balance  Sheet  is  the  present  value  of  the  defined  benefit 
obligation as at the Balance Sheet date less the fair value of 
plan  assets.  The  defined  benefit  obligation  is  calculated  by 
independent fund actuaries.  

In  each  reporting  period,  the  movement  in  the  net  defined 
benefit liability or asset is recognised as follows: 

 

 

 

 

The net movement relating to the current period service 
cost,  net  interest  cost  (income),  past  service  and  other 
costs  (such  as  the  effects  of  any  curtailments  and 
settlements)  is  recognised  as  an  employee  expense  in 
the Income Statement; 

Remeasurements  relating  to  actuarial  gains  and  losses 
and  the  difference  between  interest  income  and  the 
return on plan assets are recognised directly in retained 
profits through OCI; 

Contributions made by the Group are recognised directly 
against the net defined benefit liability or asset; and 

Net  interest  cost  (income)  is  determined  by  multiplying 
the  rate  of  high  quality  corporate  bonds  by  the  net 
defined benefit obligation (asset) at the beginning of the 
reporting  period  and  adjusted  for  changes  in  the  net 
defined  benefit  liability  (asset)  due  to  contributions  and 
benefit payments.  

Defined Contribution Superannuation Plans 

The  Group  sponsors  a  number  of  defined  contribution 
superannuation  plans.  The  Group  recognises  contributions 
due  in  respect  of  the  accounting  period  in  the  Income 
Statement.  Any  contributions  unpaid  at  the  Balance  Sheet 
date are included as a liability. 

(aa) Provisions 

Provisions  are  recognised  when  a  probable  obligation  has 
arisen  as  a  result  of  a  past  event  that  can  be  reliably 
measured. Note 19 Other Provisions contains a description of 
provisions held.  

Equity 

(bb) Shareholders’ Equity 

Ordinary  shares  are  recognised  at  the  amount  paid  up  per 
ordinary  share,  net  of  directly  attributable  issue  costs.    

Where  the  Bank  or  other  members  of  the  Group  purchase 
shares  in  the  Bank,  the  consideration  paid  is  deducted  from 
total  Shareholders’  Equity  and  the  shares  are  treated  as 
treasury shares until they are subsequently sold, reissued or 
cancelled.  Where  such  shares  are  sold  or  reissued,  any 
consideration received is included in Shareholders’ Equity. 

(cc) Reserves 

General Reserve 

The  general  reserve  is  derived  from  revenue  profits  and  is 
available  for  dividend  payments  except  for  undistributable 
profits in respect of the Group’s life insurance businesses. 

Capital Reserve 

The  capital  reserve  held  by  the  Bank  relates  to  historic 
internal  Group  restructuring  performed  at  fair  value.  The 
capital reserve is eliminated on consolidation. 

Asset Revaluation Reserve 

The  asset  revaluation  reserve  is  used  to  record  revaluation 
adjustments on the Group’s property assets. Where an asset 
is sold or disposed of, any balance in the reserve in relation to 
the asset is transferred directly to retained profits. 

Foreign Currency Translation Reserve 

Exchange  differences  arising  on  translation  of  the  Group’s 
foreign  operations  are  accumulated  in  the  foreign  currency 
translation  reserve.  The  cumulative  amount  is  reclassified  to 
profit  or  loss  when  the  foreign  investment  is  disposed  of  or 
wound up.  

Cash Flow Hedge Reserve 

The  cash  flow  hedge  reserve  is  used  to  record  fair  value 
gains  or  losses  associated  with  the  effective  portion  of 
designated  cash  flow  hedging  instruments.  Amounts  are 
reclassified  to  profit  or  loss  when  the  hedged  transaction 
impacts profit or loss.  

Employee Compensation Reserve 

The employee compensation reserve is used to recognise the 
fair  value  of  shares  and  other  equity  instruments  issued  to 
employees  under  the  employee  share  plans  and  bonus 
schemes. 

Available-for-Sale Investment Reserve 

The available-for-sale investment reserve includes changes in 
the  fair  value  of  available-for-sale  financial  assets.  These 
changes  are  transferred  to  profit  or  loss  when  the  asset  is 
derecognised or impaired. 

Life and General Insurance Business 

The  Group’s  consolidated  financial  statements  include  the 
assets, liabilities, income and expenses of the life and general 
insurance  businesses  conducted  by  various  subsidiaries  of 
the Bank.  

Insurance  contracts  involve  the  acceptance  of  significant 
insurance  risk  from  another  party  (the  policyholder)  by 
agreeing  to  compensate  the  policyholder  if  a  specified 
uncertain future event adversely affects the policyholder. The 
insured benefit is either not linked or only partly linked to the 
market  value  of the  investments held,  and  the  financial  risks 
are substantially borne by the insurer. 

General insurance contracts are insurance contracts that are 
not life insurance contracts. 

Commonwealth Bank of Australia – Annual Report 2016 

    89 

 
 
Notes to the Financial Statements 

Note 1 Accounting Policies (continued)

Life  investment  contracts  involve  the  origination  of  one  or 
more  financial  instruments  and  may  involve  the  provision  of 
management services. Life investment contracts do not meet 
the definition of insurance contracts as they do not involve an 
acceptance  of  significant  insurance  risk  by  the  Group’s  life 
insurers.  The  financial  risks  are  substantially  borne  by  the 
policyholder.  Shareholders  can  only  receive  a  distribution 
when the capital adequacy requirements of the Life Insurance 
Act 1995 (Life Act) are met.  

(dd) Revenue 

Life  insurance  premiums  received  for  providing  services  and 
bearing  risks  are  recognised  as  revenue.  Premiums  with  a 
regular  due  date  are  recognised  as  revenue  on  a  due  and 
receivable basis. Premiums with no due date are recognised 
on a cash received basis.  

Life  investment  premiums  comprise  a  management  fee, 
which is recognised as revenue over the service period, and a 
deposit  portion  that  increases  investment  contract  liabilities. 
Premiums  with  no  due  date  are  recognised  on  a  cash 
received basis.  

General  insurance  premium  comprises  amounts  charged  to 
policyholders, including fire service levies, but excludes taxes 
collected  on  behalf  of  third  parties.  The  earned  portion  of 
premiums received and receivable is recognised as revenue. 
Premium  revenue  is  earned  from  the  date  of  attachment  of 
risk  and  over  the  term  of  the  policies  written,  based  on 
actuarial  assessment  of  the  likely  pattern  in  which  risk  will 
emerge.  The  portion  not  yet  earned  based  on  the  pattern 
assessment is recognised as unearned premium liability. 

Returns  on  all  investments  controlled  by  life  and  general 
insurance businesses are recognised as revenue.  

(ee) Expenses 

Life and general insurance contract claims are recognised as 
an expense when a liability has been established.  

Acquisition  costs  (which  include  commission  costs)  are  the 
costs  associated  with  obtaining  and  recording  insurance 
contracts.  Acquisition  costs  are  deferred  when  they  relate  to 
the  acquisition  of  new  business.  These  costs  are  amortised 
on  the  same  basis  as  the  earning  pattern  of  the  premium, 
over the life of the contract. The amount deferred is limited to 
the  extent  that  they  are  deemed  recoverable  from  the 
expected future profits. 

General insurance policy liabilities comprise two components: 
unearned premium liability and outstanding claims liability. 

The  unearned  premium  liability  is  subject  to  a  liability 
adequacy test. 

Any  deficiency  will  be  recognised  as  an  expense  in  the 
Income  Statement  by  first  writing  down  any  related  deferred 
acquisition  costs,  with  any  excess  being  recorded  on  the 
Balance Sheet as an unexpired risk liability.  

The  provision  for  outstanding  claims  is  measured  as  the 
central  estimate  of  the  present  value  of  expected  future 
claims  payments  plus  a  risk  margin.  The  expected  future 
payments include those in relation to claims reported but not 
yet paid; claims incurred but not reported; claims incurred but 
not enough reported; and estimated claims handling costs. 

Other 

(hh) Managed Funds Units on Issue  

When a controlled unit trust is consolidated, any amounts due 
to  external  unit-holders  remain  as  managed  funds  units  on 
issue liabilities in the Group’s consolidated Balance Sheet. In 
the Income Statement, the net profit or loss of the controlled 
entities  relating  to  external  unit-holders  is  excluded  from  the 
Group’s net profit or loss. 

(ii) Asset Securitisation 

The  Group  packages  and  sells  asset  backed  securities  to 
investors through an asset securitisation program.  

The  Group  is  entitled  to  any  residual  income  of  the  program 
after all payments due to investors and costs of the program 
have  been  met.  The  Group  also  directs  any  decisions  over 
relevant  activities  of  the  program  and  therefore  controls  the 
entities  through  which  asset  securitisation  is  conducted  and 
so it consolidates these entities. 

Liabilities  associated  with  asset  securitisation  entities  and 
related  issue  costs  are  accounted  for  on  an  amortised  cost 
basis using the effective interest method. Interest rate swaps 
and  liquidity  facilities  are  provided  at  arm’s  length  to  the 
program  by  the  Group  in  accordance  with  APRA  Prudential 
Guidelines. 

Derivatives  return  the  risks  and  rewards  of  ownership  of  the 
securitised  assets  to  the  Group,  resulting  in  their  continued 
recognition by the Group. An imputed borrowing is recognised 
by the Bank inclusive of the derivative and any related fees. 

(ff) Investment Assets 

(jj) Fiduciary Activities 

Certain  controlled  entities  within 
the  Group  act  as 
Responsible Entity, Trustee and/or Manager for a number of 
wholesale,  superannuation  and  investment  funds,  trusts  and 
approved deposit funds. 

The  assets  and  liabilities  of  these  trusts  and  funds  are  not 
included  in  the  consolidated  Financial  Statements  as  the 
Group  does  not  have  direct  or  indirect  control  of  the  trusts 
and  funds.  Commissions  and  fees  earned  in  respect  of  the 
activities are included in the Income Statement of the Group. 

Assets  backing  insurance  liabilities  are  carried  at  fair  value 
through Income Statement.  

Investments held in the life insurance funds are subject to the 
restrictions imposed under the Life Act.  

(gg) Policy Liabilities 

Life  insurance  contract  liabilities  are  measured  at  the  net 
present  value  of  future  receipts  from  and  payments  to 
policyholders using a risk free discount rate (or expected fund 
earning  rate  where  benefits  are  contractually  linked  to  the 
asset  performance),  and  are  calculated  in  accordance  with 
the principles of Margin on Services profit reporting as set out 
in Prudential Standard LPS 340 ‘Valuation of Policy Liabilities’ 
issued by APRA. 

Life investment contract liabilities are measured at fair value. 
The balance is no less than the contract surrender value. 

90  Commonwealth Bank of Australia – Annual Report 2016 

 
Notes to the Financial Statements 

Note 1 Accounting Policies (continued)

Critical Judgements and Estimates 

The  application  of  the  Group’s  accounting  policies  requires 
the  use  of  judgement,  estimates  and  assumptions.  The 
estimates  and  associated  assumptions  are  based  on 
historical experience and other factors that are considered to 
be  relevant,  and  are  reviewed  on  an  ongoing  basis.  Actual 
results  may  differ  from  these  estimates,  which  could  impact 
the Group’s net assets and profit. 

(kk) Provisions for Impairment of Financial Assets 

Provisions for impairment of financial assets are raised where 
there  is  objective  evidence  of  impairment  (where  the  Group 
does  not  expect  to  receive  all  of  the  cashflows  contractually 
due) at an amount adequate to cover assessed credit related 
losses.  Financial  assets  are  either  individually  or  collectively 
assessed. 

(mm) Life Insurance Policyholder Liabilities 

The  determination  of  life  insurance  policyholder  liabilities 
involves the following key actuarial assumptions: 

 

 

 

Business  assumptions  including  amount,  timing  and 
duration  of  claims/policy  payments,  policy  lapse  rates 
and acquisition and maintenance expense levels; 

Long-term  economic  assumptions  for  discount,  interest, 
inflation and market earnings rates; and 

Determining  whether  the  projection  or  accumulation 
method  is  appropriate.  The  selection  of  the  method  is 
generally governed by the product type. 

The  determination  of  assumptions 
relies  on  making 
judgements on variances from long-term assumptions. Where 
experience differs from long-term assumptions: 

Credit  losses  arise  primarily  from  loans,  but  also  from  other 
credit  instruments  such  as  bank  acceptances,  contingent 
liabilities, guarantees and other financial instruments. 

 

 

Recent results may be a statistical aberration; or 

There  may  be  a  commencement  of  a  new  paradigm 
requiring a change in long-term assumptions. 

Individually Assessed Provisions 

Individually  assessed  provisions  are  made  against  financial 
assets  that  are  individually  significant,  or  which  have  been 
individually  assessed  as 
impaired.  The  provisions  are 
established  based  primarily  on  estimates  of  the  realisable 
(fair)  value  of  collateral  taken  and  are  measured  as  the 
difference  between  a  financial  asset’s  carrying  amount  and 
the present value of the expected future cash flows (excluding 
future  credit  losses  that  have  not  been  incurred),  discounted 
at  the  financial  asset’s  original  effective  interest  rate.  Short-
term balances are not discounted. 

Collective Provisions 

Loans  and  receivables  that  do  not  have  an  individually 
assessed provision are assessed collectively for impairment.  

The  collective  provision  is maintained  to  reduce  the  carrying 
amount  of  portfolios  of  similar  loans  and  receivables  to  their 
estimated recoverable amounts at the Balance Sheet date.  

The evaluation process is subject to a series of estimates and 
judgements. In the risk rated segment, the risk rating system, 
including the frequency of default and loss given default rates, 
loss history, and the size, structure and diversity of individual 
borrowers are considered. Current developments in portfolios 
(industry, geographic and term) are reviewed. 

In  the  statistically  managed  (retail)  segment,  the  history  of 
defaults  and  losses,  and  the  size,  structure  and  diversity  of 
portfolios are considered. 

Management  also  considers  overall  indicators  of  portfolio 
performance, quality and economic conditions.  

Changes in these estimates could have a direct impact on the 
level of provision determined.  

(ll) Provisions (Other than Loan Impairment) 

Provisions are held in respect of a range of future obligations 
as  outlined  in  Note  19.  Some  of  the  provisions  involve 
significant  judgement  about  the  likely  outcome  of  various 
events and estimated future cash flows. 

The  measurement  of  these  obligations  involves  the  exercise 
of  management  judgements  about  the  ultimate  outcomes  of 
the transactions. Payments which are expected to be incurred 
later  than  one  year  are  discounted  at  a  rate  which  reflects 
both  current  interest  rates  and  the  risks  specific  to  that 
provision.  

The  Group’s  actuaries  arrive  at  conclusions  regarding  the 
statistical  analysis  using  their  experience  and  judgement. 
Further detail on the financial position on performance of the 
Group’s Life Insurance operations is set out in Note 27. 

(nn) Consolidation of Structured Entities 

The Group exercises judgement at inception and periodically 
thereafter, to assess whether that structured entity should be 
consolidated  based  on  the  Bank’s  power  over  the  relevant 
activities  of the  entity  and  the  significance  of  its  exposure  to 
variable  returns  of  the  structured  entity.  Such  assessments 
are  predominantly  required  for  the  Group’s  securitisation 
program,  structured 
involvement  with 
investment funds. 

transactions  and 

(oo) Financial Instruments at Fair Value 

A significant portion of financial instruments are carried at fair 
value on the Balance Sheet. 

The  best  evidence  of  fair  value  is  quoted  prices in  an  active 
market.  If  the  market  for  a  financial  instrument  is  not  active, 
the  Group  establishes  fair  value  by  using  a  valuation 
technique. The  objective  of  using  a  valuation  technique is to 
establish what the transaction price would have been  on the 
measurement date in an arm’s length exchange motivated by 
normal business considerations. 

Valuation  techniques  include  using  recent  arm’s  length 
market transactions between knowledgeable willing parties (if 
available),  reference  to  the  current  fair  value  of  substantially 
similar instruments’ discounted cash flow analysis and option 
pricing  models.  If  there  is  a  valuation  technique  commonly 
used  by  market  participants  to  price  the  instrument  and  that 
technique  has  been  demonstrated 
reliable 
estimates of prices obtained in actual market transactions, the 
Group uses that technique. 

to  provide 

The  chosen  valuation  technique  makes  maximum  use  of 
market inputs and relies as little as possible on entity specific 
inputs.  It  incorporates  all  factors  that  the  Group  believes 
market  participants  would  consider  in  setting  a  price  and  is 
consistent with accepted economic methodologies for pricing 
financial instruments.  Data  inputs  that  the Group  relies  upon 
when  valuing  financial  instruments  relate  to  counterparty 
credit risk, volatility, correlation and extrapolation. 

Commonwealth Bank of Australia – Annual Report 2016 

    91 

 
 
Notes to the Financial Statements 

Future Accounting Developments 

AASB  9  ‘Financial  Instruments’  introduces  changes  in  three 
areas: 

 

 

 

Financial assets will be categorised according to a cash 
flow  and  business  model  test.  The  outcome  of  these 
tests  will  drive  the  measurement  of  financial  assets  at 
either amortised cost, fair value through profit or loss or 
fair value through other comprehensive income; 

Impairment  of  financial  assets  will  be  based  on  an 
expected loss rather than incurred loss model; and 

Simplifications to hedge accounting.  

AASB  9  is  not  mandatory  until  1 July 2018  for  the  Group. 
Other than the own credit requirements of the standard, which 
were early adopted from 1 January 2014, the Group does not 
intend 
the  standard.  The  Group  has 
commenced an implementation program. 

to  early  adopt 

‘Revenue 

from  Contracts  with  Customers’ 
AASB  15 
introduces  a  single  model  for  the  recognition  of  revenue 
based  on  when  control  of  goods  and  services  transfers  to  a 
customer. It does not apply to financial instruments. AASB 15 
is not mandatory until 1 July 2018 for the Group. 

the  accounting 

‘Leases’  amends 

AASB  16 
leases. 
Lessees will be required to bring all leases on Balance Sheet 
as  the  distinction  between  operating  and  finance  leases  has 
largely 
been  eliminated.  Lessor  accounting 
unchanged.  AASB  16  is  not  mandatory  until  1 July 2019  for 
the Group.  

remains 

for 

The  potential  financial  impacts  of  the  above  to  the  Group 
have not yet been determined. The Group does not intend to 
early adopt these standards. 

Other  amendments  to  existing  standards  that  are  not  yet 
effective  are  not  expected  to  result  in  significant  changes  to 
the Group’s accounting policies. 

Note 1 Accounting Policies (continued)

Periodically, the Group calibrates its valuation techniques and 
tests  them  for  validity  using  prices  from  any  observable 
current  market  transactions  in  the  same  instrument  (i.e. 
without  modification  or  repackaging)  and  any  other  available 
observable  market  data.  Note  40  includes  details  of  non-
observable inputs used to fair value financial instruments. 

(pp) Goodwill 

for 

the  purpose  of 

Goodwill  is  allocated  to  CGUs  whose  recoverable  amount  is 
calculated 
testing.  The 
recoverable  amount  calculation  relies  primarily  on  publicly 
available  earnings  multiples.  Note  15  includes  the  details  of 
the inputs used in recoverable amount calculations. 

impairment 

(qq) Taxation 

Provisions  for  taxation  require  significant  judgement  with 
respect 
that  are  uncertain.  For  such 
uncertainties,  the  Group  has  estimated  its  tax  provisions 
based on its expected outcomes. 

to  outcomes 

(rr) Superannuation Obligations 

The  Group’s  defined  benefit  plans  are  described  in  Note  35. 
Actuarial valuations of the plan’s obligations and fair value of 
the plan’s assets are performed semi-annually. 

The actuarial valuation of plan obligations is dependent upon 
a  series  of  assumptions,  including  price  inflation,  discount 
rates,  salary  growth,  mortality,  morbidity  and  investment 
returns assumptions. Different assumptions could significantly 
alter the difference between plan assets and obligations, and 
the superannuation cost charged.  

92  Commonwealth Bank of Australia – Annual Report 2016 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Financial Statements 

Note 2 Profit 

Profit before income tax has been determined as follows: 

(1)  Comparative information has been restated to conform to presentation in the current year. 
(2)  Total interest income for financial assets that are not at fair value through profit or loss is $33,002 million (2015: $33,208 million, 2014: $33,127 million) for 

the Group and $33,868 million (2015: $34,088 million) for the Bank. 

(3)  Total interest expense for financial liabilities that are not at fair value through profit or loss is $16,713 million (2015: $18,100 million, 2014: $18,320 million) 

(4) 
(5) 

for the Group and $19,435 million (2015: $20,875 million) for the Bank. 
Inclusive of non-trading derivatives that are held for risk management purposes. 
Includes depreciation of $107 million (30 June 2015: $80 million, 30 June 2014 $77 million) and impairment of $69 million (30 June 2015; $nil, 30 June 
2014: $nil) in relation to assets held for lease by the Group. Includes depreciation of $26 million (30 June 2015: $18 million) in relation to assets held for 
lease by the Bank. 

Commonwealth Bank of Australia – Annual Report 2016 

    93 

Group (1)Bank (1)20162015201420162015$M$M$M$M$MInterest IncomeLoans and bills discounted 30,96631,47631,20027,57627,705Other financial institutions 137736912260Cash and liquid assets 291268251246206Assets at fair value through Income Statement 576518447553468Available-for-sale investments 1,8471,8101,7241,7401,694Controlled entities---4,4234,842Total interest income (2)33,81734,14533,69134,66034,975Interest ExpenseDeposits11,68512,93613,32010,17611,397Other financial institutions277220228246186Liabilities at fair value through Income Statement211222230110113Debt issues 4,1254,3724,3433,3613,458Loan capital584572429563547Controlled entities---5,0895,287Total interest expense (3)16,88218,32218,55019,54520,988Net interest income16,93515,82315,14115,11513,987Other Operating IncomeLending fees 1,0101,0051,037927935Commissions2,2152,2092,1121,8381,842Trading income1,0871,039946975940Net gain/(loss) on non-trading financial instruments (4)(27)251(49)(90)254Net gain/(loss) on sale of property, plant and equipment(21)(8)(12)(15)(4)Net hedging ineffectiveness(72)(95)(21)(35)(67)Dividends - Controlled entities---1,4071,919Dividends - Other1216125553Net funds management operating income2,0612,0032,034--Insurance contracts income 1,0061,0141,033--Share of profit from associates and joint ventures net of impairment28928515021-Other (5)83126105952919Total other operating income7,6437,8457,3476,0356,791Total net operating income before impairment and operating expenses24,57823,66822,48821,15020,778Impairment ExpenseLoan impairment expense 1,2569889181,153837Total impairment expense (Note 13)1,2569889181,153837 
 
  
Notes to the Financial Statements 

Note 2 Profit (continued) 

(1)  Merger related amortisation relates to Bankwest core deposits and customer lists. 

94  Commonwealth Bank of Australia – Annual Report 2016 

GroupBank20162015201420162015$M$M$M$M$MStaff ExpensesSalaries and related on-costs5,6525,3215,0894,1283,918Share-based compensation10296999992Superannuation410399354316311Total staff expenses6,1645,8165,5424,5434,321Occupancy and Equipment ExpensesOperating lease rentals650620607564535Depreciation of property, plant and equipment 266253244221208Other occupancy expenses218213202171172Total occupancy and equipment expenses1,1341,0861,053956915Information Technology ServicesApplication maintenance and development 511430412450390Data processing197183175197182Desktop14311010113296Communications203190189180169Amortisation of software assets379308328333264Software write-offs11170-10IT equipment depreciation5160624756Total information technology services1,4851,2921,3371,3391,167Other ExpensesPostage and stationery192195188171170Transaction processing and market data179153156129116Fees and commissions:Professional fees 247390257209358Other939799353360Advertising, marketing and loyalty491522477392407Amortisation of intangible assets (excluding software and merger related amortisation)141619--Non-lending losses1031189774108Other 327308274333274Total other expenses1,6461,7991,5671,6611,793Total expenses10,4299,9939,4998,4998,196Investment and RestructuringMerger related amortisation (1)3975743975Total investment and restructuring3975743975Total operating expenses10,46810,0689,5738,5388,271Profit before income tax12,85412,61211,99711,45911,670Net hedging ineffectiveness comprises:Gain/(loss) on fair value hedges:Hedging instruments(709)(568)59(1,409)(731)Hedged items642493(71)1,369660Cash flow and net investment hedge ineffectiveness(5)(20)(9)54Net hedging ineffectiveness(72)(95)(21)(35)(67) 
 
 
 
Notes to the Financial Statements 

Note 3 Average Balances and Related Interest 

The  following  tables  have  been  produced  using  statutory  Balance Sheet  and  Income Statement  categories.  The  tables  list  the 
major categories of interest earning assets and interest bearing liabilities of the Group together with the respective interest earned 
or paid and the average interest rate (predominantly daily averages). Interest is accounted for based on product yield.  

Where assets or liabilities are hedged, the amounts are shown net of the hedge, however individual items not separately hedged 
may  be  affected  by  movements  in  exchange  rates.  The  overseas  component  comprises  overseas  branches  of  the  Bank  and 
overseas  domiciled  controlled  entities.  Non-accrual  loans  are  included  in  interest  earning  assets  under  Loans,  bills  discounted 
and other receivables. The official cash rate in Australia decreased by 25 basis points, while rates in New Zealand decreased 100 
basis points during the year which is reflected in Overseas. 

(1)  Comparative information has been restated to conform to presentation in the current year. 
(2)  Loans, bills discounted and other receivables includes bank acceptances. 

(1)  Comparative information has been restated to conform to presentation in the current year. 

Commonwealth Bank of Australia – Annual Report 2016 

    95 

Group201620152014AverageAverageAverageAverageAverageAverageInterest earning BalanceInterestRateBalanceInterestRateBalanceInterestRateassets (1)$M$M%$M$M%$M$M%Cash and liquid assetsAustralia11,5361861. 68,9511741. 98,1791692. 1Overseas20,1831050. 521,500940. 417,840820. 5Receivables due from other financial institutionsAustralia3,387260. 83,418200. 65,070290. 6Overseas (1)8,9861111. 27,262530. 74,825400. 8Assets at fair value through Income Statement - Trading and OtherAustralia19,3545002. 617,3673962. 316,2593522. 2Overseas3,090762. 54,6181222. 66,053951. 6Available-for-sale investmentsAustralia66,5431,6622. 558,3381,6562. 854,0261,6353. 0Overseas12,7701851. 410,0941541. 57,702891. 2Loans, bills discounted and other receivables (2)Australia581,06726,6204. 6542,13827,1175. 0512,89427,4175. 3Overseas90,5414,3464. 882,1864,3595. 373,0143,7835. 2Total interest earning assets and interest income817,45733,8174. 1755,87234,1454. 5705,86233,6914. 8Group201620152014AverageAverageAverageBalanceBalanceBalanceNon-interest earning assets$M$M$MAssets at fair value through Income Statement - InsuranceAustralia 11,81912,53112,141Overseas2,5022,5742,413Property, plant and equipmentAustralia2,8272,5312,506Overseas266249237Other assetsAustralia70,20761,85551,448Overseas (1)14,93911,58010,333Provisions for impairmentAustralia(3,272)(3,524)(4,027)Overseas(375)(288)(269)Total non-interest earning assets98,91387,50874,782Total assets916,370843,380780,644Percentage of total assets applicable to overseas operations (%)16.716.615.6 
  
  
 
 
Notes to the Financial Statements 

Note 3 Average Balances and Related Interest (continued) 

(1)  Certain comparative information has been restated to conform to presentation in the current year. 
(2)  During  the  period,  following  a  change  in  terms,  Interest  bearing  transaction  deposits  of  $18,314  million  became  Non-interest  bearing  and  have  been 

disclosed accordingly. 

(3)  Debt issues includes bank acceptances. 

(1)  Comparative information has been restated to conform to presentation in the current year. 
(2)  During  the  period,  following  a  change  in  terms,  Interest  bearing  transaction  deposits  of  $18,314  million  became  Non-interest  bearing  and  have  been 

disclosed accordingly. 

96  Commonwealth Bank of Australia – Annual Report 2016 

Group201620152014Average AverageAverage AverageAverage AverageInterest bearing Balance Interest RateBalance Interest RateBalance InterestRateliabilities (1)$M $M % $M $M % $M $M%Time depositsAustralia200,3525,8472. 9209,8207,0633. 4211,5718,0143. 8Overseas41,5411,4173. 438,7061,0972. 836,5169312. 5Savings depositsAustralia (2)180,0402,8441. 6158,2323,0761. 9135,2762,9052. 1Overseas16,6882931. 814,8214393. 012,8973953. 1Other demand depositsAustralia94,9041,1561. 281,5341,1231. 471,0169801. 4Overseas7,2881281. 85,9161382. 35,024951. 9Payables due to other financialinstitutionsAustralia14,3671541. 111,6611391. 29,5201161. 2Overseas22,6641230. 520,030810. 416,8291120. 7Liabilities at fair value throughIncome StatementAustralia4,516952. 14,3981082. 54,3061022. 4Overseas2,3491164. 92,6961144. 24,1051283. 1Debt issues (3)Australia 136,4533,4692. 5132,7663,8232. 9129,1014,0003. 1Overseas25,5646562. 621,0235492. 615,1833432. 3Loan capitalAustralia9,4423884. 16,7153014. 55,9592594. 3Overseas4,4471964. 44,7662715. 73,5441704. 8Total interest bearing liabilities and interest expense760,61516,8822. 2713,08418,3222. 6660,84718,5502. 8Group201620152014AverageAverageAverageBalanceBalanceBalanceNon-interest bearing liabilities$M$M$MDeposits not bearing interestAustralia (1) (2)20,32111,2489,764Overseas3,0352,5892,328Insurance policy liabilitiesAustralia 11,48211,81111,648Overseas1,4061,4711,389Other liabilities Australia48,60440,07737,386Overseas13,04211,9299,975Total non-interest bearing liabilities97,89079,12572,490Total liabilities858,505792,209733,337Shareholders' Equity57,86551,17147,307Total liabilities and Shareholders' Equity916,370843,380780,644Total liabilities applicable to overseas operations (%)16.115.614.7 
  
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Financial Statements 

Note 3 Average Balances and Related Interest (continued) 

Changes in Net Interest Income: Volume and Rate Analysis 

The following tables show the movement in interest income and expense due to changes in volume and interest rates. Volume 
variances reflect the change in interest from the prior year due to movement in the average balance. Rate variances reflect the 
change in interest from the prior year due to changes in interest rates. 

Volume and rate variance for total interest earning assets and interest bearing liabilities have been calculated separately (rather 
than being the sum of the individual categories). 

(1)  Certain comparative information has been restated to conform to presentation in the current year. 

Commonwealth Bank of Australia – Annual Report 2016 

    97 

Changes in net interest income:VolumeRateTotalVolumeRateTotalVolume and rate analysis$M$M$M$M$M$MInterest Earning Assets (1)Cash and liquid assetsAustralia46(34)1215(10)5Overseas(6)171116(4)12Receivables due from other financial institutionsAustralia-66(10)1(9)Overseas17415819(6)13Assets at fair value through Income Statement - Trading and OtherAustralia4856104251944Overseas(39)(7)(46)(30)5727Available-for-sale investmentsAustralia219(213)6126(105)21Overseas40(9)31323365Loans, bills discounted and other receivablesAustralia 1,865(2,362)(497)1,513(1,813)(300)Overseas 422(435)(13)48195576Changes in interest income2,665(2,993)(328)2,323(1,869)454Interest Bearing Liabilities and Loan Capital (1)Time depositsAustralia(298)(918)(1,216)(63)(888)(951)Overseas8923132059107166Savings depositsAustralia384(616)(232)470(299)171Overseas44(190)(146)58(14)44Other demand depositsAustralia174(141)33145(2)143Overseas28(38)(10)192443Payables due to other financial institutionsAustralia31(16)1526(3)23Overseas12304217(48)(31)Liabilities at fair value through Income StatementAustralia3(16)(13)246Overseas (16)182(52)38(14)Debt issuesAustralia 100(454)(354)110(287)(177)Overseas 118(11)10714264206Loan capitalAustralia 117(30)8733942Overseas(16)(59)(75)6437101Changes in interest expense1,138(2,578)(1,440)1,404(1,632)(228)Changes in net interest income1,283(171)1,1121,060(378)682June 2016 vs June 2015June 2015 vs June 2014 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Financial Statements 

Note 4 Income Tax 

The income tax expense for the year is determined from the profit before income tax as follows: 

(1)  Policyholder tax is excluded from both profit before income tax and tax expense for the purpose of calculating the Group’s effective tax rate as it is not 

incurred directly by the Group. 

98  Commonwealth Bank of Australia – Annual Report 2016 

GroupBank20162015201420162015$M$M$M$M$MProfit before Income Tax 12,85412,61211,99711,45911,670Prima facie income tax at 30% 3,8563,7843,5993,4383,501Effect of amounts which are non-deductible/ (assessable) in calculating taxable income:Taxation offsets and other dividend adjustments(4)(6)(6)(426)(582)Tax adjustment referable to policyholder income716989--Tax losses not previously brought to account(5)(9)(21)(5)(6)Offshore tax rate differential(79)(116)(99)(32)(35)Offshore banking unit(33)(39)(30)(27)(39)Effect of changes in tax rates12311Income tax (over) provided in previous years (177)(163)(121)(171)(151)Other(23)6(67)425Total income tax expense3,6073,5283,3472,8202,694Corporate tax expense3,5063,4293,2212,8202,694Policyholder tax expense10199126--Total income tax expense3,6073,5283,3472,8202,694Effective tax rate (%) (1)27.527.427.124.623.1Group Bank Income tax expense attributable to 20162015201420162015profit from ordinary activities$M $M $M $M $M AustraliaCurrent tax expense2,9712,8652,4332,7082,591Deferred tax expense 84124389289Total Australia3,0552,9892,8222,7362,600OverseasCurrent tax expense50754767010378Deferred tax expense/(benefit)45(8)(145)(19)16Total overseas5525395258494Income Tax Expense attributable to profit from ordinary activities3,6073,5283,3472,8202,694 
 
 
 
    
 
 
Notes to the Financial Statements 

Note 4 Income Tax (continued) 

 (1)  The following amounts are expected to be recovered within 12 months of the Balance Sheet date for the Group $1,324 million (2015: $1,220 million) and 

for the Bank $1,132 million (2015: $1,083 million). 

(2)  The following amounts are expected to be settled within 12 months of the Balance Sheet date for the Group $438 million (2015: $552 million) and for the 

Bank $83 million (2015: $139 million). 

Commonwealth Bank of Australia – Annual Report 2016 

    99 

GroupBank20162015201420162015$M$M$M$M$MDeferred tax asset balances comprise temporary differences attributable to:Amounts recognised in the Income Statement:Provision for employee benefits457453437385369Provisions for impairment on loans, bills discounted and other receivables1,0511,0081,044961944Other provisions not tax deductible until expense incurred216283160125234Financial instruments56369101Defined benefit superannuation plan 310293265310293Other227207233182184Total amount recognised in the Income Statement2,3172,2802,1481,9732,025Amounts recognised directly in Other Comprehensive Income:Cash flow hedge reserve1611559997Other reserves1662113Total amount recognised directly in Other Comprehensive Income1771611012010Total deferred tax assets (before set off) (1)2,4942,4412,2491,9932,035Set off to tax pursuant to set-off provisions in Note 1(q)(2,149)(1,986)(1,663)(1,200)(1,264)Net deferred tax assets345455586793771Deferred tax liability balances comprise temporary differences attributable to:Amounts recognised in the Income Statement:Lease financing282341381108170Intangible assets14912345146118Financial instruments1962351841311Insurance510425406--Investments in associates957862--Other233971564961Total amount recognised in the Income Statement1,4651,2991,234316360Amounts recognised directly in Other Comprehensive Income:Revaluation of properties7476857476Foreign currency translation reserve2640---Cash flow hedge reserve416293193329223Defined benefit superannuation plan 376365229376365Available-for-sale investments reserve132264288105240Total amount recognised directly in Other Comprehensive Income1,0241,038795884904Total deferred tax liabilities (before set off) (2)2,4892,3372,0291,2001,264Set off to tax pursuant to set-off provisions in Note 1(q)(2,149)(1,986)(1,663)(1,200)(1,264)Net deferred tax liabilities340351366--Deferred tax assets opening balance: 455586916771796Movement in temporary differences during the year:Provisions for employee benefits41623169Provisions for impairment on loans, bills discounted and other receivables43(36)(133)17(42)Other provisions not tax deductible until expense incurred(67)123(15)(109)100Financial instruments36871919(1)Defined benefit superannuation plan 1728661728Other20(26)1(2)(21)Set off to tax pursuant to set-off provisions in Note 1(q)(163)(323)(291)64(98)Deferred tax assets closing balance345455586793771 
 
Notes to the Financial Statements 

Note 4 Income Tax (continued) 

Deferred tax assets have not been recognised in respect of the following items because it is not considered probable that future 
taxable profit will be available against which they can be realised: 

Tax Consolidation 

The  Bank  has  recognised  a  tax  consolidation  contribution  to  the  wholly-owned  tax  consolidated  entity  of  $99 million 
(2015: $98 million). 

The  amount  receivable  by  the  Bank  under  the  tax  funding  agreement  was  $213 million  as  at  30 June 2016  (2015: $200 million 
receivable). This balance is included in ‘Other assets’ in the Bank’s separate Balance Sheet. 

Taxation of Financial Arrangements (TOFA) 

The  tax  regime  for  financial  instruments  TOFA  began  to  apply  to  the  Tax  Consolidated  Group  from  1 July 2010.  The  regime 
allows  a  closer  alignment  of  the  tax  and  accounting  recognition  and  measurement  of  financial  arrangements  and  their  related 
flows.  Following  adoption,  deferred  tax  balances  from  financial  arrangements  progressively  reverse  over  a  four  year  period.

100  Commonwealth Bank of Australia – Annual Report 2016 

Group Bank 20162015201420162015$M $M $M $M $M Deferred tax liabilities opening balance:351366471--Movement in temporary differences during the year:Impact of TOFA adoption--(11)--Lease financing(59)(40)11(62)(17)Defined benefit superannuation plan 111364911136Intangible assets2678(28)2881Financial instruments(62)167125(27)(4)Insurance 851957--Investments in associates171617--Other134(68)(34)(14)(98)Set off to tax pursuant to set-off provisions in Note 1(q)(163)(323)(291)64(98)Deferred tax liabilities closing balance340351366--Group Bank 20162015201420162015Deferred tax assets not taken to account$M $M $M $M $M Tax losses and other temporary differences on revenue account:Expire under current legislation 124835011762Do not expire under current legislation7-12--Total131836211762 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Financial Statements 

Note 5 Dividends 

(1)  The 2016 final dividend will be satisfied in full by cash disbursements with the Dividend Reinvestment Plan (DRP) anticipated to be satisfied by the issue of 
shares of approximately $628 million. The 2015 final dividend was satisfied by cash disbursements of $2,958 million and $655 million being reinvested by 
the participants through the  DRP. The 2014 final dividend was satisfied by cash disbursements of $3,534 million with the DRP satisfied in full by an on 
market purchase of shares. 

Final Dividend 

The  Directors  have  declared  a  franked  final  dividend  of  222 cents  per  share  amounting  to  $3,808 million.  The  dividend  will  be 
payable  on  29 September 2016  to  shareholders  on  the  register  at  5pm  AEST  on  18 August 2016.  The  ex-dividend  date  is 
17 August 2016. 

The Board determines the dividends based on the Group’s net profit after tax (“cash basis”) per share, having regard to a range of 
factors including: 

 

 

 

 

 

Current and expected rates of business growth and the mix of business; 

Capital needs to support economic, regulatory and credit ratings requirements; 

Investments and/or divestments to support business development; 

Competitors comparison and market expectations; and 

Earnings per share growth. 

The  Bank  expects  the  DRP  for  the  final  dividend  for  the  year  30 June 2016  will  be  satisfied  by  the  issue  of  shares  of 
approximately $628 million. 

Dividend Franking Account  

After  fully  franking  the  final  dividend  to  be  paid  for  the  year,  the  amount  of  credits  available,  at  the  30%  tax  rate  as  at 
30 June 2016 to frank dividends for subsequent financial years,  is $532 million (2015: $569 million). This figure is based on the 
franking  accounts  of  the  Bank  at  30 June 2016,  adjusted  for  franking  credits  that  will  arise  from  the  payment  of  income  tax 
payable on profits for the year, franking debits that will arise from the payment of dividends proposed, and franking credits that the 
Bank may be prevented from distributing in subsequent financial periods. 

The Bank expects that future tax payments will generate sufficient franking credits for the Bank to be able to continue to fully frank 
future dividend payments. These calculations have been based on the taxation law as at 30 June 2016. 

Dividend History 

(1)  Dividend Payout Ratio: dividends divided by statutory earnings (earnings are net of dividends on other equity instruments). 
(2)  DRP Participation Rate: the percentage of total issued share capital participating in the DRP. 

Commonwealth Bank of Australia – Annual Report 2016 

    101 

Group Bank 20162015201420162015$M $M $M $M $M Ordinary SharesInterim ordinary dividend (fully franked) (2016: 198 cents; 2015: 198 cents; 2014: 183 cents)Interim ordinary dividend paid - cash component only2,8292,6362,2432,8292,636Interim ordinary dividend paid - Dividend Reinvestment Plan552574707552574Total dividend paid3,3813,2102,9503,3813,210Other Equity InstrumentsDividend paid565245--Total dividend provided for, reserved or paid3,4373,2622,9953,3813,210Other provision carried9082739082Dividend proposed and not recognised as a liability (fully franked) (2016: 222 cents; 2015: 222 cents; 2014: 218 cents) (1)3,8083,6133,5343,8083,613Provision for dividendsOpening balance8273658273Provision made during the year6,9946,7446,1746,9946,744Provision used during the year(6,986)(6,735)(6,166)(6,986)(6,735)Closing balance (Note 19)9082739082Half-yearFull YearDRPPayoutPayoutDRPParticipationCents Per Ratio (1) Ratio (1)Price Rate (2)Half year endedSharePayment Date% % $ % 31 December 2013183          03/04/201470. 5-75. 2624. 030 June 2014218          02/10/201480. 375. 580. 3919. 931 December 2014198          02/04/201571. 2-91. 2617. 930 June 2015222          01/10/201580. 375. 774. 7518. 131 December 2015198          31/03/201673. 7-72. 6816. 330 June 2016222         29/09/201682. 978. 3-- 
 
 
  
Notes to the Financial Statements 

Note 6 Earnings Per Share 

(1)  EPS calculations are based on actual amounts prior to rounding to the nearest million. 
(2)  Comparative information has been restated to incorporate the bonus element of the rights issue in the weighted average number of ordinary shares. 

Basic earnings per share amounts are calculated by dividing the net profit for the year attributable to ordinary equity holders of the 
Bank by the weighted average number of ordinary shares on issue during the year, adjusted for any bonus element included in 
ordinary shares issued and excluding treasury shares held. 

Diluted earnings per share amounts are calculated by dividing net profit attributable to ordinary equity holders of the Bank (after 
deducting interest on the convertible redeemable loan capital instruments) by the weighted average number of ordinary shares 
issued  during  the  year  (as  calculated  under  basic  earnings  per  share  adjusted  for  the  effects  of  dilutive  options  and  dilutive 
convertible non-cumulative redeemable loan capital instruments). 

(1)  Comparative information has been restated to incorporate the bonus element of the rights issue in the weighted average number of ordinary shares. 

Note 7 Cash and Liquid Assets 

Note 8 Receivables Due from Other Financial Institutions 

(1)  Comparative information has been reclassified to conform to presentation in the current year. 
(2)  Required by law for the Group to operate in certain regions. 

The majority of the above amounts are expected to be recovered within 12 months of the Balance Sheet date. 

102  Commonwealth Bank of Australia – Annual Report 2016 

Group 20162015 (2)2014 (2)Earnings per ordinary share (1)Cents per ShareBasic 542. 5553. 7530. 6Fully diluted529. 5539. 6518. 9Group 201620152014Reconciliation of earnings used in calculation of earnings per share$M $M $M Profit after income tax9,2479,0848,650Less: Other equity instrument dividends(50)(52)(45)Less: Non-controlling interests(20)(21)(19)Earnings used in calculation of basic earnings per share9,1779,0118,586Add: Profit impact of assumed conversions of loan capital195225190Earnings used in calculation of fully diluted earnings per share9,3729,2368,776Number of Shares 20162015 (1)2014 (1)M M M Weighted average number of ordinary shares used in the calculationof basic earnings per share1,6921,6271,618Effect of dilutive securities - executive share plans and convertible loan capital instruments798473Weighted average number of ordinary shares used in the calculation of fully diluted earnings per share1,7711,7111,691Group Bank 2016201520162015$M $M $M $M Notes, coins and cash at banks12,10315,68310,80914,821Money at short call2,2013,4782,0733,286Securities purchased under agreements to resell8,92513,8468,67313,518Bills received and remittances in transit1431092758Total cash and liquid assets23,37233,11621,58231,683GroupBank2016201520162015$M$M$M$MPlacements with and loans to other financial institutions (1)11,38412,85110,14011,171Deposits with regulatory authorities (2)2072124233Total receivables due from other financial institutions11,59113,06310,18211,204 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
  
  
 
Notes to the Financial Statements 

Note 9 Assets at Fair Value through Income Statement 

Investments held in the Australian statutory funds may only be used within the restrictions imposed under the Life Insurance Act 1995.  

(1) 
(2)  Designated at Fair Value through Income Statement at inception as they are managed by the Group on a fair value basis or to eliminate an accounting 

mismatch. 

(3)  Comparative information has been reclassified to conform to presentation in the current period. 
(4) 

In addition to the assets above, the Group also measures bills discounted that are intended to be sold into the market at fair value. These are classified 
within Loans, bills discounted and other receivables (refer to Note 12). 

Note 10 Derivative Financial Instruments 

Derivative Contracts 

Derivatives are classified as “Held for Trading” or “Held for Hedging”. Held for Trading derivatives are contracts entered into in 
order to meet customers’ needs, to undertake market making and positioning activities, or for risk management purposes that do 
not qualify for hedge accounting. Held for Hedging derivatives are instruments held for risk management purposes, which meet 
the criteria for hedge accounting. 

Derivatives Transacted for Hedging Purposes 

There are three types of allowable hedging relationships: fair value hedges, cash flow hedges and hedges of a net investment  in 
a foreign operation. For details on the accounting treatment of each type of hedging relationship refer to Note 1(t). 

Fair Value Hedges 

Fair value hedges are used by the Group to manage exposure to changes in the fair value of an asset, liability or unrecognised 
firm commitment. Changes in fair values can arise from fluctuations in interest or foreign exchange rates. The Group principally 
uses interest rate swaps, cross currency swaps and futures to protect against such fluctuations. 

All gains and losses associated with the ineffective portion of fair value hedge relationships are recognised immediately as ‘Other 
operating income’ in the Income Statement.  

Cash Flow Hedges 

Cash flow hedges are used by the Group to manage exposure to variability in future cash flows, which could affect profit or loss 
and  may  result  from  fluctuations  in  interest  and  exchange  rates  or  in  commodity  prices  on  financial  assets,  liabilities  or  highly 
probable  forecast  transactions.  The  Group  principally  uses  derivative  instruments  to  protect  against  such  fluctuations. 

Commonwealth Bank of Australia – Annual Report 2016 

    103 

GroupBank2016201520162015Assets at Fair Value through Income Statement$M $M $M $M TradingGovernment bonds, notes and securities17,65311,48617,44011,042Corporate/financial institution bonds, notes and securities5,3536,4444,8086,026Shares and equity investments2,4842,6232,1602,196Commodities8,5775,8718,5775,871Total trading assets34,06726,42432,98525,135Insurance (1)Investments backing life risk contractsEquity security investments855844--Debt security investments3,5633,135--Property investments82136--Other assets703555--Investments backing life investment contractsEquity security investments4,3564,670--Debt security investments2,4173,182--Property investments123297--Other assets1,4481,269--Total life insurance investment assets13,54714,088--Other (2)Government securities4395--Receivables due from other corporate/financial institutions (3)250293-99Other lending (3)1,1878901,187890Total other assets at fair value through Income Statement1,4801,2781,187989Total assets at fair value through Income Statement (4)49,09441,79034,17226,124Maturity Distribution of assets at fair value through income statementLess than twelve months25,84527,57724,35526,124More than twelve months23,24914,2139,817-Total assets at fair value through Income Statement49,09441,79034,17226,124 
 
 
 
Notes to the Financial Statements 

Note 10 Derivative Financial Instruments (continued) 

Where  it  is  appropriate,  non-derivative  financial  assets  and  liabilities  are  also  designated  as  hedging  instruments  in  cash  flow 
hedge relationships. 

Amounts  accumulated  in  Other  Comprehensive  Income  in  respect  of  cash  flow  hedges  are  recycled  to  the  Income  Statement 
when the forecast transaction occurs. Underlying cash flows from cash flow hedges are discounted to calculate deferred gains 
and losses which are expected to occur in the following periods: 

Net Investment Hedges 

The  Group  uses  foreign  exchange  forward  transactions  to  minimise  its  exposure  to  the  currency  translation  risk  of  certain  net 
investments  in  foreign  operations.  In  the  current  and  prior  year,  there  have  been  no  material  gains  or  losses  as  a  result  of 
ineffective net investment hedges. 

The fair value of derivative financial instruments is set out in the following tables: 

104  Commonwealth Bank of Australia – Annual Report 2016 

GroupBankTotalTotal2016201520162015$M$M$M$MWithin 6 months(46)(39)(9)(8)6 months - 1 year8(5)80281 - 2 years108971531742 - 5 years846591969690After 5 years(237)(267)(148)(128)Net deferred gains/(losses)6793771,045756Group20162015Fair ValueFair ValueFair ValueFair ValueAssetLiabilityAssetLiabilityDerivatives assets and liabilities$M$M$M$MHeld for tradingExchange rate related contracts:Forward contracts9,055(8,656)7,019(6,472)Swaps6,646(9,762)7,299(7,808)Futures1-7-Options purchased and sold874(897)736(773)Total exchange rate related contracts16,576(19,315)15,061(15,053)Interest rate related contracts:Forward contracts--1(1)Swaps10,590(7,266)9,120(7,226)Futures15(42)5(2)Options purchased and sold1,120(1,261)824(844)Total interest rate related contracts11,725(8,569)9,950(8,073)Credit related swaps38(50)28(33)Equity related contracts:Swaps38(86)165(9)Options purchased and sold14(27)66(62)Total equity related contracts52(113)231(71)Commodity related contracts:Swaps593(510)291(359)Options purchased and sold40(43)59(55)Total commodity related contracts633(553)350(414)Identified embedded derivatives338(125)193(258)Total derivative assets/(liabilities) held for trading29,362(28,725)25,813(23,902) 
 
 
   
  
 
 
Notes to the Financial Statements 

Note 10 Derivative Financial Instruments (continued) 

 Held for trading derivatives are expected to be recovered or due to be settled within 12 months of the Balance Sheet date. The 
majority of hedging derivatives are expected to be recovered or due to be settled more than 12 months after the Balance Sheet 
date. 

Commonwealth Bank of Australia – Annual Report 2016 

    105 

Group20162015Fair ValueFair ValueFair ValueFair ValueAssetLiabilityAssetLiability$M$M$M$MFair value hedgesExchange rate related contracts:Swaps8,631(4,612)12,238(5,393)Total exchange rate related contracts8,631(4,612)12,238(5,393)Interest rate related swaps881(2,930)932(3,182)Total fair value hedges9,512(7,542)13,170(8,575)Cash flow hedgesExchange rate related swaps5,002(2,150)4,329(1,080)Interest rate related swaps2,691(1,495)2,831(1,656)Total cash flow hedges7,693(3,645)7,160(2,736)Net investment hedgesExchange rate related forward contracts-(9)11-Total net investment hedges-(9)11-Total derivative assets/(liabilities) held for hedging17,205(11,196)20,341(11,311)Bank20162015Fair ValueFair ValueFair ValueFair ValueAssetLiabilityAssetLiabilityDerivatives assets and liabilities$M$M$M$MHeld for tradingExchange rate related contracts:Forward contracts9,010(8,554)6,900(6,430)Swaps8,366(10,691)7,484(7,800)Futures1-7-Options purchased and sold873(894)730(772)Derivatives held with controlled entities915(3,083)850(3,647)Total exchange rate related contracts19,165(23,222)15,971(18,649)Interest rate related contracts:Forward contracts--1(1)Swaps10,166(6,868)8,898(6,896)Futures15(37)-(1)Options purchased and sold1,119(1,255)823(842)Derivatives held with controlled entities216(261)132(241)Total interest rate related contracts11,516(8,421)9,854(7,981)Credit related swaps38(50)28(33)Equity related contracts:Swaps38(86)165(9)Options purchased and sold14(27)66(62)Total equity related contracts52(113)231(71)Commodity related contracts:Swaps593(510)291(359)Options purchased and sold40(43)59(55)Total commodity related contracts633(553)350(414)Identified embedded derivatives338(125)193(258)Total derivative assets/(liabilities) held for trading31,742(32,484)26,627(27,406) 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Financial Statements 

Note 10 Derivative Financial Instruments (continued) 

(1)  Comparative information has been expanded to conform to presentation in the current year. 

Held for trading derivatives are expected to be recovered or due to be settled within 12 months of the Balance Sheet date. The 
majority of hedging derivatives are expected to be recovered or due to be settled more than 12 months after the Balance Sheet 
date. 

106  Commonwealth Bank of Australia – Annual Report 2016 

Bank20162015Fair ValueFair ValueFair ValueFair ValueAssetLiabilityAssetLiability$M$M$M$MFair value hedgesExchange rate related contracts:Swaps6,856(3,815)11,717(5,210)Derivatives held with controlled entities52(1,934)47(1,367)Total exchange rate related contracts6,908(5,749)11,764(6,577)Interest rate related contracts:Swaps738(2,673)823(3,002)Derivatives held with controlled entities-(194)-(177)Total interest rate related contracts738(2,867)823(3,179)Total fair value hedges7,646(8,616)12,587(9,756)Cash flow hedges (1)Exchange rate related contracts:Swaps4,688(1,613)3,797(1,059)Derivatives held with controlled entities13(188)1(90)Total exchange rate related contracts4,701(1,801)3,798(1,149)Interest rate related contracts:Swaps2,433(969)2,583(1,320)Derivatives held with controlled entities3(5)1(5)Total interest rate related contracts2,436(974)2,584(1,325)Total cash flow hedges7,137(2,775)6,382(2,474)Net investment hedges (1)Exchange rate related forward contracts-(9)11-Total net investment hedges-(9)11-Total derivative assets/(liabilities) held for hedging14,783(11,400)18,980(12,230) 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Financial Statements 

Note 11 Available-for-Sale Investments 

(1)  Supranational, Sovereign and Agency Securities (SSA). 
(2)  On  31  March  2015  internal  residential  mortgage  backed  securities  (internal  RMBS)  issued  to  the  Bank  by  controlled  entities  of  $75,041  million  were 
reclassified to Loans to controlled entities. They were reclassified prospectively at their fair value of $75,041 million. As at the date of reclassification the 
available for sale reserve was nil. The fair value of the internal RMBS as at 30 June 2015 was $74,959 million, as disclosed in Note 40. 

The following amounts expected to be recovered within 12 months of the Balance Sheet date for the Group are $16,324 million 
(2015: $20,350 million) and for Bank $15,660 million (2015: $20,812 million). 

Proceeds  received  from settlement  at  or close to maturity  of Available-for-sale  investments  for the Group  were  $39,011 million 
(2015: $47,752 million) and for the Bank were $39,430 million (2015: $47,235 million). 

Proceeds  from  the  sale  of  available-for-sale  investments  for  the  Group  were  $7,139 million  (2015: $5,817 million)  and  for  the 
Bank were $7,111 million (2015: $5,817 million). 

Maturity Distribution and Weighted Average Yield 

     The maturity table is based on contractual terms. 

. 

Commonwealth Bank of Australia – Annual Report 2016 

    107 

GroupBank2016201520162015$M$M$M$MGovernment bonds, notes and securities47,19036,10045,75435,708Corporate/financial institution bonds, notes and securities18,74022,27217,72422,027Shares and equity investments9591,155486726Covered bonds, mortgage backed securities and SSA (1) (2)14,00915,15712,39713,843Total available-for-sale investments80,89874,68476,36172,304GroupMaturity Period at 30 June 201610 orNon-0 to 1 Year1 to 5 Years5 to 10 Yearsmore YearsMaturingTotal$M%$M%$M%$M%$M$MGovernment bonds, notes and securities7,7430.4612,1721.6619,2111.958,0642.42-47,1906,1092.2112,5962.98254.00103.00-18,740Shares and equity investments--------9599597752.546,0602.886162.996,5582.82-14,009Total available-for-sale investments14,627-30,828-19,852-14,632-95980,898Covered bonds, mortgage backed securities and SSACorporate/financial institution bonds, notes and securities 
  
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Financial Statements 

Note 12 Loans, Bills Discounted and Other Receivables 

(1)  Home loans balance includes residential mortgages that  have been assigned to securitisation vehicles and covered bond trusts. Further detail on these 

residential mortgages is disclosed in Note 41. 

(2)  The  Group  measures  bills  discounted  intended  to  be  sold  into  the  market  at  fair  value  and  includes  these  within  loans,  bills  discounted  and  other 

receivables to reflect the nature of the lending arrangement. 

(3)  Comparatives have been aggregated to align to presentation in the current year. 

The  following  amounts,  based  on  behavioural  terms  and  current  market  conditions,  are  expected  to  be  recovered  within 
12 months  of  the  Balance  Sheet  date  for  Group  $206,157 million  (2015:  $187,536 million),  and  for  Bank  $191,962 million 
(2015: $159,429 million). The maturity tables below are based on contractual terms. 

Finance Lease Receivables 

The Group and the Bank provide finance leases to a broad range of clients to support financing needs in acquiring transportation 
assets such as trains, aircraft, ships and major production and manufacturing equipment.  

Finance lease receivables are included within loans, bills discounted and other receivables to customers. 

108  Commonwealth Bank of Australia – Annual Report 2016 

GroupBank2016201520162015$M$M$M$MAustraliaOverdrafts26,85722,35326,85722,353Home loans (1)409,452383,174404,352379,500Credit card outstandings12,12211,88712,12211,887Lease financing4,4124,4853,0733,053Bills discounted (2)10,50714,84710,50714,847Term loans and other lending (3)140,784124,312140,700124,186Total Australia604,134561,058597,611555,826OverseasOverdrafts1,5921,373318139Home loans (1)46,62239,677550522Credit card outstandings912816--Lease financing723352849Term loans and other lending (3)46,96740,96923,75421,325Total overseas96,16583,17024,65022,035Gross loans, bills discounted and other receivables700,299644,228622,261577,861LessProvisions for Loan Impairment (Note 13):Collective provision(2,783)(2,739)(2,510)(2,530)Individually assessed provisions (935)(879)(855)(824)Unearned income:Term loans(701)(756)(699)(753)Lease financing(482)(592)(278)(319)(4,901)(4,966)(4,342)(4,426)Net loans, bills discounted and other receivables695,398639,262617,919573,435Group 20162015GrossPresent Value GrossPresent Value Investment inof Minimum Investment inof Minimum Finance LeaseUnearnedLease Payment Finance LeaseUnearnedLease Payment ReceivableIncomeReceivable ReceivableIncomeReceivable $M$M$M $M$M$M Not later than one year1,247(161)1,0861,051(147)904One year to five years2,906(287)2,6193,138(353)2,785Over five years331(34)297631(92)5394,484(482)4,0024,820(592)4,228 
 
 
 
 
  
Notes to the Financial Statements 

Note 12 Loans, Bills Discounted and Other Receivables (continued) 

Contractual Maturity Tables 

(1)  The industry split has been prepared on an industry exposure basis. 

Commonwealth Bank of Australia – Annual Report 2016 

    109 

Bank 20162015Gross Present Value Gross Present Value  Investment in of Minimum  Investment in of Minimum Finance Lease Unearned Lease Payment Finance Lease UnearnedLease Payment Receivable Income Receivable Receivable Income Receivable $M $M $M $M $M $M Not later than one year1,008(94)914759(65)694One year to five years1,856(155)1,7011,948(182)1,766Over five years237(29)208395(72)3233,101(278)2,8233,102(319)2,783GroupMaturity Period at 30 June 2016Maturing 1MaturingMaturingYearBetween 1Afteror Lessand 5 Years5 YearsTotalIndustry (1)$M$M$M$MAustraliaSovereign4,8143402265,380Agriculture2,7453,8376097,191Bank and other financial8,3866,08532314,794Home loans14,80840,454354,190409,452Construction1,4781,0425943,114Other personal8,97513,74180823,524Asset financing3,1405,2381658,543Other commercial and industrial50,22971,88610,021132,136Total Australia94,575142,623366,936604,134OverseasSovereign1,1905,9462,0289,164Agriculture1,7413,4013,6028,744Bank and other financial2,2241,6181,5175,359Home loans6,6354,70135,28646,622Construction16089103352Other personal1,6764211,719Asset financing852160220Other commercial and industrial14,2448,4661,27523,985Total overseas27,87824,31543,97296,165Gross loans, bills discounted and other receivables122,453166,938410,908700,299Maturing 1MaturingMaturingYearBetween 1Afteror Lessand 5 Years5 Years TotalInterest rate$M$M$M$MAustralia72,158113,467313,702499,327Overseas17,83214,57620,00552,413Total variable interest rates89,990128,043333,707551,740Australia22,41729,15653,234104,807Overseas10,0469,73923,96743,752Total fixed interest rates32,46338,89577,201148,559Gross loans, bills discounted and other receivables122,453166,938410,908700,299 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Financial Statements 

Note 12 Loans, Bills Discounted and Other Receivables (continued)

(1)  The industry split has been prepared on an industry exposure basis. 

110  Commonwealth Bank of Australia – Annual Report 2016 

GroupMaturity Period at 30 June 2015Maturing 1MaturingMaturingYearBetween 1Afteror Lessand 5 Years5 YearsTotalIndustry (1)$M$M$M$MAustraliaSovereign4,8154382685,521Agriculture2,2123,2248226,258Bank and other financial8,4776,31236815,157Home loans18,07036,111328,993383,174Construction1,1861,1164202,722Other personal7,73913,5251,04922,313Asset financing2,7815,4261498,356Other commercial and industrial40,56566,28110,711117,557Total Australia85,845132,433342,780561,058OverseasSovereign5,4966,51292112,929Agriculture1,4112,5983,9817,990Bank and other financial2,7292,6902,1537,572Home loans6,3824,13429,16139,677Construction174113120407Other personal1,0943311,128Asset financing1179468558Other commercial and industrial5,4474,3963,06612,909Total overseas22,74420,55539,87183,170Gross loans, bills discounted and other receivables108,589152,988382,651644,228Maturing 1MaturingMaturingYearBetween 1Afteror Lessand 5 Years5 YearsTotalInterest rate $M$M$M$MAustralia76,053112,989293,596482,638Overseas15,08213,27717,64946,008Total variable interest rates91,135126,266311,245528,646Australia9,79219,44449,18478,420Overseas7,6627,27822,22237,162Total fixed interest rates17,45426,72271,406115,582Gross loans, bills discounted and other receivables108,589152,988382,651644,228Notes to the Financial Statements 

Note 13 Provisions for Impairment 

Commonwealth Bank of Australia – Annual Report 2016 

    111 

GroupBank20162015201420162015Provisions for impairment losses$M$M$M$M$MCollective provisionOpening balance2,7622,7792,8582,5532,587Net collective provision funding664589497566528Impairment losses written off(846)(770)(753)(782)(718)Impairment losses recovered225176165207155Other13(12)1211Closing balance2,8182,7622,7792,5452,553Individually assessed provisionsOpening balance8871,1271,6288321,087Net new and increased individual provisioning788659726760550Write-back of provisions no longer required(196)(260)(305)(173)(241)Discount unwind to interest income(27)(38)(51)(27)(38)Impairment losses written off(571)(709)(1,060)(590)(639)Other6310818962113Closing balance9448871,127864832Total provisions for impairment losses3,7623,6493,9063,4093,385Less: Provision for Off Balance Sheet exposures(44)(31)(40)(44)(31)Total provisions for loan impairment3,7183,6183,8663,3653,354GroupBank20162015201420162015Provision ratios%%%%%Total provisions for impaired assets as a % of gross impaired assets36. 1735. 9437. 6039. 5938. 85Total provisions for impairment losses as a % of gross loans and acceptances0. 540. 560. 640. 550. 58GroupBank20162015201420162015Loan impairment expense$M$M$M$M$MNet collective provision funding664589497566528Net new and increased individual provisioning788659726760550Write-back of individually assessed provisions(196)(260)(305)(173)(241)Total loan impairment expense1,2569889181,153837Notes to the Financial Statements 

Note 13 Provisions for Impairment (continued) 

112  Commonwealth Bank of Australia – Annual Report 2016 

Group Individually assessed provisions by20162015201420132012industry classification$M $M $M $M $M AustraliaSovereign-----Agriculture4213312316889Bank and other financial293668217235Home loans193148151182256Construction25202989152Other personal710141411Asset financing2828302314Other commercial and industrial4834006208711,163Total Australia8077751,0351,5641,920OverseasSovereign-----Agriculture23143167Bank and other financial4-1556Home loans610111728Construction811--Other personal1----Asset financing1010---Other commercial and industrial8577622647Total overseas137112926488Total individually assessed provisions9448871,1271,6282,008Group 20162015201420132012Loans written off by industry classification$M $M $M $M $M AustraliaSovereign-----Agriculture84651383032Bank and other financial10361227951Home loans827211321788Construction11145213945Other personal747686677622657Asset financing5445372538Other commercial and industrial249404568686884Total Australia1,2371,3221,7071,7981,795OverseasSovereign-----Agriculture73345Bank and other financial-69-101Home loans78132124Construction-----Other personal5442302519Asset financing-----Other commercial and industrial11235603133Total overseas1801571069182Gross loans written off1,4171,4791,8131,8891,877Recovery of amounts previously written offAustralia211165148144216Overseas1411171012Total amounts recovered225176165154228Net loans written off1,1921,3031,6481,7351,649 
  
  
Notes to the Financial Statements 

Note 13 Provisions for Impairment (continued) 

Note 14 Property, Plant and Equipment 

 (1)  Had land and buildings been measured using the cost model rather than fair value, the carrying value would have been $270 million (2015: $210 million) 

for Group and $249 million (2015: $190 million) for Bank. 

(2)  Relates to property, plant and equipment  held via a partly owned fund within the Group’s life insurance business. The investment in the fund is used to 

back life insurance policy liabilities. As a result the underlying property, plant and equipment is not considered to be held for the use of the Bank. 

The majority of the above amounts have expected useful lives longer than 12 months after the Balance Sheet date. 

There are no significant items of property, plant and equipment that are currently under construction. 

Commonwealth Bank of Australia – Annual Report 2016 

    113 

Group20162015201420132012Loans recovered by industry classification$M $M $M $M $M AustraliaSovereign-----Agriculture1----Bank and other financial2796817Home loans33445Construction1----Other personal154125106113147Asset financing445617Other commercial and industrial2124271330Total Australia211165148144216OverseasSovereign-----Agriculture--3--Bank and other financial1-31-Home loans1111-Construction-----Other personal1010888Asset financing-----Other commercial and industrial2-2-4Total overseas1411171012Total loans recovered225176165154228GroupBank2016201520162015$M$M$M$MLand and Buildings (1)At 30 June valuation496463446416Total land and buildings 496463446416Leasehold ImprovementsAt cost1,5571,5131,3071,282Accumulated depreciation(952)(904)(817)(786)Closing balance605609490496EquipmentAt cost1,8911,6911,5021,336Accumulated depreciation(1,406)(1,313)(1,106)(1,032)Closing balance485378396304Total property, plant and equipment held for own use1,5861,4501,3321,216Assets Held for LeaseAt cost1,5581,662247373Accumulated depreciation(271)(279)(76)(80)Closing balance1,2871,383171293Other Property, Plant and Equipment (2)At cost1,067---Accumulated depreciation----Closing balance1,067---Total property, plant and equipment3,9402,8331,5031,509 
  
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Financial Statements 

Note 14 Property, Plant and Equipment (continued) 

Land and buildings are carried at fair value based on independent valuations performed during the year; refer to Note 1(w). 

These fair values fall under the Level 3 category of the fair value hierarchy as defined in Note 40. 

Reconciliation of the carrying amounts of Property, Plant and Equipment is set out below: 

114  Commonwealth Bank of Australia – Annual Report 2016 

GroupBank2016201520162015$M$M$M$MLand and BuildingsCarrying amount at the beginning of the year463499416448Additions73137013Disposals(14)(35)(11)(30)Net revaluations219116Depreciation(31)(32)(30)(31)Foreign currency translation adjustment3(1)--Carrying amount at the end of the year496463446416Leasehold ImprovementsCarrying amount at the beginning of the year609589496487Additions148168130139Disposals(18)(6)(16)(6)Depreciation(137)(142)(118)(124)Foreign currency translation adjustment3-(2)-Carrying amount at the end of the year605609490496EquipmentCarrying amount at the beginning of the year378355304273Additions260174218149Disposals(8)(11)(6)(9)Depreciation(149)(139)(120)(109)Foreign currency translation adjustment4(1)--Carrying amount at the end of the year485378396304Assets Held for LeaseCarrying amount at the beginning of the year1,3831,373293259Additions448223880Disposals(385)(179)(104)(28)Impairment losses(69)---Depreciation(107)(80)(26)(18)Foreign currency translation adjustment1746--Carrying amount at the end of the year1,2871,383171293Other Property, Plant and EquipmentCarrying amount at the beginning of the year----Acquisitions attributed to business combinations693---Additions330---Depreciation----Foreign currency translation adjustment44---Carrying amount at the end of the year1,067--- 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Financial Statements 

Note 15 Intangible Assets 

(1)  Core deposits represent the value of the Bankwest deposit base compared to the  avoided cost of alternative funding sources such as securitisation and 
wholesale funding. This asset was acquired on 19 December 2008 with a useful life of seven years based on the weighted average attrition rates of the 
Bankwest deposit portfolio. It was fully amortised during the 2016 financial year. 

(2)  Brand  names predominantly represent the value of royalty costs foregone by the  Group through acquiring the Bankwest brand  name. The royalty costs 
that would have been incurred by an entity using the Bankwest brand name are based on an annual percentage of income generated by Bankwest. The 
Bankwest brand name has an indefinite useful life. It is not subject to amortisation, but is subject to annual impairment testing. No impairment was required 
as a result of this test. The balance also includes Count Financial Limited brand name ($4 million) that is amortised over the estimated useful life of 20 
years.  

(3)  Other intangibles include the value of credit card relationships acquired from Bankwest and Count franchise relationships. This value represents future net 
income  generated  from  the  relationships  that  existed  at  Balance  Sheet  date.  The  assets  have  a  useful  life  of  10  years  based  on  the  attrition  rates  of 
customers.  

Impairment Tests for Goodwill and Intangible Assets with Indefinite Lives 

To assess whether goodwill and other assets with indefinite useful lives are impaired, the carrying amount of a cash-generating 
unit or a group of cash-generating units are compared to the recoverable amount. The recoverable amount is determined based 
on fair value less cost to sell, using an earnings multiple applicable to that type of business. The category of this fair value is Level 
3 as defined in Note 40. 

Earnings  multiples  relating  to  the  Group‘s  Banking  and  Wealth  Management  cash-generating  units  are  sourced  from  publicly 
available  data  associated  with  Australian  businesses  displaying  similar  characteristics  to  those  cash-generating  units,  and  are 
applied to current earnings. The key assumption is the Price-Earnings (P/E) multiple observed for these businesses, which for the 
Banking businesses (excluding IFS) were in the range of 10.4 – 12.4 (2015: 12.1 – 13.0), for the IFS businesses 6.2 – 16.4 (2015: 
7.4 – 17.2) and for Wealth Management businesses were in the range of 11.6 – 15.1 (2015: 12.7 – 17.1). 

Commonwealth Bank of Australia – Annual Report 2016 

    115 

GroupBank2016201520162015$M$M$M$MGoodwill Purchased goodwill at cost7,9257,5992,5222,522Closing balance 7,9257,5992,5222,522Computer Software CostsCost3,8233,3593,3612,982Accumulated amortisation(1,595)(1,270)(1,300)(1,038)Closing balance 2,2282,0892,0611,944Core Deposits (1)Cost495495495495Accumulated amortisation (495)(461)(495)(461)Closing balance -34-34Brand Names (2)Cost190190186186Accumulated amortisation(1)(1)--Closing balance 189189186186Other Intangibles (3)Cost1561623838Accumulated amortisation(114)(103)(29)(24)Closing balance 4259914Total Intangible assets10,3849,9704,7784,700 
 
 
 
Notes to the Financial Statements 

Note 15 Intangible Assets (continued) 

Goodwill Allocation to Cash-Generating Units 

Reconciliation of the carrying amounts of Intangible Assets is set out below: 

(1) 

Includes foreign currency revaluation. 

116  Commonwealth Bank of Australia – Annual Report 2016 

Group 20162015$M $M Retail Banking Services 4,1494,149Business and Private Banking297297Wealth Management2,7322,410New Zealand698679IFS and Other4964Total7,9257,599GroupBank2016201520162015$M$M$M$MGoodwill Opening balance7,5997,5662,5222,522Additions30443--Transfers/disposals/other adjustments (1)22(10)--Closing balance 7,9257,5992,5222,522Computer Software CostsOpening balance2,0891,8541,9441,724Additions:From purchases167--From internal development503547450494Amortisation and write-offs(380)(319)(333)(274)Closing balance 2,2282,0892,0611,944Core DepositsOpening balance3410534106Amortisation(34)(71)(34)(72)Closing balance -34-34Brand NamesOpening balance189189186186Amortisation----Closing balance 189189186186Other IntangiblesOpening balance59781417Additions22--Disposals-(1)--Amortisation(19)(20)(5)(3)Closing balance 4259914 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Financial Statements 

Note 16 Other Assets 

(1)  Comparative information has been reclassified to conform to presentation in the current year. 

Except for the defined benefits superannuation plan surplus, the above amounts are expected to be recovered within 12 months 
of the Balance Sheet date. 

Note 17 Deposits and Other Public Borrowings 

(1)  Comparative information has been restated to conform to presentation in the current year. 
(2)  During  the  period,  following  a  change  in  terms,  Interest  bearing  transaction  deposits  of  $18,314  million  became  Non-interest  bearing  and  have  been 

disclosed accordingly. 

The majority of the amounts are due to be settled within 12 months of the Balance Sheet date.  

The contractual maturity profile of Certificates of deposit and Term deposits are shown in the table below:  

(1)  All certificates of deposit issued by the Group are for amounts greater than $100,000. 

Commonwealth Bank of Australia – Annual Report 2016 

    117 

Group Bank 2016201520162015$M $M $M $M Accrued interest receivable2,3122,1643,1182,988Accrued fees/reimbursements receivable1,1101,247157147Securities sold not delivered2,1772,4831,7261,874Intragroup current tax receivable--213200Current tax assets1715--Prepayments (1)381206200164Life insurance other assets5374973937Defined benefit superannuation plan surplus261276261276Other487650283235Total other assets7,2827,5385,9975,921Group Bank 2016201520162015$M $M $M $M AustraliaCertificates of deposit43,76246,08345,63947,802Term deposits138,443143,285138,664143,481On-demand and short-term deposits (1) (2)281,648265,620281,059265,798Deposits not bearing interest  (1) (2)35,16412,56835,14512,550Securities sold under agreements to repurchase17,12412,96417,30513,036Total Australia516,141480,520517,812482,667OverseasCertificates of deposit9,0987,0606,2544,980Term deposits32,06930,8129,3598,508On-demand and short term deposits27,32722,1592,5971,382Deposits not bearing interest3,4102,6686476Securities sold under agreements to repurchase-12-12Total overseas71,90462,71118,27414,958Total external deposits and other public borrowings588,045543,231536,086497,625GroupAt 30 June 2016MaturingMaturingMaturingMaturingThreeBetweenBetween SixafterMonths orThree andand TwelveTwelveLessSix MonthsMonthsMonthsTotal$M$M$M$M$MAustraliaCertificates of deposit (1)21,57111,37065310,16843,762Term deposits84,84820,85226,0126,731138,443Total Australia106,41932,22226,66516,899182,205OverseasCertificates of deposit (1)6,9061,4525322089,098Term deposits16,5347,8154,8512,86932,069Total overseas23,4409,2675,3833,07741,167Total certificates of deposits and term deposits129,85941,48932,04819,976223,372 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
Notes to the Financial Statements 

Note 17 Deposits and Other Public Borrowings (continued) 

  (1)  All certificates of deposit issued by the Group are for amounts greater than $100,000. 

Note 18 Liabilities at Fair Value through Income Statement 

  (1)  These liabilities have been initially designated at fair value through the Income Statement. Refer to Note 1(y). 

Of the above amounts, trading liabilities are expected to be settled within 12 months of the Balance Sheet date for the Group and 
the  Bank. For  the  Group,  the majority  of the  other  amounts  are  expected to  be settled  within  12 months  of  the  Balance  Sheet 
date.  For  the  Bank,  the  majority  of  debt  instruments  are  expected  to  be  settled  more  than  12 months  after  the  Balance  Sheet 
date. 

The amount that would be contractually required to be paid at maturity to the holders of the financial liabilities designated at fair 
value  through  Income  Statement  for  the  Group  is  $10,094 million  (2015:  $8,448 million)  and  for  the  Bank  is  $7,250 million 
(2015: $7,279 million). 

Note 19 Other Provisions  

 Maturity Distribution of Other Provisions 

118  Commonwealth Bank of Australia – Annual Report 2016 

GroupAt 30 June 2015MaturingMaturingMaturingMaturingThreeBetweenBetween SixafterMonths orThree andand TwelveTwelveLessSix MonthsMonthsMonthsTotal$M$M$M$M$MAustraliaCertificates of deposit (1)22,79711,920-11,36646,083Term deposits64,92031,18338,9038,279143,285Total Australia87,71743,10338,90319,645189,368OverseasCertificates of deposit (1)4,4946881,6791997,060Term deposits16,8296,6504,4732,86030,812Total overseas21,3237,3386,1523,05937,872Total certificates of deposits and term deposits109,04050,44145,05522,704227,240Group Bank 2016201520162015$M$M$M$MDeposits and other borrowings (1)5,6952,7894,4162,639Debt instruments (1)1,8481,266276256Trading liabilities2,7494,4382,7494,428Total liabilities at fair value through Income Statement10,2928,4937,4417,323GroupBank2016201520162015Note$M $M $M $M Employee entitlements823750730660General insurance claims260314--Self insurance and non-lending losses196198162181Dividends590829082Compliance, programs and regulation7819378193Restructuring costs28432741Other18114616297Total other provisions1,6561,7261,2491,254GroupBank2016201520162015$M $M $M $M Less than twelve months 1,3201,159968711More than twelve months336567281543Total other provisions1,6561,7261,2491,254 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
Notes to the Financial Statements 

Note 19 Other Provisions (continued) 

Provision Commentary 

General Insurance Claims 

This provision is to cover future claims on general insurance contracts that have been incurred but not reported. The provision will 
be realised upon settlement of claims whose maturities were uncertain at the reporting date. 

Self Insurance and Non-Lending Losses 

Self insurance provision relates to  non-transferred insurance risks on lending products the Group originates. The self insurance 
provision is reassessed annually in accordance with actuarial advice. 

This provision covers certain non-lending losses, including customer remediation, and represents losses that have not arisen as a 
consequence of an impaired credit decision.  

Compliance, Programs and Regulation  

This provision relates to project and other administrative costs associated with certain compliance and regulatory programs of the 
Group. 

Restructuring  

Provisions are recognised for restructuring activities when  a detailed plan has been developed and a valid expectation that the 
plan will be carried out is held by those affected by it. The majority of the provision is expected to be used within 12 months of the 
Balance Sheet date.  

Advice Review Programs 

Certain remediation programs are being undertaken in the Group’s advice business as follows:  

 

 

The Open Advice Review program for customers of Commonwealth Financial Planning Limited (CFPL) and Financial 
Wisdom Limited (FWL), who received advice between 1 September 2003 and 1 July 2012. Registrations for the program are 
now closed, with customer file assessments and remediation ongoing.  
Variations to CFPL’s and FWL’s licences has led to a review of six customer files from each of the 17 advisers identified by 
ASIC’s compliance expert. The review will confirm if the advice provided before 2012 was appropriate and whether further 
reviews are required. 

Commonwealth Bank of Australia – Annual Report 2016 

    119 

GroupBank2016201520162015Reconciliation$M$M$M$MGeneral insurance claims:Opening balance314161--Additional provisions502615--Amounts utilised during the year (556)(462)--Closing balance260314--Self insurance and non-lending losses: Opening balance198112181109Additional provisions15901576Amounts utilised during the year(17)(4)(17)(4)Release of provision--(17)-Closing balance196198162181Compliance, programs and regulation:Opening balance1934919349Additional provisions-218-218Amounts utilised during the year(115)(74)(115)(74)Closing balance7819378193Restructuring:Opening balance43604157Additional provisions-3-3Amounts utilised during the year(15)(20)(14)(19)Closing balance28432741Other:Opening balance14618397154Additional provisions6022852Amounts utilised during the year(11)(21)(6)(21)Release of provision(14)(38)(14)(38)Closing balance18114616297 
 
 
 
 
  
Notes to the Financial Statements 

Note 19 Other Provisions (continued) 

Advice Review Programs (continued) 

 

A review of service delivery against past adviser service package offerings has commenced.  In instances where the Group 
does not have evidence of service delivery the affected customers will be refunded.  

The Group has provided for the cost of running these programs, together with anticipated remediation costs. Key assumptions in 
determining  the  remediation  and program cost  provisions  include  customer  registrations  and  responses,  remediation  rates  and 
amounts, case complexity and program design. These have been developed considering historical evidence, current information 
available  and  the  exercise  of  judgement. As the  nature  of  these  estimates  and  assumptions  are  uncertain, the  provisions may 
change. The Group considers that provisions held are adequate and represent our best estimate of the anticipated future costs. 

The Group will re-evaluate the assumptions underpinning the provisions at each reporting date as more information becomes 
available. 

Note 20 Debt Issues 

(1)  Long-term debt disclosed relates to debt issues which have a maturity at inception of greater than 12 months.  
(2)  Represents the remaining contractual maturity of the underlying instrument. 

The  Bank’s  long-term  debt  issues  include  notes  issued  under  the:  USD70 billion  Euro  Medium  Term  Note  Program;  the 
USD50 billion  US  Medium  Term  Note  Program;  the  USD30 billion  Covered  Bond  Program;  the  USD25 billion  CBA  New  York 
Branch Medium Term Note Program; and other applicable debt documentation. Notes issued under debt programs are both fixed 
and variable rate. Interest rate risk associated with the notes is incorporated within the Bank’s interest rate risk framework. 

120  Commonwealth Bank of Australia – Annual Report 2016 

GroupBank2016201520162015Note$M$M$M$MMedium-term notes88,34376,03979,24668,329Commercial paper29,03337,03227,10536,025Securitisation notes 4112,10612,603--Covered bonds4131,80228,75527,86326,005Total debt issues161,284154,429134,214130,359Short Term Debt Issues by currencyUSD29,00836,54327,08035,536AUD214267214267GBP6,7411696,741169Other currencies3125331253Total short term debt issues 36,27537,03234,34736,025Long Term Debt Issues by currency (1)USD43,47943,04943,01342,897EUR28,32926,24724,21023,795AUD27,22321,16713,1646,827GBP5,6049,1954,2837,295NZD4,8393,6701,1191,008JPY6,5476,4486,4536,395Other currencies8,4647,1697,1015,665Offshore loans (all JPY)524452524452Total long term debt issues125,009117,39799,86794,334Maturity Distribution of Debt Issues (2)Less than twelve months64,45959,53257,90154,644Greater than twelve months96,82594,89776,31375,715Total debt issues161,284154,429134,214130,359 
 
 
 
Notes to the Financial Statements 

Note 20 Debt Issues (continued) 

(1)  Short term borrowings include callable medium term notes of $7,242 million which have been excluded from the table above. 
(2)  The amount outstanding at year end is measured at amortised cost. 

(1)  End of day, Sydney time. 

Guarantee Arrangement 

Guarantee under the Commonwealth Bank Sale Act 

Historically,  the  due  payment  of  all  monies  payable  by  the  Bank  was  guaranteed  by  the  Commonwealth  of  Australia  under 
section 117  of  the  Commonwealth  Banks  Act  1959  (as  amended)  at  30 June 1996.  With  the  sale  of  the  Commonwealth’s 
shareholding  in  the  Bank  this  guarantee  has  been  progressively  phased  out  under  transitional  arrangements  found  in  the 
Commonwealth Bank Sale Act 1995. 

Demand deposits are no longer guaranteed by the Commonwealth under this guarantee. However, debt issues payable by the 
Bank under a contract entered into prior to 19 July 1996 and outstanding at 19 July 1999 remain guaranteed until maturity. 

Note 21 Bills Payable and Other Liabilities 

 Other  than  the  defined  benefit  superannuation  plan  deficit,  the  majority  of  the  amounts  are  expected  to  be  settled  within 
12 months of the Balance Sheet date. 

Commonwealth Bank of Australia – Annual Report 2016 

    121 

Group201620152014Short term borrowings by Commercial paper program (1)TotalOutstanding at year-end (2)29,03337,03232,905Maximum amount outstanding at any month end41,45339,77433,174Average amount outstanding37,36835,62131,096US Commercial Paper ProgramOutstanding at year-end (2)27,11735,75431,158Maximum amount outstanding at any month end38,52838,14732,405Average amount outstanding 35,20834,01829,667Weighted average interest rate on:Average amount outstanding0.5%0.3%0.2%Outstanding at year end0.8%0.3%0.2%Euro Commercial Paper ProgramOutstanding at year-end (2)1,9161,2781,747Maximum amount outstanding at any month end2,9252,3271,983Average amount outstanding2,1601,6031,429Weighted average interest rate on:Average amount outstanding0.7%0.7%0.4%Outstanding at year end0.9%0.9%0.4%             $M (except where indicated)As AtAs At30 June30 JuneCurrency20162015AUD 1.00  =USD0.74310.7681EUR0.66890.6880GBP0.55340.4893NZD1.04701.1283JPY76.244194.0578Exchange rates utilised (1)Group Bank 2016201520162015Note$M $M $M $M Bills payable948917891870Accrued interest payable2,6592,9711,9252,220Accrued fees and other items payable2,4532,7181,7551,822Defined benefit superannuation plan deficit3551575157Securities purchased not delivered1,4382,3579641,707Unearned income1,018913599531Life insurance other liabilities and claims payable2142368124Other9939365,3767,130Total bills payable and other liabilities9,77411,10511,64214,361 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
Notes to the Financial Statements 

Note 22 Loan Capital 

 As at the reporting date, there are no securities of the Group or the Bank that are contractually due for redemption in the next 12 
months (note the Group has the right to call some securities earlier than the contractual maturity date). 

(1) USD100 million Floating Rate Notes 

On  15 October 1986,  the  State  Bank  of  Victoria  issued 
USD125 million  of  floating  rate  notes  current  outstanding 
balance  of  USD100 million.  The  floating  rate  notes  are 
perpetual but  were able to be redeemed from October 1991. 
They were assigned to the Bank on 1 January 1991. 

The Bank entered into an agreement with the Commonwealth 
of  Australia  on  31 December 1991  which  provides  that,  if 
certain events occur, the Bank may either issue CBA ordinary 
shares  to  the  Commonwealth  of  Australia,  or  (with  the 
consent  of  the  Commonwealth  of  Australia)  conduct  a 
renounceable  rights  issue  for  CBA  ordinary  shares  to  all 
shareholders.  The  capital  raised  must  be  used  to  pay  any 
amounts due and payable on the floating rate notes. 

The  floating  rate  notes  were  issued  into  the  international 
markets  and  are  subject  to  English  law.  They  qualify  as 
Additional  Tier  1  Capital  of  the  Bank  under  the  Basel  III 
transitional  arrangements 
instruments  as 
implemented by APRA. 

for  capital 

(2) PERLS III 

On 6 April 2006, a wholly owned entity of the Bank (Preferred 
Capital  Limited  or  “PCL”)  issued  $1,166 million  of  Perpetual 
Exchangeable  Repurchaseable  Listed  Shares  (PERLS  III). 
PERLS  III  are  preference  shares  which  were  able  to  be 
exchanged for CBA ordinary shares or $200 cash each (or a 
combination  of  both)  on  6  April  2016.  All  PERLS  III  were 
exchanged  for  cash  on  6  April  2016  and  subsequently 
cancelled.  

(3) PERLS VI, PERLS VII and PERLS VIII 

On  17 October 2012,  the  Bank  issued  $2,000 million  of 
Perpetual  Exchangeable  Resaleable  Listed  Securities 
(PERLS  VI).  On  1 October 2014, 
issued 
$3,000 million of CommBank PERLS VII Capital Notes  

the  Bank 

122  Commonwealth Bank of Australia – Annual Report 2016 

(PERLS  VII).  On  30  March  2016, 
issued 
$1,450 million  of  CommBank  PERLS  VIII  Capital  Notes 
(PERLS  VIII).  PERLS  VI,  PERLS  VII  and  PERLS  VIII  are 
subordinated, unsecured notes.  

the  Bank 

PERLS VI, PERLS VII and PERLS VIII are listed on the ASX 
and  are  subject  to  New  South  Wales  law.  They  qualify  as 
Additional  Tier  1  Capital  of  the  Bank  under  Basel  III  as 
implemented by APRA. 

(4) TPS 2006 

On  15 March 2006,  a  wholly  owned  entity  of  the  Bank  (CBA 
Capital  Trust  II)  issued  USD700 million  of  Trust  Preferred 
Securities  (TPS  2006)  which  were  able  to  be  redeemed  for 
cash, CBA Tier 1 Capital securities or CBA preference shares 
on 15 March 2016. 

All TPS 2006 were redeemed for cash on 15 March 2016.   

(5) AUD denominated Tier 2 Loan Capital issuances 
 

$25 million  subordinated  floating  rate  notes,  issued 
April 1999, due April 2029; 

 

 

$1,000 million 
November 2014, due November 2024; and 

subordinated 

notes 

issued 

$750 million  subordinated  notes  issued June  2016,  due 
June 2026. 

(6) USD denominated Tier 2 Loan Capital issuances 
 

USD350 million  subordinated  fixed  rate  notes,  issued 
June 2003, due June 2018; and 

 

USD1,250  million  subordinated  notes  issued  December 
2015, due December 2025. 

 (7) JPY denominated Tier 2 Loan Capital issuances 
 
JPY20 billion  perpetual  subordinated  EMTN 
Medium Term Notes), issued February 1999; 
JPY30 billion subordinated EMTN, issued October 1995, 
and redeemed in October 2015; and 

(Euro 

 

 

JPY9 billion  perpetual  subordinated  notes, 
May 1996, and redeemed in May 2016.  

issued 

 Group BankCurrency 2016201520162015Amount (M)Footnotes$M $M $M $M Tier 1 Loan CapitalUndatedFRN   USD 100  (1)135130135130UndatedPERLS III   AUD 1,166  (2)-1,164-1,163UndatedPERLS VI   AUD 2,000  (3)1,9901,9861,9901,986UndatedPERLS VII   AUD 3,000  (3)2,9782,9612,9782,961UndatedPERLS VIII   AUD 1,450  (3)1,437-1,437-UndatedTPS   USD 700  (4)---908Total Tier 1 Loan Capital6,5406,2416,5407,148Tier 2 Loan CapitalAUD denominated(5)1,7721,0241,7721,024USD denominated(6)2,1454552,145455JPY denominated(7)262627262627GBP denominated(8)270306270306NZD denominated(9)378349--EUR denominated(10)3,3513,2563,3513,256Other currencies denominated(11)202209202209Total Tier 2 Loan Capital8,3806,2268,0025,877Fair value hedge adjustments624357596339Total Loan Capital15,54412,82415,13813,364 
 
 
Notes to the Financial Statements 

Note 22 Loan Capital (continued) 

 (8) GBP denominated Tier 2 Loan Capital issuances 
  GBP150 million  subordinated  EMTN,  issued  June 2003, 

due December 2023. 

(9) NZD denominated Tier 2 Loan Capital issuances 

 

NZD400  million  subordinated,  unsecured  notes,  issued 
April 2014, due June 2024.  

Limited) 

On  17 April 2014,  a  wholly  owned  entity  of  the  Bank  (ASB 
subordinated, 
Bank 
unsecured  notes  (ASB  Notes)  with  a  face  value  of  NZD1 
each. 

issued  NZD400 million 

ASB  Notes  are  listed  on  the  New  Zealand  Stock  Exchange 
(NZX) debt market and are subject to New South Wales and 
New Zealand law. They qualify as Tier 2 Capital of the Bank 
and  ASB  under  Basel  III  as  implemented  by  APRA  and  the 
RBNZ. 

Note 23 Shareholders’ Equity 

Ordinary Share Capital 

(10) EUR denominated Tier 2 Loan Capital Issuances 

 

 

EUR1,000 million 
subordinated 
August 2009, due August 2019; and 

notes, 

issued 

EUR1,250 million  subordinated  notes  issued  April 2015, 
due April 2027. 

(11) Other foreign currency denominated Tier 2 Loan 
Capital Issuances 

 

CNY1,000 million 
March 2015, due March 2025. 

subordinated 

notes 

issued 

All  Tier  2  Capital  securities  issued  prior  to  1 January 2013 
qualify  as  Tier  2  Capital  of  the  Bank  under  the  Basel  III 
transitional  arrangements 
instruments  as 
implemented  by  APRA.  All  Tier  2  Capital  securities  issued 
after  1 January 2013  qualify  as  Tier  2  Capital  of  the  Bank 
under Basel III as implemented by APRA.  

for  capital 

 (1)  During  the  year  the  Group  undertook  a  capital  raising  through  a  rights  issue  to  all  shareholders.  An  accelerated  institutional  offer  closed  on 

13 August 2015, while the retail entitlement offer closed on 8 September 2015, jointly raised $5,022 million net of issue costs. 

(2)  The  determined  dividend  includes  an  amount  attributable  to  Dividend  Reinvestment  Plan  (DRP)  of  $552 million  (interim  2015/2016),  $655  million  (final 
2014/2015)  and  $574 million  (interim  2014/2015)  with  $552 million,  $657  million  and  $571 million  ordinary  shares  being  issued  under  plan  rules 
respectively which include the carry forward of DRP balance from previous dividends. 

(3)  The  DRP  in  respect  of  2013/2014  final  dividend  was  satisfied  in  full  through  the  on-market  purchase  and  transfer  of  8,749,607  shares  to  participating 

shareholders. 

(4)  The movement in treasury shares held within Life Insurance Statutory Funds, and 1,234,998 shares acquired at an average price of $74.76 for the purpose 
of satisfying the Company’s obligations under various equity settled share plans. Other than shares purchased as part of the Non-Executive Director fee 
sacrifice arrangements disclosed in Note 24, shares purchased were not on behalf of or initially allocated to a director. 

Ordinary Share Capital (continued) 

(1)  During the period the Group undertook a capital raising through a rights issue to all shareholders. An accelerated institutional offer closed on 

13 August 2015 resulting in the issue of 28,897,186 shares on 26 August 2015. The retail entitlement offer closed on 8 September 2015 resulting in the 
issue of 42,264,021 shares on 18 September 2015. 

(2)  The DRP in respect of 2013/2014 final dividend was satisfied in full through the on market purchase and transfer of 8,749,607 shares to participating 

shareholders. 

(3)  Relates to Treasury shares held within the Life Insurance statutory funds and the employees share scheme trust. 

Commonwealth Bank of Australia – Annual Report 2016 

    123 

Group Bank 2016201520162015$M $M $M $M Ordinary Share CapitalShares on issue:Opening balance27,89827,32727,89427,323Issue of shares (net of issue costs) (1)5,022-5,022-Dividend reinvestment plan (net of issue costs)(2) (3)1,2095711,20957134,12927,89834,12527,894Less treasury shares: Opening balance(279)(291)--Purchase of treasury shares (4)(108)(790)--Sale and vesting of treasury shares (4)103802--(284)(279)--Closing balance33,84527,61934,12527,894Group Bank 2016201520162015Number of shares on issueShares Shares Shares Shares Opening balance (excluding treasury shares deduction)1,627,592,7131,621,319,1941,627,592,7131,621,319,194Issue of shares (1)71,161,207-71,161,207-Dividend reinvestment plan issues:2013/2014 Final dividend fully paid ordinary shares $80.39 (2)----2014/2015 Interim dividend fully paid ordinary shares $91.26-6,273,519-6,273,5192014/2015 Final dividend fully paid ordinary shares $74.758,790,794-8,790,794-2015/2016 Interim dividend fully paid ordinary shares $72.687,597,463-7,597,463-Closing balance (excluding treasury shares deduction)1,715,142,1771,627,592,7131,715,142,1771,627,592,713Less: treasury shares (3)(4,080,435)(4,654,277)--Closing balance1,711,061,7421,622,938,4361,715,142,1771,627,592,713 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Financial Statements 

Note 23 Shareholders’ Equity (continued) 

Ordinary shares have no par value and the Company does not have a limited amount of share capital. 

Ordinary shares entitle holders to receive dividends payable to ordinary shareholders and to participate in the proceeds available 
to ordinary shareholders on winding up of the Company in proportion to the number of fully paid ordinary shares held. 

On a show of hands every holder of fully paid ordinary shares present at a meeting in person or by proxy is entitled to one vote, 
and upon a poll one vote for each share held. 

Other Equity Instruments 

On 15 March 2006, a wholly owned entity of the Bank (CBA Capital Trust II) issued USD700 million of Trust Preferred Securities 
(TPS 2006) into the US capital markets. All TPS 2006 were redeemed for cash on 15 March 2016. Shares issued by the Bank 
were partially redeemed on 15 March 2016.  

Retained Profits and Reserves 

Includes other equity instruments and non-controlling interests. 

 (1) 
(2)  Dividends relating to equity instruments on issue other than ordinary shares. 

124  Commonwealth Bank of Australia – Annual Report 2016 

Group Bank 2016201520162015Other equity instruments$M $M $M $M Issued and paid up-9394061,895Shares Shares Shares Shares Number of shares-700,000300,0001,400,000GroupBank2016201520162015Retained ProfitsNote$M$M$M$MOpening balance21,52818,82718,76316,206Actuarial gains and (losses) from defined benefit superannuation plans1031110311Gains and (losses) on liabilities at fair value due to changes in own credit risk(1)(3)(1)(3)Realised gains and dividend income on treasury shares2042--Operating profit attributable to Equity holders of the Bank9,2279,0638,6398,976Total available for appropriation30,78428,24027,41125,490Transfer on sale/redemption of other equity (1)(10)---Transfers (to)/from general reserve(120)47(4)(1)Transfers from asset revaluation reserve19211918Transfers from employee compensation reserve(2)-(2)-Interim dividend - cash component(2,829)(2,636)(2,829)(2,636)Interim dividend - Dividend Reinvestment Plan(552)(574)(552)(574)Final dividend - cash component(2,958)(3,534)(2,958)(3,534)Final dividend - Dividend Reinvestment Plan(655)-(655)-Other dividends (2)(50)(36)--Closing balance23,62721,52820,43018,763 
  
 
 
Notes to the Financial Statements 

Note 23 Shareholders’ Equity (continued) 

Retained Profits and Reserves (continued) 

Commonwealth Bank of Australia – Annual Report 2016 

    125 

Group Bank 2016201520162015Reserves$M$M$M$MGeneral ReserveOpening balance819866574573Appropriation from/(to) retained profits120(47)41Closing balance939819578574Capital ReserveOpening balance--1,2541,254Closing balance--1,2541,254Asset Revaluation ReserveOpening balance191197165172Revaluation of properties219116Transfer to retained profits(19)(21)(19)(18)Tax on revaluation of properties(1)(4)-(5)Closing balance173191147165Foreign Currency Translation ReserveOpening balance356(42)(7)(178)Currency translation adjustments of foreign operations38943962176Currency translation on net investment hedge(12)(3)(9)(5)Tax on translation adjustments6(38)--Closing balance73935646(7)Cash Flow Hedge ReserveOpening balance263224530424Gains and losses on cash flow hedging instruments:Recognised in other comprehensive income250706479802Transferred to Income Statement:Interest income(968)(1,135)(916)(1,125)Interest expense1,018488725475Tax on cash flow hedging instruments(90)(20)(86)(46)Closing balance473263732530Employee Compensation ReserveOpening balance122125122125Current period movement10(3)10(3)Closing balance132122132122Available-for-Sale Investments ReserveOpening balance594639557641Net gains and losses on revaluation of available-for-sale investments(236)140(248)82Net gains and losses on available-for-sale investments transferred toIncome Statement on disposal(222)(223)(222)(218)Tax on available-for-sale investments1423813952Closing balance278594226557Total Reserves2,7342,3453,1153,195 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Financial Statements 

Note 24 Share-Based Payments 

The Group operates a number of cash and equity settled share plans as detailed below. 

Group Leadership Reward Plan (GLRP) 

The GLRP is the Group’s long-term incentive plan for the CEO and Group Executives. The GLRP focuses on driving performance 
and shareholder alignment in the longer term. 
Participants  are  awarded  a  maximum  number  of  Reward  Rights,  which  may  convert  into  CBA  shares  on  a  1-for-1  basis.  The 
Board has discretion to apply a cash equivalent. 
The Reward  Rights may vest at the end of  a performance period of up to four years  subject to the satisfaction of performance 
hurdles as follows:  

 

 

25% of the award is assessed against Customer Satisfaction compared to ANZ, NAB, Westpac and other key competitors 
for the Group’s wealth management business by reference to independent external surveys; and 

75%  of  the  award  is  assessed  against  TSR  compared  to  the  20  largest  companies  listed  on  the  ASX  (by  market 
capitalisation) at the beginning of each respective performance period, excluding resource companies and CBA. 

Each performance hurdle is independent, such that the total number of Reward Rights that vest will be the aggregate of rights 
that vest against the Customer Satisfaction and the TSR hurdles at the end of the performance period.  
A scale is applied to each performance hurdle, to determine the portion of each award that vests as follows: 

Hurdle 

Scale 

Customer 
satisfaction 

TSR 

 

 

100% vests where the weighted average ranking for CBA over the performance period is 1st (i.e. 1.00), 
50%  where  CBA’s  weighted  average  ranking  is  2nd  (i.e.  2.00).    If  CBA’s  weighted  average  ranking  is 
between 1st and 2nd (i.e. between 1.00 and 2.00), vesting occurs on a sliding scale between 100% and 
50% on a pro-rata straight line basis. If CBA’s weighted average ranking is lower than 2nd (i.e. greater 
than 2.00), none of this portion will vest. 

Full  vesting  applies  where  CBA  is  ranked  in  the  top  quartile  of  the  peer  group  at  the  end  of  the 
performance period, 50% will vest if CBA is ranked at the median, with vesting on a sliding scale between 
the median and 75th percentile. If the Group’s TSR is ranked below the median of the peer group, none 
of this portion will vest. 

The 2012 financial year award reached the end of its performance period on 30 June 2015 and in line with the plan rules 86.25% 
of the awarded rights vested. 
The following table provides details of outstanding awards of performance rights granted under the GLRP. 

The average fair value at the grant date for TSR and Customer satisfaction Reward Rights issued during the year was $75.21 and 
$32.96 respectively per right (2015: $78.97 and $37.90 respectively). The fair value of TSR hurdled Reward Rights granted during 
the period has been independently calculated at grant date using a Monte-Carlo pricing model. The assumptions included in the 
valuation of the 2016 financial year award include a risk-free interest rate ranging from 2.14% to 2.35%, a nil dividend yield on the 
Bank’s ordinary shares and a volatility in the Bank share price of  20%. The fair value for customer satisfaction hurdled Reward 
Rights granted during the period is the closing price of CBA shares on the grant date. 

Group Rights Plan (GRP) 

The GRP facilitates mandatory  short-term incentive deferral, sign-on incentives and retention awards. Participants are awarded 
rights to shares, that vest on a 1-for-1 basis, provided the participant remains in employment of the Group until vesting date. The 
Board has discretion to apply a cash equivalent.  

The following table provides details of outstanding awards of shares granted under the GRP. 

The weighted average fair value at grant date of the awards issued during the year was $74.11 (2015: $81.44). 

Employee Share Acquisition Plan (ESAP) 

Under the ESAP eligible employees have the opportunity to receive up to $1,000 worth of shares each year  if the Group meets 
the required performance hurdle of growth in the Group’s net profit after tax (“cash basis”). If the hurdle is not met, the Board has 
discretion to determine whether a full award, a partial award or no award is made. 

126  Commonwealth Bank of Australia – Annual Report 2016 

OutstandingOutstandingExpensePeriod1 JulyGrantedVestedForfeited30 June($M)20161,265,446291,188(263,969)(42,076)1,250,5891320151,423,773283,410(338,512)(103,225)1,265,44610OutstandingOutstandingExpensePeriod1 JulyGrantedVestedForfeited30 June($M)20161,238,974825,705(181,138)(87,813)1,795,728532015654,116708,577(80,271)(43,448)1,238,97440 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Financial Statements 

Note 24 Share-Based Payments (continued)

The number of shares a participant receives is calculated by dividing the award amount by the average price paid for CBA shares 
purchased during the purchase period preceding the grant date. Shares granted are restricted from sale until the earlier of three 
years or until such time as the participant ceases employment with the Group. Participants receive full dividend entitlements and 
voting rights attached to those shares.  

The  Group  achieved  the  performance  target  for  2015  resulting  in  shares  being  awarded  to  each  eligible  employee  during  the 
financial year ended 30 June 2016. The following table provides details of shares granted under the ESAP. 

It is estimated that approximately $34 million of CBA shares will be purchased on market at the prevailing market price for the 
2016 grant. 

Other Employee Awards 

A number of other plans are operated by the Group, including:  

 

 

 

The Employee Share (Performance Unit) Plan, which is the cash-based version of the GRP; 

The International Employee Share Acquisition Plan, which is the cash-based version of the ESAP; and 

The  Employee  Share  Plan  and  Group  Employee  Rights  Plan,  which  are  predecessors  to  the  GRP,  and  closed  to  new 
awards. 

The following table provides a summary of the movement in awards during the year.  

The average fair value at grant date of the awards issued during the year was $74.86 (2015: $81.46). 

Salary Sacrifice Arrangements 

The Group facilitates the purchase of CBA shares via salary sacrifice as follows: 

Type 

Arrangements 

Australian-based 
employees 
(ESSSP) 

Non-executive 
directors  

 

 

 

 

Can elect to sacrifice between $2,000 and $5,000 p.a. of their fixed remuneration and/or annual STI 

Restricted  from  sale  for  a  minimum  of  two  years  and  a  maximum  of  seven  years  or  earlier,  if  the 
employee ceases employment with the Group. 

Required to defer 20% of post-tax fees until a minimum shareholding requirement of 5,000 shares is 
reached. 

Restricted from sale for ten years or when the Non-Executive Director retires from the Board earlier. 

Shares  are  purchased  on  market  at  the  prevailing  market  price  at  that  time  and  receive  full  dividend  entitlements  and  voting 
rights. The following table provides details of shares granted under the ESSSP. 

During  the  year,  one  (2015:  one)  Non-Executive  Director  applied  $28,994  in  fees  (2015:  $28,502)  to  purchase  382  shares 
(2015: 341 shares). 

Commonwealth Bank of Australia – Annual Report 2016 

    127 

Number of SharesTotal NumberTotalPeriodAllocation dateParticipants Allocated by Participant of Shares AllocatedIssue Price $Fair Value $201617 Sep 201532,33613420,36874.8831,477,156201519 Sep 201432,09212385,10480.3930,958,511OutstandingOutstandingExpensePeriod1 JulyGrantedVestedForfeited30 June($M)2016677,708209,170(573,959)(14,226)298,6931020151,423,891105,323(811,721)(39,785)677,70818Number ofAverage purchaseTotal purchasePeriodParticipantsshares purchasedprice $consideration $201677536,26475.662,743,646201555722,05984.531,864,604 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Financial Statements 

Capital  adequacy  is  measured  by  means  of  a  risk  based 
capital ratio. The capital ratios reflect capital (CET1, Tier 1, 
Tier  2  or  Total  Capital)  as  a  percentage  of  total  Risk 
Weighted Assets  (RWA).  RWA  represents  an  allocation  of 
risks associated with the Group’s assets and other related 
exposures. 

The Group has a  range of instruments and methodologies 
available  to  effectively  manage  capital  including  share 
issues and buybacks, dividend and Dividend Reinvestment 
Plan policies, hybrid capital raising and dated and undated 
subordinated  loan  capital  issues.  All  major  capital  related 
initiatives require approval of the Board. 

reported  monthly 

The  Group’s  capital  position  is  monitored  on  a  continuous 
basis  and 
the  Executive 
Committee and the Asset and Liability Committee (ALCO). 
Three-year  capital  forecasts  are  conducted  on  a  quarterly 
basis with a detailed capital and strategic plan presented to 
the Board annually. 

to  both 

The  Group’s  capital  ratios  throughout  the  2015  and  2016 
financial  years  were 
in  compliance  with  both  APRA 
minimum  capital  adequacy  requirements  and  the  Board 
Approved minimums. The Bank is required to inform APRA 
immediately  of  any  breach  or  potential  breach  of  its 
minimum  prudential  capital  adequacy 
requirements, 
including details of remedial action taken or planned to be 
taken. 

Note 25 Capital Adequacy  
Capital Management

The  Bank  is  an  Authorised  Deposit-taking  Institution  (ADI) 
and is subject to regulation by APRA under the authority of 
the  Banking  Act  1959.  APRA  has  set  minimum  regulatory 
capital  requirements 
the  Basel 
Committee on Banking Supervision (BCBS) guidelines.  

for  banks  based  on 

The  Basel  III  measurement  and  monitoring  of  capital  has 
been  effective  from  1 January 2013.  APRA  has  adopted  a 
more  conservative  approach  than  the  minimum  standards 
published by the BCBS and a more accelerated timetable. 
The requirements define what is acceptable as capital and 
provide  methods  of  measuring  the  risks  incurred  by  the 
Bank.  

The  regulatory  capital  requirements  are  measured  for  the 
Extended  Licence  Entity  Group  (known  as  “Level  One”, 
comprising the Bank and APRA approved subsidiaries) and 
for  the  Bank  and  all  of  its  banking  subsidiaries,  which 
includes ASB Bank (known as “Level Two” or the “Group”). 

All entities which are consolidated for accounting purposes 
are included within the Group capital adequacy calculations 
except for: 

 

 

insurance 

The 
operations; and 

and 

funds 

management 

The  entities  through  which  securitisation  of  Group 
assets are conducted. 

Regulatory  capital  is  divided  into  Common  Equity  Tier  1 
(CET1), Tier 1 and Tier 2 Capital. CET1 primarily consists 
of Shareholders’ Equity, less goodwill and other prescribed 
adjustments. Tier 1 Capital is comprised of CET1 plus other 
capital  instruments  acceptable  to  APRA.  Tier  2  Capital  is 
comprised  primarily  of  hybrid  and  debt 
instruments 
acceptable to APRA. Total Capital is the aggregate of Tier 
1 and Tier 2 Capital. 

The tangible component of the investment in the insurance 
and  funds  management  operations  are  deducted  100% 
from CET1. 

128  Commonwealth Bank of Australia – Annual Report 2016 

 
Notes to the Financial Statements 

Note 26 Financial Reporting by Segments 

The  principal  activities  of  the  Group  are  carried  out  in  the 
business segments below. These segments are based on the 
distribution channels through which the customer relationship 
is being managed. 

During  the  year,  refinements  have  been  made  to  the 
allocation of customer balances and associated revenue and 
expenses  between  business  segments,  including  updated 
realignment  between 
transfer  pricing  allocations  and 
Institutional  Banking  and  Markets  and  Group  Treasury. 
Finally,  ASB’s  interest  expense  disclosure  was  changed  to 
include  the  impact  of  hedging  offshore  debt.  These  changes 
have not impacted the Group’s net profit, but have resulted in 
changes  to  the  presentation  of  the  Income  Statement  and 
Balance  Sheet  of  the  Group  and  the  affected  segments. 
Comparative  information  has  been  restated  to  reflect  these 
changes.  

The  primary sources  of  revenue  are  interest  and fee  income 
(Retail  Banking  Services,  Institutional  Banking  and  Markets, 
Business and Private Banking, Bankwest, New Zealand, IFS 
and  Other  Divisions)  and  insurance  premium  and  funds 
management  income  (Wealth  Management,  New  Zealand, 
IFS and Other Divisions).  

Revenues  and  expenses  occurring  between  segments  are 
subject to transfer pricing arrangements. All intra-group profits 
are eliminated on consolidation. 

Business  segments  are  managed  on  the  basis  of  net  profit 
after  income  tax  (“cash  basis”).  Management  uses  “cash 
basis” to assess performance and it provides the basis for the 
determination  of  the  Bank’s  dividends.  The  “cash  basis” 
presents  a  clear  view  of  the  Group’s  underlying  operating 
results,  excluding  a  number  of  items  that  introduce  volatility 
and/or  one-off  distortions  of  the  Group’s  current  period 
performance.  These  items,  such  as  hedging  and  IFRS 
volatility, are calculated consistently year on year and do not 
discriminate between positive and negative adjustments. 

(i) Retail Banking Services 

Retail  Banking  Services  provides  home  loan,  consumer 
finance and retail deposit products and servicing to all Retail 
bank  customers  and  non-relationship  managed  small 
business  customers.  In  addition,  commission  is  received  for 
the  distribution  of Wealth  Management  products  through  the 
retail distribution network. 

(ii) Business and Private Banking 

Business  and  Private  Banking  provides  specialised  banking 
services  to  relationship managed  business  and  Agribusiness 
customers,  private  banking  to  high  net  worth  individuals  and 
margin lending and trading through CommSec. 

(iii) Institutional Banking and Markets 

insights.  The  client  offering 

Institutional Banking and Markets services the Group’s major 
corporate, 
institutional  and  government  clients  using  a 
relationship  management  model  based  on  industry  expertise 
and 
includes  debt  raising, 
financial  and  commodities  price  risk  management  and 
transactional  banking  capabilities.  The  institutional  equities 
business  ceased  operations  during  the  year.  Institutional 
Banking and Markets has international operations in London, 
New York,  Houston,  Japan,  Singapore,  Malta,  Hong  Kong, 
New Zealand, Beijing and Shanghai. 

(iv) Wealth Management 

Wealth  Management  includes  Global  Asset  Management 
(including  operations 
in  Asia  and  Europe),  Platform 
Administration  and  Financial  Advice  and  Life  and  General 
Insurance businesses of the Australian operations. 

(v) New Zealand 

New Zealand includes the Banking, Funds Management and 
Insurance  businesses  operating  in  New  Zealand  (excluding 
Institutional Banking and Markets). 

(vi) Bankwest 

Bankwest  is  active  in  all  domestic  market  segments,  with 
lending  diversified  between  the  business,  rural,  housing  and 
personal markets, including a full range of deposit products. 

(vii) IFS and Other Divisions 

The  following  parts  of  the  business  are  included  in  IFS  and 
Other Divisions: 

 

 

the 

joint  venture  Chinese 

International  Financial  Services  incorporates  the  Asian 
retail  and  business  banking  operations  (Indonesia, 
China,  India  and  Vietnam),  investments  in  Chinese  and 
life 
Vietnamese  banks, 
insurance  business,  the  life  insurance  operations  in 
Indonesia  and  a  financial  services  technology  business 
in  South  Africa.  It  does  not  include  the  Business  and 
Private  Banking,  Institutional  Banking  and  Markets  and 
Colonial  First  State  Global  Asset  Management 
businesses in Asia; 

Corporate  Centre  includes  the  results  of  unallocated 
Group  support  functions  such  as  Investor  Relations, 
Group  Strategy,  Marketing,  Secretariat  and  Treasury; 
and 

  Group  wide  Eliminations/Unallocated 

intra-
group  elimination  entries  arising  on  consolidation, 
raised  provisions  and  other  unallocated 
centrally 
revenue and expenses. 

includes 

Commonwealth Bank of Australia – Annual Report 2016 

    129 

 
Note 26 Financial Reporting by Segments (continued) 

Notes to the Financial Statements 

Investment experience is presented on a pre-tax basis. 

(1) 
(2)  This balance excludes non-cash items, including unrealised gains and losses relating to hedging and IFRS volatility ($200 million expense), Bankwest non-cash items ($27 million expense) and treasury shares valuation adjustment ($4 million gain). 

130  Commonwealth Bank of Australia – Annual Report 2016 

2016RetailBusiness andInstitutionalBankingPrivateBanking andWealthNewIFS andServicesBankingMarketsManagementZealandBankwestOtherTotal$M$M$M$M$M$M$M$MNet interest income8,5993,0491,565-1,5751,63850916,935Other banking income1,7628591,288-2882174464,860Total banking income10,3613,9082,853-1,8631,85595521,795Funds management income---1,89180-452,016Insurance income---502242-51795Total operating income10,3613,9082,8532,3932,1851,8551,05124,606Investment experience (1)---12216-3141Total net operating income before impairment and operating expenses10,3613,9082,8532,5152,2011,8551,05424,747Operating expenses(3,373)(1,489)(1,081)(1,676)(889)(773)(1,148)(10,429)Loan impairment expense(660)(179)(252)-(120)10(55)(1,256)Net profit before income tax6,3282,2401,5208391,1921,092(149)13,062Corporate tax expense(1,892)(673)(356)(222)(315)(329)195(3,592)Non-controlling interests------(20)(20)Net profit after tax - "cash basis" (2)4,4361,5671,164617877763269,450Hedging and IFRS volatility----(139)-(61)(200)Other non-cash items---4-(27)-(23)Net profit after tax - "statutory basis"4,4361,5671,164621738736(35)9,227Additional informationAmortisation and depreciation(206)(86)(124)(39)(77)(60)(157)(749)Balance SheetTotal assets331,818104,211182,19921,08080,38682,880130,504933,078Total liabilities237,76576,690154,76926,11973,83151,100252,048872,322 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Financial Statements 

Note 26 Financial Reporting by Segments (continued) 

(1)  Comparative information has been restated to conform to presentation in the current year.  
(2) 
(3)  This balance excludes non-cash items, including unrealised gains and losses relating to hedging and IFRS volatility ($6 million gain), Bankwest non-cash items ($52 million expense) and treasury shares valuation adjustment ($28 million expense). 

Investment experience is presented on a pre-tax basis.  

Commonwealth Bank of Australia – Annual Report 2016 

    131 

2015 (1)RetailBusiness andInstitutionalBankingPrivateBanking andWealthNewIFS andServicesBankingMarketsManagementZealandBankwestOtherTotal$M$M$M$M$M$M$M$MNet interest income7,8482,9251,442-1,5331,65842115,827Other banking income1,7547931,360-2802164084,811Total banking income9,6023,7182,802-1,8131,87482920,638Funds management income---1,84671-211,938Insurance income---503232-57792Total operating income9,6023,7182,8022,3492,1161,87490723,368Investment experience (2)---23112-(33)210Total net operating income before impairment and operating expenses9,6023,7182,8022,5802,1281,87487423,578Operating expenses(3,276)(1,428)(970)(1,726)(861)(787)(945)(9,993)Loan impairment expense(626)(152)(167)-(83)50(10)(988)Net profit before income tax5,7002,1381,6658541,1841,137(81)12,597Corporate tax expense(1,706)(643)(380)(201)(302)(342)135(3,439)Non-controlling interests------(21)(21)Net profit after tax - "cash basis" (3)3,9941,4951,285653882795339,137Hedging and IFRS volatility----43-(37)6Other non-cash items---(28)-(52)-(80)Net profit after tax - "statutory basis"3,9941,4951,285625925743(4)9,063Additional informationAmortisation and depreciation(185)(84)(65)(33)(78)(112)(155)(712)Balance SheetTotal assets309,54398,990164,96320,79269,60879,489130,061873,446Total liabilities221,95071,106143,16124,65562,48849,499247,594820,453 
                                                                                                                                        
 
Notes to the Financial Statements 

Note 26 Financial Reporting by Segments (continued) 

Products and Services Information 

Revenue  from  external  customers  by  product  or  service  is  disclosed  in  Note  2.  No  single  customer  amounted  to  greater  than 
10% of the Group’s revenue. 

Geographical Information 

(1)  Comparative information has been restated to conform to presentation in the current year. 
(2)  Other locations include: United Kingdom, United States, Japan, Singapore, Malta, Hong Kong, Indonesia, China, India, Vietnam and South Africa. 
(3)  Non-current assets include Property, plant and equipment, Investments in associates and joint ventures and Intangibles. 

The geographical segment represents the location in which the transaction was recognised. 

Note 27 Life Insurance 

Life Insurance 

The  following  information  is  provided  to  disclose  the  statutory  life  insurance  business  transactions  contained  in  the  Group 
Financial Statements and the underlying methods and assumptions used in their calculations. 

All  financial  assets  within  the  life  statutory  funds  have  been  determined  to  support  either  life  insurance  or  life  investment 
contracts. Refer to Note 1(dd) – (gg). The insurance segment result is prepared on a business segment basis. 

132  Commonwealth Bank of Australia – Annual Report 2016 

Group (1)Year Ended 30 June201620152014Financial performance and position$M%$M%$M%Income Australia 36,72182. 737,65683. 137,58584. 8New Zealand 5,01511. 35,21511. 54,65710. 5Other locations (2)2,6436. 02,4565. 42,0764. 7Total Income44,379100. 045,327100. 044,318100. 0Non-Current AssetsAustralia15,68791. 714,14991. 713,19991. 3New Zealand1,0876. 49946. 41,0577. 3Other locations (2)3261. 92971. 91961. 4Total non-current assets (3)17,100100. 015,440100. 014,452100. 0Life InsuranceLife InvestmentContractsContractsGroup201620152016201520162015Summarised Income Statement$M$M$M$M$M$MNet premium income and related revenue2,0771,9672352432,3122,210Outward reinsurance premiums expense(291)(296)--(291)(296)Claims expense(1,437)(1,421)(82)(73)(1,519)(1,494)Reinsurance recoveries244256--244256Investment revenue (excluding investments in subsidiaries)4944883387778321,265Increase in contract liabilities(316)(151)(297)(718)(613)(869)Operating income7718431942299651,072Acquisition expenses(95)(95)(3)(1)(98)(96)Maintenance expenses(239)(204)(54)(57)(293)(261)Management expenses(11)(10)(13)(11)(24)(21)Net profit before income tax426534124160550694Corporate tax expense(72)(103)(32)(36)(104)(139)Policy holder tax expense(99)(83)(2)(16)(101)(99)Net profit after income tax25534890108345456 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
Notes to the Financial Statements 

Note 27 Life Insurance (continued) 

The  disclosure  of  the  components  of  net  profit  after  income  tax  is  required  to  be  separated  between  policyholders’  and 
shareholders’  interests.  As  policyholder  profits  are  an  expense  of  the  Group  and  not  attributable  to  shareholders,  no  such 
disclosure is required. 

Capital Adequacy of The Group’s Life Insurance Company 

Under the Life Insurance Act 1995, life insurers are required to hold reserves in excess of the amount of policy liabilities. These 
additional  reserves  are  necessary  to  support  the  life  insurer's  capital  requirements  under  its  business  plan  and  to  provide  a 
cushion against adverse experience in managing long-term risks. APRA has issued Life Prudential Standard (LPS) 110 'Capital 
Adequacy' for determining the level of capital reserves. LPS110 prescribes the minimum capital requirement for each statutory 
fund and the minimum level of assets required to be held in each statutory fund. 

The  table  below  shows  the  Capital  Adequacy  Multiple  representing  the  ratio  or  assets  available  for  capital  over  the  capital 
reserve. 

Commonwealth Bank of Australia – Annual Report 2016 

    133 

Life Insurance Life Investment Contracts Contracts Group 201620152016201520162015Sources of life insurance net profit$M $M $M $M $M $M The net profit after income tax is represented by:Emergence of planned profit margins26925794108363365Difference between actual and planned experience(43)(20)(3)-(46)(20)Effects of changes to underlying assumptions(2)1--(2)1Reversal of previously recognised losses or loss recognition on groups of related products(60)1(2)(1)(62)-Investment earnings on assets in excess of policyholder liabilities701071171108Other movements212--212Net profit after income tax25534890108345456Life insurance premiums received and receivable2,4602,3775014332,9612,810Life insurance claims paid and payable1,4801,4781,2431,2962,7232,774Life InsuranceLife InvestmentContractsContractsGroupReconciliation of movements in201620152016201520162015policy liabilities$M$M$M$M$M$MContract policy liabilitiesGross policy liabilities opening balance3,7523,6319,1599,53512,91113,166Movement in policy liabilities reflected in the Income Statement344183297718641901Contract contributions recognised in policy liabilities77216140223147Contract withdrawals recognised in policy liabilities(50)(55)(1,163)(1,224)(1,213)(1,279)Non-cash movements(17)(19)--(17)(19)FX translation adjustment18573(10)91(5)Gross policy liabilities closing balance4,0543,7528,5829,15912,63612,911Liabilities ceded under reinsuranceOpening balance(357)(325)--(357)(325)Increase in reinsurance assets(28)(32)--(28)(32)Closing balance(385)(357)--(385)(357)Net policy liabilitiesExpected to be realised within 12 months4795741,8721,5382,3512,112Expected to be realised in more than 12 months3,1902,8216,7107,6219,90010,442Total net insurance policy liabilities3,6693,3958,5829,15912,25112,55420162015Capital Adequacy MultipleTimesTimesThe Colonial Mutual Life Assurance Society Limited, Australia1. 441. 68 
  
 
  
 
  
Notes to the Financial Statements 

Note 28 Remuneration of Auditors 

During the financial year, the following fees were paid or payable for services provided by the auditor of the Group and the Bank, 
and its network firms: 

(1)  An additional amount of $9,429,368 (2015: $8,254,111) was paid to PricewaterhouseCoopers by way of fees for entities not consolidated into the Financial 

Statements. Of this amount, $7,279,197 (2015: $6,295,642) relates to audit and audit-related services. 

The  Audit  Committee  has  considered  the  non-audit  services  provided  by  PricewaterhouseCoopers  and  is  satisfied  that  the 
services and the level of fees are compatible with maintaining auditors’ independence. All such services were approved by the 
Audit Committee in accordance with pre-approved policies and procedures. 

Audit  related  services  principally  includes  assurance  and  attestation  reviews  of  the  Group’s  foreign  disclosures  for  overseas 
investors,  services  in  relation  to  regulatory  requirements,  acquisition  accounting  advice  as  well  as  reviews  of  internal  control 
systems and financial or regulatory information. 

Taxation services included assistance and training in relation to tax legislation and developments. 

Other services include project assurance, reviews of compliance with legal and regulatory frameworks, review of governance, risk 
and control frameworks as well as benchmarking reviews. 

Note 29 Lease Commitments 

Lease Arrangements 

Operating leases are entered into to meet the business needs of entities in the Group. Leases are primarily over commercial and 
retail premises and plant and equipment. 

Lease rentals are determined in accordance with market conditions when leases are entered into or on rental review dates. 

The total expected future sublease payments to be received are $110 million as at 30 June 2016 (2015: $114 million). 

134  Commonwealth Bank of Australia – Annual Report 2016 

GroupBank2016201520162015$'000$'000$'000$'000a) Audit and audit related servicesAudit servicesPricewaterhouseCoopers Australian firm15,77915,57511,27111,469Network firms of PricewaterhouseCoopers Australian firm4,8865,154703637Total remuneration for audit services20,66520,72911,97412,106Audit related servicesPricewaterhouseCoopers Australian firm3,4333,4032,5642,299Network firms of PricewaterhouseCoopers Australian firm1,08356937490Total remuneration for audit related services4,5163,9722,9382,389Total remuneration for audit and audit related services25,18124,70114,91214,495b) Non-audit servicesTaxation servicesPricewaterhouseCoopers Australian firm1,2151,8081,1611,721Network firms of PricewaterhouseCoopers Australian firm1,4651,363598732Total remuneration for tax related services2,6803,1711,7592,453Other ServicesPricewaterhouseCoopers Australian firm4,7416,4434,3945,508Network firms of PricewaterhouseCoopers Australian firm12390--Total remuneration for other services4,8646,5334,3945,508Total remuneration for non-audit services 7,5449,7046,1537,961Total remuneration for audit and non-audit services (1)32,72534,40521,06522,456Group Bank 2016201520162015$M $M $M $M Lease Commitments - Property, Plant and EquipmentDue within one year 606573550521Due after one year but not later than five years 1,8471,5701,6721,398Due after five years 2,4368812,212659Total lease commitments - property, plant and equipment4,8893,0244,4342,578 
 
  
 
 
 
  
Notes to the Financial Statements 

Note 30 Contingent Liabilities, Contingent Assets and Commitments 

Details  of  contingent  liabilities  and  off  Balance  Sheet  business  are  presented  below.  The  face  (contract)  value  represents  the 
maximum  potential  amount  that  could  be  lost  if  the  counterparty  fails  to meet  its  financial  obligations.  The  credit  commitments 
shown in the table below also constitute contingent assets. These commitments would be classified as loans and other assets in 
the Balance Sheet on the occurrence of the contingent event. 

 (1)  Guarantees are unconditional undertakings given to support the obligations of a customer to third parties. 
(2)  Documentary  letters  of  credit  are  undertakings  by  the  Group  and  Bank  to  pay  or  accept  drafts  drawn  by  a  supplier  of  goods  against  presentation  of 

documents in the event of payment default by a customer. 

(3)  Performance related contingents are  undertakings that oblige the Group and  Bank to pay third parties should a customer fail to fulfil a contractual non-

monetary obligation. 

(4)  Commitments to provide credit include all obligations on the part of the Group and Bank to provide credit facilities. As facilities may expire without being 

drawn upon, the notional amounts do not necessarily reflect future cash requirements. 

(5)  Other commitments include underwriting facilities, commitments with certain drawdowns, standby letters of credit and bill endorsements. 

Contingent Credit Liabilities 

The  Group  and  Bank  is  party  to  a  range  of  financial  instruments  that  give  rise  to  contingent  and/or  future  liabilities.  These 
transactions are a consequence of the Group’s normal course of business to meet the financing needs of its customers and in 
managing its own risk. These financial instruments include guarantees, letters of credit, bill endorsements and other commitments 
to provide credit. 

These transactions combine  varying  levels  of credit,  interest  rate, foreign  exchange  and  liquidity  risk.  In  accordance  with Bank 
policy,  exposures  to  any  of  these  transactions  (net  of  collateral)  are  not  carried  at  a  level  that  would  have  a  material  adverse 
effect on the financial condition of the Bank and its controlled entities. 

Commitments  to  provide  credit  include  both  fixed  and  variable  facilities.  Fixed  rate  or  fixed  spread  commitments  extended  to 
customers that  allow  net  settlement  of  the change  in  the  value  of  the  commitment  are  written  options  and  are  recorded  at  fair 
value. Other commitments include the Group’s and Bank’s obligations under sale and repurchase agreements, outright forward 
purchases,  forward  deposits  and  underwriting  facilities.  Other  commitments  also  include  obligations  not  otherwise  disclosed 
above to extend credit, which are irrevocable because they cannot be withdrawn at the discretion of the Group or Bank without 
the  risk  of  incurring  significant  penalty  or  expense.  In  addition,  commitments  to  purchase  or  sell  loans  are  included  in  other 
commitments. 

These transactions are categorised and credit equivalents calculated under APRA guidelines for the risk-based measurement of 
capital adequacy. The credit equivalent amounts are a measure of potential loss to the Group in the event of non-performance by 
the counterparty. 

Under the Basel III advanced internal ratings based approach for credit risk, the credit equivalent amount is the face value  of the 
transaction,  on  the  basis  that  at  default  the  exposure  is  the  amount  fully  advanced.  Only  when  approved  by  APRA  may  an 
exposure less than that fully-advanced amount be used as the credit equivalent exposure amount. 

Commonwealth Bank of Australia – Annual Report 2016 

    135 

Group Face Value Credit Equivalent 2016201520162015Credit risk related instruments$M $M $M $M Guarantees (1)6,2166,1816,2166,181Documentary letters of credit (2)1,3081,7641,1531,621Performance related contingents (3)2,5682,0072,5601,881Commitments to provide credit (4)170,742165,511162,967157,387Other commitments (5)1,6362,1131,3591,852Total credit risk related instruments182,470177,576174,255168,922Bank Face Value Credit Equivalent 2016201520162015Credit risk related instruments$M $M $M $M Guarantees (1)5,8735,7785,8735,778Documentary letters of credit (2) 1,2271,7041,0751,573Performance related contingents (3)2,5682,0072,5601,881Commitments to provide credit (4)155,446152,772149,272145,935Other commitments (5)1,0731,4681,0361,438Total credit risk related instruments166,187163,729159,816156,605 
   
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Financial Statements 

Note 30 Contingent Liabilities, Contingent Assets and Commitments (continued) 
Contingent Credit Liabilities (continued) 

Exception Fee Class Actions 

In  May 2011,  Maurice  Blackburn  announced  that  it  intended 
to  sue  various  Australian  banks  with  respect  to  exception 
fees. Proceedings were issued against Commonwealth Bank 
of  Australia  in  December  2011  and  against  Bankwest  in 
April 2012. Neither claim has been progressed and both have 
been  stayed  since  issue,  pending  the  outcome  of  similar 
proceedings  against  another  bank  where  an  appeal  process 
to the High Court was commenced. On 27 July 2016 the High 
Court handed down its Judgment dismissing the appeal. The 
Proceedings  against  Commonwealth  Bank  of  Australia  and 
Bankwest are expected to be discontinued. 

Other Contingent Liabilities 

Services Agreements 

The  maximum  contingent  liability  for  termination  benefits  in 
respect  of  service  agreements  with  the  Chief  Executive 
Officer  and  other  Group  Key  Management  Personnel  at 
30 June 2016 was $5.0 million (2015: $4.9 million). 

As  the  potential  loss  depends  on  counterparty  performance, 
the  Group  utilises  the  same  credit  policies  in  making 
commitments  and  conditional  obligations  as  it  does  for  on 
Balance  Sheet  instruments.  The  Group  and  Bank  takes 
collateral  where  it  is  considered  necessary  to  support  off 
Balance  Sheet  financial  instruments  with  credit  risk.  If  an 
event has occurred that gives rise to a present obligation and 
it is probable a loss will eventuate, then provisions are raised. 

Failure to Settle Risk 

The  Group  is  subject  to  a  credit  risk  exposure  in  the  event 
that another financial institution fails to settle for its payments 
clearing  activities,  in  accordance  with  the  regulations  and 
procedures of the following clearing systems of the Australian 
Payments Clearing Association Limited: The Australian Paper 
Clearing  System,  The  Bulk  Electronic  Clearing  System,  The 
Issuers  and  Acquirers  Community  and  the  High  Value 
Clearing  System  (only  if  operating  in  “fallback  mode”).  This 
credit  risk  exposure  is  unquantifiable  in  advance,  but  is  well 
understood,  and  is  extinguished  upon  settlement  following 
each  exchange  during  the  business  day  or  at  9am  next 
business day. 

Litigation related Contingent Liabilities 

The  Group  is  not  engaged  in  any  litigation  or  claim  which  is 
likely  to  have  a  materially  adverse  effect  on  the  business, 
financial  condition  or  operating  results  of  the  Group.  For  all 
litigation  exposure  where  some  loss  is  probable  and  can  be 
reliably  estimated  an  appropriate  provision  has  been  made. 
Litigation 
liabilities  at  30 June 2016 
included: 

related  contingent 

Storm Financial 

Class  action  proceedings  were  commenced  in  the  Federal 
Court  against  the  Group  in  relation  to  Storm  Financial  on 
1 July 2010.  The  hearing  of  the  proceedings  concluded  in 
November 2013 and judgment was reserved. 

The parties exchanged a Deed of Settlement in an attempt to 
resolve  the  class  action  on  27 February 2015,  and  the 
the  proposed  settlement  on 
Federal  Court  approved 
7 July 2015.  The  settlement  of  the  Class  action  proceedings 
has  now  been  implemented  in  accordance  with  the  Deed  of 
Settlement  dated  27 February 2015  and  the  orders  of  the 
Court. 

136  Commonwealth Bank of Australia – Annual Report 2016 

 
  
Notes to the Financial Statements 

Note 31 Risk Management 

Risk Management Framework 

The  Group  has  an  embedded  Risk  Management  Framework 
(Framework)  that  enables  the  appropriate  development  and 
implementation  of  strategies,  policies  and  procedures  to 
manage its risks.  

The  Framework  incorporates  the  requirements  of  APRA’s 
prudential  standard  for  risk  management  (CPS 220),  and  is 
supported by the three key documentary components: 

 

 

 

The Group’s Risk Appetite Statement articulates the type 
and  degree  of  risk  the  Board  is  prepared  to  accept 
(appetite)  and  the  maximum  level  of  risk  that  the 
institution must operate within (tolerances). 

The  Group’s  Business  Plan  (Plan)  summarises  the 
Group’s  approach  to  the  implementation  of  its  strategic 
objectives.    The  Plan  has  a  rolling  three  year  duration 
which also takes into consideration material risks arising 
from its implementation. 

The Group’s Risk Management Strategy describes each 
material  risk,  the  approach  taken  to  managing  these 
risks  and  how 
through 
governance, policies and procedures.  

is  operationalised 

this 

This  framework  requires  each  business  to  plan  and  manage 
the  outcome  of  its  risk-taking  activities  including  proactively 
managing its risk profile within risk appetite levels; using risk-
adjusted  outcomes  and  considerations  as  part  of  its  day-to-
day  business  decision-making  processes;  and  establishing 
and maintaining appropriate risk controls. 

These documents, together with the key operational elements 
described  below,  offer  the  Board  the  opportunity  to  direct 
management in its risk taking activities and facilitate dialogue 
between  Board  and  management  about  risk  management 
practices.  

Risk Governance 

The Group is committed to ensuring that its risk management 
practices reflect a high standard of governance. This enables 
Management  to  undertake,  in  an  effective  manner,  prudent 
risk-taking activities.  

The  Board  operates  as  the  highest  level  of  the  Group’s  risk 
governance as specified in its Charter. In addition, an annual 
declaration  is  made  by  the  chair  of  the  Board  and  Risk 
Committee  to  APRA  on  Risk  Management  requirements  as 
set out in the prudential standard (CPS220). 

The  Risk  Committee  oversees  the  Framework  and  helps 
formulate  the  Group’s  risk  appetite  for  consideration  by  the 
Board.  In particular it: 

 

Reviews  regular  reports  from  Management  on  the 
measurement  of 
the  adequacy  and 
effectiveness  of  the  Group’s  risk  management  and 
internal controls systems; 

risk  and 

  Monitors the health of the Group’s risk culture (via both 
formal  reports  and  through  its  dialogues  with  the  risk 
team  and  executive  management)  and 
leadership 
the  Board;  and
reports  any  significant 

issues 

to 

 

Forms  a  view  on  the  independence  of  the  risk  function 
by  meeting  with  the  Group  Chief  Risk  Officer  (CRO)  at 
the will of the Committee or the CRO. 

The  Group  risk  management  structure  is  a  Three  Lines  of 
Defence (3LoD) model which supports the Framework by: 

 

 

 

Reinforcing that risk is best owned and managed where 
it occurs – so the business (Line 1) is responsible for the 
management of risk; 

Having  a  separate    group  of  experienced  staff  with 
specific  risk  management  skills  (Line  2)  to  facilitate  the 
development of, and monitor / measure the effectiveness 
of  the  risk  management  process  and  systems  used  by 
Line 1; and 

Having  an  independent  third  group  (Line  3)  provide 
assurance 
regulators  and  other 
stakeholders  on  the  appropriateness  and  effectiveness 
of the activities of Lines 1 and 2. 

the  Board, 

to 

Risk Culture 

Risk Culture is the collection of values, ideas, skills and habits 
that  equip  Group  employees  and  directors  to  see  and  talk 
about  risks,  and  make  sound  judgments  in  the  absence  of 
definitive rules, regulations or market signals.    

The Group regards risk culture as an aspect of overall culture.  
As  such,  the  Group’s  risk  culture  flourishes  within  an 
organisational context that emphasises and rewards integrity, 
accountability,  collaboration,  service  and  excellence.  This 
encourages  employees  at  all  levels  to  “speak  up”  if  they 
believe the Group as a whole, their part of the organisation or 
specific  colleagues  are conspicuously  failing  to  uphold  those 
values, damaging risk culture or taking ill-considered risks. 

APRA requires the Group Board to form a view regarding the 
effectiveness  of  the  institution’s  risk  culture  in  keeping  risk-
taking  within  appetite,  and  to  take  any  corrective  action  that 
may be appropriate.  

Risk Policies & Procedures 

Risk  Policies  and  Procedures  provide  guidance  to  the 
business  on  the  management  of  each  material  risk.  They 
support the Framework by:  

 

Summarising the principles and practices to be used by 
the Group in identifying and assessing its material risks; 

  Outlining  a  process  for  monitoring,  communicating  and 
reporting risk issues, including escalation procedures for 
the reporting of material risks; and 

  Quantifying the limits (risk tolerances) for major risks and 
stating risk actions to which the Group is intolerant. 

Commonwealth Bank of Australia – Annual Report 2016 

    137 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Financial Statements 

Note 31 Risk Management (continued) 

Risk Management Infrastructure 

The  Framework  is  supported  by  the  following  Group-wide 
processes: 

 

 

 

A  Management  Information  System  to  measure  and 
aggregate material risks across the Group; 

 A  Risk-Adjusted-Performance  Measurement  (RAPM) 
process which is a means of assessing the performance 

Material Risks 

of a business after adjustment for its risks and is used as 
a basis for executive incentives; and 

in  combination  with  other 

An  Internal  Capital  Adequacy  Assessment  Process 
risk 
(ICAAP)  used, 
management  practices  (including  Stress  testing),  to 
understand, manage and quantify the Group’s risks; the 
outcomes of which are used to inform risk decisions, set 
capital buffers and assist strategic planning. 

A description of the major risk classes and the Group’s approach to managing them is summarised in the following table: 

Risk Type 

Description 

Governing Policies and Key 
Management Committees 

Key Limits, Standards and Measurement 
Approaches 

Credit Risk 

(refer to Note 32) 

Credit risk is the potential for loss 
arising from the failure of a customer or 
counterparty to meet their contractual 
obligations to the Group. At a portfolio 
level, credit risk includes concentration 
risk arising from interdependencies 
between customers, and concentrations 
of exposures to geographical regions, 
industry sectors and products/portfolio 
types. 

Governing Policies:  
  Group Credit Risk Principles, 
Frameworks and Governance 
(incl. Risk Appetite, principles, 
and frameworks; and Credit 
Risk governance); and 
  Credit Risk Policies (incl. 
Origination, Decisioning, 
Verification/Fulfilment, and 
Whole of Life Servicing). 

Key Management Committee:  
Executive Risk Committee 

Market Risk 
(including Equity 
Risk) 

(refer to Note 33) 

Market risk is the risk that market rates 
and prices will change and that this 
may have an adverse effect on the 
profitability and/or net worth of the 
Group. This includes changes in 
interest rates, foreign exchange rates, 
equity and commodity prices, credit 
spreads, and the resale value of assets 
underlying operating leases at maturity 
(lease residual value risk). 

Governing Policies: 
  The Group Market Risk 

Manual  (including the Group 
Market Risk Policy and 
Trading Book Policy 
Statement) 

Key Management Committee:  
Asset and Liability Committee 

Liquidity and 
Funding Risk 

(refer to Note 34) 

Liquidity risk is the combined risks of 
not being able to meet financial 
obligations as they fall due (funding 
liquidity risk), and that liquidity in 
financial markets, such as the market 
for debt securities, may reduce 
significantly (market liquidity risk). 

Governing Policies: 
  Group Liquidity Risk 

Management Policy and 
Strategy 

Key Management Committee:  
Asset and Liability Committee 

The following key credit risk policies set 
credit portfolio concentration limits and 
standards:  
  Large Credit Exposure Policy; 
  Country Risk Exposure Policy; 
  Industry Sector Concentration Policy; 

and 

  Exposure to consumer credit products 

are managed within limits and standards 
set in the Group Level RAS, BU Level 
RAS and Credit Portfolio & Product 
Standards. 

The measurement of credit risk is primarily 
based on an APRA accredited Advanced 
Internal Ratings Based (AIRB) approach 
(albeit some exposures are subject to the 
standardised approach).  The approach 
uses judgemental assessment on 
individuals or management, supported by 
analytical tools (including scorecards) to 
estimate expected and unexpected loss 
within the credit portfolio. 
The Group Market Risk Policy sets limits 
and standards with respect to the following: 
  Traded Market Risk; 
  Interest Rates Risk in the Banking Book 

(IRRBB); 

  Residual Value Risk; 
  Non-traded Equity Risk; and 
  Market Risk in Insurance Businesses. 

The respective measurement approaches 
for the underlying market risks noted above 
include: 
  Value at Risk (VaR), Stress Testing; 
  Market Value Sensitivity, Net Interest 

Earnings at Risk;  

  Profit & Loss Adjustment Account 

Balance, Aggregate Residual Value 
Risk Weighted Exposure, Aggregate 
Residual Value Risk Margin; and 

  Aggregate Portfolio Limit. 

The Group Liquidity Risk Management Policy 
and Strategy sets limits and standards with 
respect to the following: 
  The Liquidity Coverage Ratio, which 

requires liquid assets exceed modelled 30 
day stress outflows; 

  Additional market and idiosyncratic stress 

test scenarios; and 

  Limits that set tolerances for the sources 

and tenor of funding. 

The measurement of liquidity risk uses 
scenario analysis, covering both:  
  “Stress” scenarios, which assess the 
behaviour of cash flows in adverse 
operating circumstances; and 

  “Going concern” scenarios, which assess 

behaviour of cash flows in ordinary 
operating circumstances. 

138  Commonwealth Bank of Australia – Annual Report 2016 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Financial Statements 

Note 31 Risk Management (continued) 

Material Risks (continued) 

Risk Type 

Description 

Governing Policies and Key 
Management Committees 

Key Limits, Standards and Measurement 
Approaches 

Operational 
Risk 

Operational risk is risk of economic loss 
arising from inadequate or failed 
internal processes, people, systems or 
external events. 

Governing Policies: 
  Group Operational Risk 

Management Framework  

Key Management Committees: 
Executive Committee, 
Data Governance Committee 

Compliance 
Risk 

Insurance 
Risk 

Governing Policies: 
  Group Operational Risk 

Management Framework  
  Compliance Risk Management 

Framework 

  Compliance Incident 

Management Group Policy 

Key Management Committees: 
Executive Committee, 
Data Governance Committee 

Governing Policies: 
  Product Management Policy, 
Underwriting Policy, Claims 
Management Policy and 
Reinsurance Management 
Policy (end-to-end policies of 
insurance writing businesses). 

Key Management Committees:  
Executive Committees 
of Insurance writing businesses 

Compliance risk is the risk of legal or 
regulatory sanctions, material financial 
loss, or loss of reputation that the 
Group may incur as a result of its failure 
to comply with its Compliance 
Obligations. 

Compliance Obligations are formal 
requirements that may arise from 
various sources including but not 
limited to; laws; regulations; legislation; 
industry standards; rules; codes or 
guidelines. 

Insurance risk is the risk of loss due to 
increases in policy benefits arising from 
variations in the incidence or severity of 
insured events. 

In the life insurance business this arises 
primarily through mortality (death) or 
morbidity (illness or injury) claims being 
greater than expected. In the general 
insurance business, variability arises 
mainly through weather related 
incidents and similar events, as well as 
general variability in home, motor and 
travel insurance claim amounts.  

Insurance risk also covers inadequacy 
in product design, pricing, underwriting, 
claims management and reinsurance 
management as well as variations in 
policy lapses, servicing expenses, and 
option take up rates. 

The Group Operational Risk Management 
Framework sets limits and standards with 
respect to the following: 
  Investigation and reporting of loss, compliance 

and near miss incidents;  

  Comprehensive Risk and Control Self-

Assessment, control assurance and issues 
management processes; and 

  Comprehensive Scenario Analysis 

assessment process (also called Quantitative 
Risk Assessments). 

The measurement of operational risk is based 
on an APRA accredited Advanced 
Measurement Approach (some exposures are 
subject to standardised). The approach 
combines internal and external loss experience 
and business judgements captured through 
Scenario Analysis. 
The key limits with respect to compliance risk 
are set via the Group Operational Risk 
Management Framework. The Group 
Compliance Risk Management Framework sets 
standards with respect to the understanding of 
obligations, establishing policies and 
procedures, managing non-compliance, 
monitoring and reporting.  

The measurement of compliance risk is 
undertaken within the operational risk 
approach. 

The key limits and standards with respect to 
insurance risk are set via the end-to-end 
policies of insurance writing businesses.  The 
major methods include: 
  Sound product design and pricing, to ensure 
that customers understand the extent of their 
cover and that premiums are sufficient to 
cover the risk involved; 

  Regular review of insurance experience, so 
that product design, policy liabilities and 
pricing remains sound; 

  Claims management to ensure that claims 
are paid within the agreed policy terms and 
that genuine claims are paid as soon as 
possible after documentation is received and 
reasonable investigations are undertaken; 
and 

  Transferring a proportion of insurance risk to 

reinsurers to keep within risk appetite. 

Insurance risk is measured using actuarial 
techniques which are used to establish the 
likelihood and severity of possible insurance 
claims. Insurance risk is further monitored with 
key financial and performance metrics, such as 
loss ratios, new business volumes and lapse 
rates.   

Commonwealth Bank of Australia – Annual Report 2016 

    139 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Financial Statements 

Note 31 Risk Management (continued) 

Material Risks (continued) 

Risk Type 

Description 

Strategic Risk 

Reputational 
Risk  

Strategic Risk is the risk of economic 
loss arising from changes in the 
business environment (caused by 
macroeconomic conditions, 
competitive forces at work, 
technology, regulatory or social 
trends) or internal weaknesses, such 
as a poorly implemented or flawed 
strategy.   

Reputational risk arises from negative 
perception on the part of customers, 
counterparties, shareholders, 
investors, debt holders, market 
analysts, regulators and other relevant 
stakeholders of the Group. 

Governing Policies and Key 
Management Committees 

Key Limits, Standards and Measurement 
Approaches 

Governing Policies: 
  Group Risk Management 

Strategy (RMS) 

Key Management 
Committee:  
Executive Committee 

Governing Policies: 
  Group RMS 
  Group Risk Appetite 

Statement 

  Statement of Professional 

Practice 

  Environmental, Social and 

Governance Lending Policy 

Key Management 
Committee:  
Executive Committee 

The key limits and standards with respect to 
strategic risk are set via the Board’s 
consideration of Group and BU strategic plans 
and the most significant risks (current and 
emerging) arising from these. 

Strategic risk is measured using a combination 
of judgemental assessments captured through 
Scenario Analysis and an internal profit 
simulation model.  
Potential adverse Reputational impacts are 
managed as an outcome of all other material 
risks.  In addition, the Group: 
  Sets clear behavioural standards (as set 

out in the Group’s Risk Appetite 
Statement) and Group-wide requirements 
of leadership that support the Group’s 
vision and values; and 

  Has a Sustainability framework which 
supports the Group in managing its 
Environmental, Social and Governance 
(ESG) risks. 

140  Commonwealth Bank of Australia – Annual Report 2016 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Financial Statements 

Note 32 Credit Risk 

Credit Risk Management Principles and Portfolio 
Standards 

The Group has clearly defined credit policies for the approval 
and management of credit risk. Formal credit standards apply 
to all credit risks, with specific portfolio standards applying to 
all major lending areas. These set the minimum requirements 
in  assessing  the  integrity  and  ability  of  debtors  and/or 
counterparties  to  meet  their  contracted  financial  obligations 
for repayment, acceptable forms of collateral and security and 
the frequency of credit reviews. 
The  principles  and  portfolio  standards  are  designed  to 
achieve  portfolio  outcomes  that  are  consistent  with  the 
Group’s risk appetite and risk/return expectations.  

The  Credit  Portfolio  Assurance  unit,  part  of  Group  Audit  and 
Assurance,  reviews  credit  portfolios  and  business  unit 
compliance  with  policies,  portfolio  standards,  application  of 
credit risk ratings and other key practices on a regular basis.  

The credit risk portfolio has two major segments: 

(i) Retail Managed Segment 

This  segment  has  sub-segments  covering  housing  loans, 
credit  cards,  personal  loans,  some  leasing  products,  some 
unsecured commercial lending and most secured commercial 
lending up to $1 million. 

Auto-decisioning  is  used  to  approve  credit  applications  for 
eligible  customers  in  this  segment.  Auto-decisioning  uses  a 
the  Group’s  historical 
scorecard  approach  based  on 
experience  on  similar  applications,  information  from  a  credit 
reference bureau and/or from the Group’s existing knowledge 
of a customer’s behaviour. 

that  do  not  meet  scorecard  Auto-
Loan  applications 
decisioning 
to  a  Risk 
Management  Officer  with  a  Personal  Credit  Approval 
Authority (PCAA) for manual decisioning. 

requirements  may  be 

referred 

After  loan  origination,  these  portfolios  are  managed  using 
behavioural  scoring  systems  and  on  a  delinquency  band 
approach, e.g. actions taken when loan payments are greater 
than 30 days past due differ from actions when payments are 
greater  than  60  days  past  due,  and  are  reviewed  by  the 
relevant  Risk  Management  or  Business  Unit  Credit  Support 
Team.  

(ii) Risk-Rated Segment 

This  segment  comprises  commercial  exposures,  including 
bank  and  sovereign  exposures.  Each  exposure  is  assigned 
an internal Credit Risk-Rating (CRR) based on Probability of 
Default (PD) and Loss Given Default (LGD). 

For  credit  risk  rated  exposures  either  a  PD  Rating  Tool  or 
expert  judgement  is  used  to  determine  the  PD.  Expert 
judgement  is  used  where  the  complexity  of  the  transaction 
and/or  the  debtor  is  such  that  it  is  inappropriate  to  rely 
completely  on  a  statistical  model.  External  ratings  may  be 
used as inputs into the expert judgement assessment. 

The CRR is designed to: 

 

 

 

Aid  in  assessing  changes  to  the  client  quality  of  the 
Group's credit portfolio; 

Influence  decisions  on  approval,  management  and 
pricing of individual credit facilities; and  

Provide  the  basis  for  reporting  details  of  the  Group's 
credit portfolio. 

Credit  risk-rated  exposures  are  generally  reviewed  on  an 
individual basis, at least annually, although small transactions  

may  be  managed  on  a  behavioural  basis  after  their  initial 
rating at origination. Credit risk-rated exposures fall within the 
following categories: 

 

 

“Pass” – these credit facilities qualify for approval of new 
or increased exposure on normal commercial terms; and 

to 

“Troublesome  or  Impaired  Assets  (TIAs)”  –  these  credit 
facilities  are  not  eligible for  new  or  increased  exposure, 
unless  it  will  protect  or  improve  the  Group’s  position  by 
facilitate 
recovery  prospects  or 
maximising 
rehabilitation. Where a client is in default but the facility 
is  well  secured, 
facility  may  be  classed  as 
troublesome but not impaired. Where a client’s facility is 
not  well  secured  and  a  loss  is  expected,  the  facility  is 
classed  as  impaired.  Restructured  facilities,  where  the 
original contractual arrangements have been modified to 
provide  concessions 
financial 
difficulties,  are  rendered  non-commercial  to  the  Group 
and considered impaired. 

the  customer’s 

the 

for 

Default is usually consistent with one or more of the following: 

 

 

The  customer  is  90  days  or  more  overdue  on  a 
scheduled credit obligation repayment; or  

The  customer  is  unlikely  to  repay  their  credit  obligation 
to  the  Group  in  full  without  taking  action,  such  as 
realising on available security. 

Credit Risk Measurement 

The  measurement  of  credit  risk  uses  analytical  tools  to 
calculate  both:  (i)  Expected,  and  (ii)  Unexpected  Loss 
probabilities for the credit portfolio. The use of analytical tools 
is governed by a Credit Rating Governance Committee. 

(i) Expected Loss 

Expected Loss (EL) is the product of: 

 

 

 

PD; 

Exposure at Default (EAD); and 

LGD. 

The  PD,  expressed  as  a  percentage,  is  the  estimate  of  the 
probability that a client will default within the next 12 months. 
It reflects a client's ability to generate sufficient cash flows into 
the  future  to  meet  the  terms  of  all  their  credit  obligations  with 
the Group. 

The dollar amount of EAD is the estimate of the amount of a 
facility  that  will  be  outstanding  in  the  event  of  default. 
Estimates  are  based  on  downturn  economic  conditions.  For 
defaulted  facilities  it  is  the  actual  amount  outstanding  at 
default.  

For non-defaulted committed facilities it is based on the actual 
amount outstanding, plus the undrawn amount multiplied by a 
credit conversion factor which represents the potential rate of 
conversion from undrawn 12 months prior to default to drawn 
at default. For most committed facilities, the Group applies a 
credit conversion factor of 100% to the undrawn amount.  

For uncommitted facilities the EAD will generally be the drawn 
balance only.  

For  retail  exposures,  a  modelling  approach  can  be  used 
based on factors including limit usage, arrears and loan type 
to  segment  accounts 
the 
calculation.  

into  homogeneous  pools 

for 

LGD expressed as a percentage, is the estimated proportion 
of  a  facility  likely  to  be  lost  in  the  event  of  default.  LGD  is 
impacted by: 

 

Type and level of any collateral held; 

Commonwealth Bank of Australia – Annual Report 2016 

    141 

 
 
Notes to the Financial Statements 

Note 32 Credit Risk (continued)

Credit Risk Measurement (continued) 

 

 

 

Liquidity and volatility of collateral; 

Carrying costs (effectively the costs of providing a facility 
that is not generating an interest return); and 

Realisation costs. 

Various  factors  are  considered  when  calculating  PD,  EAD 
and LGD. Considerations include the potential for default by a 
borrower  due  to  economic,  management,  industry  and  other 
risks, and the mitigating benefits of any collateral or security. 

(ii) Unexpected Loss 

In addition to EL, a more stressed loss amount is calculated. 
This Unexpected Loss estimate directly affects the calculation 
of  regulatory  and  internal  economic  capital  requirements. 
Refer to the Group Operations and Business Settings section 
and Note 25 for information relating to regulatory capital. 

Credit Risk Mitigation, Collateral and Other Credit 
Enhancements 

The  Group  has  policies  and  procedures  in  place  setting  out 
the  circumstances  where  acceptable  and  appropriate 
collateral  is  to  be  taken  to  mitigate  credit  risk,  including 
valuation parameters, review frequency and independence of 
valuation. 

The  general  nature  of  collateral  that  may  be  taken,  and  the 
balances  held,  are  summarised  below  by  financial  asset 
classes. 

Cash and Liquid Assets 

Collateral  is  not  usually  sought  on  the  majority  of  Cash  and 
liquid  asset  balances  as  these  types  of  exposures  are 
generally considered low risk. However, securities purchased 
under  agreement  to  resell  are  collateralised  by  highly  liquid 
debt securities. The collateral related to agreements to resell 
has  been  legally  transferred  to  the  Group  subject  to  an 
agreement to return them for a fixed price.  

included 
The  Group’s  cash  and 
$11,629 million (2015: $16,028 million) deposited with central 
banks and is considered to carry less credit risk. 

liquid  asset  balance 

Receivables Due from Other Financial Institutions 

Collateral  is  usually  not  sought  on  these  balances  as 
exposures  are  generally  considered  to  be  of  low  risk.  The 
exposures  are  mainly  short  term  and  to  relatively  low  risk 
banks (Rated A+, AA- or better).  

Trading Assets at Fair Value through Income Statement 
and Available-for-Sale (AFS) Investments 

These assets are carried at fair value, which accounts for the 
credit risk. Collateral is not generally sought from the issuer or 
counterparty however collateral may be implicit in the terms of 
the instrument (e.g asset-backed security). Credit derivatives 
have been used to a limited extent to mitigate the exposure to 
credit risk. 

Insurance Assets 

These assets are carried at fair value, which accounts for the 
credit  risk.  Collateral  is  not  generally  sought  or  provided  on 
these  types  of  assets,  other  than  a  fixed  charge  over 
properties backing Australian mortgage investments. 

In most cases the credit risk of insurance assets is borne by 
policyholders.  However,  on  certain  insurance  contracts  the 
Group retains exposure to credit risk. 

142  Commonwealth Bank of Australia – Annual Report 2016 

Other Assets at Fair Value through Income Statement 

These assets are carried at fair value, which accounts for the 
credit risk. Credit derivatives used to mitigate the exposure to 
credit risk are not significant. 

Derivative Assets 

The Group’s use of derivative contracts is outlined in Note 10. 
The  Group  is  exposed  to  credit  risk  on  derivative  contracts, 
which  arises  as  a  result  of  counterparty  credit  risk.  The 
Group’s exposure to counterparty credit risk is affected by the 
nature of the trades, the creditworthiness of the counterparty, 
netting, and collateral arrangements.  

for 

financial  markets  counterparties,  but 

Credit  risk  from  derivatives  is  mitigated  where  possible 
(typically 
less 
frequently 
for  corporate  or  government  counterparties) 
through  netting  agreements,  whereby  derivative  assets  and 
liabilities  with  the  same  counterparty  can  be  offset  and 
clearing of trades with Central Counterparties (CCPs). Group 
policy  requires  all  netting  arrangements 
legally 
documented.  The 
International  Swaps  and  Derivatives 
Association  (ISDA)  Master  Agreement  (or  other  derivative 
agreements)  are  used  by  the  Group  as  an  agreement  for 
documenting Over-the-Counter (OTC) derivatives.  

to  be 

Collateral is obtained against derivative assets, depending on 
the  creditworthiness  of  the counterparty  and/or  nature  of  the 
transaction. The fair value of collateral held and the potential 
effect  of  offset  obtained  by  applying  master  netting 
agreements are disclosed in Note 43. 

Due from Controlled Entities 

Collateral is not generally taken on these intergroup balances. 

Credit Commitments and Contingent Liabilities 

The Group applies fundamentally the same risk management 
policies  for  off  Balance  Sheet  risks  as  it  does  for  its  on 
Balance Sheet risks. Collateral may be sought depending on 
the  strength  of  the  counterparty  and  the  nature  of  the 
transaction.  Of  the  Group’s  off  Balance  Sheet  exposures, 
$96,111 million (2015: $93,047 million) are secured. 

Loans, Bills Discounted and Other Receivables 

The  principal  collateral  types  for 
balances are: 

loans  and  receivable 

  Mortgages over residential and commercial real estate; 

 

Charges  over  business  assets  such  as  cash,  stock  or 
scrip,  inventory,  fixed  assets  and  accounts  receivables; 
and 

  Guarantees received from third parties. 

Collateral security, in the form of real estate or a charge over 
income  or  assets,  is  generally  taken  except  for  government, 
bank  and  corporate  counterparties  that  are  often  externally 
risk-rated  and  of  strong  financial  standing.  Longer  term 
consumer  finance,  such  as  housing  loans,  is  generally 
secured  against  real  estate,  while  short  term  revolving 
consumer credit is generally not secured by formal collateral. 

Specifically,  the  collateral  mitigating  credit  risk  of  the  key 
lending  portfolios  is  addressed  in  the  table  ‘Collateral  held 
against Loans, Bills Discounted and Other Receivables’ within 
this note. 

 
 
Notes to the Financial Statements 

Note 32 Credit Risk (continued) 

Maximum Exposure to Credit Risk by Industry and Asset Class before Collateral Held or Other Credit Enhancements 

The tables below detail the concentration of credit exposure assets by significant geographical locations and counterparty types. 
Disclosures do not take into account collateral held and other credit enhancements. 

 (1)  Loans,  bills  discounted  and  other  receivables  is  presented  gross  of  provisions  for  impairment  and  unearned  income  on  lease  receivables  in  line  with 

Note 12. 

(2)  For the purpose of reconciling to the Balance Sheet, “Other assets” predominantly comprises assets which do not give rise to credit exposure, including 

Property, plant and equipment, Investment in Associates and Joint Ventures, Intangible assets, Deferred tax assets and Other assets. 

Commonwealth Bank of Australia – Annual Report 2016 

    143 

GroupAt 30 June 2016BankAssetOtherAgri-and OtherHomeConstr-OtherFinanc-Comm andSovereigncultureFinancialLoansuctionPersonalingIndust.OtherTotal $M $M $M $M $M $M $M $M $M $MAustraliaCredit risk exposures relating to on Balance Sheet assets:Cash and liquid assets--10,971------10,971Receivables due from otherfinancial institutions--2,930------2,930Assets at fair value throughIncome Statement:Trading16,763-1,552----12,900-31,215Insurance 1,402-5,963----3,781-11,146Other43-532----905-1,480Derivative assets1,62211529,767-133--2,755-34,392Available-for-sale investments43,400-23,856----821-68,077Loans, bills discountedand other receivables (1)5,3807,19114,794409,4523,11423,5248,543132,136-604,134Bank acceptances270768-338--44-1,159Other assets (2)1,53143,84570838-36315,70322,165Total on Balance Sheet Australia70,1438,01794,278410,1603,58823,5328,543153,70515,703787,669Credit risk exposures relating to off Balance Sheet assets:Guarantees6318345585426-4,815-5,847Loan commitments8501,4066,20768,5772,22722,957-38,894-141,118Other commitments55241,105599861142,572-4,816Total Australia71,1119,465101,935478,8547,34346,4968,557199,98615,703939,450OverseasCredit risk exposures relating to on Balance Sheet assets:Cash and liquid assets--12,401------12,401Receivables due from otherfinancial institutions--8,661------8,661Assets at fair value throughIncome Statement:Trading890-1,559----403-2,852Insurance --2,401------2,401Other----------Derivative assets908334,620----6,614-12,175Available-for-sale investments9,507-3,166----148-12,821Loans, bills discountedand other receivables (1)9,1648,7445,35946,6223521,71922023,985-96,165Bank acceptances-------272-272Other assets (2)17-24770-65302,1872,562Total on Balance Sheet overseas20,4868,77738,41446,6923521,72522531,4522,187150,310Credit risk exposures relating to off Balance Sheet assets:Guarantees1457-53--254-369Loan commitments3138272,7687,3091941,940516,268-29,624Other commitments43---1--652-696Total overseas20,8439,60841,23954,0016003,66523048,6262,187180,999Total gross credit risk91,95419,073143,174532,8557,94350,1618,787248,61217,8901,120,449 
 
Notes to the Financial Statements 

Note 32 Credit Risk (continued) 

Maximum Exposure to Credit Risk by Industry and Asset Class before Collateral Held or Other Credit Enhancements 
(continued) 

(1)  Comparative information has been reclassified to conform to presentation in the current year. 
(2)  Loans,  bills  discounted  and  other  receivables  is  presented  gross  of  provisions  for  impairment  and  unearned  income  on  lease  receivables  in  line  with 

Note 12. 

(3)  For the purpose of reconciling to the Balance Sheet, “Other assets” predominantly comprises assets which do not give rise to credit exposure, including 

Property, plant and equipment, Investment in Associates and Joint Ventures, Intangible assets, Deferred tax assets and Other assets. 

144  Commonwealth Bank of Australia – Annual Report 2016 

GroupAt 30 June 2015BankAssetOtherAgri-and OtherHomeConstr-OtherFinanc-Comm andSovereigncultureFinancialLoansuctionPersonalingIndust.OtherTotal $M $M $M $M $M $M $M $M $M $MAustraliaCredit risk exposures relating to on Balance Sheet assets:Cash and liquid assets--15,939------15,939Receivables due from otherfinancial institutions (1)--4,141------4,141Assets at fair value throughIncome Statement:Trading10,477-2,087----10,267-22,831Insurance696-7,269----3,885-11,850Other95-470----615-1,180Derivative assets1,28211529,319-48--6,898-37,662Available-for-sale investments34,795-28,510----1,040-64,345Loans, bills discountedand other receivables (2)5,5216,25815,157383,1742,72222,3138,356117,557-561,058Bank acceptances21,29961-353----1,715Other assets (1) (3)786375,4556087051495912,83820,808Total on Balance Sheet Australia53,6547,709108,408383,7823,19322,3648,360141,22112,838741,529Credit risk exposures relating to off Balance Sheet assets:Guarantees10914149456797-4,759-5,762Loan commitments5771,5953,84566,4373,25322,605-40,482-138,794Other commitments 50131,7272487421642,263-5,117Total Australia54,3909,331114,129450,2887,99944,9788,524188,72512,838891,202OverseasCredit risk exposures relating to on Balance Sheet assets:Cash and liquid assets--17,177------17,177Receivables due from otherfinancial institutions (1)--8,922------8,922Assets at fair value throughIncome Statement:Trading1,010-1,358----1,225-3,593Insurance--2,238------2,238Other--98------98Derivative assets710245,848----1,910-8,492Available-for-sale investments7,092-3,133----114-10,339Loans, bills discountedand other receivables (2)12,9297,9907,57239,6774071,12855812,909-83,170Bank acceptances-------229-229Other assets (1) (3)45-743111954771,6852,625Total on Balance Sheet overseas21,7868,01447,08939,6784081,14761216,4641,685136,883Credit risk exposures relating to off Balance Sheet assets:Guarantees1360-69--286-419Loan commitments5129891,4015,8871541,711316,060-26,717Other commitments71---5--691-767Total overseas22,3709,00648,55045,5656362,85861533,5011,685164,786Total gross credit risk76,76018,337162,679495,8538,63547,8369,139222,22614,5231,055,988 
 
 
 
Notes to the Financial Statements 

Note 32 Credit Risk (continued) 

Large Exposures 

Concentrations of exposure to any debtor or counterparty group are controlled by a large credit exposure policy, which defines a 
graduated  limit  framework  that  restricts  credit  limits  based  on  the  internally  assessed  risk  of  the  client,  the  type  of  client,  the 
security cover and facility tenor. All exposures outside the policy limits require approval by the Executive Risk Committee and are 
reported to the Risk Committee. 

The  following  table  shows  the  aggregated  number  of  the  Group’s Corporate  and  Industrial  aggregated  counterparty  exposures 
(including direct and contingent exposures), which individually were greater than 5% of the Group’s capital resources (Tier 1 and 
Tier 2 capital): 

The  Group  has  a  high  quality,  well  diversified  credit  portfolio,  with  58%  of  the  gross  loans  and  other  receivables  in  domestic 
mortgage  loans  and  a  further  7%  in  overseas  mortgage  loans,  primarily  in  New  Zealand.  Overseas  loans  account  for  14%  of 
loans and advances. 

Distribution of Financial Assets by Credit Classification 

When  doubt  arises  as  to  the  collectability  of  a  credit  facility,  the  financial  instrument  is  classified  and  reported  as  impaired. 
Provisions  for  impairment  are  raised  where  there  is  objective  evidence  of  impairment  and  for  an  amount  adequate  to  cover 
assessed  credit  related  losses.  The  Group  regularly  reviews  its  financial  assets  and  monitors  adherence  to  contractual  terms. 
Credit risk-rated portfolios are assessed, at least at each Balance Sheet date, to determine whether the financial asset or portfolio 
of assets is impaired. 

Distribution of Financial Instruments by Credit Quality 

The table below segregates financial instruments into neither past due nor impaired, past due but not impaired and impaired. An 
asset is considered to be past due when a contracted amount, including principal or interest, has not been met when due or it is 
otherwise outside contracted arrangements. The amount included as past due is the entire contractual balance, rather than the 
overdue portion. 
The split in the tables below does not reflect the basis by which the Group manages credit risk.   

Commonwealth Bank of Australia – Annual Report 2016 

    145 

Group20162015NumberNumber5% to less than 10% of the Group's capital resources-210% to less than 15% of the Group's capital resources--Group2016Neither PastPast dueTotal Provisions Due norbut notImpairedfor ImpairmentImpaired ImpairedAssetsGrossLossesNet$M$M$M$M$M$MCash and liquid assets23,372--23,372-23,372Receivables due from other financial institutions11,591--11,591-11,591Assets at fair value through Income Statement:Trading34,067--34,067-34,067Insurance13,547--13,547-13,547Other1,480--1,480-1,480Derivative assets46,547-2046,567-46,567Available-for-sale investments80,898--80,898-80,898Loans, bills discounted and other receivables:Australia588,63413,1042,396604,134(3,318)600,816Overseas93,2452,33758396,165(400)95,765Bank acceptances1,431--1,431-1,431Credit related commitments182,353-117182,470(44)182,426Total1,077,16515,4413,1161,095,722(3,762)1,091,960 
 
 
 
 
  
Notes to the Financial Statements 

Note 32 Credit Risk (continued) 

 dfdgd 
(1)  Comparative information has been reclassified to conform to presentation in the current year. 
 ggggggfgfffffg 

146  Commonwealth Bank of Australia – Annual Report 2016 

Group 2015Neither PastPast DueTotal ProvisionsDue norbut notImpairedfor ImpairmentImpairedImpairedAssetsGrossLossesNet$M$M$M$M$M $MCash and liquid assets33,116--33,116-33,116Receivables due from other financial institutions (1)13,063--13,063-13,063Assets at fair value through Income Statement:Trading26,424--26,424-26,424Insurance14,088--14,088-14,088Other1,278--1,278-1,278Derivative assets46,154--46,154-46,154Available-for-sale investments74,684--74,684-74,684Loans, bills discounted and other receivables:Australia545,44813,4022,208561,058(3,322)557,736Overseas80,2902,39648483,170(296)82,874Bank acceptances1,944--1,944-1,944Credit related commitments177,413-163177,576(31)177,545Total1,013,90215,7982,8551,032,555(3,649)1,028,906Bank2016Neither PastPast DueTotal ProvisionsDue nor but notImpairedfor ImpairmentImpairedImpairedAssetsGrossLossesNet$M$M$M$M$M$MCash and liquid assets21,582--21,582-21,582Receivables due from other financial institutions10,182--10,182-10,182Assets at fair value through Income Statement:Trading32,985--32,985-32,985Insurance------Other1,187--1,187-1,187Derivative assets46,505-2046,525-46,525Available-for-sale investments76,361--76,361-76,361Loans, bills discounted and other receivables:Australia582,15513,0982,358597,611(3,309)594,302Overseas24,5121911924,650(56)24,594Bank acceptances1,413--1,413-1,413Shares in and loans to controlled entities145,953--145,953-145,953Credit related commitments166,075-112166,187(44)166,143Total1,108,91013,1172,6091,124,636(3,409)1,121,227Bank2015Neither PastPast DueTotal ProvisionsDue norbut notImpairedfor ImpairmentImpairedImpairedAssetsGrossLossesNet$M$M$M$M$M$MCash and liquid assets31,683--31,683-31,683Receivables due from other financial institutions (1)11,204--11,204-11,204Assets at fair value through Income Statement:Trading25,135--25,135-25,135Insurance------Other989--989-989Derivative assets45,607--45,607-45,607Available-for-sale investments72,304--72,304-72,304Loans, bills discounted and other receivables:Australia540,26413,3922,170555,826(3,298)552,528Overseas21,8761114822,035(56)21,979Bank acceptances1,908--1,908-1,908Shares in and loans to controlled entities143,756--143,756-143,756Credit related commitments163,571-158163,729(31)163,698Total1,058,29713,4032,4761,074,176(3,385)1,070,791 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Financial Statements 

Note 32 Credit Risk (continued) 

Credit Quality of Loans, Bills Discounted and Other Receivables which were Neither Past Due nor Impaired 

For the analysis below, financial assets that are neither past due nor impaired have been segmented into investment, pass and 
weak  classifications.  This  segmentation  of  loans  in  retail  and  risk-rated  portfolios  is  based  on  the  mapping  of  a  customer’s 
internally assessed PD to S&P Global ratings, reflecting a client’s ability to meet their credit obligations. In particular, retail PD 
pools have been aligned to the Group’s PD grades which are consistent with rating agency views of credit quality segmentation. 
Investment grade is representative of lower assessed default probabilities with other classifications reflecting progressively higher 
default risk. No consideration is given to LGD, the impact of any recoveries or the potential benefit of mortgage insurance. 

  (1)  For New Zealand Housing Loans, PDs reflect Reserve Bank of New Zealand requirements resulting in higher PDs on average and lower grading. 

Commonwealth Bank of Australia – Annual Report 2016 

    147 

Group2016OtherHomeOtherAssetCommercialLoansPersonalFinancingand IndustrialTotalCredit grading$M$M$M$M$MAustraliaInvestment275,1864,454760101,136381,536Pass112,84014,2377,28657,976192,339Weak9,8613,66925797214,759Total Australia397,88722,3608,303160,084588,634Overseas (1)Investment15,218-830,39945,625Pass29,3401,39118215,87646,789Weak328--503831Total overseas44,8861,39119046,77893,245Total loans which were neither past due nor impaired 442,77323,7518,493206,862681,879Group2015OtherHomeOtherAssetCommercialLoansPersonalFinancingand IndustrialTotalCredit grading$M  $M$M$M$MAustraliaInvestment254,7044,24767493,362352,987Pass107,52013,0467,26050,068177,894Weak9,6253,7222011,01914,567Total Australia371,84921,0158,135144,449545,448Overseas (1)Investment9,501-27328,32738,101Pass28,01183624312,64341,733Weak337--119456Total overseas37,84983651641,08980,290Total loans which were neither past due nor impaired 409,69821,8518,651185,538625,738 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Financial Statements 

Note 32 Credit Risk (continued) 

Credit Quality of Loans, Bills Discounted and Other Financial Assets which were Neither Past Due nor Impaired 
(continued) 

148  Commonwealth Bank of Australia – Annual Report 2016 

Bank2016OtherHomeOtherAssetCommercialLoansPersonalFinancingand IndustrialTotal Credit grading$M$M$M$M$M AustraliaInvestment275,0334,461737100,285380,516Pass107,89914,1917,23057,617186,937Weak9,8583,65525793214,702Total Australia392,79022,3078,224158,834582,155OverseasInvestment115--20,69020,805Pass41716-3,0623,495Weak---212212Total overseas53216-23,96424,512Total loans which were neither past due nor impaired393,32222,3238,224182,798606,667Bank2015Other HomeOtherAssetCommercialLoansPersonalFinancingand IndustrialTotal Credit grading$M$M$M$M$M AustraliaInvestment256,7844,44363889,964351,829Pass101,79413,7177,21050,890173,611Weak9,6063,9422011,07514,824Total Australia368,18422,1028,049141,929540,264OverseasInvestment128-25818,65919,045Pass37819-2,4162,813Weak6--1218Total overseas5121925821,08721,876Total loans which were neither past due nor impaired368,69622,1218,307163,016562,140 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Financial Statements 

Note 32 Credit Risk (continued) 

Other Financial Assets which were Neither Past Due nor Impaired 

The majority of all other financial assets of the Group and the Bank that were neither past due nor impaired as of 30 June 2016 
and 30 June 2015 were of investment grade. 

Age Analysis of Loans, Bills Discounted and Other Receivables that are Past Due but Not Impaired 

For the purposes of this analysis an asset is considered to be past due when any payment under the contractual terms has been 
missed. 

Past due loans are not classified as impaired if no loss to the Group is expected or if the loans are unsecured consumer loans 
and less than 90 days past due. 

(1) 

Included in these balances are credit card facilities and other unsecured portfolio managed facilities up to 90 days past due. At 90 days past due, the loans 
are classified as impaired. 

Commonwealth Bank of Australia – Annual Report 2016 

    149 

Group 2016OtherHomeOtherAssetCommercialLoansPersonal (1)Financingand IndustrialTotal Loans which were past due but not impaired$M$M$M$M$M AustraliaPast due 1 - 29 days6,166592857677,610Past due 30 - 59 days1,755188451542,142Past due 60 - 89 days877124231021,126Past due 90 - 179 days1,027--1771,204Past due 180 days or more819521961,022Total Australia10,6449091551,39613,104OverseasPast due 1 - 29 days1,32823882771,851Past due 30 - 59 days18741240270Past due 60 - 89 days691511499Past due 90 - 179 days38161661Past due 180 days or more156-3556Total overseas1,637316123722,337Total loans which were past due but not impaired 12,2811,2251671,76815,441Group 2015Other HomeOtherAsset Commercial LoansPersonal (1)Financing and Industrial Total Loans which were past due but not impaired$M $M $M $M $M AustraliaPast due 1 - 29 days6,131691598787,759Past due 30 - 59 days1,835204432042,286Past due 60 - 89 days839129271561,151Past due 90 - 179 days956-12181,175Past due 180 days or more7298-2941,031Total Australia10,4901,0321301,75013,402OverseasPast due 1 - 29 days1,41021883241,960Past due 30 - 59 days17732312224Past due 60 - 89 days711211195Past due 90 - 179 days491212183Past due 180 days or more195-1034Total overseas1,726279133782,396Total loans which were past due but not impaired 12,2161,3111432,12815,798 
 
  
  
 
Notes to the Financial Statements 

Note 32 Credit Risk (continued) 

Age Analysis of Loans, Bills Discounted and Other Receivables that are Past Due but Not Impaired (continued) 

(1) 

Included in these balances are credit card facilities and other unsecured portfolio managed facilities up to 90 days past due. At 90 days past due, the loans 
are classified as impaired. 

Impaired Assets by Classification 

Assets in credit risk rated portfolios and retail managed portfolios are assessed for objective evidence that the financial asset is 
impaired.  

Impaired assets are split into the following categories: 

 

 

 

Non-Performing Facilities;  

Restructured Facilities; and 

Unsecured retail products 90 days or more past due. 

Non-performing  facilities  are  facilities  against  which  an  individually  assessed  provision  for  impairment  has  been  raised  and 
facilities where loss of principal or interest is anticipated. 

150  Commonwealth Bank of Australia – Annual Report 2016 

Bank2016OtherHomeOtherAssetCommercialLoansPersonal (1)Financingand IndustrialTotal Loans which were past due but not impaired$M$M$M$M$M AustraliaPast due 1 - 29 days6,162592857677,606Past due 30 - 59 days1,754188451542,141Past due 60 - 89 days877124231021,126Past due 90 - 179 days1,026--1771,203Past due 180 days or more819521961,022Total Australia10,6389091551,39613,098OverseasPast due 1 - 29 days91-313Past due 30 - 59 days---22Past due 60 - 89 days---11Past due 90 - 179 days---22Past due 180 days or more1---1Total overseas101-819Total loans which were past due but not impaired 10,6489101551,40413,117Bank 2015OtherHome OtherAssetCommercialLoansPersonal (1)Financingand IndustrialTotal Loans which were past due but not impaired $M$M$M$M$M AustraliaPast due 1 - 29 days6,126691598787,754Past due 30 - 59 days1,834204432042,285Past due 60 - 89 days838129261561,149Past due 90 - 179 days955-12181,174Past due 180 days or more7288-2941,030Total Australia10,4811,0321291,75013,392OverseasPast due 1 - 29 days7--18Past due 30 - 59 days-----Past due 60 - 89 days-----Past due 90 - 179 days1--12Past due 180 days or more---11Total overseas8--311Total loans which were past due but not impaired 10,4891,0321291,75313,403 
 
  
  
 
Notes to the Financial Statements 

Note 32 Credit Risk (continued) 

Impaired Assets by Classification (continued) 

Restructured  facilities  are  facilities  where  the  original  contractual  terms  have  been  modified  to  non-commercial  terms  due  to 
financial difficulties of the borrower. Interest on these facilities is taken to the Income Statement. Failure to comply fully with the 
modified terms will result in immediate reclassification to non-performing. 

Unsecured retail products 90 days or more past due are credit cards, personal loans and other unsecured retail products which 
are 90 days or more past due. These loans are collectively provided for. 

The  Group  does  not  manage  credit  risk  based  solely  on  arrears  categorisation,  but  also  uses  credit  risk  rating  principles  as 
described earlier in this note. 

(1)  Collective provisions are held for these portfolios. 

Impaired Assets by Size 

Commonwealth Bank of Australia – Annual Report 2016 

    151 

Group20162015201420132012$M $M $M $M $M AustraliaNon-Performing assets:Gross balances2,0021,9402,1343,3163,966Less individual provisions for impairment(807)(775)(1,035)(1,564)(1,920)Net non-performing assets1,1951,1651,0991,7522,046Restructured assets:Gross balances22114436134693Less individual provisions for impairment-----Net restructured assets22114436134693Unsecured retail products 90 days or more past due:Gross balances252251236217204Less provisions for impairment (1)(169)(130)(131)(128)(120)Net unsecured retail products 90 days or more past due831211058984Net Australia impaired assets1,4991,4301,5652,1872,223OverseasNon-Performing assets:Gross balances560454377356344Less individual provisions for impairment(138)(112)(92)(64)(88)Net non-performing assets422342285292256Restructured assets:Gross balances67542488770Less individual provisions for impairment-----Net restructured assets67542488770Unsecured retail products 90 days or more past due:Gross balances141211810Less provisions for impairment (1)(13)(9)(8)(3)(3)Net unsecured retail products 90 days or more past due13357Net overseas impaired assets490399536384333Total net impaired assets1,9891,8292,1012,5712,556GroupAustraliaOverseasTotalAustraliaOverseasTotal201620162016201520152015Impaired assets by size $M$M$M$M$M$MLess than $1 million1,1701231,2931,2151181,333$1 million to $10 million661215876717126843Greater than $10 million644303947403276679Total2,4756413,1162,3355202,855 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Financial Statements 

Note 32 Credit Risk (continued) 

Movement in Impaired Assets 

Impaired Assets by Industry and Status 

(1)  Write-offs, recoveries and net write-offs are not recognised against credit commitments or derivatives as these exposures are closed out and converted to 

loans and receivables on impairment. Write-offs and recoveries take place subsequent to this conversion. 

152  Commonwealth Bank of Australia – Annual Report 2016 

Group20162015201420132012Movement in gross impaired assets$M $M $M $M $M Gross impaired assets - opening balance2,8553,3674,3304,6875,502New and increased2,3702,0952,3933,0163,389Balances written off(1,328)(1,355)(1,697)(1,774)(1,687)Returned to performing or repaid(1,460)(1,903)(2,303)(2,165)(3,040)Portfolio managed - new/increased/return to performing/repaid679651644566523Gross impaired assets - closing balance3,1162,8553,3674,3304,687Group2016GrossTotal ProvisionsNetTotalImpairedfor ImpairedImpairedNet (1)BalanceAssetsAssetsAssetsWrite-offs (1)Recoveries (1)Write-offs Industry $M$M$M$M$M$M$M Loans - AustraliaSovereign5,380------Agriculture7,191136(42)9484(1)83Banks and other financial14,79418(29)(11)10(27)(17)Home loans409,452921(193)72882(3)79Construction3,11428(25)311(1)10Other personal23,524255(176)79747(154)593Asset financing8,54385(28)5754(4)50Other commercial and industrial132,136953(483)470249(21)228Total loans - Australia604,1342,396(976)1,4201,237(211)1,026Loans - OverseasSovereign9,164------Agriculture8,744277(23)2547-7Banks and other financial5,35910(4)6-(1)(1)Home loans46,62299(6)937(1)6Construction35214(8)6---Other personal1,71912(15)(3)54(10)44Asset financing22018(10)8---Other commercial and industrial23,985153(76)77112(2)110Total loans - overseas 96,165583(142)441180(14)166Total loans700,2992,979(1,118)1,8611,417(225)1,192Other balances - AustraliaCredit commitments151,78159-59---Derivatives34,39220-20---Total other balances - Australia186,17379-79---Other balances - OverseasCredit commitments30,68958(9)49---Derivatives12,175------Total other balances - overseas42,86458(9)49---Total other balances229,037137(9)128---Total929,3363,116(1,127)1,9891,417(225)1,192 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Financial Statements 

Note 32 Credit Risk (continued) 

Impaired Assets by Industry and Status (continued) 

(1)  Write-offs, recoveries and net write-offs are not recognised against credit commitments or derivatives as these exposures are closed out and converted to 

loans and receivables on impairment. Write-offs and recoveries take place subsequent to this conversion. 

Collateral held against Loans, Bills Discounted and Other Receivables 

Commonwealth Bank of Australia – Annual Report 2016 

    153 

Group2015GrossTotal ProvisionsNetTotalImpairedfor ImpairedImpairedNet (1)BalanceAssetsAssetsAssetsWrite-offs (1)Recoveries (1)Write-offs Industry $M$M$M$M$M$M$M Loans - AustraliaSovereign5,521------Agriculture6,258347(133)21465-65Bank and other financial15,15724(36)(12)36(9)27Home loans383,174835(148)68772(3)69Construction2,72230(20)1014-14Other personal22,313266(140)126686(125)561Asset financing8,35691(28)6345(4)41Other commercial and industrial117,557615(400)215404(24)380Total loans - Australia561,0582,208(905)1,3031,322(165)1,157Loans - OverseasSovereign12,929------Agriculture7,990146(14)1323-3Bank and other financial7,57210-1069-69Home loans39,677102(10)928(1)7Construction4075(1)4---Other personal1,12813(9)442(10)32Asset financing55829(10)19---Other commercial and industrial12,909179(69)11035-35Total loans - overseas 83,170484(113)371157(11)146Total loans644,2282,692(1,018)1,6741,479(176)1,303Other balances - AustraliaCredit commitments149,673127-127---Derivatives37,662------Total other balances - Australia187,335127-127---Other balances - OverseasCredit commitments27,90336(8)28---Derivatives8,492------Total other balances - overseas36,39536(8)28---Total other balances223,730163(8)155---Total867,9582,855(1,026)1,8291,479(176)1,303Group2016OtherHomeOtherAssetCommercialLoansPersonalFinancingand IndustrialTotalMaximum exposure ($M)456,07425,2438,763210,219700,299Collateral classification:Secured (%)99. 313. 698. 741. 878. 9Partially secured (%)0. 7-1. 315. 45. 1Unsecured (%)-86. 4-42. 816. 0 
 
  
 
 
Notes to the Financial Statements 

Note 32 Credit Risk (continued) 

Collateral held against Loans, Bills Discounted and Other Receivables (continued) 

A facility is determined to be secured where its ratio of exposure to the estimated value of collateral (adjusted for lending margins) 
is less than or equal to 100%. A facility is deemed to be partly secured when this ratio exceeds 100% but not more than 250%, 
and unsecured when either no security is held (e.g. can include credit cards, personal loans, small business loans, and exposures 
to highly rated corporate entities), or where the secured loan to estimated value of collateral exceeds 250%. 

Home Loans 

All home loans are secured by fixed charges over borrowers’ residential properties, other properties (including commercial and 
broad  acre),  or  cash  (usually  in  the  form  of  a  charge  over  a  deposit).  Further,  with  the  exception  of  some  relatively  small 
portfolios,  for  loans  with  a  Loan  to  Valuation  (LVR)  of  higher  than  80%  either  a  Low  Deposit  Premium  or  margin  is  levied,  or 
Lenders Mortgage Insurance (LMI) is taken out to cover 100% of the principal amount at default plus interest. 

Personal Lending 

Personal lending (such as credit cards), is predominantly unsecured. 

Asset Finance 

The Group leases assets to corporate and retail clients. When the title to the underlying assets is held by the Group as collateral, 
the balance is deemed fully secured. In other instances, a client’s facilities may be secured by collateral valued at less than the 
carrying amount of credit exposure. These facilities are deemed partly secured or unsecured. 

Other Commercial and Industrial Lending 

The Group’s main collateral types for other commercial and industrial lending consists of secured rights over specified assets of 
the borrower in the form of: commercial property; land rights; cash (usually in the form of a charge over a deposit); guarantees by 
company directors supporting commercial lending; a charge over a company’s  assets (including debtors, inventory and work in 
progress); or a charge over stock or scrip. In other instances, a client’s facilities may be secured by collateral with value less than 
the carrying amount of the credit exposure. These facilities are deemed partly secured or unsecured. 

154  Commonwealth Bank of Australia – Annual Report 2016 

Group2015OtherHomeOtherAssetCommercialLoansPersonalFinancingand IndustrialTotalMaximum exposure ($M)422,85123,4418,914189,022644,228Collateral classification:Secured (%)99. 314. 098. 740. 278. 7Partially secured (%)0. 7-1. 313. 74. 5Unsecured (%)-86. 0-46. 116. 8Bank2016OtherHomeOtherAssetCommercialLoansPersonalFinancingand IndustrialTotal Maximum exposure ($M)404,90223,4678,476185,416622,261Collateral classification:Secured (%)99. 214. 398. 840. 778. 5Partially secured (%)0. 8-1. 214. 64. 9Unsecured (%)-85. 7-44. 716. 6Bank2015OtherHomeOtherAssetCommercialLoansPersonalFinancingand IndustrialTotal Maximum exposure ($M)380,02223,4198,307166,113577,861Collateral classification:Secured (%)99. 214. 598. 439. 378. 7Partially secured (%)0. 8-1. 613. 14. 3Unsecured (%)-85. 5-47. 617. 0 
 
 
 
Notes to the Financial Statements 

Note 33 Market Risk 

Market Risk Measurement 

The Group uses Value-at-Risk (VaR) as one of the measures 
of  Traded  and  Non-traded  market  risk.  VaR  is  a  statistical 
measure  of  potential  loss  using  historically  observed  market 
movements. 

VaR  is  modelled  at  a  97.5%  confidence  level.  This  means 
that there is a 97.5% probability that the loss will not exceed 
the VaR estimate on any given day.  

The VaR measured for Traded market risk uses two years of 
daily  movement  in market  rates. The  VaR measure for  Non-
traded  Banking  Book  market  risk  uses  six  years  of  daily 
movement in market rates.  

A  1-day  holding  period  is  used  for  trading  book  positions.  A 
20-day  holding  period  is  used  for  Interest  Rate  Risk  in  the 
Banking  Book,  insurance  business  market  risk  and  Non-
traded equity risk.  

the  maximum 

VaR  is  driven  by  historical  observations  and  is  not  an 
estimate  of 
the  Group  could 
experience from an extreme market event. As a result of this 
limitation,  management  also  uses  additional  controls  to 
measure and manage market risk including stress testing, risk 
sensitivity and position limits.  

loss 

that 

(1)  Average VaR calculated for each 12 month period. 
(2)  For the balance as at 30 June 2016, the increase in traded market risk 

VaR was mainly driven by a conservative measurement approach for 
longer term interest rates, particularly in currencies with negative or 
near zero rates. This approach is under review. 

(3)  The increase in average VaR on the prior year relates to higher market 

volatility and the above conservative measurement approach. 

Non-Traded Market Risk 

Interest Rate Risk in the Banking Book 

Interest rate risk is the current and prospective impact to the 
Group’s financial condition due to adverse changes in interest 
rates  to  which  the  Group’s  Balance  Sheet  is  exposed. 
Maturity  transformation  activities  of  the  Group  result  in 
mismatched  assets  and  liabilities  positions  which  direct  that 
the  propensity, 
rate 
movements  have  undesired  outcomes  over  both  the  short-
term  and  long-term.  The  Group’s  objective  is  to  manage 
interest rate risk to achieve stable and sustainable net interest 
income in the long-term. 

timing  and  quantum  of 

interest 

(1)  Average VaR calculated for each 12 month period. 
(2)  For the balance as at 30 June 2016, the increase in traded market risk 

VaR was mainly driven by a conservative measurement approach for 
longer term interest rates, particularly in currencies with negative or 
near zero rates. This approach is under review. 

(3)  The increase in average VaR on the prior year relates to higher market 

volatility and the above conservative measurement approach.  

(4)  The risk of these exposures has been represented in this table using a 

one day holding period. In practice however, these ‘non-traded’ 
exposures are managed to a longer holding period. 

Traded Market Risk 

Traded  Market  Risk  is  generated  through  the  Group’s 
participation in financial markets to service its customers. The 
Group  trades  and  distributes  interest  rate,  foreign  exchange, 
debt, equity and commodity products, and provides treasury, 
capital  markets  and  risk  management  services 
its 
customers globally.  

to 

The  Group  maintains  access  to  markets  by  quoting  bid  and 
offer prices with other market makers and carries an inventory 
of financial instruments, including a broad range of securities 
and derivatives. 

The Group measures and manages the impact of interest rate 
risk in two ways: 

(a) Next 12 months’ earnings 

Interest  rate  risk  from  an  earnings  perspective  is  the  impact 
based on changes to the net interest income over the next 12 
months. 

The risk to net interest income over the next 12 months from 
changes in interest rates is measured on a monthly basis. 

Earnings risk is measured through sensitivity analysis, which 
applies  an  instantaneous  100  basis  point  parallel  shock  in 
interest rates across the yield curve.  

The  prospective  change  to  the  net  interest  income  is 
measured  by  using  an  Asset  and  Liability  Management 
simulation  model  which 
incorporates  both  existing  and 
anticipated  new  business  in  its  assessment.  The  change  in 
the  Balance  Sheet  product  mix,  growth,  funding  and  pricing 
strategies  is  incorporated.  Assets  and  liabilities  that  reprice 
directly from observable market rates are measured based on 
the full extent of the rate shock that is applied. 

Products  that  are  priced  based  on  Group  administered  or 
discretionary interest rates and that are impacted by customer 
behaviour  are  measured  by  taking  into  consideration  the 
historic  repricing  strategy  of 
the  Group  and  repricing 
behaviours  of  customers.  In  addition  to  considering  how  the 
products  have  repriced  in  the  past  the  expected  change  in 
price  based  on  both  the  current  and  anticipated  competitive 
market forces are also considered in the sensitivity analysis. 

Commonwealth Bank of Australia – Annual Report 2016 

    155 

Average As at Average As atTotal Market RiskJuneJuneJuneJuneVaR (1-day 97.5% 2016 (1) 2016 2015 (1)2015confidence)$M$M$M$MTraded Market Risk (2) (3)10. 116. 98. 98. 9Non-Traded Interest Rate Risk (4)14. 717. 215. 116. 7Non-Traded Equity Risk (4)10. 27. 514. 312. 9Non-Traded Insurance Market Risk (4)4. 55. 05. 03. 7Average As atAverage As atTraded Market RiskJuneJuneJuneJuneVaR (1-day 97.5% 2016 (1)2016 2015 (1) 2015confidence)$M$M$M$MInterest rate risk (2) (3)7. 916. 75. 85. 2Foreign exchange risk 2. 41. 72. 01. 9Equities risk 0. 41. 10. 60. 3Commodities risk 2. 22. 31. 52. 3Credit spread risk3. 03. 22. 73. 2Diversification benefit (8. 3)(10. 4)(7. 3)(7. 8)Total general market risk 7. 614. 65. 35. 1Undiversified risk 2. 32. 13. 43. 7ASB Bank 0. 20. 20. 20. 1Total 10. 116. 98. 98. 9 
 
  
 
 
 
Notes to the Financial Statements 

Note 33 Market Risk (continued) 
The  figures  in  the  following  table  represent  the  potential 
unfavourable  change  to  the  Group’s  net  interest  earnings 
during  the  year  based  on  a  100  basis  point  parallel  rate 
shock. 

Non-Traded Market Risk (continued) 

(b) Economic Value  

Interest  rate  risk  from  the  economic  value  perspective  is 
based on a 20-day 97.5% VaR measure. 

Measuring  the  change  in  the  economic  value  of  equity  is  an 
assessment of the long-term impact to the earnings potential 
of  the  Group  present  valued  to  the  current  date.  The  Group 
assesses the potential change in its economic value of equity 
through  the  application  of  the  VaR  methodology.  A  20-day 
97.5%  VaR  measure  is  used  to  capture  the  net  economic 
value  impact  over  the  long-term  or  total  life  of  all  Balance 
Sheet  assets  and  liabilities  to  adverse  changes  in  interest 
rates.  The 
the 
contractual  cash  flows  for  fixed  rate  products  is  included  in 
the  calculation.  Cash  flows  for  discretionary  priced  products 
are  behaviourally  adjusted  and  repriced  at  the  resultant 
profile. 

impact  of  customer  prepayments  on 

The  figures  in  the  following  table  represent  the  net  present 
value of the expected change in the Group’s future earnings 
in  all  future  periods  for  the  remaining  term  of  all  existing 
assets and liabilities. 

(1)  Average VaR calculated for each 12 month period. 
(2)  VaR is only for entities that have material risk exposure. 
(3)  ASB data (expressed in NZD) is for the month-end date. 

Non-Traded Equity Risk 

The  Group  retains  Non-traded  equity  risk  through  business 
activities  in  divisions  including  Institutional  Banking  and 
Markets, and Wealth Management.  

A  20-day,  97.5%  confidence  VaR  is  used  to  measure  the 
economic impact of adverse changes in value.  

156  Commonwealth Bank of Australia – Annual Report 2016 

Market Risk in Insurance Businesses 

There  are  two  main  sources  of  market  risk  in  the  Life 
Insurance businesses: (i) market risk arising from guarantees 
made  to  policyholders;  and  (ii)  market  risk  arising  from  the 
investment of Shareholders’ capital. 

Guarantees (to Policyholders) 

All financial assets within the Life Insurance Statutory Funds 
directly  support  either  the  Group's  life  insurance  or  life 
investment  contracts.  Market  risk  arises  for  the  Group  on 
contracts where the liabilities to policyholders are guaranteed 
by  the  Group.  The  Group  manages  this  risk  by  having  an 
asset and liability management framework which includes the 
use of hedging instruments. The Group also monitors the risk 
on a monthly basis. 

Shareholders’ Capital 

A  portion  of  financial  assets  held  within  the  Insurance 
in  the 
business,  both  within  the  Statutory  Funds  and 
Shareholder Funds of the Life Insurance company represents 
shareholder  (Group)  capital.  Market  risk  also  arises  for  the 
Group  on  the  investment  of this capital.  Shareholders’  funds 
in the Australian Life Insurance businesses are invested 99% 
in  income  assets  (cash  and fixed  interest)  and  1% in  growth 
assets as at 30 June 2016. 

A  20-day  97.5%  VaR  measure  is  used  to  capture  the  Non-
traded market risk exposures. 

(1)  Average VaR calculated for each 12 month period. 
(2)  VaR in relation to the investment of shareholder funds. 
(3)  VaR  in  relation  to  product  portfolios  where  the  Group  has  guaranteed 

liabilities to policyholders. 

Structural Foreign Exchange Risk 

Structural foreign exchange risk is the risk that movements in 
foreign  exchange  rates  may  have  an  adverse  effect  on  the 
Group’s Australian dollar earnings and economic value when 
the  Group’s  foreign  currency  denominated  earnings  and 
capital are translated into Australian dollars. The Group’s only 
material  exposure  to  this  risk  arises  from  its  New  Zealand 
banking and insurance and Asian operations.  

Lease Residual Value Risk 

The Group takes lease residual value risk on assets such as 
industrial, mining, rail, aircraft, marine, technology, healthcare 
and  other  equipment.  A  lease  residual  value  guarantee 
exposes  the  Group  to  the  movement  in  second-hand  asset 
prices.  

Commonwealth Bank Group Super Fund 

The Commonwealth Bank Group Super Fund (the Fund)  has 
a  defined  benefit  portion  that  creates  market  risk  for  the 
Group.  Wealth  Risk  Management  and  Human  Resources 
provide  oversight  of  the  market  risks  of  the  Fund  held  and 
managed  on  behalf  of  the  employees  receiving  defined 
benefit  pension  funds  on  behalf  of  the  Group  (refer  to 
Note 35). 

JuneJuneNet Interest20162015Earnings at Risk$M$MAverage monthly exposureAUD316. 1244. 4NZD30. 226. 2High monthly exposureAUD408. 7360. 5NZD38. 935. 7Low monthly exposureAUD227. 1168. 9NZD16. 519. 4As at balance dateAUD308. 9168. 9NZD27. 635. 7Average Average JuneJuneNon-Traded Interest Rate VaR2016 (1)2015 (1)(20 day 97.5% confidence) (2)$M$MAUD Interest rate risk65. 567. 3NZD Interest rate risk (3)3. 63. 2As atAs atJuneJuneNon-Traded Equity VaR 20162015(20 day 97.5% confidence)$M$MVaR 34. 058. 0Average Average Non-Traded VaR in Australian JuneJuneLife Insurance Business 2016 (1)2015 (1)(20 day 97.5% confidence)$M$MShareholder funds (2)3. 913. 1Guarantees (to Policyholders) (3)19. 415. 1 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
Notes to the Financial Statements 

Note 34 Liquidity and Funding Risk

Overview 

The  Group’s  liquidity  and  funding  policies  are  designed  to 
ensure it will meet its obligations as and when they fall due 
by  ensuring  it  is  able  to  borrow  funds  on  an  unsecured 
basis,  has  sufficient  liquid  assets  to  borrow  against  on  a 
secured  basis,  or  sell  to  raise  immediate  funds  without 
adversely affecting the Group’s net asset value. 

The  Group’s  liquidity  policies  are  designed  to  ensure  it 
maintains sufficient cash balances and liquid asset holdings 
to  meet  its  obligations  to  customers,  in  both  ordinary 
market  conditions  and  during  periods  of  extreme  stress. 
These  policies  are  intended  to  protect  the  value  of  the 
Group’s  operations  during  periods  of  unfavourable  market 
conditions. 

The  Group’s  funding  policies  are  designed  to  achieve 
diversified  sources  of  funding  by  product,  term,  maturity 
date,  investor  type,  investor  location,  jurisdiction,  currency 
and concentration, on a cost effective basis. This objective 
applies 
funding 
activities. 

the  Group’s  wholesale  and  retail 

to 

Liquidity and Funding Risk Management Framework 

The Group’s liquidity and funding policies, structured under 
a  formal  Group  Liquidity  and  Funding  Risk  Management 
Framework,  are  approved  by  the  Board  and  agreed  with 
APRA.  The  Group  has  an  Asset  and  Liability  Committee 
(ALCO) whose charter includes reviewing the management 
of  assets  and  liabilities,  reviewing  liquidity  and  funding 
policies  and  strategies,  as  well  as  regularly  monitoring 
compliance  with  those  policies  across  the  Group.  Group 
funding 
Treasury  manages 
positions  in  accordance  with  the  Group’s  liquidity  policies 
and  has  ultimate  authority  to  execute  liquidity  decisions 
should  the  Group  Contingent  Funding  Plan  be  activated. 
Group Risk Management provides oversight of the Group’s 
liquidity  and  funding  risks,  compliance  with  Group  policies 
and  manages  the  Group’s  relationship  with  prudential 
regulators. 

liquidity  and 

the  Group’s 

Subsidiaries  within  the  Colonial  Group  apply  their  own 
liquidity  and  funding  strategies  to  address  their  specific 
needs. The Group’s New Zealand banking subsidiary, ASB 
Bank,  manages  its  own  domestic  liquidity  and  funding 
needs in accordance with its own liquidity policies and the 
policies of the Group. ASB’s liquidity policy is also overseen 
by the Reserve Bank of New Zealand. The Group also has 
a  small  banking  subsidiary  in  Indonesia  that  manages  its 
own  liquidity  and  funding  on  a  similar  basis.  The  Group’s 
Board  is  ultimately  responsible  for  the  sound  and  prudent 
management of liquidity risk across the Group. 

Liquidity and Funding Policies and Management 

The Group’s liquidity and funding policies provide that: 

 

An  excess  of  liquid  assets  over  the  level  prescribed 
(LCR) 
under  APRA’s  Liquidity  Coverage  Ratio 
requirement 
is  maintained.  Australian  ADIs  are 
required to meet a 100% LCR, calculated as the ratio 
of  high  quality  liquid  assets  to  30  day  net  cash 
outflows projected under a prescribed stress scenario; 

  Group ‘going concern’ funding and liquidity metrics are 
also calculated and stress tests additional to the LCR 
are run; 

 

 

 

 

Short  and  long-term  wholesale  funding  limits  are 
established,  monitored  and  reviewed  regularly.  The 
Group’s  market  capacity  is  regularly  assessed  and 
used as a factor in funding strategies; 

Balance Sheet assets that cannot be liquidated quickly 
are funded with deposits or term borrowings that meet 
minimum  maturity 
requirements  with  appropriate 
liquidity buffers; 

Liquid assets are held in Australian dollar and foreign 
currency  denominated  securities  in  accordance  with 
expected requirements; 

The Group has three categories of liquid assets within 
its  domestic  liquid  assets  portfolio.  The  first  includes 
cash,  government  and  Australian  semi-government 
securities. The second includes negotiable certificates 
of  deposit,  bank  bills,  bank 
term  securities, 
supranational  bonds  and  Australian  Residential 
Mortgage-backed  Securities  (RMBS),  securities  that 
meet  Reserve  Bank  of  Australia  (RBA)  criteria  for 
purchases  under  reverse  repo.  The  final  category  is 
internal  RMBS,  being  mortgages  that  have  been 
securitised  but  retained  by  the  Bank,  that  are  repo-
eligible with the RBA under stress; and 

  Offshore branches and subsidiaries adhere to liquidity 
policies  and  hold  appropriate  foreign  currency  liquid 
assets  as  required.  All  securities  are  central  bank 
repo-eligible under normal market conditions. 

The Group’s key funding tools include: 

 

 

 

Its  consumer  retail  funding  base,  which  includes  a 
wide  range  of  retail  transaction  accounts,  savings 
accounts and term deposits for individual consumers; 

Its  small  business  customer  and  institutional  deposit 
base; and 

include 

international  and  domestic 

funding 
Its  wholesale 
programs  which 
its  Australian  dollar 
Negotiable  Certificates  of  Deposit;  Australian  dollar 
bank  bills;  Asian  Transferable  Certificates  of  Deposit 
program; Australian, U.S. and Euro Commercial Paper 
programs; U.S. Extendible Notes programs; Australian 
dollar  Domestic  Debt  Program;  U.S.144a  and  3a2 
Medium-Term  Note  Programs;  Euro  Medium-Term 
Note  Program,  multi 
jurisdiction  Covered  Bond 
program, and its Medallion securitisation program. 

The Group’s key liquidity tools include: 

 

 

 

A  regulatory  liquidity  management  reporting  system 
delivering  granular  customer  and  product 
type 
information 
inform  business  decision  making, 
in  a  greater 
product  development  and  resulting 
awareness  of  the  liquidity  risk  adjusted  value  of 
banking products; 

to 

A  liquidity  management  model  similar  to  a  “maturity 
that  allows 
“liquidity  gap  analysis”, 
ladder”  or 
forecasting of liquidity needs on a daily basis; 

liquidity  management  model 

An  additional 
that 
implements  the  agreed  prudential  liquidity  policies. 
This  model  is  calibrated  with  a  series  of  “stress” 
liquidity  crisis  scenarios,  incorporating  both  systemic 
and  “name”  crisis  assumptions,  such  that  the  Group 
will  have  sufficient  liquid  assets  available  to  ensure  it 
meets all of its obligations as and when they fall due; 

Commonwealth Bank of Australia – Annual Report 2016 

    157 

 
Notes to the Financial Statements 

Note 34 Liquidity and Funding Risk (continued)

Liquidity and Funding Policies and Management 
(continued) 

 

 

Central bank repurchase agreement facilities including 
the  RBA’s  open-ended  Committed  Liquidity  Facility 
that provide the Group with the ability to borrow funds 
on  a  secured  basis,  even  when  normal  funding 
markets are unavailable; and 

A  robust  Contingent  Funding  Plan  that  is  regularly 
tested so that it can be activated in case of need due 
to a liquidity event. 

The  Group’s  wholesale  funding  costs  were  impacted  by 
elevated  levels  of  volatility  over  the  course  of  the  financial 
year  as  slowing  growth  in  China,  lower  commodity  prices, 
headline  risk  in  European  banks  and  equity  price  volatility 
combined  to  push  credit  spreads  wider  in  domestic  and 
international debt capital markets. The Group has managed 
its  debt  portfolio 
to  avoid  concentrations  such  as 
dependence  on  single  sources  of  funding,  by  type  or  by 
investor,  and  continues  to  maintain  a  diversified  funding 
base  and  significant  funding  capacity  in  the  domestic  and 
global unsecured and secured debt markets. 

Details  of  the  Group’s  regulatory  capital  management 
activities and processes are disclosed in Note 25. 

Maturity Analysis of Monetary Liabilities 

Amounts shown in the tables below are based on contractual undiscounted cash flows for the remaining contractual maturities. 

(1) 

Includes deposits that are contractually at call, customer savings and cheque accounts. Historical experience is that such accounts provide a stable source 
of long-term funding for the Group. 

(2)  All off Balance Sheet items are included in the 0 to 3 months maturity band to reflect their earliest possible maturity. 

158  Commonwealth Bank of Australia – Annual Report 2016 

GroupMaturity Period as at 30 June 20160 to 33 to 121 to 5Over 5NotMonthsMonthsYearsYearsSpecifiedTotal$M$M$M$M$M$MMonetary liabilitiesDeposits and other public borrowings (1)492,83875,23620,773561-589,408Payables due to other financial institutions27,2471,5453--28,795Liabilities at fair value through Income Statement6,1281,7241,2471,209-10,308Derivative financial instruments:Held for trading 27,959----27,959Held for hedging purposes (net-settled) (510)5141,8892,729-4,622Held for hedging purposes (gross-settled): Outflows3,43122,45135,33622,289-83,507Inflows(3,271)(20,072)(32,938)(20,982)-(77,263)Bank acceptances1,37853---1,431Insurance policy liabilities----12,63612,636Debt issues and loan capital19,05946,35882,96932,358-180,744Managed funds units on issue----1,6061,606Other monetary liabilities4,6571,445884136,207Total monetary liabilities578,916129,254109,36738,16814,255869,960Guarantees (2)6,216----6,216Loan commitments (2)170,742----170,742Other commitments (2)5,512----5,512Total off Balance Sheet items182,470----182,470Total monetary liabilities and off Balance Sheet items761,386129,254109,36738,16814,2551,052,430 
 
 
  
Notes to the Financial Statements 

Note 34 Liquidity and Funding Risk (continued) 

Maturity Analysis of Monetary Liabilities (continued) 

(1) 

Includes deposits that are contractually at call, customer savings and cheque accounts. Historical experience is that such accounts provide a stable source 
of long-term funding for the Group and Bank. 

(2)  All off Balance Sheet items are included in the 0 to 3 months maturity band to reflect their earliest possible maturity. 

Commonwealth Bank of Australia – Annual Report 2016 

    159 

Group Maturity Period as at 30 June 20150 to 33 to 121 to 5Over 5NotMonthsMonthsYearsYearsSpecifiedTotal$M$M$M$M$M$MMonetary liabilitiesDeposits and other public borrowings (1)441,29482,06823,334139-546,835Payables due to other financial institutions33,1423,297---36,439Liabilities at fair value through Income Statement3,0161,4042,1831,950-8,553Derivative financial instruments:Held for trading 22,765----22,765Held for hedging purposes (net-settled) 664102,4181,978-4,872Held for hedging purposes (gross-settled): Outflows2087,38230,76311,537-49,890Inflows(206)(5,962)(25,434)(10,025)-(41,627)Bank acceptances1,87074---1,944Insurance policy liabilities----12,91112,911Debt issues and loan capital22,21742,42179,05938,707-182,404Managed funds units on issue----1,1491,149Other monetary liabilities6,1761,320329-547,879Total monetary liabilities530,548132,414112,65244,28614,114834,014Guarantees (2)6,181----6,181Loan commitments (2)165,511----165,511Other commitments (2)5,884----5,884Total off Balance Sheet items177,576----177,576Total monetary liabilities and off Balance Sheet items708,124132,414112,65244,28614,1141,011,590BankMaturity Period as at 30 June 20160 to 33 to 121 to 5Over 5NotMonthsMonthsYearsYearsSpecifiedTotal$M$M$M$M$M$MMonetary liabilitiesDeposits and other public borrowings (1)456,30663,10117,641180-537,228Payables due to other financial institutions26,8041,5453--28,352Liabilities at fair value through Income Statement3,8441,1511,2471,210-7,452Derivative financial instruments:Held for trading27,672----27,672Held for hedging purposes (net-settled)(604)3271,6202,813-4,156Held for hedging purposes (gross-settled):Outflows3,14326,20940,62235,132-105,106Inflows(2,906)(22,059)(36,762)(31,333)-(93,060)Bank acceptances1,35954---1,413Debt issues and loan capital16,49541,22965,81627,965-151,505Due to controlled entities6,6816,36524,26692,735-130,047Other monetary liabilities4,4424,68856259,193Total monetary liabilities543,236122,610114,509128,7045909,064Guarantees (2)5,873----5,873Loan commitments (2)155,446----155,446Other commitments (2)4,868----4,868Total off Balance Sheet items166,187----166,187Total monetary liabilities and off Balance Sheet items709,423122,610114,509128,70451,075,251 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Financial Statements 

Note 34 Liquidity and Funding Risk (continued) 

Maturity Analysis of Monetary Liabilities (continued) 

(1) 

Includes deposits that are contractually at call, customer savings and cheque accounts. Historical experience is that such accounts provide a stable source 
of long-term funding for the Bank. 

(2)  All off Balance Sheet items are included in the 0 to 3 months maturity band to reflect their earliest possible maturity. 

Note 35 Retirement Benefit Obligations 

Name of Plan 

Type 

Form of Benefit 

Date of Last Actuarial 

Assessment of the Fund 

Commonwealth Bank Group 
Super 

Defined Benefits (1)  

and Accumulation 

Indexed pension and lump sum 

30 June 2015  

Commonwealth Bank of 
Australia (UK) Staff Benefits 
Scheme (CBA (UK) SBS) 

Defined Benefits (1)  

Indexed pension and lump sum 

30 June 2013 (2) 

and Accumulation 

(1)  The defined benefit formulae are generally comprised of final salary, or final average salary, and service. 
(2)  An actuarial assessment of the Fund at 30 June 2016 is currently in progress. 

Regulatory Framework  

Both  plans  operate  under  trust  law  with  the  assets  of  the  plans  held  separately  in  trust.  The  Trustee  of  Commonwealth  Bank 
Group  Super  is  Commonwealth  Bank  Officers  Superannuation  Corporation  Pty  Limited.  The  Trustee  of  CBA  (UK)  SBS  is 
Commonwealth  Bank  of  Australia  (UK)  Staff  Benefits  Scheme  Trustee  Company  Limited.  Both  Trustees  are  wholly  owned 
subsidiaries of the Group. The Trustees do not conduct any business other than trusteeship of the plans. The plans are managed 
and administered on behalf of the members in accordance with the terms of each trust deed and relevant legislation. The funding 
of the plans complies with regulations in Australia and the UK respectively. 

Funding and Contributions 

An actuarial assessment as at 30 June 2015 showed Commonwealth Bank Group Super remained in funding surplus. The Bank 
agreed to continue contributions of $20 million per month to the plan. Employer contributions paid to the plan are subject to tax at 
the rate of 15% in the plan. 

An actuarial assessment of the CBA (UK) SBS as at 30 June 2013 confirmed a funding deficit of GBP62 million ($112 million at 
the  30 June 2016  exchange  rate).  The  Bank  agreed  to  continue  the  deficit  recovery  contributions  of  GBP15 million  per  annum 
($27 million at the 30 June 2016 exchange rate) until 31 December 2017 to CBA (UK) SBS in addition to the regular GBP3 million 
per annum ($6 million at the 30 June 2016 exchange rate) contributions for future defined benefit accruals. 

160  Commonwealth Bank of Australia – Annual Report 2016 

BankMaturity Period as at 30 June 20150 to 33 to 121 to 5Over 5NotMonthsMonthsYearsYearsSpecifiedTotal$M$M$M$M$M$MMonetary liabilitiesDeposits and other public borrowings (1)409,89270,02420,589139-500,644Payables due to other financial institutions32,3053,233---35,538Liabilities at fair value through Income Statement2,0151,2292,1701,950-7,364Derivative financial instruments:Held for trading22,527----22,527Held for hedging purposes (net-settled)272612,3392,036-4,663Held for hedging purposes (gross-settled):Outflows-6,72241,27220,695-68,689Inflows-(5,342)(33,776)(17,576)-(56,694)Bank acceptances1,84563---1,908Debt issues and loan capital20,10937,77762,33235,837-156,055Due to controlled entities6,5015,67823,36590,964-126,508Other monetary liabilities5,5356,58970-2112,215Total monetary liabilities500,756126,234118,361134,04521879,417Guarantees (2)5,778----5,778Loan commitments (2)152,772----152,772Other commitments (2)5,179----5,179Total off Balance Sheet items163,729----163,729Total monetary liabilities and off Balance Sheet items664,485126,234118,361134,045211,043,146 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Financial Statements 

Note 35 Retirement Benefit Obligations (continued) 

Funding and Contributions (continued) 

The  Group’s  expected  contribution  to  the  Commonwealth  Bank  Group  Super  and  the  CBA  (UK)  SBS  for  the  year  ended 
30 June 2017 are $240 million and GBP18 million ($33 million at the 30 June 2016 exchange rate) respectively. 

Defined Benefit Superannuation Plans 

The amounts reported in the Balance Sheet are reconciled as follows: 

 (1)  Represents superannuation contributions required by the Bank to meet its obligations to members of the defined contribution division of Commonwealth 

Bank Group Super. 

Commonwealth Bank of Australia – Annual Report 2016 

    161 

CBA(UK)SBSTotal201620152016201520162015$M$M$M$M$M$MPresent value of funded obligations(3,114)(3,184)(656)(672)(3,770)(3,856)Fair value of plan assets3,3753,4606056153,9804,075Net pension assets/(liabilities) as at 30 June261276(51)(57)210219Amounts in the Balance Sheet:Assets (Note 16)261276--261276Liabilities (Note 21)--(51)(57)(51)(57)Net assets/(liabilities)261276(51)(57)210219The amounts recognised in the Income Statement are as follows:Current service cost(34)(37)(6)(4)(40)(41)Net interest income/(expense)9(6)(2)(3)7(9)Employer financed benefits within accumulation division (1)(266)(251)--(266)(251)Total included in superannuation plan expense(291)(294)(8)(7)(299)(301)Changes in the present value of the defined benefit obligation are as follows:Opening defined benefit obligation(3,184)(3,510)(672)(544)(3,856)(4,054)Current service cost(34)(37)(6)(4)(40)(41)Interest cost (144)(140)(24)(24)(168)(164)Member contributions(7)(8)--(7)(8)Actuarial gains/(losses) from changes in demographic assumptions321---321-Actuarial gains/(losses) from changes in financial assumptions(268)232(57)(47)(325)185Actuarial gains/(losses) from changes in other assumptions(8)56(9)3(17)59Payments from the plan2102232720237243Exchange differences on foreign plans--85(76)85(76)Closing defined benefit obligation(3,114)(3,184)(656)(672)(3,770)(3,856)Changes in the fair value of plan assets are as follows:Opening fair value of plan assets3,4603,3886154754,0753,863Interest income1531342321176155Return on plan assets (excluding interest income)(9)164373628200Member contributions78--78Employer contributions2402403634276274Employer financed benefits within accumulation division(266)(251)--(266)(251)Payments from the plan(210)(223)(27)(20)(237)(243)Exchange differences on foreign plans--(79)69(79)69Closing fair value of plan assets3,3753,4606056153,9804,075Commonwealth Bank Group Super   
 
 
 
Notes to the Financial Statements 

Note 35 Retirement Benefit Obligations (continued) 

Economic Assumptions 

In  addition  to  financial  assumptions,  the  mortality  assumptions  for  pensioners  can  materially  impact  the  defined  benefit 
obligations. These assumptions are age related and allowances are made for future improvement in mortality. The expected  life 
expectancies (longevity) for pensioners are set out below: 

Sensitivity to Changes in Assumptions 

The table below sets out the sensitivities of the present value of defined benefit obligations at 30 June to a change in the principal 
actuarial assumptions: 

Average Duration 

The average duration of defined benefit obligation at 30 June is as follows: 

Risk Management 

The pension plans expose the Group to longevity risk, currency risk, interest rate risk, inflation risk and market risk. The Trustees 
perform Asset-Liability Matching (ALM) exercises to ensure the plan assets are well matched to the nature and maturities of the 
defined benefit obligations.  

The  Commonwealth  Bank  Group  Super’s  investment  strategy  comprises  39%  growth  and  61%  defensive  assets.  Inflation  and 
interest rate risks are partly mitigated by investing in long dated fixed interest securities which better match the average duration 
of liabilities and entering into inflation and interest swaps.  

162  Commonwealth Bank of Australia – Annual Report 2016 

Commonwealth BankGroup SuperCBA(UK)SBS   2016201520162015Economic assumptions% % % % The above calculations were based on the following assumptions:Discount rate3. 404. 603. 003. 70Inflation rate1. 602. 253. 103. 50Rate of increases in salary2. 603. 504. 104. 50Commonwealth BankGroup SuperCBA(UK)SBS   2016201520162015Expected life expectancies for pensionersYears Years Years Years Male pensioners currently aged 6028. 629. 628. 728. 5Male pensioners currently aged 6523. 624. 723. 823. 7Female pensioners currently aged 6033. 034. 731. 231. 1Female pensioners currently aged 6527. 929. 526. 226. 1Commonwealth BankGroup SuperCBA(UK)SBS   20162016Impact of change in assumptions on liabilities% % 0.25% decrease in discount rate3. 444. 700.25% increase in inflation rate2. 672. 900.25% increase to the rate of increases in salary0. 480. 30Longevity increase of 1 year4. 373. 40Commonwealth BankGroup SuperCBA(UK)SBS   20162016YearsYearsAverage duration at balance date1219 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Financial Statements 

Note 35 Retirement Benefit Obligations (continued) 

Risk Management (continued) 

The allocation of assets backing the defined benefit portion of Commonwealth Bank Group Super is as follows: 

(1)  Values based on prices or yields quoted in an active market. 
(2)  Values based on non-quoted information. 
(3)  These  are  assets  which  are  not  included  in  the  traditional  asset  classes  of  equities,  fixed  interest  securities,  real  estate  and  cash.  They  include 

infrastructure investments as well as high yield and emerging market debt.  

The  Australian  equities  fair  value  includes  $111 million  of  Commonwealth  Bank  shares.  The  real  estate  fair  value  includes 
$6 million of property assets leased to the Bank. 

Note 36 Investments in Subsidiaries and Other Entities 

Subsidiaries 

The key subsidiaries of the Bank are: 

All the above subsidiaries are 100% owned and incorporated in Australia. 

Commonwealth Bank of Australia – Annual Report 2016 

    163 

Commonwealth Bank Group Super20162015Fair value% of planFair value% of planAsset allocations($M)asset($M)assetCash1083. 21594. 6Equities - Australian (1)3119. 22898. 4Equities - Overseas (1)43112. 860817. 6Bonds - Commonwealth Government (1)67019. 959517. 2Bonds - Semi-Government (1)1,15034. 11,07131. 0Bonds - Corporate and other (1)1223. 6782. 2Real Estate (2)2146. 32055. 9Derivatives (2)(14)(0. 4)80. 2Other (3)38311. 344712. 9Total fair value of plan assets3,3751003,460100Entity NameEntity NameAustralia(a) BankingCBA Covered Bond TrustMedallion Trust Series 2014-1CBA International Finance Pty LimitedMedallion Trust Series 2014-2Commonwealth Securities LimitedMedallion Trust Series 2015-1Medallion Trust Series 2007-1GMedallion Trust Series 2015-2Medallion Trust Series 2008-1RMedallion Trust Series 2016-1Medallion Trust Series 2011-1Residential Mortgage Group Pty LtdMedallion Trust Series 2013-1Series 2008-1D SWAN TrustMedallion Trust Series 2013-2(b) Insurance and Funds ManagementCapital 121 Pty LimitedCommonwealth Insurance LimitedColonial Holding Company LimitedThe Colonial Mutual Life Assurance Society LimitedCommonwealth Insurance Holdings LimitedNotes to the Financial Statements 

Note 36 Investments in Subsidiaries and Other Entities (continued) 

Subsidiaries (continued) 

The Group also consolidates a number of unit trusts and other companies as part of the ongoing investment activities of the life 
insurance and wealth businesses. These investment vehicles are excluded from the above list. 

Significant Judgements and Assumptions 

Control and Voting Rights 

Holding  more  than  50%  of  an  entity’s  voting  rights  typically  indicates  that  the  Group  has  control  over  the  entity.  Significant 
judgement  is  involved  where  the  Group  either  holds  more  than  50%  of  the  voting  rights  but  does  not  control  an  entity,  which 
occurs  in  the  case  of  AHL  Holdings  Pty  Limited  (AHL)  as  outlined  below  or  where  the  Group  is  deemed  to  control  an  entity 
despite holding less than 50% of the voting rights. 

AHL Holdings Pty Limited (AHL) 

Management have determined that the Group does not control AHL despite owning 80% of the issued share capital of this entity. 
According to the Shareholders Deed agreed between the shareholders of AHL, unanimous consent is required from all parties to 
the  Deed  for  all  key  decisions.  This  results  in  joint  control  and  hence  the  Group  accounts  for  its  investment  in  AHL  as  a  joint 
venture using the equity method. 

Agent or principal 

The Group is deemed to have power over an investment fund when it holds either the responsible entity (RE) and/or the manager 
function of that fund.  Whether that power translates to control depends on whether the Group is deemed to act as an agent or a 
principal  of  that fund.  Management  have  determined  that the  Group  acts  as  a  principal  and  controls  a  fund  when  it  cannot  be 
easily  removed  as  a  manager  or  RE  by  investors  and  when  its  economic  interest  in  that  fund  is  substantial  compared  to  the 
economic interest of other investors. In all other cases the Group acts as agent and does not control the fund. 

Non-Controlling Interests 

The share capital above comprises predominantly New Zealand Perpetual Preference Shares (PPS) of AUD505 million. 

On  10 December 2002,  ASB  Capital  Limited,  a  New  Zealand  subsidiary,  issued  NZD200 million  (AUD182 million)  of  PPS.  The 
PPS were issued into the New Zealand capital markets and are subject to New Zealand law. Such shares are non-redeemable 
and carry limited voting rights. Dividends are payable quarterly based on the New Zealand one year swap rate plus a margin of 
1.3%  and  are  non-cumulative.  The  payments  of  dividends  are  subject  to  a  number  of  conditions  including  the  satisfaction  of 
solvency tests and the ability of the Board to cancel payments. 

On 22 December 2004, ASB Capital No.2 Limited, a New Zealand subsidiary, issued NZD350 million (AUD323 million) of PPS. 
The  PPS  were  issued  into  the  New  Zealand  capital  markets  and  are  subject  to  New  Zealand  law.  Such  shares  are  non-
redeemable  and  carry  limited  voting  rights.  Dividends  are  payable  quarterly  on  the  New  Zealand  one  year  swap  rate  plus  a 
margin  of  1.0%  and  are  non-cumulative.  The  payments  of  dividends  are  subject  to  a  number  of  conditions  including  the 
satisfaction of solvency tests and the ability of the Board to cancel payments. 

164  Commonwealth Bank of Australia – Annual Report 2016 

Extent of BeneficialEntity NameInterest if not 100%Incorporated inNew Zealand and Other Overseas(a) BankingASB Bank LimitedNew Zealand ASB Covered Bond TrustNew Zealand ASB Finance LimitedNew Zealand ASB Holdings LimitedNew Zealand ASB Term FundNew Zealand CBA Funding (NZ) LimitedNew Zealand CommBank Europe LimitedMalta Medallion NZ Series Trust 2009-1RNew Zealand PT Bank Commonwealth99%Indonesia (b) Insurance and Funds ManagementASB Group (Life) LimitedNew Zealand PT Commonwealth Life80%Indonesia Sovereign Assurance Company LimitedNew Zealand Group20162015$M$MShareholders' Equity550562Total non-controlling interests550562Notes to the Financial Statements 

Note 36 Investments in Subsidiaries and Other Entities (continued) 

ASB  Capital  Limited  and  ASB  Capital  No.2  Limited  have  advanced  proceeds  from  the  above  public  issues  to  ASB  Funding 
Limited,  a  New  Zealand  subsidiary.  ASB  Funding  Limited  in  turn  invested  the  proceeds  in  PPS  issued  by  ASB  Limited  (ASB 
PPS), also a New Zealand subsidiary. In relation to ASB Capital No.2 Limited, if an APRA Event occurs, the loan to ASB Funding 
Limited will be repaid and ASB Capital No.2 Limited will become the holder of the corresponding ASB PPS. 

The PPS may be purchased by a Commonwealth Bank subsidiary exercising a buy-out right five years or more after issue, or on 
the occurrence of regulatory or tax events. 

Significant Restrictions 

There were no significant restrictions on the ability to transfer cash or other assets, pay dividends or other capital distributions, 
provide  or  repay  loans  and  advances  between  the  entities  within  the  Group.  There  were  also  no  significant  restrictions  on  the 
Group's ability to access or use the assets and settle the liabilities of the Group resulting from protective rights of non-controlling 
interests. 

Associates and Joint Ventures 

There  were  no  individually  significant  investments  in  associates  or  joint  ventures  held  by  the  Group  as  at  30 June 2016  and 
30 June 2015. In addition, there were no significant restrictions on the ability of associates or joint ventures to transfer funds to 
the Bank or its subsidiaries in the form of cash dividends or to repay loans or advances made.  

The Group’s investments in associates and joint ventures are shown in the table below.  

(1)  The Group’s 80% interest in AHL Holdings Pty Limited (trading as Aussie Home Loans) is jointly controlled as the key financial and operating decisions 
require  the  unanimous  consent  of  all  directors.  AHL  Holdings  Pty  Limited  is  considered  a  structured  entity.  The  Group’s  maximum  exposure  to  loss  in 
relation to its investment is its carrying value and the total assets of Aussie Home Loans equals $280 million (2015: $329 million). 
In 2015, $96 million of this investment was carried as Held for Sale and measured at the lower of carrying amount and fair value less costs to sell. The 
component was subsequently sold in the 2016 financial year. 

(2) 

(1)  This amount is recognised within Note 2 in the share of profits of associates and joint ventures net of impairment. 

Structured Entities 

A structured entity is an entity in which voting or similar rights are not the dominant factor in deciding control. Structured entities 
are generally created to achieve a narrow and well defined objective with restrictions around their ongoing activities. Depending 
on the Group’s power over the activities of the entity and its exposure to and ability to influence its own returns, it may consolidate 
the entity. In other cases it may sponsor or have exposure to such an entity but not consolidate it. 

Consolidated Structured Entities 

The Group has the following contractual arrangements which require it to provide financial support to its structured entities. 

Securitisation Structured Entities 

The  Group  provides  liquidity  facilities  to  Medallion  and  Swan  structured  entities  and  a  loan  facility  to  SHIELD  50  entity.    The 
liquidity  facilities  can  only  be  drawn  to  cover  cash  flow  shortages  relating  to  mismatches  in  timing  of  cash  inflows  due  from 
securitised asset pools and cash outflows due to note holders. These ‘timing mismatch’ facilities rank pari passu with other senior 
secured creditors. The facilities limit is $1,118 million. 

The Group has no contractual obligations to purchase assets from its securitisation structured entities. 

Commonwealth Bank of Australia – Annual Report 2016 

    165 

Group2016201520162015OwnershipOwnershipPrincipalCountry ofBalance$M$MInterest %Interest % ActivitiesIncorporationDateAHL Holdings Pty Limited (1)2722678080Mortgage Broking Australia 30-JunBank of Hangzhou Co., Ltd1,4051,2822020Commercial Banking China 31-DecBoCommLife Insurance Company Limited1741593838InsuranceChina 31-DecFirst State European Diversified Infrastructure Fund FCP-SIF (2)11019849Funds Management Luxembourg 31-DecQilu Bank Co., Ltd4444202020Commercial Banking China 31-DecVietnam International Commercial Joint Stock Bank1921972020Financial Services Vietnam 31-DecOther 179114Various Various Various Various VariousCarrying amount of investments in associates and joint ventures2,7762,637Group20162015Share of Associates' and Joint Ventures profits$M $M Operating profits before income tax367336Income tax expense(78)(68)Operating profits after income tax (1)289268 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Financial Statements 

Note 36 Investments in Subsidiaries and Other Entities (continued) 

Consolidated Structured Entities (continued) 

Covered Bonds Trust 

The Group provides funding and support facilities to CBA Covered Bond Trust and ASB Covered Bond Trust (the ‘Trusts’). CBA 
Covered Bond Trust and ASB Covered Bond Trust are bankruptcy remote SPVs that guarantee any debt obligations owing under 
the  US$30  billion  CBA  Covered  Bond  Programme  and  the  EURO  7  billion  ASB  Covered  Bond  Programme,  respectively.  The 
funding facilities allow the Trusts to hold sufficient residential mortgage loans to support the guarantees provided to the Covered 
Bonds. The Group also provides various swaps to the Trusts to hedge any interest rate and currency mismatches. The Group, 
either directly or via its wholly owned subsidiaries, Securitisation Advisory Services Pty Limited and Securitisation Management 
Services Limited, provides various services to the Trusts including servicing and monitoring of the residential mortgages. 

Structured Asset Finance Structured Entities 

The Group has no contractual obligation to provide financial support to any of its Structured Asset Finance structured entities. 

During the year ended 30 June 2016, the Bank entered into a debt forgiveness arrangement with two wholly owned structured 
entities for the total of $69 million. The financial impact of the debt forgiveness was fully eliminated on consolidation.  

Unconsolidated Structured Entities 

The Group has exposure to various securitisation vehicles via Residential Mortgage-backed Securities (RMBS) and Asset-backed 
Securities  (ABS).  The  Group  may  also  provide  derivatives  and  other  commitments  to  these  vehicles.  The  Group  also  has 
exposure to Investment Funds and other financing vehicles. 

Securitisations 

Securitisations involve transferring assets into an entity that sells beneficial interests to investors through the issue of debt and 
equity notes with varying levels of subordination. The notes are collateralised by the assets transferred to these vehicles and pay 
a return based on the returns of those assets, with residual returns paid to the most subordinated investor. 

The  Group  may  trade  or  invest  in  Residential  Mortgage-backed  Securities  and  Asset-backed  Securities  which  are  backed  by 
Commercial Properties, Consumer Receivables, Equipment and Auto Finance. The Group may also provide lending, derivatives, 
liquidity and commitments to these securitisation entities. 

Other Financing  

Asset-backed  entities  are  used  to  provide  tailored  lending  for  the  purchase  or  lease  of  assets  transferred  by  the  Group  or  its 
clients. The assets are normally pledged as collateral to the lenders. The Group engages in raising finance for assets such as 
aircraft, trains, vessels and other infrastructure. The Group may also provide lending, derivatives, liquidity and commitments to 
these entities. 

Investment Funds 

The  Group  conducts  investment management  and  other  fiduciary  activities  as  responsible  entity,  trustee, custodian,  advisor  or 
manager for investment funds and trusts, including superannuation and approved deposit funds, wholesale and retail trusts. The 
Group’s  exposure  to  Investment  Funds  includes  holding  units  in  the  investment  funds  and  trusts,  providing  lending  facilities, 
derivatives and receiving fees for services.  

The  nature  and  extent  of  the  Group’s  interests  in  these  entities  are  summarised  below.  Interests  do  not  include  plain  vanilla 
derivatives (e.g. interest rate swaps and currency swaps) and positions where the Group creates rather than absorbs variability of 
the Structured Entity, for example deposits. These have been excluded from the below table.  

(1)  Relates to undrawn facilities. 
(2)  Size  of  the  entities is  generally  the  total  assets  of  the  entities,  except  for  Real  Estate  Investment  Trusts  where  the  size  is based  on  the  Group’s  credit 

exposure of $11.2 billion. 

166  Commonwealth Bank of Australia – Annual Report 2016 

2016OtherInvestmentExposures to unconsolidated RMBSABSFinancingFundsTotalstructured entities$M$M$M$M$MAssets at fair value through income statement - trading5--1,0781,083Available-for-sale investments7,123872-2058,200Loans, bills discounted and other receivables2,4321,6062,6279,86116,526Other assets---123123Total on Balance Sheet exposures9,5602,4782,62711,26725,932Total notional amounts of off Balance Sheet exposures (1)1,3385435013,9156,297Total maximum exposure to loss10,8983,0213,12815,18232,229Total assets of the entities (2)47,62615,0669,967290,261362,920 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Financial Statements 

Note 36 Investments in Subsidiaries and Other Entities (continued) 

Unconsolidated Structured Entities (continued) 

(1)  Relates to undrawn facilities. 
(2)  Size  of  the  entities  is  generally  the  total  assets  of  the  entities,  except  for  Real  Estate  Investment  Trusts  where  the  size  is  based  on  the  Group’s  credit 
exposure  of  $13.7 billion  and  newly  established  securisation  vehicles  that  have  no  assets  where  the  Group’s  exposure  is  represented  by  undrawn  credit 
facilities of $1,240 million. 

The  Group’s  exposure  to  loss  depends  on  the  level  of  subordination  of  the  interest  which  indicates  the  extent  to  which  other 
parties are obliged to absorb credit losses before the Group. An overview of the Group’s interests, relative ranking and external 
credit  rating,  for  vehicles  that  have  credit  subordination  in  place,  is  summarised  in  the  table  below,  and  include  securitisation 
vehicles and other financing. 

(1)  $10,853 million  of  RMBS  exposures,  $3,008 million  of  ABS  exposures  and  $1,522 million  of  other  financing  exposures  are  rated  investment  grade,  the 

remaining $1,606 million exposures are rated sub-investment grade. 

(2)  All RMBS and ABS exposures are rated investment grade. 
(3)  All exposures are rated sub-investment grade. 

(1)  $11,025  million  of  RMBS  exposures,  $2,406  million  of  ABS  exposures  and  $1,506  million  of  other  financing  exposures  are  rated  investment  grade,  the 

remaining $1,173 million exposures are rated sub-investment grade. 

(2)  All RMBS and ABS exposures are rated investment grade, all other financing exposures are rated sub-investment grade. 
(3)  All exposures are rated sub-investment grade. 

Sponsored Unconsolidated Structured Entities 

For  the  purposes  of  this  disclosure,  the  Group  sponsors  an  entity  when  it  manages  or  advises  the  entity’s  program,  places 
securities into the market on behalf of the entity, provides liquidity and/or credit enhancements to the entity, or the Group’s name 
appears in the Structured Entity.  

During  the  year  ended  30 June 2016,  the  Group  has  sponsored  two  unconsolidated  structured  entities  being  Security  Holding 
Investment  Entity  Linking  Deals  Limited  (SHIELD)  and  SHIELD  Trust  No.  2.  A  wholly  owned  subsidiary  of  the  Group, 
Securitisation Advisory Services Pty Limited (SAS), is the manager of SHIELD and SHIELD is the trustee of SHIELD Trust No. 2. 
The Group continues to hold an interest in these structured entities. 

There  has  been  no  significant  income  earned  or  expense  incurred  directly  from  these  entities  during  the  year  ended 
30 June 2016.  There  also  have  been  no  assets  transferred  by  all  parties  to  the  sponsored  entities  during  the  year  ended 
30 June 2016. 

Commonwealth Bank of Australia – Annual Report 2016 

    167 

2015OtherInvestmentExposures to unconsolidatedRMBSABSFinancingFundsTotalstructured entities$M$M$M$M$MAssets at fair value through income statement - trading28--1,3741,402Available-for-sale investments7,6741,002-1868,862Loans, bills discounted and other receivables1,8093912,55510,49915,254Other assets---210210Total on Balance Sheet exposures9,5111,3932,55512,26925,728Total notional amounts of off Balance Sheet exposures (1)1,5711,0271576,1188,873Total maximum exposure to loss11,0822,4202,71218,38734,601Total assets of the entities (2)52,9797,37310,102293,509363,9632016OtherRanking and credit rating of exposuresRMBSABSFinancingTotalto unconsolidated structured entities$M$M$M$MSenior (1)10,8533,0083,12816,989Mezzanine (2)1813-31Subordinated (3)27--27Total maximum exposure to loss10,8983,0213,12817,0472015OtherRanking and credit rating of exposuresRMBSABSFinancingTotalto unconsolidated structured entities$M$M$M$MSenior (1)11,0252,4062,67916,110Mezzanine (2)28143375Subordinated (3)29--29Total maximum exposure to loss11,0822,4202,71216,214Notes to the Financial Statements 

Note 37 Key Management Personnel 

Detailed  remuneration  disclosures  by  Key  Management  Personnel  are  provided  in  the  Remuneration  Report  of  the  Directors’ 
Report on pages 60 to 68 and have been audited. 

Shareholdings 

Details of the aggregate shareholdings of Key Management Personnel are set out below. 

(1)  Reward  Rights  represent  rights  granted  under  the  GLRP  which  are  subject  to  performance  hurdles.  Deferred  Shares/Rights  represent  the  deferred  STI 
awarded under Executive General Manager arrangements, sign-on and retention awards received as restricted shares/rights. PERLS include cumulative 
holdings of all PERLS securities issued by the Group. 

(2)  Reward Rights and Deferred Shares/Rights become ordinary shares upon vesting. A portion of Ian Narev’s vested equity award was delivered in the form 

of cash, which was paid to registered charities pursuant to an option that the Board made available. 

(3)  Net Change Other incorporates changes resulting from purchases, sales, forfeitures and retirement of Non-Executive Directors during the financial year. 
(4)  30 June 2016 balances represent aggregate shareholdings of all KMP at balance date.  
(5)  Non-Executive  Directors  who  hold  less  than  5,000  Commonwealth  Bank  shares  are  required  to  receive  20%  of  their  total  post-tax  annual  fees  as 
Commonwealth Bank shares. These shares are subject to a 10 year trading restriction (the shares will be released earlier if the director leaves the Board). 

(6)  Other securities: Jane Hemstritch retired effective 31 March 2016 (2015: held Colonial Sub notes). 

Loans to Key Management Personnel 

All  loans  to  Key  Management  Personnel  (or  close  family  members  or  entities  controlled,  jointly  controlled,  or  significantly 
influenced  by  them,  or  any  entity  over  which  any  of  the  aforementioned  held  significant  voting  power)  have  been  provided  on 
normal commercial terms and conditions no more favourable than those given to other employees and customers including the 
term of the loan, security required and the interest rate (which may be fixed or variable). 

Details of aggregate loans to Key Management Personnel are set out below: 

Other transactions of Key Management Personnel 

Financial Instrument Transactions 

Financial instrument transactions (other than loans and shares disclosed within this report) of Key Management Personnel occur 
in  the  ordinary  course  of  business  on  normal  commercial  terms  and  conditions  no  more  favourable  than  those  given  to  other 
employees and customers.  

Disclosure of financial instrument transactions regularly made as part of normal banking operations is limited to disclosure of such 
transactions with Key Management Personnel and entities controlled or significantly influenced by them.  

All  such  financial  instrument  transactions  that  have  occurred  between  entities  within  the  Group  and  their  Key  Management 
Personnel have been trivial or domestic in nature and were in the nature of normal personal banking and deposit transactions. 

Transactions other than Financial Instrument Transactions of Banks 

All other transactions with Key Management Personnel and their related entities and other related parties are conducted on an 
arm’s  length  basis  in  the  normal  course  of  business  and  on  commercial  terms  and  conditions.  These  transactions  principally 
involve the provision of financial and investment services by entities not controlled by the Group. A related party of an Executive 
has also been employed by the Group, and is remunerated in a manner consistent with normal employee relationships. 

168  Commonwealth Bank of Australia – Annual Report 2016 

GroupBank2016201520162015Key management personnel compensation$'000$'000$'000$'000Short-term benefits34,70734,08634,70734,086Post-employment benefits457450457450Share-based payments12,2439,09012,2439,090Long-term benefits1,1341,3001,1341,300Total48,54144,92648,54144,926Reward/Acquired/DeferredNetBalanceGranted asShares ChangeBalanceClass1 July 2015RemunerationVested (1)(2)Other (3)30 June 2016 (4)Non-Executive DirectorsOrdinary (5)191,36836,260-(27,063)200,565PERLS 12,9809,550-(12,700)9,830Other securities (6)5,000--(5,000)-ExecutivesOrdinary 442,518--188,242630,760GLRP - Reward Shares/Rights1,092,787290,938(212,185)(33,822)1,137,718Deferred Shares/Rights45,2064,361(22,934)-26,63320162015KMP's$'000$'000Loans11,35510,130Interest Charged456501 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Financial Statements 

Note 38 Related Party Disclosures 

Commonwealth Bank of Australia, which is incorporated in Australia, is the ultimate parent of the Group.  

Parties are considered to be related if one party has the ability to control the other party or exercise significant influence over the 
other  party  in  making  financial  or  operational  decisions,  or  a  separate  party  controls  both.  The  definition  includes  subsidiaries, 
associates, joint ventures, pension plans as well as other persons. 

A number of banking transactions are entered into with related parties in the normal course of business on an arm’s length basis. 
These include loans, deposits and foreign currency transactions, upon which some fees and commissions may be earned. Details 
of amounts paid or received from related parties, in the form of dividends or interest, are set out in Note 2. 

The Bank’s aggregate investments in, and loans to controlled entities are disclosed in the table below. Amounts due to controlled 
entities are disclosed in the Balance Sheet of the Bank. 

(1)  On  31 March  2015  internal  RMBS  issued  to  the  Bank  by  controlled  entities  of  $75,041 million  were  reclassified  to  Loans  to  controlled  entities.  Refer  to 

Note 11 for further detail. 

The Group also receives fees on an arm’s length basis of $49 million (2015: $24 million) from funds classified as associates.  

The  Bank  provides  letters  of  comfort  to  other  entities  within  the  Group  on  standard  terms.  Guarantees  include  a  $40 million 
(2015: $40 million) guarantee to AFS license holders in respect of excess compensation claims and a $5 million bank guarantee 
provided to Colonial First State Investments Limited which expired on 30 June 2016 (2015: $5 million). 

The Bank is the head entity of the tax consolidated group and has entered into tax funding and tax sharing agreements with its 
eligible  Australian  resident  subsidiaries.  The  terms  and  conditions  of  these  agreements  are  set  out  in  Note 1(r).  The  amount 
receivable  by  the  Bank  under  the  tax  funding  agreement  with  the  tax  consolidated  entities  is  $213 million  as  at  30 June 2016 
(2015: $200 million receivable). This balance is included in ‘Other assets’ in the Bank’s separate Balance Sheet.  

All transactions between Group entities are eliminated on consolidation. 

Commonwealth Bank of Australia – Annual Report 2016 

    169 

Bank20162015$M$MShares in controlled entities11,72013,027Loans to controlled entities (1)134,233130,729Total shares in and loans to controlled entities145,953143,756 
  
 
Notes to the Financial Statements 

Note 39 Notes to the Statements of Cash Flows 

(a) Reconciliation of Net Profit after Income Tax to Net Cash (used in)/provided by Operating Activities 

 (b) Reconciliation of Cash 

For the purposes of the Statements of Cash Flows, cash includes cash and money at short call. 

(c) Non-cash Financing and Investing Activities 

(1)  No  part  of  the  Dividend  Reinvestment  Plan  paid  out  in  the  2016  financial  year  was  satisfied  through  the  on-market  purchase  and  transfer  of  shares  to 

participating shareholders (2015: $704 million and 2014: $722 million). 

(d) Disposal of Controlled Entities - Fair Value of Asset Disposal 

The  Group  disposed  of  certain  CFS  GAM  operations  including  Colonial  First  State  Property  Management  Pty  Limited, 
Commonwealth  Management  Investments  Limited  and  Colonial  First  State  Management  Pty  Limited  during  the  2014  financial 
year. 

170  Commonwealth Bank of Australia – Annual Report 2016 

GroupBank20162015201420162015$M$M$M$M$MNet profit after income tax9,2479,0848,6508,6398,976(Increase)/decrease in interest receivable(148)3(22)(130)(251)(Decrease)/increase in interest payable(312)14(295)(295)(70)Net increase in assets at fair value through Income Statement (excluding life insurance)(8,538)(5,490)(1,016)(8,787)(4,997)Net gain on sale of controlled entities and associates-(13)(60)(21)-Net gain on sale of investments--(2)--Net movement in derivative assets/liabilities 5,9886,1805,3756,2889,058Net loss on sale of property, plant and equipment 21812154Equity accounting profit(289)(268)(192)--Loan impairment expense1,2569889181,153837Depreciation and amortisation (including asset write downs)857803874666631Increase/(decrease) in liabilities at fair value through Income Statement (excluding life insurance)1,651975(1,674)1232,105(Decrease)/increase in other provisions (78)3547(13)161Increase/(decrease) in income taxes payable486(32)(617)181(423)Decrease in deferred tax liabilities(162)(15)(104)--Decrease/(increase) in deferred tax assets 110131363(22)25Decrease/(increase)in accrued fees/reimbursements receivable13766(158)(10)8(Decrease)/increase in accrued fees and other items payable(265)34994(67)230Decrease in life insurance contract policy liabilities(991)(1,133)(1,082)--Cash flow hedge ineffectiveness5209(5)(4)(Gain)/loss on changes in fair value of hedged items(642)(493)71(1,369)(660)Dividend received - controlled entities---(1,462)(1,972)Changes in operating assets and liabilities arising from cash flow movements(13,640)(4,658)(8,280)(11,367)(10,966)Other7463101,0921,020512Net cash (used in)/provided by operating activities(4,561)7,1833,963(5,463)3,204GroupBank20162015201420162015$M$M$M$M$MNotes, coins and cash at banks12,10315,68312,49010,80914,821Other short-term liquid assets2,3443,5876,6382,1003,344Cash and cash equivalents at end of year14,44719,27019,12812,90918,165Group201620152014$M$M$MShares issued under the Dividend Reinvestment Plan (1)1,209571707Group201620152014$M$M$MNet assets--440Cash consideration received--569Cash and cash equivalents held in disposed entities--38 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
Notes to the Financial Statements 

Note 39 Notes to the Statements of Cash Flows (continued) 

(e) Acquisition of Controlled Entities 

On 20 April 2016, 100% of the contributed equity of Vector Gas Limited was purchased for NZ$952.5 million and renamed to First 
Gas Limited (FGL). The acquisition occurred via the Global Diversified Infrastructure Fund (GDIF), which is partly owned by the 
Group’s life insurance business. 

The investment in GDIF is used to back life insurance policy liabilities, the majority of which are investment-linked contracts where 
the returns to policyholders are linked to GDIF’s overall returns. Notwithstanding this, GDIF and consequently FGL, have been 
consolidated due to the overall equity ownership in GDIF. 

FGL is the owner and operator of gas transmission and distribution  networks within New Zealand. The determination of the fair 
value of identifiable assets acquired and liabilities assumed is ongoing.  The provisional fair value of net tangible assets acquired 
was $553 million, resulting in provisional goodwill of $304 million. These figures will be revised upon completion of the purchase 
price allocation, in accordance with Australian Accounting Standards. 

The Group acquired 100% of the issued share capital of the TYME Group and  gained control  on  26 January 2015. TYME is  a 
South African based global leader in designing, building and operating digital banking systems. This acquisition will support the 
Group in growing into emerging markets, as well as provide capability to enhance innovation in our core markets. 

The fair value of the identifiable assets acquired and liabilities assumed at the acquisition date are as follows: 

(1)  As the purchase price allocation is ongoing, the provisional fair value of net identifiable assets has been disclosed in accordance with Australian Accounting 

Standards.  

 Note 40 Disclosures about Fair Values 

(a) Valuation 

The best evidence of fair value is a quoted market price in an active market. Therefore, where possible, fair value is based on 
quoted  market  prices.  Where  no  quoted  market  price  for  an  instrument  is  available,  the  fair  value  is  based  on  present  value 
estimates  or  other  valuation  techniques  based  on  current  market  conditions.  These  valuation  techniques  rely  on  market 
observable inputs wherever possible, or in a limited number of instances, rely on inputs which are reasonable assumptions based 
on market conditions. 

Determination of the fair value of Over-the-Counter (OTC) derivatives includes credit valuation adjustments (CVA) for derivative 
assets  to  reflect  the  credit  worthiness  of  the  counterparty.  Fair  value  of  uncollateralised  derivative  assets  and  uncollateralised 
derivative  liabilities  incorporate  funding  valuation  adjustments  (FVA)  to  reflect  funding  costs  and  benefits  to  the  Group.  These 
adjustments are applied after considering any relevant collateral or master netting arrangements. 

The Group utilises various valuation techniques and applies a hierarchy for valuation inputs that maximise the use of observable 
market data, if available.    

Under AASB 13 ‘Fair Value Measurement’ all financial and non-financial assets and liabilities measured or disclosed at fair value 
are categorised into one of the following three fair value hierarchy levels: 

Quoted Prices in Active Markets – Level 1 

This category  includes  assets  and  liabilities  for  which the  valuation  is  determined  by  reference  to  unadjusted  quoted  prices  for 
identical  assets  or  liabilities  in  active  markets  where  the  quoted  price  is  readily  available,  and  the  price  represents  actual  and 
regularly occurring market transactions on an arm’s length basis. 

An  active  market  is  one  in  which  transactions  occur  with  sufficient  volume  and  frequency  to  provide  pricing  information  on  an 
ongoing basis. 

Financial instruments included in this category are liquid government bonds, financial institution and corporate bonds, certificates 
of deposit, bank bills, listed equities and exchange traded derivatives. 

Valuation Technique Using Observable Inputs – Level 2 

This category includes assets and liabilities that have been valued using inputs other than quoted prices as described for Level 1, 
but  which  are  observable  for  the  asset  or  liability,  either  directly  or  indirectly.  The  valuation  techniques  include  the  use  of 
discounted cash flow analysis, option pricing models and other market accepted valuation models. 

Financial instruments included in this category are commercial papers, mortgage-backed securities and OTC derivatives including 
interest rate swaps, cross currency swaps and FX options. 

Commonwealth Bank of Australia – Annual Report 2016 

    171 

Group201620152014$M (1)$M$MNet identifiable assets at fair value553(2)-Add: Goodwill30443-Purchase consideration transferred85741-Less: Cash and cash equivalents acquired---85741-Less: Contingent consideration-(12)-Net cash outflow on acquisition85729- 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Financial Statements 

Note 40 Disclosures about Fair Values (continued) 

Valuation Technique Using Significant Unobservable Inputs – Level 3 

This category includes assets and liabilities where the valuation incorporates significant inputs that are not based on observable 
market  data  (unobservable  inputs).  Unobservable  inputs  are  those  not  readily  available  in  an  active  market  due  to  market 
illiquidity or complexity of the product. These inputs are generally derived and extrapolated from observable inputs to match the 
risk profile of the financial instrument, and are calibrated against current market assumptions, historic transactions and economic 
models, where available. These inputs may include the timing and amount of future cash flows, rates of estimated credit losses, 
discount rates and volatility. 

Financial  instruments  included  in  this  category  for  the  Group  and  Bank  are  certain  exotic  OTC  derivatives  and  certain  asset-
backed securities valued using unobservable inputs. 

(b) Fair Value Hierarchy for Financial Assets and Liabilities Measured at Fair Value 

The classification in the fair value hierarchy of the Group’s and the Bank’s financial assets and liabilities measured at fair value is 
presented in the tables below: 

172  Commonwealth Bank of Australia – Annual Report 2016 

GroupFair Value as at 30 June 2016Fair Value as at 30 June 2015Level 1Level 2Level 3TotalLevel 1Level 2Level 3Total$M$M$M$M$M$M$M$MFinancial assets measured at fair value on a recurring basisAssets at fair value through Income Statement:Trading 23,18010,887-34,06718,6237,801-26,424Insurance4,0149,533-13,5475,3958,693-14,088Other431,437-1,480951,183-1,278Derivative assets1646,4916046,5671246,0628046,154Available-for-sale investments71,2449,35330180,89864,34110,22811574,684Bills Discounted10,507--10,50714,847--14,847Total financial assets measured at fair value109,00477,701361187,066103,31373,967195177,475Financial liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basisLiabilities at fair value through Income Statement2,7497,543-10,2924,4374,056-8,493Derivative liabilities3839,8196439,921-35,1902335,213Life investment contracts-8,582-8,582-9,159-9,159Total financial liabilities measured at fair value2,78755,9446458,7954,43748,4052352,865BankFair Value as at 30 June 2016Fair Value as at 30 June 2015Level 1Level 2Level 3TotalLevel 1Level 2Level 3Total$M$M$M$M$M$M$M$MFinancial assets measured at fair value on a recurring basisAssets at fair value through Income Statement:Trading22,73110,254-32,98518,2116,924-25,135Other-1,187-1,187-989-989Derivative assets1646,4496046,525745,5208045,607Available-for-sale investments68,1907,87030176,36162,4359,75411572,304Bills Discounted 10,507--10,50714,847--14,847Total financial assets measured at fair value101,44465,760361167,56595,50063,187195158,882Financial liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basisLiabilities at fair value through  Income Statement2,7494,692-7,4414,4282,895-7,323Derivative liabilities3343,7817043,884-39,6112539,636Total financial liabilities measured at fair value2,78248,4737051,3254,42842,5062546,959 
 
  
 
   
 
Notes to the Financial Statements 

Note 40 Disclosures about Fair Values (continued) 

(c) Analysis of Movements between Fair Value Hierarchy Levels 

During the year ended 30 June 2016, the Group and the Bank reclassified $547 million of available-for-sale securities                
(30 June 2015: $1,379 million) from Level 2 to Level 1. The Group also had insurance security reclassifications of $628 million  
(30 June 2015: $nil) from Level 1 to Level 2. There were no trading security reclassifications (30 June 2015: $525 million) from 
Level  2  to  Level  1,  due  to  changes  in  the  observability  of  inputs.  The  tables  below  summarise movements  in  Level  3  balance 
during the year. Transfers have been reflected as if they had taken place at the end of the reporting periods. 

Level 3 Movement Analysis for the year ended 30 June 2016 

Commonwealth Bank of Australia – Annual Report 2016 

    173 

GroupAvailableDerivativefor SaleDerivative AssetsInvestments LiabilitiesTotal$M$M$M$MAs at 1 July 201413597(14)218Purchases-8-8Sales/Settlements(122)(28)8(142)Gains/(losses) in the period:Recognised in the Income Statement703(13)60Recognised in the Statement of Comprehensive Income-1-1Transfers in934(7)36Transfers out(12)-3(9)As at 30 June 201580115(23)172Gains/(losses) recognised in the Income Statement for financial instruments held as at 30 June 201570-(14)56As at 1 July 201580115(23)172Purchases134-17Sales/Settlements-(104)(46)(150)Gains/(losses) in the period:Recognised in the Income Statement(33)(2)5(30)Recognised in the Statement of Comprehensive Income----Transfers in-305-305Transfers out-(17)-(17)As at 30 June 201660301(64)297Gains/(losses) recognised in the Income Statement for financial instruments held as at 30 June 2016-1-1 
 
 
 
Notes to the Financial Statements 

Note 40 Disclosures about Fair Values (continued) 

Level 3 Movement Analysis for the year ended 30 June 2016 (continued) 

On  31 March 2015,  internal  residential  mortgage  backed  securities  issued  to  the  Bank  by  controlled  entities  of  $75,041 million 
were reclassified to loans to controlled entities. They were reclassified prospectively at their fair value of $75,041 million. As at the 
date of reclassification the available for sale reserve was $nil. All other transfers in and out of Level 3 were due to changes in the 
observability of the inputs. 

The Group’s exposure to financial instruments measured at fair value based in full or in part on non-market observable inputs is 
restricted to a small number of financial instruments, which comprise an insignificant component of the portfolios to which they 
belong. As such, the purchases, sales, as well as any change in the assumptions used to value the instruments to a reasonably 
possible alternative do not have a material effect on the portfolio balance of the Group’s results. 

174  Commonwealth Bank of Australia – Annual Report 2016 

BankAvailableDerivativefor SaleDerivative AssetsInvestments LiabilitiesTotal$M$M$M$MAs at 1 July 201424768,294(116)68,425Purchases-7,967-7,967Sales/Settlements(235)(337)110(462)Gains/(losses) in the period:Recognised in the Income Statement713(15)59Recognised in the Statement of Comprehensive Income-106-106Transfers in934(7)36Transfers out(12)(75,952)3(75,961)As at 30 June 201580115(25)170Gains/(losses) recognised in the Income Statement for financial instruments held as at 30 June 201571-(16)55As at 1 July 201580115(25)170Purchases144-18Sales/Settlements-(104)(46)(150)Gains/(losses) in the period:Recognised in the Income Statement(34)(2)1(35)Recognised in the Statement of Comprehensive Income----Transfers in-305-305Transfers out-(17)-(17)As at 30 June 201660301(70)291Gains/(losses) recognised in the Income Statement for financial instruments held as at 30 June 2016-1-1 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Financial Statements 

Note 40 Disclosures about Fair Values (continued) 

(d) Fair Value Information for Financial Instruments not measured at Fair Value 

The estimated fair values and fair value hierarchy of the Group’s and the Bank’s financial instruments not measured at fair value 
as at 30 June 2016 are presented below: 

(1)  Comparative information has been restated to align to presentation in the current year.  

Commonwealth Bank of Australia – Annual Report 2016 

    175 

GroupCarryingvalueFair valueTotalLevel 1Level 2Level 3Total$M$M $M$M$M Financial assets not measured at fair value on a recurring basisCash and liquid assets23,37214,4478,925-23,372Receivables due from other financial institutions11,591-11,591-11,591Loans and other receivables684,891--685,341685,341Bank acceptances of customers1,4311,431--1,431Other assets5,5992,1773,422-5,599Total financial assets 726,88418,05523,938685,341727,334Financial liabilities not measured at fair value on a recurring basisDeposits and other public borrowings588,045-588,405-588,405Payables due to other financial institutions28,771-28,771-28,771Bank acceptances1,4311,431--1,431Debt issues161,284-161,049-161,049Managed funds units on issue1,6061,400206-1,606Bills payable and other liabilities7,4981,4146,084-7,498Loan capital15,5446,1518,950-15,101Total financial liabilities 804,17910,396793,465-803,861Financial guarantees, loan commitmentsand other off Balance Sheet instruments179,902--179,902179,90230 June 2016GroupCarryingvalueFair valueTotalLevel 1Level 2Level 3Total$M$M $M$M$M Financial assets not measured at fair value on a recurring basisCash and liquid assets33,11619,27013,846-33,116Receivables due from other financial institutions (1)13,063-13,063-13,063Loans and other receivables624,415--625,265625,265Bank acceptances of customers1,944--1,9441,944Other assets5,8944995,395-5,894Total financial assets 678,43219,76932,304627,209679,282Financial liabilities not measured at fair value on a recurring basisDeposits and other public borrowings543,231-529,73814,819544,557Payables due to other financial institutions36,416-36,416-36,416Bank acceptances1,9441,944--1,944Debt issues154,4291,010154,278-155,288Managed funds units on issue1,1491,149--1,149Bills payable and other liabilities8,963-8,963-8,963Loan capital12,8242,8529,454-12,306Total financial liabilities 758,9566,955738,84914,819760,623Financial guarantees, loan commitmentsand other off Balance Sheet instruments175,569--175,569175,56930 June 2015 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Financial Statements 

Note 40 Disclosures about Fair Values (continued) 

(d) Fair Value Information for Financial Instruments not measured at Fair Value (continued) 

(1)  Comparative information has been restated to align to presentation in the current year.  

176  Commonwealth Bank of Australia – Annual Report 2016 

BankCarryingvalueFair valueTotalLevel 1Level 2Level 3Total$M$M $M$M$M Financial assets not measured at fair value on a recurring basisCash and liquid assets21,58212,9098,673-21,582Receivables due from other financial institutions10,182-10,182-10,182Loans and other receivables607,412--607,899607,899Bank acceptances of customers1,4131,413--1,413Loans to controlled entities134,233--133,567133,567Other assets5,0011,7273,274-5,001Total financial assets 779,82316,04922,129741,466779,644Financial liabilities not measured at fair value on a recurring basisDeposits and other public borrowings536,086-536,331-536,331Payables due to other financial institutions28,328-28,328-28,328Bank acceptances1,4131,413--1,413Due to controlled entities130,046--130,046130,046Debt issues134,214-134,968-134,968Bills payable and other liabilities5,5359644,571-5,535Loan capital15,1386,1558,543-14,698Total financial liabilities 850,7608,532712,741130,046851,319Financial guarantees, loan commitmentsand other off Balance Sheet instruments163,619--163,619163,61930 June 2016BankCarryingvalueFair valueTotalLevel 1Level 2Level 3Total$M$M $M$M$M Financial assets not measured at fair value on a recurring basisCash and liquid assets31,68318,16613,517-31,683Receivables due from other financial institutions (1)11,204-11,204-11,204Loans and other receivables558,588--559,366559,366Bank acceptances of customers1,908--1,9081,908Loans to controlled entities130,729--130,441130,441Other assets5,0094884,521-5,009Total financial assets 739,12118,65429,242691,715739,611Financial liabilities not measured at fair value on a recurring basisDeposits and other public borrowings497,625-484,78113,660498,441Payables due to other financial institutions35,516-35,516-35,516Bank acceptances1,9081,908--1,908Due to controlled entities126,496-2,483124,013126,496Debt issues130,359-131,741-131,741Bills payable and other liabilities6,619-6,619-6,619Loan capital13,3641,70311,104-12,807Total financial liabilities 811,8873,611672,244137,673813,528Financial guarantees, loan commitmentsand other off Balance Sheet instruments161,722--161,722161,72230 June 2015 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Financial Statements 

Note 40 Disclosures about Fair Values (continued) 

(d) Fair Value Information for Financial Instruments not measured at Fair Value (continued) 

The  fair  values  disclosed  above  represent  estimates  of  prices  at  which  these  instruments  could  be  sold  or  transferred  in  an 
orderly transaction between market participants. However, many of the instruments lack an available trading market and it is the 
intention to  hold  to maturity. Thus  it  is  possible  that  realised  amounts may  differ to  amounts  disclosed  above.  Due  to  the  wide 
range  of  valuation  techniques  and  the  numerous  estimates  that  must  be  made,  it  may  be  difficult  to  make  a  reasonable 
comparison of the fair value information disclosed here, against that disclosed by other financial institutions. 

The fair value estimates disclosed above have been derived as follows: 

Loans and Other Receivables 

The  carrying  value  of  loans  and  other  receivables  is  net  of  accumulated  collective  and  individually  assessed  provisions  for 
impairment. Customer creditworthiness is regularly reviewed in line with the Group's credit policies and where necessary, pricing 
is adjusted in accordance with individual credit contracts. 

For the majority of variable rate loans, excluding impaired loans, the carrying amount is considered a reasonable estimate of fair 
value.  For  Institutional  variable  rate  loans,  the  fair  value  is  calculated  using  discounted  cash  flow  models  with  a  discount  rate 
reflecting  market  rates  offered  on  similar  loans  to  customers  with  similar  creditworthiness.  The  fair  value  of  impaired  loans  is 
calculated by discounting estimated future cash flows using the loan's market interest rate. 

The fair value of fixed rate loans is calculated using discounted cash flow models  where the discount rate reflects market rates 
offered for loans of similar remaining maturities and creditworthiness as the customer. 

Deposits and Other Public Borrowings 

Fair value of non-interest bearing, call and variable rate deposits, and fixed rate deposits repricing within six months, approximate 
their carrying value as they are short-term in nature or payable on demand. 

Fair  value  of  term  deposits  are  estimated  using  discounted  cash  flows,  applying  market  rates  offered  for  deposits  of  similar 
remaining maturities. 

Debt Issues and Loan Capital 

The  fair  values  are  calculated  using  quoted  market  prices,  where  available.  Where  quoted  market  prices  are  not  available, 
discounted  cash  flow  and  option  pricing  models  are  used.  The  discount  rate  applied  reflects  the  terms  of  the  instrument,  the 
timing of the cash flows and is adjusted for any change in the Group's applicable credit rating.  

Other Financial Assets and Liabilities 

For all other financial assets and liabilities fair value approximates carrying value due to their short-term nature, frequent repricing 
or high credit rating. 

Note 41 Securitisation, Covered Bonds and Transferred Assets 

Transfer of Financial Assets 

In  the  normal  course  of  business  the  Group  enters  into  transactions  by  which  it  transfers  financial  assets  to  counterparties  or 
directly to  Special  Purpose  Vehicles  (SPVs).  These  transfers  do  not  give  rise  to  derecognition  of those  financial  assets for  the 
Group. 

Repurchase Agreements 

Securities sold under agreement to repurchase are retained on the Balance Sheet when substantially all the risks and rewards of 
ownership  remain  with  the  Group,  and  the  counterparty  liability  is  included  separately  on  the  Balance  Sheet  when  cash 
consideration is received. 

Securitisation Programs 

Residential  mortgages  securitised  under  the  Group’s  securitisation  programs  are  equitably  assigned  to  bankruptcy  remote 
Special Purpose Vehicles (SPVs). The Group is entitled to any residual income of the securitisation program after all payments 
due to investors have been met. In addition, where derivatives are transacted between the SPV and the Bank, such that the Bank 
retains  exposure  to  the  variability  in  cash  flows  from  the  transferred  residential  mortgages,  the  mortgages  will  continue  to  be 
recognised on the Bank’s Balance Sheet. The investors have full recourse only to the residential mortgages segregated into an 
SPV. 

Covered Bonds Programs 

To  complement  the  existing  wholesale  funding  sources,  the  Group  has  established  two  global  covered  bond  programs  for  the 
Bank  and  ASB.  Certain  residential mortgages  have  been  assigned to  a  bankruptcy  remote SPV  associated  with covered  bond 
programs  to  provide  security  for  the  obligations  payable  on  the  covered  bonds  issued  by  the  Group.  Similarly  to  securitisation 
programs, the Group is entitled to any residual income after all payments due to covered bonds investors have been met. As the 
Bank retains substantially all of the risks and rewards associated with the mortgages through derivatives transacted with the SPV, 
the Bank and ASB continue to recognise the mortgages on its Balance Sheet.  The covered bond holders have dual recourse to 
the Bank and the covered pool assets. 

Commonwealth Bank of Australia – Annual Report 2016 

    177 

 
Notes to the Financial Statements 

Note 41 Securitisation, Covered Bonds and Transferred Assets (continued) 

At the Balance Sheet date, transferred financial assets that did not qualify for derecognition and their associated liabilities are as 
follows: 

(1)  Securitisation liabilities of the Group include RMBS notes issued by securitisation SPVs and held by external investors. 
(2)  Securities  sold  under  agreements  to  repurchase  include  $56  million  of  equity  securities  lending  arrangements  reported  under  Bills  Payable  and  Other 

Liabilities.  

(3)  Securitisation liabilities of the Bank include borrowings from securitisation SPVs, including the SPVs that issue only internally held notes for repurchase 

with central banks, recognised on transfer of residential mortgages by the Bank. 

Note 42 Collateral Arrangements 

Collateral Accepted as Security for Assets 

The Group takes collateral where it is considered necessary to support both on and off Balance Sheet financial instruments. The 
Group  evaluates  each  customer’s  creditworthiness  on  a  case-by-case  basis.  The  amount  of  collateral  taken,  if  deemed 
necessary,  is  based  on  management’s  credit  evaluation  of  the  counterparty.  The  Group  has  the  right  to  sell,  re-pledge,  or 
otherwise  use  some  of  the  collateral  received.  At  Balance  Sheet  date  the  carrying  value  of  cash  accepted  as  collateral  (and 
recognised  on  the  Group’s  and  the  Bank’s  Balance  Sheets)  and  the  fair  value  of  securities  accepted  as  collateral  (but  not 
recognised on the Group’s or the Bank’s Balance Sheets) were as follows: 

Assets Pledged 

As  part  of  standard  terms  of  transactions  with  other  banks,  the  Group  has  provided  collateral  to  secure  liabilities.  At  Balance 
Sheet date, the carrying value of assets pledged as collateral to secure liabilities is as follows: 

(1)  These balances include assets sold under repurchase agreements. The liabilities related to these repurchase agreements are disclosed in Note 17. 
(2)  Comparatives have been restated to align to the presentation in the current year. 

The Group and the Bank have pledged collateral as part of entering repurchase and derivative agreements. These transactions 
are governed by standard industry agreements. 

178  Commonwealth Bank of Australia – Annual Report 2016 

GroupRepurchaseAgreementsCovered BondsSecuritisation201620152016201520162015$M$M$M$M$M$MCarrying amount of transferred assets17,18012,97636,77032,31613,86314,264Carrying amount of associated liabilities (1) (2)17,18012,97631,80228,75512,10612,603For those liabilities that have recourse only to the transferred assets:Fair value of transferred assets13,87414,273Fair value of associated liabilities12,10612,603Net position1,7681,670BankRepurchaseAgreementsCovered BondsSecuritisation201620152016201520162015$M$M$M$M$M$MCarrying amount of transferred assets17,36113,04830,90729,01894,36993,198Carrying amount of associated liabilities (2) (3)17,36113,04827,86326,00594,36993,198For those liabilities that have recourse only to the transferred assets:Fair value of transferred assets94,43393,257Fair value of associated liabilities94,36993,198Net position6459GroupBank2016201520162015$M$M$M$MCash12,17214,24911,85613,543Securities8,92513,8468,67313,518Collateral held21,09728,09520,52927,061Collateral held which is re-pledged or sold-9--GroupBank2016201520162015$M$M$M$MCash7,8656,6877,0166,367Securities (1)17,22813,11317,41113,186Assets pledged25,09319,80024,42719,553Asset pledged which can be re-pledged or re-sold by counterparty (2)17,22813,11317,41113,186 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Note 43 Offsetting Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities  

The table below identifies amounts that have been offset on the Balance Sheet and amounts covered by enforceable netting arrangements or similar agreements that do not qualify for set off. Cash settled 
derivatives that trade on an exchange are deemed to be economically settled and therefore outside the scope of these disclosures.  

Notes to the Financial Statements 

(1)  For the purpose of this disclosure, the related amounts of financial instruments and financial collateral not set off on the Balance Sheet have been capped by relevant netting agreements so as not to exceed the net amounts of financial assets/ 

(liabilities) reported on the Balance Sheet, i.e. over-collateralisation, where it exists, is not reflected in the tables. As a result the above collateral balances will not correspond to the tables on page 178. 

(2)  Securities sold under agreements to repurchase include $56 million of equity securities lending arrangements reported under Bills Payable and Other Liabilities. 
(3)  Certain comparative information has been restated to align to presentation in the current year. 

Commonwealth Bank of Australia – Annual Report 2016 

    179 

Group30 June 2016Amounts offset on the Balance SheetAmounts not offset on the Balance SheetGross BalanceReported on theFinancialFinancial CollateralNot subject toTotal BalanceSheet AmountAmount offsetBalance SheetInstruments (1)(Received)/ Pledged (1)Net Amount Netting AgreementsSheet amountFinancial Instruments$M$M$M$M$M$M$M$MDerivative assets48,681(7,795)40,886(23,077)(11,173)6,6365,68146,567Securities purchased under agreements to resell8,925-8,925(489)(8,427)9-8,925Equity securities sold not delivered 915(531)384--384-384Total financial assets58,521(8,326)50,195(23,566)(19,600)7,0295,68155,876Derivative liabilities(47,622)11,479(36,143)23,0777,421(5,645)(3,778)(39,921)Securities sold under agreements to repurchase (2)(17,180)-(17,180)48916,691--(17,180)Equity securities purchased not delivered (988)531(457)--(457)-(457)Total financial liabilities(65,790)12,010(53,780)23,56624,112(6,102)(3,778)(57,558)Subject to Enforceable Master Netting or Similar AgreementsGroup30 June 2015Amounts offset on the Balance SheetAmounts not offset on the Balance SheetGross BalanceReported on theFinancialFinancial CollateralNot subject toTotal BalanceSheet AmountAmount offsetBalance SheetInstruments (1)(Received)/ Pledged (1)Net Amount Netting AgreementsSheet amountFinancial Instruments (3)$M$M$M$M$M$M$M$MDerivative assets43,197(3,169)40,028(20,799)(14,016)5,2136,12646,154Securities purchased under agreements to resell13,846-13,846(264)(13,525)57-13,846Equity securities sold not delivered 1,969(710)1,259--1,259-1,259Total financial assets59,012(3,879)55,133(21,063)(27,541)6,5296,12661,259Derivative liabilities(35,931)4,832(31,099)20,7996,292(4,008)(4,114)(35,213)Securities sold under agreements to repurchase(12,976)-(12,976)26412,712--(12,976)Equity securities purchased not delivered (1,201)710(491)--(491)-(491)Total financial liabilities(50,108)5,542(44,566)21,06319,004(4,499)(4,114)(48,680)Subject to Enforceable Master Netting or Similar Agreements 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Financial Statements 

(1)  For the purpose of this disclosure, the related amounts of financial instruments and financial collateral not set off on the  Balance Sheet have been capped by relevant netting agreements so as not to exceed the net amounts of financial assets/ 

(liabilities) reported on the Balance Sheet, i.e. over-collateralisation, where it exists, is not reflected in the tables. As a result the above collateral balances will not correspond to the tables on page 178. 

(2)  Securities sold under agreements to repurchase include $56 million of equity securities lending arrangements reported under Bills Payable and Other Liabilities.  
(3)  Certain comparative information has been restated to align to presentation in the current year. 

180  Commonwealth Bank of Australia – Annual Report 2016 

Bank30 June 2016Subject to Enforceable Master Netting or Similar AgreementsAmounts offset on the Balance SheetAmounts not offset on the Balance SheetGross BalanceReported on theFinancialFinancial CollateralNot subject toTotal BalanceSheet AmountAmount offsetBalance SheetInstruments (1)(Received)/ Pledged (1)Net Amount Netting AgreementsSheet amountFinancial Instruments$M$M$M$M$M$M$M$MDerivative assets48,975(7,795)41,180(23,653)(11,022)6,5055,34546,525Securities purchased under agreements to resell8,673-8,673(489)(8,175)9-8,673Total financial assets57,648(7,795)49,853(24,142)(19,197)6,5145,34555,198Derivative liabilities(51,578)11,479(40,099)23,6536,607(9,839)(3,785)(43,884)Securities sold under agreements to repurchase (2)(17,361)-(17,361)48916,872--(17,361)Total financial liabilities(68,939)11,479(57,460)24,14223,479(9,839)(3,785)(61,245)Bank30 June 2015Subject to Enforceable Master Netting or Similar AgreementsAmounts offset on the Balance SheetAmounts not offset on the Balance SheetGross BalanceReported on theFinancialFinancial CollateralNot subject toTotal BalanceSheet AmountAmount offsetBalance SheetInstruments (1)(Received)/ Pledged (1)Net Amount Netting AgreementsSheet amountFinancial Instruments (3)$M$M$M$M$M$M$M$MDerivative assets42,597(3,169)39,428(21,107)(13,316)5,0056,17945,607Securities purchased under agreements to resell13,518-13,518(264)(13,196)58-13,518Total financial assets56,115(3,169)52,946(21,371)(26,512)5,0636,17959,125Derivative liabilities(40,308)4,832(35,476)21,1075,979(8,390)(4,160)(39,636)Securities sold under agreements to repurchase(13,048)-(13,048)26412,784--(13,048)Total financial liabilities(53,356)4,832(48,524)21,37118,763(8,390)(4,160)(52,684) 
  
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Financial Statements 

Note 43 Offsetting Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities including Collateral 
Arrangements (continued)

Related Amounts not Set Off on the Balance Sheet 

Derivative Assets and Liabilities 

The “Financial Instruments” column identifies financial assets and liabilities that are subject to set off under netting agreements, 
such as the ISDA Master Agreement. All outstanding transactions with the same counterparty can be offset and close-out netting 
applied  if  an  event  of  default  or  other  predetermined  events  occur.  Financial  collateral  refers  to  cash  and  non-cash  collateral 
obtained  to  cover the  net  exposure  between  counterparties  by  enabling  the collateral to  be  realised in an event of default or if 
other predetermined events occur. 

Repurchase and Reverse Repurchase Agreements and Security Lending Agreements 

The “Financial Instruments” column identifies financial assets and liabilities that are subject to set off under netting agreements, 
such  as  global  master  repurchase  agreements  and  global  master  securities  lending  agreements.  Under  these  netting 
agreements,  all  outstanding  transactions  with  the  same  counterparty  can  be  offset  and  close-out  netting  applied  if  an  event  of 
default  or  other  predetermined  events  occur.  Financial  collateral  typically  comprises  highly  liquid  securities  which  are  legally 
transferred and can be liquidated in the event of counterparty default. 

Note 44 Subsequent Events 

The  Bank  expects  the  DRP  for  the  final  dividend  for  the  year  ended  30 June 2016  will  be  satisfied  by  the  issue  of  shares  of 
approximately $628 million.  

The Directors are not aware of any other matter or circumstance that has occurred since the end of the financial year that has 
significantly affected or may significantly affect the operations of the Group, the results of those operations or the state of affairs 
of the Group in subsequent financial years. 

Commonwealth Bank of Australia – Annual Report 2016 

    181 

Directors’ Declaration 

In accordance with a resolution of the Directors of the Commonwealth Bank of Australia (Bank), the Directors declare that: 

(a) 

the Financial Statements and the accompanying notes for the financial year ended 30 June 2016 in relation to the Bank and 
the consolidated entity (Group) are in accordance with the Corporations Act 2001, including: 

(i) 

s  296  (which  requires  the  Financial  Report,  including  the  Financial  Statements  and  the  notes  to  the  Financial 
Statements, to comply with the accounting standards); and 

(ii)  s 297 (which requires the Financial Statements, and the notes to the Financial Statements, to give a true and fair view 

of the financial position and performance of the Group and the Bank); 

(b) 

in  compliance  with  the  accounting  standards,  the  notes  to  the  Financial  Statements  include  an  explicit  and  unreserved 
statement of compliance with international financial reporting standards (see Note 1(a)); and 

(c) 

in the opinion of the Directors, there are reasonable grounds to believe that the Bank will be able to pay its debts as and 
when they become due and payable. 

The Directors have been given the declarations required by s 295A in respect of the financial year ended 30 June 2016. 

Signed in accordance with a resolution of the Directors. 

David Turner 

Chairman 

9 August 2016 

Ian Narev 

Managing Director and Chief Executive Officer 

9 August 2016 

182  Commonwealth Bank of Australia – Annual Report 2016 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Independent auditor’s report to the members of Commonwealth Bank of Australia 

Report on the financial report 

We  have  audited  the  accompanying  financial  report  of  Commonwealth  Bank  of  Australia  (the  Company),  which  comprises  the 
balance  sheets  as  at  30  June  2016,  the  income  statements,  statements  of  comprehensive  income,  statements  of  changes  in 
equity  and  statements  of  cash  flows  for  the  year  ended  on  that  date,  a  summary  of  significant  accounting  policies,  other 
explanatory  notes  and  the  directors’  declaration  for  both  Commonwealth  Bank  of  Australia  and  the  Group  (the  Consolidated 
Entity). The Consolidated Entity comprises the Company and the entities it controlled at year’s end or from time to time during the 
financial year. 

Directors’ responsibility for the financial report 

The  directors  of  the  Company  are  responsible  for  the  preparation  of  the  financial  report  that  gives  a  true  and  fair  view  in 
accordance  with  Australian Accounting  Standards  and the  Corporations Act  2001  and for such internal  control  as  the  directors 
determine is necessary to enable the preparation of the financial report that is free from material misstatement, whether due to 
fraud or error. In Note 1(a), the directors also state, in accordance with Accounting Standard AASB 101 Presentation of Financial 
Statements, that the financial statements comply with International Financial Reporting Standards. 

Auditor’s responsibility 

Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the financial report based on our audit. We conducted our audit in accordance  with 
Australian  Auditing  Standards.  Those  standards  require  that  we  comply  with  relevant  ethical  requirements  relating  to  audit 
engagements and plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance whether the financial report is free from material 
misstatement. 

An audit involves performing procedures to obtain audit evidence about the amounts and disclosures in the financial report. The 
procedures  selected  depend  on the  auditor’s  judgement, including the  assessment  of the  risks  of material misstatement  of  the 
financial report, whether due to fraud or error. In making those risk assessments, the auditor considers internal control relevant to 
the entity’s preparation and fair presentation of the financial report in order to design audit procedures that are appropriate in the 
circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the entity’s internal control. An audit also 
includes  evaluating  the  appropriateness  of  accounting  policies  used  and  the  reasonableness  of  accounting  estimates made  by 
the directors, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the financial report.  

We believe that the audit evidence we have obtained is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for our audit opinions. 

Independence 
In conducting our audit, we have complied with the independence requirements of the Corporations Act 2001. 

PricewaterhouseCoopers, ABN 52 780 433 757  
Darling Park Tower 2, 201 Sussex Street, GPO BOX 2650, SYDNEY NSW 1171 
T: +61 2 8266 0000, F: +61 2 8266 9999, www.pwc.com.au 

Liability limited by a scheme approved under Professional Standards Legislation. 

Commonwealth Bank of Australia – Annual Report 2016 

    183 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Independent auditor’s report to the members of Commonwealth Bank of Australia 
(continued)

Auditor’s opinion 
In our opinion: 

(a) 

the financial report of Commonwealth Bank of Australia is in accordance with the Corporations Act 2001, including: 

(i) 

giving a true and fair view of the Company’s and the Consolidated Entity's financial position as at 30 June 2016 
and of their performance for the year ended on that date; and 

(ii) 

complying with Australian Accounting Standards and the Corporations Regulations 2001. 

(b) 

the financial report also complies with International Financial Reporting Standards as disclosed in Note 1(a). 

Report on the Remuneration Report 

We have audited the remuneration report included in pages 47 to 69 of the directors’ report for the year ended 30 June 2016. The 
directors  of  the  Company  are  responsible  for  the  preparation  and  presentation  of  the  remuneration  report  in  accordance  with 
section 300A of the Corporations Act 2001. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the remuneration report, based on our 
audit conducted in accordance with Australian Auditing Standards. 

Auditor’s opinion 

In our opinion, the remuneration report of Commonwealth Bank of Australia for the year ended 30 June 2016 complies with 
section 300A of the Corporations Act 2001. 

PricewaterhouseCoopers 

Marcus Laithwaite 

Partner 

Sydney 

9 August 2016 

184      Commonwealth Bank of Australia – Annual Report 2016    

Shareholding Information 

Top 20 Holders of Fully Paid Ordinary Shares as at 5 August 2016 

Rank 

Name of Holder 

Number of Shares 

% 

1 
2 
3 
4 
5 
6 
7 
8 
9 
10 
11 
12 
13 
14 
15 
16 
17 
18 
19 
20 

HSBC Custody Nominees (Australia) Limited 
J P Morgan Nominees Australia Limited 
National Nominees Limited 
Citicorp Nominees Pty Limited 
BNP Paribas Nominees Pty Limited 
Bond Street Custodians Limited 
RBC Dexia Investor Services Australia Nominees Pty Limited 
Australian Foundation Investment Company limited 
Navigator Australia Limited 
Argo Investments Limited 
Milton Corporation Limited 
Pacific Custodians Pty Limited 
UBS Nominees Pty Ltd 
Nulis Nominees (Australia) Limited 
Invia Custodian Pty Limited 
Netwealth Investments Limited 
IOOF Investment Management Limited 
Mr. Barry Martin Lambert 
McCusker Holdings Pty Ltd  
ANZ Executors & Trustee 

295,339,382 
182,660,882 
100,493,201 
100,457,862 
55,488,308 
22,950,957 
16,932,163 
7,900,000 
3,920,319 
3,203,731 
3,111,148 
2,865,992 
2,419,038 
2,258,286 
1,938,770 
1,765,984 
1,689,445 
1,643,613 
1,451,000 
1,411,899 

17.22 
10.65 
5.86 
5.86 
3.24 
1.34 
0.99 
0.46 
0.23 
0.19 
0.18 
0.17 
0.14 
0.13 
0.11 
0.10 
0.10 
0.10 
0.08 
0.08 

The top 20 shareholders hold 809,901,980 shares which is equal to 47.22% of the total shares on issue. 

Substantial Shareholding 

As  at  5 August 2016  there  were  no  shareholders  who  had  a  ‘substantial  holding’  of  our  shares  within  the  meaning  of  the 
Corporation Act. A person has a substantial holding of our shares if the total votes attached to our voting shares in which they or 
their associates have relevant interests is 5% or more of the total number of votes attached to all our voting shares. The above 
table of the Top 20 ordinary shareholders includes shareholders that may hold shares for the benefit of third parties. 

Stock Exchange Listing 

The  shares  of  the  Commonwealth  Bank  of  Australia  (Bank)  are  listed  on  the  Australian  Securities  Exchange  under  the  trade 
symbol CBA, with Sydney being the home exchange. 

Details of trading activity are published in most daily newspapers, generally under the abbreviation of CBA or C’wealth Bank. The 
Bank is not currently in the market conducting an on market buy-back of its shares. 

Range of Shares (Fully Paid Ordinary Shares and Employee Shares) as at 5 August 2016 

Range 

1 – 1,000 
1,001 – 5,000 
5,001 – 10,000 
10,001 – 100,000 
100,001 and over 
Total 
Less than marketable parcel of $500 

Voting Rights 

Number of 
Shareholders 
599,302 
192,068 
19,645 
8,410 
188 
819,613 
15,120 

Percentage of 
Shareholders 
73.12 
23.43 
2.40 
1.03 
0.02 
100.00 
1.84 

Number of 
Shares 
191,078,177 
397,721,422 
133,255,192 
158,786,770 
834,300,616 
1,715,142,177 
44,968 

Percentage of 
Issued 
Capital 
11.14 
23.19 
7.77 
9.26 
48.64 
100.00 
0.00 

Under the Bank’s Constitution, each person who is a voting Equity holder and who is present at a general meeting of the Bank in 
person or by proxy, attorney or official representative is entitled: 





On a show of hands – to one vote; and

On a poll – to one vote for each share held or represented. Every voting Equity holder who casts a vote by direct vote, shall
also have one vote for each share held or represented.

If  a  person  present  at  a  general  meeting  represents  personally  or  by  proxy,  attorney  or  official  representative  more  than  one 
Equity  holder,  on  a  show  of  hands  the  person  is  entitled  to  one  vote  even  though  he  or  she  represents more than  one  Equity 
holder. 

If an Equity holder is present in person and votes on a resolution, any proxy or attorney of that Equity holder is not entitled to vote. 

If more than one official representative or attorney is present for an Equity holder: 



None of them is entitled to vote on a show of hands; and

Commonwealth Bank of Australia – Annual Report 2016 

    185 

Shareholding Information 



On a poll only one official representative may exercise the Equity holder’s voting rights and the vote of each attorney shall be
of no effect unless each is appointed to represent a specified proportion of the Equity holder’s voting rights, not exceeding in
aggregate 100%.

If an Equity holder appoints two proxies and both are present at the meeting: 







If  the  appointment  does  not  specify  the  proportion  or  number  of  the  Equity  holder’s  votes  each  proxy  may  exercise,  then
each proxy may exercise one half of the Equity holder’s votes;

Neither proxy shall be entitled to vote on a show of hands; and

On a poll each proxy may only exercise votes in respect of those shares or voting rights the proxy represents.

Top 20 Holders of Perpetual Exchangeable Resaleable Listed Securities VI (“PERLS VI”) as at 5 August 2016 

Rank 

Name of Holder 

1 
2 
3 
4 
5 
6 
7 
8 
9 
10 
11 
12 
13 
14 
15 
16 
17 
18 
19 
20 

HSBC Custody Nominees (Australia) Limited 
Bond Street Custodians Limited 
BNP Paribas Nominees Pty Limited 
IOOF Investment Management Limited – Superannuation  
J P Morgan Nominees Australia Limited 
Netwealth Investments Limited 
National Nominees Limited 
Australian Executor Trustees Limited 
Nulis Nominees (Australia) Limited 
Citicorp Nominees Pty Limited 
Dimbulu Pty Ltd 
Eastcote Pty Limited 
Navigator Australia Limited 
V S Access Pty Ltd 
RBC Dexia Investor Services Australia Nominees Pty Limited 
Marento Pty Ltd 
Junax Capital Pty Ltd 
Pamdale Investments Pty Ltd 
Invia Custodian Pty Limited 
IOOF Investment Management Limited – Independent  

Number of 

Securities 

840,273 
401,213 
266,000 
257,524 
177,903 
172,473 
154,205 
136,855 
134,893 
103,367 
100,000 
100,000 
88,428 
80,000 
68,006 
52,916 
47,000 
46,860 
46,812 
37,423 

% 

4.20 
2.01 
1.33 
1.29 
0.89 
0.86 
0.77 
0.68 
0.67 
0.52 
0.50 
0.50 
0.44 
0.40 
0.34 
0.26 
0.24 
0.23 
0.23 
0.19 

The top 20 PERLS VI security holders hold 3,312,151 securities which is equal to 16.56% of the total securities on issue. 

Stock Exchange Listing 

PERLS VI are subordinated unsecured notes issued by the Bank. They are listed on the Australian Securities Exchange under 
the trade symbol CBAPC. Details of trading activity are published in most daily newspapers. 

Range of Securities (PERLS VI) as at 5 August 2016 

Range 

1 – 1,000 
1,001 – 5,000 
5,001 – 10,000 
10,001 – 100,000 
100,001 and over 
Total 
Less than marketable parcel of $500 

Voting Rights 

Number of 
Security Holders 
27,298 
2,685 
201 
92 
9 
30,285 
5 

Percentage of 
Security Holders 
90.14 
8.87 
0.66 
0.30 
0.03 
100.00 
0.02 

Number of 
Securities 
8,760,455 
5,485,551 
1,506,138 
2,188,451 
2,059,405 
20,000,000 
13 

Percentage of 
Issued 
Capital 
43.80 
27.43 
7.53 
10.94 
10.30 
100.00 
0.00 

PERLS VI do not confer any voting rights in the Bank but if they are exchanged for ordinary shares of the Bank in accordance 
with  their  terms  of issue, then  the  voting  rights  of the  ordinary  shares  will  be  as  set  out  on  pages  185  and  186  for  the  Bank’s 
ordinary shares. 

186  Commonwealth Bank of Australia – Annual Report 2016 

Top 20 Holders of CommBank PERLS VII Capital Notes (“PERLS VII”) as at 5 August 2016 

Shareholding Information 

Rank 

Name of Holder 

1 
2 
3 
4 
5 
6 
7 
8 
9 
10 
11 
12 
13 
14 
15 
16 
17 
18 
19 
20 

HSBC Custody Nominees (Australia) Limited 
Bond Street Custodians Limited 
Pejr Pty Ltd 
J P Morgan Nominees Australia Limited 
National Nominees Limited 
IOOF Investment Management 
Netwealth Investments Limited 
BNP Paribas Nominees Pty Limited 
Citicorp Nominees Pty Limited 
RBC Dexia Investor Services Australia Nominees Pty Limited 
Nulis Nominees (Australia) Limited 
Navigator Australia Limited 
Australian Executor Trustees Limited 
Dimbulu Pty Ltd 
Invia Custodian Pty Limited 
Simply Brilliant Pty Ltd 
Randazzo C & G Developments Pty Ltd 
Paul Lederer Pty Ltd 
Trend Equities Pty Ltd 
Tsco Pty Ltd 

Number of 

Securities 

1,948,603 
491,600 
450,917 
373,256 
359,035 
336,582 
293,309 
286,389 
248,954 
201,059 
188,869 
186,561 
136,948 
100,000 
99,186 
90,500 
84,286 
84,211 
80,934 
80,000 

% 

6.50 
1.64 
1.50 
1.24 
1.20 
1.12 
0.98 
0.95 
0.83 
0.67 
0.63 
0.62 
0.46 
0.33 
0.33 
0.30 
0.28 
0.28 
0.27 
0.27 

The top 20 PERLS VII security holders hold 6,121,199 securities which is equal to 20.40% of the total securities on issue. 

Stock Exchange Listing 

PERLS VII are subordinated unsecured notes issued by the Bank. They are listed on the Australian Securities Exchange under 
the trade symbol CBAPD. Details of trading activity are published in most daily newspapers. 

Range of Securities (PERLS VII) as at 5 August 2016 

Range 

1 – 1,000 
1,001 – 5,000 
5,001 – 10,000 
10,001 – 100,000 
100,001 and over 
Total 
Less than marketable parcel of $500 

Voting Rights 

Number of 
 Security holders 
29,257 
3,862 
292 
202 
14 
33,627 
11 

Percentage of 
Security holders 
87.00 
11.49 
0.87 
0.60 
0.04 
100.00 
0.03 

Number of 
Securities 
10,114,784 
8,104,784 
2,156,146 
4,891,716 
4,732,570 
30,000,000 
42 

Percentage of 
Issued 
Capital 
33.72 
27.02 
7.19 
16.31 
15.78 
100.00 
0.00 

PERLS VII do not confer any voting rights in the Bank but if they are exchanged for ordinary shares of the Bank in accordance 
with  their  terms  of  issue,  then  the  voting  rights  of  the  ordinary  shares  will  be  as  set  out  on  pages 185  and  186  for  the  Bank’s 
ordinary shares. 

Commonwealth Bank of Australia – Annual Report 2016 

    187 

Shareholding Information 

Top 20 Holders of CommBank PERLS VIII Capital Notes (“PERLS VIII”) as at 5 August 2016 

Rank 

Name of Holder 

1 
2 
3 
4 
5 
6 
7 
8 
9 
10 
11 
12 
13 
14 
15 
16 
17 
18 
19 
20 

BNP Paribas Nominees Pty Limited 
HSBC Custody Nominees (Australia) Limited 
Goodridge Nominees Pty Ltd 
J P Morgan Nominees Australia Limited 
Bond Street Custodians Limited 
G Harvey Nominees Pty Ltd 
Mr. Walter Lawton & Mr. Brett Lawton 
Piek Holdings Pty Ltd 
Snowside Pty Ltd 
Citicorp Nominees Pty Limited 
The Australian National University 
V S Access Pty Ltd 
Nulis Nominees (Australia) Limited 
Netwealth Investments Limited 
Dimbulu Pty Ltd 
Mifare Pty Ltd 
Randazzo C & G Developments Pty Ltd 
Skyport Pty Ltd 
Navigator Australia Limited 
Adirel Holdings Pty Ltd 

Number of 

Securities 

2,951,095 
668,623 
264,827 
253,142 
106,259 
100,000 
93,228 
93,000 
77,500 
61,737 
59,361 
57,140 
53,637 
51,578 
50,000 
50,000 
50,000 
50,000 
49,038 
47,000 

% 

20.35 
4.61 
1.83 
1.75 
0.73 
0.69 
0.64 
0.64 
0.53 
0.43 
0.41 
0.39 
0.37 
0.36 
0.34 
0.34 
0.34 
0.34 
0.34 
0.32 

The top 20 PERLS VIII security holders hold 5,187,165 securities which is equal to 35.77% of the total securities on issue. 

Stock Exchange Listing 

PERLS VIII are subordinated unsecured notes issued by the Bank. They are listed on the Australian Securities Exchange under 
the trade symbol CBAPE. Details of trading activity are published in most daily newspapers. 

Range of Shares (PERLS VIII) as at 5 August 2016 

Range 

1 – 1,000 
1,001 – 5,000 
5,001 – 10,000 
10,001 – 100,000 
100,001 and over 
Total 
Less than marketable parcel of $500 

Voting Rights 

Number of 
Shareholders 
13,158 
1,367 
119 
77 
4 
14,725 
1 

Percentage of 
Shareholders 
84.36 
9.28 
0.81 
0.52 
0.03 
100.00 
0.01 

Number of 
Shares 
4,250,507 
2,988,100 
942,188 
2,230,689 
4,088,516 
14,500,000 
2 

Percentage of 
Issued 
Capital 
29.31 
20.61 
6.50 
15.38 
28.20 
100.00 
0.00 

PERLS VIII do not confer any voting rights in the Bank but if they are exchanged for ordinary shares of the Bank in accordance 
with  their  terms  of  issue,  then  the  voting  rights  of  the  ordinary  shares  will  be  as  set  out  on  pages 185  and  186  for  the  Bank’s 
ordinary shares. 

188  Commonwealth Bank of Australia – Annual Report 2016 

 
 
 
International Representation 

Australia 

Head Office 
Commonwealth Bank of Australia 
Ground Floor, Tower 1 
201 Sussex Street 
Sydney NSW 2000 
Telephone: +61 2 9378 2000 

New Zealand 

ASB Bank Limited 
ASB North Wharf 
12 Jellicoe Street 
Auckland Central 
Auckland 1010 
Telephone: +64 9 377 8930 
Chief Executive Officer 
Barbara Chapman 

CBA NZ Branch  
ASB North Wharf  
12 Jellicoe Street  
Auckland Central 
Auckland 1010 
Telephone: +64 9 337 4748  
General Manager 
Andrew Woodward  

Sovereign Assurance Company Limited 
Level 4, Sovereign House 
74 Taharoto Road,  
Takapuna, Auckland 0622 
Telephone: + 64 9 487 9000 
Chief Executive Officer  
Nicholas Stanhope 

First State Investments 
ASB North Wharf 
12 Jellicoe Street 
Auckland Central 
Auckland 1010 
Telephone: +64 2 195 1520 
Head of Business Development, 
Australia & New Zealand 
Harry Moore 

Africa 

South Africa 

CBA South Africa, 
2nd Floor, 30 Jellicoe Avenue, Rosebank 
Johannesburg 2196 
Telephone: + 27 87 286 8833 
Executive General Manager,           
South Africa 
Rowan Munchenberg 

Americas 

United States 

CBA Branch Office 
Level 17, 599 Lexington Avenue  
New York NY 10022 
Telephone: +1 212 848 9200 
Facsimile: +1 212 336 7758 
Managing Director, Americas 
Leon Allen 

First State Investments 
Level 17, 599 Lexington Avenue 
New York NY 10022 
Telephone: +1 212 848 9293 
Facsimile: +1 212 336 7725 
Managing Director, Americas 
James Twiss 

Asia 

China 

CMG, Beijing Representative Office 
Unit 2908, Level 29 
China World Tower 1, 
1 Jianguomenwai Avenue,  
Beijing 100004 
Telephone: +86 10 6505 5023 
Facsimile: +86 10 6505 5004 
China Chief Representative 
James Gao 

CBA Beijing Branch Office  
Room 4606 China World Tower,  
1 Jianguomenwai Avenue,  
Beijing 100004 
Telephone: +86 10 5680 3000  
Facsimile: +86 10 5961 1916 
Branch Manager Beijing 
Tony Zhang  

CBA Shanghai Branch Office 
Level 11 Azia Centre  
1233 Lujiazui Ring Road  
Pudong  
Shanghai 200120 
Telephone: +86 21 6123 8900 
Facsimile: +86 21 6165 0285 
Branch Manager Shanghai 
Vivienne Yu 

CommBank Management Consulting  
(Shanghai) Co. Ltd 
11F Azia Centre 
1233 Lujiazui Ring Road, Pudong 
Shanghai 200120 
Telephone: +86 21 6058 0100 
Facsimile: +86 21 6168 3298 
Executive General Manager China 
Vivienne Yu 

Additional Chinese representation  
The Group has established 15 County 
Banks in China in Henan Province 
(County: Jiyuan, Dengfeng, Lankao, 
Mianchi, Yichuan, Yongcheng, Wenxian) 
and Hebei Province (County: Xinji, 
Yongnian, Cixian, Luancheng, Cheng’an, 
Weixian, Shexian, Handan). 
Telephone: +86 216058 0100 

First State Investments 
24th Floor, China Merchants Bank 
Building 
7088, Shen Nan Road, Shenzhen 
China 518040  
Telephone: +86 755 8317 2666 
Facsimile: +86 755 8319 6151 
Managing Partner, First State Stewart 
Michael Stapleton 

Hong Kong 

CBA Hong Kong Branch, 
Level 13, One Exchange Square, 
8 Connaught Place, 
Central, Hong Kong 
Telephone: +852 2844 7500 
Managing Director, Hong Kong 
Maaike Steinebach 

CBA International Financial Services 
Limited  
Level 14, One Exchange Square 
8 Connaught Place, 
Central, Hong Kong 
Telephone: +852 2844 7500 
Facsimile: +852 2845 9194 
Group Executive International Financial 
Services 
Robert Jesudason 

First State Investments 
Level 25, One Exchange Square 
8 Connaught Place,  
Central, Hong Kong 
Telephone: +852 2846 7566 
Facsimile: +852 2868 4036 
Regional Managing Director, Asia 
Joe Fernandes 

India 

CBA Mumbai Branch 
Level 2, Hoechst House 
Nariman Point 
Mumbai 400021 
Telephone: +91 22 6139 0100 
Facsimile: +91 22 6139 0200 
Chief Executive Officer 
Ravi Kushan 

Commonwealth Bank of Australia – Annual Report 2016 

    189 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
United Kingdom 

England 

CBA Branch Office 
1 New Ludgate 
60 Ludgate Hill 
London EC4V 4HA 
Telephone: +44 20 7710 3999 
Facsimile: +44 20 7710 3939 
Managing Director, Europe 
Paul Orchart 

First State Investments 
Finsbury Circus House 
15 Finsbury Circus 
London EC2M 7EB 
Telephone: +44 0 20 7332 6500 
Facsimile: +44 0 20 7332 6501 
Managing Director, EMEA 
Chris Turpin 

Scotland 

First State Investments 
23 St Andrew Square 
Edinburgh EH2 1BB 
Telephone: +44 0 131 473 2200 
Facsimile: +44 0 131 473 2222 
Managing Director, EMEA 
Chris Turpin 

International Representation 

Indonesia 

PT Bank Commonwealth 
World Trade Centre 6, 3A Floor 
Jl. Jendral Sudirman Kav. 29-31 
Jakarta 12920 
Telephone: +62 21 5296 1222 
Facsimile: +62 21 5296 2293 
President Director 
Lauren Sulistiawati 

PT Commonwealth Life 
World Trade Centre 6, 8th Floor, 
JI. Jendral Sudirman Kav. 29-31 
Jakarta 12920 
Telephone: +62 21 570 5000 
Facsimile: +62 21 520 5353 
President Director 
Simon Bennett 

First State Investments 
29th Floor, Gedung Artha Graha 
Sudirman Central Business District 
Jl. Jend. Sudirman Kav. 52-53 
Jakarta 12190 
Telephone: +62 21 515 0088 
Facsimile: +62 21 515 0033 
Regional Managing Director, Asia 
Joe Fernandes 

Japan 

CBA Branch Office 
8th Floor, Toranomon Waiko Building 
12-1 Toranomon 5-chome 
Minato-ku, Tokyo 105-0001 
Telephone: +81 3 5400 7280 
Facsimile: +81 3 5400 7288 
Branch Head Tokyo 
Martin Spann 

First State Investments 
8th Floor, Toranomon Waiko Building 
12-1 Toranomon 5-chome 
Minato-ku, Tokyo 105-0001 
Telephone: +81 3 5402 4831 
Facsimile: +81 3 5402 4839 
Regional Managing Director, Asia 
Joe Fernandes 

Singapore 

CBA Branch Office 
38 Beach Road 
06-11 South Beach Tower 
Singapore 189767 
Telephone: +65 6349 7000 
Facsimile: +65 6224 5812 
Managing Director, Singapore 
Scott Speedie 

First State Investments 
38 Beach Road 
06-11 South Beach Tower 
Singapore 189767 
Telephone: +65 6538 1390 
Facsimile: +65 6538 1421 
Regional Managing Director, Asia 
Joe Fernandes 

UAE 

First State Investments 
Level 14, The Gate Building 
P.O Box 74777, Dubai 
Telephone: +971 14 4019340 
Managing Director, EMEA 
Chris Turpin 

Vietnam 

CBA Representative Office 
Suite 603-604 
Central Building  
31 Hai Ba Trung, Hanoi 
Telephone: +84 4 3824 3213 
Facsimile: +84 4 3824 3961 
Chief Representative and Director of  
Investment and Banking 
Hanh Nguyen 

CBA Ho Chi Minh City Branch  
Hoa Lam Building 
4B Ton Duc Thang, Dist. 1 
Ho Chi Minh City 
Telephone: +84 8 3824 1525 
Facsimile: +84 8 3824 2703 
General Director 
Shane O’Connor 

Europe 

France 

First State Investments 
14, Avenue d’Eylau 
75016 Paris 
Telephone: +33 1 7302 4674 
Managing Director, EMEA 
Chris Turpin 

Germany 

First State Investments 
Westhafen Tower 
Westhafenplatz 1 
60327 Frankfurt a.M. 
Telephone: +49 0 69 710456 - 302 
Managing Director, EMEA 
Chris Turpin 

Malta 

CommBank Europe Limited 
Level 3 Strand Towers 
36 The Strand 
Sliema SLM07 
Telephone: +356 2132 0812 
Facsimile: +356 2132 0811 
Chief Financial Officer 
Brett Smith 

190  Commonwealth Bank of Australia – Annual Report 2016 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
132 221 General Enquiries 

For  your  everyday  banking  including  paying  bills  using 
BPAY®  our  automated  service  is  available  24  hours  a  day, 
7 days a week.  

132 221 Lost, Stolen or Damaged Cards 

To report a lost or stolen card 24 hours a day, 7 days a week. 

From overseas call +61 2 9999 3283. Operator assistance is 
available 24 hours a day, 7 days a week. 

® Registered to BPAY Pty Ltd ABN 69 079 137 518 

132 224 Home Loans and Investment Home Loans 

To apply for a new home loan or investment home loan or to 
maintain an existing loan. Available from 8am to 8pm, 7 days 
a week. 

131 431 Personal Loan Sales 

To apply for a new personal loan. 

Available from 8am to 8pm, 7 days a week. 

1800 805 605 Customer Relations 

If  you  would  like  to  pay  us  a  compliment  or  are  dissatisfied 
with any aspect of the service you have received. 

Internet Banking 

You  can  apply  for  a  home  loan,  credit  card,  personal  loan, 
term  deposit  or  a  savings  account  on  the  internet  by  visiting 
our  website  at  www.commbank.com.au  available  24  hours  a 
day, 7 days a week. 

Do  your  everyday  banking  on  our  internet  banking  service 
NetBank  at  www.commbank.com.au/netbank  available  24 
hours a day, 7 days a week. 

To apply for access to NetBank, call 132 221. 

Available 24 hours a day, 7 days a week. 

Do  your  business  banking  on  our  Business  Internet  Banking 
Service  CommBiz  at  www.commbank.com.au/CommBiz 
available 24 hours a day, 7 days a week. 

To apply for access to CommBiz, call 132 339. 

Available 24 hours a day, 7 days a week. 

Special Telephony Services 

Customers  who  are  hearing  or  speech  impaired  can  contact 
us via the National Relay Service (www.relayservice.com.au) 
available 24 hours a day, 7 days a week. 
 

Telephone  Typewriter  (TTY)  service  users  can  be 
connected to any of our telephone numbers via 133 677. 

 

 

Speak  and  Listen  (speech-to-speech  relay)  users  can 
also connect to any of our telephone numbers by calling  
1300 555 727. 

Internet  relay  users  can  be  connected  to  our  telephone 
numbers via National Relay Service. 

131 519 CommSec (Commonwealth Securities) 

For  enquiries  about  CommSec  products  and  services 
visit www.commsec.com.au. 

Corporate Directory 

Available from 8am to 7pm (Sydney Time), Monday to Friday, 
for share trading and stock market enquiries, and 8am to 7pm 
7  days  a  week  for  Commsec  Cash  Management.  A  24  hour 
lost and stolen card line is available 24 hours, 7 days a week. 

131 709 CommSec Margin Loan 

Enables  you  to  expand  your  portfolio  by  borrowing  against 
your  existing  shares  and  managed  funds.  To  find  out  more 
simply  call  131  709  8am  to  6pm  (Sydney  Time)  Monday  to 
Friday or visit www.commsec.com.au. 

1800 019 910 Corporate Financial Services 

For  a  full  range  of  financial  solutions  for  medium-size  and 
larger companies.  

Available from 8am to 6pm (Sydney Time), Monday to Friday. 

131 998 Local Business Banking 

A dedicated team of Business Banking Specialists, supporting 
a network of branch business bankers, will help you with your 
financial needs. 

Available 24 hours a day, 7 days a week or visit 
www.commbank.com.au/lbb. 

1300 772 968 (1300 AGLINE) AgriLine 

A  dedicated  team  of  Agribusiness  Specialists  will  help  you 
with  your  financial  needs.  With  our  Business  Banking  team 
living  in  regional  and  rural  Australia,  they  understand  the 
challenges  you  face.  Available  24  hours  a  day,  7  days  a 
week. 

Colonial First State 

Existing investors can call 131 336 from 8am to 7pm (Sydney 
Time) Monday to Friday.  

New investors without a financial adviser can call 
1300 360 645. Financial advisers can call 131 836. 

Alternatively, visit www.colonialfirststate.com.au. 

1300 362 081 Commonwealth Private 

Commonwealth Private offers clients with significant financial 
resources  a  comprehensive  range  of  services,  advice  and 
opportunities  to  meet  their  specific  needs.  For  a  confidential 
discussion  about  how  Commonwealth  Private  can  help  you, 
call  1300  362  081  between  8am  to  5:30pm  (Sydney  time), 
Monday to Friday or visit 
www.commbank.com.au/commonwealthprivate 

132 015 Commonwealth Financial Services 

For  enquiries  on  retirement  and  superannuation  products,  or 
to  6pm 
investments.  Available 
managed 
(Sydney Time), Monday to Friday.  

from  8.30am 

Unit prices are available 24 hours a day, 7 days a week. 

CommInsure 

For  all  your  general  insurance  needs  call  132  423  8am  to 
8pm  (Sydney  Time),  Monday  to  Friday  and  8am  to  5pm 
(Sydney Time) on Saturday. 

For  all  your  life  insurance  needs  call  131  056  8am  to  8pm 
(Sydney Time), Monday to Friday. 

Alternatively, visit www.comminsure.com.au. 

Commonwealth Bank of Australia – Annual Report 2016 

    191 

 
Contact Us 

Registered Office 

Ground Floor, Tower 1 
201 Sussex Street 
Sydney NSW 2000 
Telephone +61 2 9378 2000 
Facsimile +61 2 9118 7192 

Company Secretary 

Taryn Morton 

Shareholder Information 

www.commbank.com.au/shareholder 

Share Registrar 

Link Market Services Limited 
Level 12 
680 George Street 
Sydney NSW 2000 
Telephone: 1800 022 440 
Facsimile: +61 2 9287 0303 
Internet: www.linkmarketservices.com.au  
Email: cba@linkmarketservices.com.au 

Telephone numbers for overseas shareholders  
New Zealand 
0800 442 845  
United Kingdom 
0845 640 6130  
Fiji 
008 002 054  
Other International 
+61 2 8280 7199  

Australian Securities Exchange Listing 

CBA 

Annual Report 

To request a copy of the Annual Report, please call Link Market Services Limited on 1800 022 440 or by email at 
cba@linkmarketservices.com.au. 
Electronic versions of Commonwealth Bank’s past and current Annual Reports are available on 
www.commbank.com.au/shareholder/annualreports. 

192  Commonwealth Bank of Australia – Annual Report 2016 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ANNUAL REPORT 2016

C

o

m

m

o

n

w

e

a

l

t

h

B

a

n

k

o

f

A

u

s

t

r

a

l

i

a

A

N

N

U

A

L

R

E

P

O

R

T

2

0

1

6

WHEN

WE BELIEVE

WE CAN

,

.

CBA1421 011016

COMMONWEALTH BANK OF AUSTRALIA   |   ACN 123 123 124